Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAboutPermit D08-484 - WESTFIELD SOUTHCENTER MALL - CHAMPS - REMODELCHAMPS 1030 SOUTHCENTER MALL D08 -484 Parcel No.: 6364200010 Address: 1030 SOUTHCENTER MALL TUKW Suite No: Tenant: Name: CHAMPS Address: 1030 SOUTHCENTER MALL , TUKWILA WA Owner: Name: WESTFIELD PROPERTY TAX DEPT Address: PO BOX 130940 , CARLSBAD CA 92013 Phone: Contact Person: Name: JENNIFER MIRELES Address: 1327 POST AV #H , TORRANCE CA 90501 Phone: 310 328 -6300 X 105 Contractor: Name: L & L RETAIL CONSTRUCTION LLC Address: 3750 W MAIN ST STE 4A , NORMAN OK 73072 Phone: 405 360 -2775 Contractor License No: LLRETCL954QQ DESCRIPTION OF WORK: REMODEL OF EXISTING TENANT SPACE CitAbf Tukwila • Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 - 431 -3670 Fax: 206 - 431 -3665 Web site: http: / /www.ci.tukwila.wa.us DEVELOPMENT PERMIT Permit Number: D08 - 484 Issue Date: 01/15/2009 Permit Expires On: 07/14/2009 * * continued on next page ** Expiration Date: 11/18/2009 Value of Construction: $100,000.00 Fees Collected: $2,111.55 Type of Fire Protection: International Building Code Edition: 2006 Type of Construction: JIB Occupancy per IBC: 0019 doc: IBC -10/06 D08 -484 Printed: 01 -15 -2009 Public Works Activities: Channelization / Striping: N Curb Cut / Access / Sidewalk / CSS: N City a•Tukwila • Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 - 431 -3670 Fax: 206 - 431 -3665 Web site: http: / /www.ci.tukwila.wa.us Permit Number: DO8 - 484 Issue Date: 01/15/2009 Permit Expires On: 07/14/2009 Fire Loop Hydrant: N Number: 0 Size (Inches): 0 Flood Control Zone: Hauling: N Start Time: End Time: Land Altering: Volumes: Cut 0 c.y. Fill 0 c.y. Landscape Irrigation: Moving Oversize Load: Start Time: End Time: Sanitary Side Sewer: Sewer Main Extension: Private: Public: Storm Drainage: Street Use: Profit: N Non - Profit: N Water Main Extension: Private: Public: Water Meter: N Permit Center Authorized Signature: Signature: Print Name: doc: IBC -10/06 l 2_ e r( JLAAnd Date: 1 --- ( ` o / I hereby certify that I have read and examined this permit and know the same to be true and correct. All provisions of law and ordinances governing this work will be complied with, whether specified herein or not. The granting of this permit does not presume to give authority to violate or cancel the provisions of any other state or local laws regulating constructiojor the performance of work. I am authorized to sign and obtain this development permit. Date: This permit shall become null and void if the work i not commenced within 180 days from the date of issuance, or if the work is suspended or abandoned for a period of 180 days from the 1 inspection. D08 -484 Printed: 01 -15 -2009 Parcel No.: 6364200010 Address: 1030 SOUTHCENTER MALL TUKW Suite No: Tenant: CHAMPS 1: ** *BUILDING DEPARTMENT CONDITIONS * ** • City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 - 431 -3670 Fax: 206 - 431 -3665 Web site: http: / /www.ci.tukwila.wa.us PERMIT CONDITIONS Permit Number: D08 -484 Status: ISSUED Applied Date: 11/05/2008 Issue Date: 01/15/2009 2: No changes shall be made to the approved plans unless approved by the design professional in responsible charge and the Building Official. 3: All mechanical work shall be inspected and approved under a separate permit issued by the City of Tukwila Permit Center (206/431 - 3670). 4: All permits, inspection records, and approved plans shall be at the job site and available to the inspectors prior to start of any construction. These documents shall be maintained and made available until final inspection approval is granted. 5: New suspended ceiling grid and light fixture installations shall meet the non - building structures seismic design requirements of ASCE 7. 6: Partition walls that are tied to the ceiling and all partitions greater than 6 feet in height shall be laterally braced to the building structure. 7: All construction shall be done in conformance with the approved plans and the requirements of the International Building Code or International Residential Code, International Mechanical Code, Washington State Energy Code. 8: Fire retardant treated wood shall have a flame spread of not greater than 25. All materials shall bear identification showing the fire performance rating thereof. Such identification shall be issued by an approved agency having a service for inspection at the factory. 9: Manufacturers installation instructions shall be available on the job site at the time of inspection. 10: Remove all demolition rubble and loose miscellaneous material from lot or parcel of ground, properly cap the sanitary sewer connections, and properly fill or otherwise protect all basements, cellars, septic tanks, wells, and other excavations. Final inspection approval will be determined by the building inspector based on satisfactory completion of this requirement. 11: There shall be no occupancy of a building until final inspection has been completed and approved by Tukwila building inspector. No exception. 12: All plumbing and gas piping work shall be inspected and approved under a separate permit issued by the Cityof Tukwila Permit Center. 13: All electrical work shall be inspected and approved under a separate permit issued by the City of Tukwila Building Department (206- 431- 3670). 14: VALIDITY OF PERMIT: The issuance or granting of a permit shall not be construed to be a permit for, or an approval of, any violation of any of the provisions of the building code or of any other ordinances of the City of Tukwila. Permits presuming to give authority to violate or cancel the provisions of the code or other ordinances of the City of Tukwila shall not be valid. The issuance of a permit based on construction documents and other data shall not prevent the Building Official from requiring the correction of errors in the construction documents and other data. doc: Cond -10/06 D08 -484 Printed: 01 -15 -2009 15: ** *FIRE DEPARTMENT CONDITIONS * ** • • City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 - 431 -3670 Fax: 206 - 431 -3665 Web site: http: / /www.ci.tukwila.wa.us 16: The attached set of building plans have been reviewed by the Fire Prevention Bureau and are acceptable with the following concerns: 17: The total number of fire extinguishers required for an ordinary hazard occupancy with Class A fire hazards is calculated at one extinguisher for each 1,500 sq. ft. of area. The extinguisher(s) should be of the "All Purpose" (2A, 20B:C) dry chemical type. Travel distance to any fire extinguisher must be 75' or less. (IFC 906.3) (NFPA 10, 3 -2.1) 18: Portable fire extinguishers, not housed in cabinets, shall be installed on the hangers or brackets supplied. Hangers or brackets shall be securely anchored to the mounting surface in accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions. Portable fire extinguishers having a gross weight not exceeding 40 pounds (18 kg) shall be installed so that its top is not more than 5 feet (1524 mm) above the floor. Hand -held portable fire extinguishers having a gross weight exceeding 40 pounds (18 kg) shall be installed so that its top is not more than 3.5 feet (1067 mm) above the floor. The clearance between the floor and the bottom of the installed hand -held extinguishers shall not be less than 4 inches (102 mm). (IFC 906.7 and IFC 906.9) 19: Fire extinguishers shall not be obstructed or obscured from view. In rooms or areas in which visual obstruction cannot be completely avoided, means shall be provided to indicate the locations of the extinguishers. (IFC 906.6) 20: Extinguishers shall be located in conspicuous locations where they will be readily accessible and immediately available for use. These locations shall be along normal paths of travel, unless the fire code official determines that the hazard posed indicates the need for placement away from normal paths of travel. (IFC 906.5) 21: Fire extinguishers require monthly and yearly inspections. They must have a tag or label securely attached that indicates the month and year that the inspection was performed and shall identify the company or person performing the service. Every six years stored pressure extinguishers shall be emptied and subjected to the applicable recharge procedures. If the required monthly and yearly inspections of the fire extinguisher(s) are not accomplished or the inspection tag is not completed, a reputable fire extinguisher service company will be required to conduct these required surveys. (NFPA 10, 4 -3, 4 -4) 22: Egress doors shall be readily openable from the egress side without the use of a key or special knowledge or effort. (IFC 1008.1.8.3 subsection 2.2) 23: Dead bolts are not allowed on auxiliary exit doors unless the dead bolt is automatically retracted when the door handle is engaged from inside the tenant space. (IFC Chapter 10) 24: Door handles, pulls, latches, locks and other operating devices on doors required to be accessible by Chapter 11 of the International Building Code shall not require tight grasping, tight pinching or twisting of the wrist to operate. (IFC 1008.1.8.1) 25: Exit hardware and marking shall meet the requirements of the International Fire Code. (IFC Chapter 10) 26: Exits and exit access doors shall be marked by an approved exit sign readily visible from any direction of egress travel. Access to exits shall be marked by readily visible exit signs in cases where the exit or the path of egress travel is not immediately visible to the occupants. Exit sign placement shall be such that no point in an exit access corridor is more than 100 feet (30,480 mm) or the listed viewing distance for the sign, whichever is less, from the nearest visible exit sign. (IFC 1011.1) 27: Every exit sign and directional exit sign shall have plainly legible letters not less than 6 inches (152 mm) high with the principal strokes of the letters not less than 0.75 inch (19.1 mm) wide. The word "EXIT" shall have letters having a width not less than 2 inches (51 mm) wide except the letter "I ", and the minimum spacing between letters shall not be less than 0.375 inch (9.5 mm). Signs larger than the minimum established in section 1011.5.1 of the International Fire Code shall have letter widths, strokes and spacing in proportion to their height. The word "EXIT" shall be in high doc: Cond -10/06 D08 -484 Printed: 01 -15 -2009 • • City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 - 431 -3670 Fax: 206 - 431 -3665 Web site: http: / /www.ci.tukwila.wa.us contrast with the background and shall be clearly discernible when the exit sign illumination means is or is not energized. If an arrow is provided as part of the exit sign, the construction shall be such that the arrow direction cannot be readily changed. (IFC 1011.5.1) 28: Exit signs shall be illuminated at all times. To ensure continued illumination for a duration of not less than 90 minutes in case of primary power loss, the sign illumination means shall be connected to an emergency power system provided from storage batteries, unit equipment or on -site generator. (IFC 1006.1, 1006.2, 1006.3) 29: Means of egress, including the exit discharge, shall be illuminated at all times the building space served by the means of egress is occupied. The means of egress illumination level shall not be less than 1 foot - candle (11 lux) at the floor level. The power supply for the means of egress illumination shall normally be provided by the premise's electrical supply. In event of a power failure an emergency power system shall provide power for a duration of not less than 90 minutes and shall consist of storage batteries, unit equipment or on -site generator. (IFC 1006.1, 1006.2, 1006.3) The path of egress shall require emergency lighting until exit discharge is accomplished. 30: Aisles leading to required exits shall be provided from all portions of the building and the required width of the aisles shall be unobstructed. (IFC 1013.4) 31: Maintain sprinkler coverage per N.F.P.A. 13. Addition/relocation of walls, closets or partitions may require relocating and/or adding sprinkler heads. (IFC 901.4) 32: Sprinklers shall be installed under fixed obstructions over 4 feet (1.2 m) wide such as ducts, decks, open grate flooring, cutting tables, shelves and overhead doors. (NFPA 13- 8.6.5.3.3) 33: All new sprinkler systems and all modifications to existing sprinlder systems shall have fire department review and approval of drawings prior to installation or modification. New sprinlder systems and all modifications to sprinkler systems involving more than 50 heads shall have the written approval of the W.S.R.B., Factory Mutual, Industrial Risk Insurers Kemper or any other representative designated and /or recognized by the City of Tukwila, prior to submittal to the Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau. No sprinkler work shall commence without approved drawings. (City Ordinance #2050) 34: A fire alarm system is required for this project. The fire alarm system shall meet the requirements of N.F.P.A. 72 and City Ordinance #2051. 35: Local U.L. central station supervision is required. (City Ordinance #2051) 36: Maintain fire alarm system audible /visual notification. Addition/relocation of walls or partitions may require relocation and/or addition of audible /visual notification devices. (City Ordinance #2051) 37: All new fire alarm systems or modifications to existing systems shall have the written approval of The Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau. No work shall commence until a fire department permit has been obtained. (City Ordinance #2051) (IFC 104.2) 38: An electrical permit from the City of Tukwila Building Department Permit Center (206- 431 -3670) is required for this project. 39: All electrical work and equipment shall conform strictly to the standards of the National Electrical Code. (NFPA 70) 40: New and existing buildings shall have approved address numbers, building numbers or approved building identification placed in a position that is plainly legible and visible from the street or road fronting the property. These numbers shall contrast with their background. Address numbers shall be Arabic numbers or alphabet letters. Numbers shall be a minimum of 4 inches (102mm) high with a minimum stroke width of 0.5 inch (12.7mm). (IFC 505.1) 41: The maximum flame spread class of finish materials used on interior walls and ceilings shall not exceed that set forth in Table No. 803.5 of the International Building Code. doc: Cond -10/06 D08 -484 Printed: 01 -15 -2009 • • City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 - 431 -3670 Fax: 206 - 431 -3665 Web site: http: / /www.ci.tukwila.wa.us 42: Contact The Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau to witness all required inspections and tests. (City Ordinances #2050 and #2051) 43: This review limited to speculative tenant space only - special fire permits may be necessary depending on detailed description of intended use. 44: Any overlooked hazardous condition and/or violation of the adopted Fire or Building Codes does not imply approval of such condition or violation. 45: These plans were reviewed by Inspector 511. If you have any questions, please call Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau at (206)575 -4407. doc: Cond -10/06 * * continued on next page ** D08 -484 Printed: 01 -15 -2009 • w City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 - 431 -3670 Fax: 206 - 431 -3665 Web site: http://www.ci.tukwila.wa.us I hereby certify that I have read these conditions and will comply with them as outlined. All provisions this work will be complied with, whether specified herein or not. The granting of this permit does not presume to give authority to violate or cancel the provision of any construction or the performance of work. doc: Cond -10/06 D08 -484 Date: i f/ 5'O of law and ordinances governing other work or local laws regulating Printed: 01 -15 -2009 Name: CITY OF TUKWILA Community Development Department Public Works Department Permit Center 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100 Tukwila, WA 98188 Applications and plans must be complete in order to be accepted for plan review. Applications will not be accepted through the mail or by fax. * *Please Print ** SITE LOCATION I v0 c y�,, ',/ An Site Address:`�'J :J &v (v I C'd t'VV /AA 0 Tenant Name: C41 /MIX Suite Number: 2-U Floor: t'�,� .^ p New Tenant: ❑ Yes Property Owners Name: SU la M{/) � ACAA�V � j w,t S41 ekt , Mailing Address: I I LD O I WI (.S it ✓-� P Iv0Q' Los it� 7/ `_" i City CONTACT PERSON - who do we contact when your permit is ready to be issued p - Day Telephone: 3� o 3 i ti 2� x1/05 Mailing Address: V a3- 16St J\ "TeV U, CA- '7O City State Zip VI 'Ff//W1 XP {J SP t 3 C r 9ax Number: ZiO 0 - 3(.2 E -Mail Address: GENERAL CONTRACTOR INFORMATION — (Contractor Information for Mechanical (pg 4) for Plumbing and Gas Piping (pg 5)) Company Name: , fp j Mailing Address: Cay State Zip Day Telephone: Fax Number: Expiration Date: Contact Person: E -Mail Address: Contractor Registration Number: ARCHITECT OF RECORD - All plans must be wet stamped by Architect of Record Company Name: Co'( M Mailing Address: lit 1' • wpm. ?OA AfL,r e>1iv TX 3600— Cit State Zip Day Telephone: O 11 t (e y *6 q E -Mail Address: Fax Number: 15(1 G3 509 Contact Person: Jeff- Sµ li Company Name: M ' p1p Mailing Address: 7 i° •4(% PwT7 Q:1Apphcattonsi orms- Applications On t.ine\3 -2006 - Penn,, Application. doe Revised: 9 -2006 bh Building Permit No. Vol Mechanical Permit No. Plumbing/Gas Permit No. Public Works Permit No. Project No. 10t (For office use only) King Co Assessor's Tax No.: (i "L /"(/'(2d (.a £4 I(DL6 X State Zip ENGINEER OF RECORD - All plans must be wet stamped by Engineer of Record W tlat of 430 City State Zip Contact Person: D Day Telephone: 619" VI. . • Z3 2-3 / E -Mail Address: Fax Number: 0- 01 D 2337 Page 1 of 6 BUILDING PERMIT INFORMATION — 206 -431 -3670 Valuation of Project (contractor's bid pnce): $ U) CJ' v t) Scope of Work (please provide detailed information): le/W /rt. 1 arr r 1 Vrte/Vi0 Will there be new rack storage? Yes Existing Building Valuation: $ ❑.. No If yes, a separate permit and plan submittal will be required. Provide All Building Areas in Square Footage Below PLANNING DIVISION: Single family building footprint (area of the foundation of all structures, plus any decks over 18 inches and overhangs greater than 18 inches) *For an Accessory dwelling, provide the following: Lot Area (sq ft): Floor area of principal dwelling: Floor area of accessory dwelling: *Provide documentation that shows that the principal owner lives in one of the dwellings as his or her primary residence. Number of Parking Stalls Provided: Standard: Compact: I landicap: Will there be a change in use? ❑ Yes 2. No If "yes ", explain: FIRE PROTECTION /HAZARDOUS MATERIALS: [.. -.... Sprinklers ❑ Automatic Fire Alarm ❑ None ❑ Other (specify) Will there be storage or use of flammable, combustible or hazardous materials in the building? ❑ Yes ❑ No If "ves ", attach list of materials and storage locations on a separate 8- 1/2 ".c 11 paper including quantities and Material Safety Data Sheets. SEPTIC SYSTEM ❑ On -site Septic System -. For on -site septic system, provide 2 copies of a current septic design approved by King County I lealth Department. Q 'Applications'Form;- Applicauons Oe Line 3.2006 • Permit Applicaunn.dnc Revised: 9 -2006 hh Page 2 of 6 Existing Interior Remodel Addition to Existing Structure New Type of Construction per IBC Type of Occupancy per IBC I" Floor 5, 3 11 D M 2 Floor 3rd Floor Floors thru Basement Accessory Structure' Attached Garage Detached Garage Attached Carport Detached Carport Covered Deck Uncovered Deck BUILDING PERMIT INFORMATION — 206 -431 -3670 Valuation of Project (contractor's bid pnce): $ U) CJ' v t) Scope of Work (please provide detailed information): le/W /rt. 1 arr r 1 Vrte/Vi0 Will there be new rack storage? Yes Existing Building Valuation: $ ❑.. No If yes, a separate permit and plan submittal will be required. Provide All Building Areas in Square Footage Below PLANNING DIVISION: Single family building footprint (area of the foundation of all structures, plus any decks over 18 inches and overhangs greater than 18 inches) *For an Accessory dwelling, provide the following: Lot Area (sq ft): Floor area of principal dwelling: Floor area of accessory dwelling: *Provide documentation that shows that the principal owner lives in one of the dwellings as his or her primary residence. Number of Parking Stalls Provided: Standard: Compact: I landicap: Will there be a change in use? ❑ Yes 2. No If "yes ", explain: FIRE PROTECTION /HAZARDOUS MATERIALS: [.. -.... Sprinklers ❑ Automatic Fire Alarm ❑ None ❑ Other (specify) Will there be storage or use of flammable, combustible or hazardous materials in the building? ❑ Yes ❑ No If "ves ", attach list of materials and storage locations on a separate 8- 1/2 ".c 11 paper including quantities and Material Safety Data Sheets. SEPTIC SYSTEM ❑ On -site Septic System -. For on -site septic system, provide 2 copies of a current septic design approved by King County I lealth Department. Q 'Applications'Form;- Applicauons Oe Line 3.2006 • Permit Applicaunn.dnc Revised: 9 -2006 hh Page 2 of 6 PUBLIC WORKS PERMIT INFORMATION — 206 -433 -0179 Scope of Work (please provide detailed information): lineman-- 1tJA/4 6Tarr wrezto/l...- �{(OffWiA CCN1 Please refer to Public Works Bulletin #1 for fees and estimate sheet. T r District ...Tukwila ❑ ... Water District #125 ❑ .. Highline Water Availability Provided Sewer District Tukwila ❑...ValVuc ❑ .. Renton ...Sewer Use Certificate ... Sewer Availability Provided Septic System: ❑ On -site Septic System — For on -site septic system, provide 2 copies of a current septic design approved by King County Health Department. Submitted with Application (mark boxes which apply): ❑ ...Civil Plans (Maximum Paper Size — 22" x 34 ") El ...Tec hnical Information Report (Storm Drainage) ❑ .. Geotechnical Report ❑ ... Traffic Impact Analysis ❑ ...Bond ❑ .. Insurance El .. Easement(s) ❑ .. Maintenance Agreement(s) El ... Hold Harmless — (SAO) ❑ ... Hold Harmless — (ROW) El ... Total Cut ❑ ...Total Fill cubic yards cubic yards Proposed Activities (mark boxes that apply): ❑ ...Ri -of -wa Use - Nonprofit for less than 72 hours ❑ ...Right -of -way Use - No Disturbance ❑ ... Construction/Excavation/Fill - Right -of -way Non Right -of -way Q ‘Applicaions \Forms .Applications On Line \3.2006 - Permit Applicatm.di Revised: 9 -2006 bh Call before you Dig: 1-800-424-5555 El .. Work in Flood Zone ❑ .. Storm Drainage ❑ .. Renton ❑ .. Seattle ❑ .. Right -of -way Use - Profit for less than 72 hours ❑ .. Right -of -way Use — Potential Disturbance ❑ ...Sanitary Side Sewer 1=1.. Abandon Septic Tank ❑ .. Grease Interceptor El ...Cap or Remove Utilities ❑ .. Curb Cut ❑ .. Channelization El ... Frontage Improvements ❑ .. Pavement Cut ❑ .. Trench Excavation ❑ ...Traffic Control ❑ .. Looped Fire Line El .. Utility Undergrounding ❑ ...Backflow Prevention - Fire Protection Irrigation Domestic Water El ... Permanent Water Meter Size... WO # ❑ ...Temporary Water Meter Size .. WO # ❑ ...Water Only Meter Size WO # ❑ ... Deduct Water Meter Size ❑ ...Sewer Main Extension Public Private _ ❑ ... Water Main Extension Public Private _ FINANCE INFORMATION Fire Line Size at Property Line ❑ ...Water ❑ ... Sewer Monthly Service Billing to: Name: Mailing Address: Water Meter Refund/Billing: Name: Mailing Address: Number of Public Fire Hydrant(s) El ... Sewage Treatment Day Telephone: City State Zip Day Telephone: City Slate Zip Page 3 of 6 Unit Type: Qty Unit Type: Qty Unit Type: Qty Boiler /Compressor: Qty Furnace <100K BTU Air Handling Unit >10,000 CFM Fire Damper 0 -3 HP /100,000 BTU Furnace>100K BTU Evaporator Cooler Diffuser 3 -15 HP /500,000 BTU Floor Furnace Ventilation Fan Connected to Single Duct Thermostat I 15 -30 HP /1,000,000 BTU Suspended/Wall/Floor Mounted Heater a Ventilation System Wood/Gas Stove 30 -50 HP /1,750,000 BTU Appliance Vent Hood and Duct i OIL Emergency Generator 50+ HP /1,750,000 BTU Repair or Addition to Heat/Refrig /Cooling System Incinerator - Domestic Other Mechanical Equipment Air Handling Unit <10,000 CFM I Incinerator — Comm/Ind MECHANICAL PERMIT INFORMATION - 206 -431 -3670 MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR INFORMATION Company Name: � I: Mailing Address: City State Zip Contact Person: Day Telephone: E -Mail Address: Fax Number: Contractor Registration Number: Expiration Date: Valuation of Mechanical work (contractor's bid price): $ I ' Scope of Work (please provide detailed information): "VOA KIALAir 1 ,V / Use: Residential: New .... ❑ Replacement .... ❑ Commercial: New ... Replacement .... ❑ Fuel Type: Electric '1 Gas .... Other: Indicate type of mechanical work being installed and the quantity below: Q:Wpplications\Forms- Appbcanons On Une\3 -2006 - Permit Applicationdoc Revised: 9 -2006 bh Page 4 of 6 PERMIT APPLICATION NOTES — Applicable to all permits in this application Value of Construction — In all cases, a value of construction amount should be entered by the applicant. This figure will be reviewed and is subject to possible revision by the Permit Center to comply with current fee schedules. Expiration of Plan Review — Applications for which no permit is issued within 180 days following the date of application shall expire by limitation. Building and Mechanical Permit The Building Official may grant one or more extensions of time for additional periods not exceeding 90 days each. The extension shall be requested in writing and justifiable cause demonstrated. Section 105.3.2 International Building Code (current edition). Plumbing Permit The Building Official may grant one extension of time for an additional period not exceeding 180 days. The extension shall be requested in writing and justifiable cause demonstrated. Section 103.4.3 Uniform Plumbing Code (current edition). I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT I HAVE READ AND EXAMINED THIS APPLICATION AND KNOW THE SAME TO BE TRUE UNDER PENALTY OF PERJURY BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF WASHINGTON, AND I AM AUTHORIZED TO APPLY FOR THIS PERMIT. BUILDING 0 ER 0 '.I 9* ORtZ1 D A ENT: Signature: PV Date Application Accepted: Ja)v)ife>17 Intr ?/J Print Name: /�� Mailing Address: / 2 7 Po s f ' • � �OV KLil1 Ce cif 1 611 Q:\ Applications \Fonns- Appltcanons On LIneO-2000 - Pe,mn Apphcation.doc Revised: 9.2006 bh Date Application Expires: Date: // Day Telephone: 376 3 Z (p X ./c5 City State Zip vi[t1;v2) Staff Initials: Page 6 of 6 Receipt No.: R09 -00318 Initials: User ID: Payee: JEM 1165 TRANSACTION LIST: Type Method Descriptio Amount Payment Cash 60.00 ACCOUNT ITEM LIST: Description JAMES MCLAUGHLIN PLAN CHECK - NONRES City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 - 431 -3670 Fax: 206 - 431 -3665 Web site: http: / /www.ci.tukwila.wa.us RECEIPT Parcel No.: 6364200010 Permit Number: D08 -484 Address: 1030 SOUTHCENTER MALL TUKW Status: ISSUED Suite No: Applied Date: 11/05/2008 Applicant: CHAMPS Issue Date: 01/15/2009 Account Code Current Pmts 000/345.830 60.00 Total: $60.00 Payment Amount: $60.00 Payment Date: 02/25/2009 08:58 AM Balance: $0.00 doc: Receiot -06 Printed: 02 -25 -2009 Cr n.. Payee: L & L RETAIL Receipt No.: R09 -00076 I City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 -431 -3670 Fax: 206 -431 -3665 Web site: http: / /www.ci.tukwila.wa.us Parcel No.: 6364200010 Permit Number: D08 -484 Address: 1030 SOUTHCENTER MALL TUKW Status: APPROVED Suite No: Applied Date: 11/05/2008 Applicant: CHAMPS Issue Date: Initials: WER Payment Date: 01/15/2009 11:52 AM User ID: 1655 Balance: $0.00 1 TRANSACTION LIST: Type Method Descriptio Amount Payment Check 31254 1,281.50 ACCOUNT ITEM LIST: Description BUILDING - NONRES STATE BUILDING SURCHARGE Account Code Current Pmts 000/322.100 000/386.904 RECEIPT Payment Amount: $1,281.50 1,277.00 4.50 Total: $1,281.50 1525 01/15 9707 TOTAL 1281.50 doc: Receiot -06 Printed: 01 -15 -2009 RECEIPT NO: R08 -03689 Payee: WJCA INC. SET TRANSACTIONS: Set Member D & 0'8 - 4:8 .+ Via._.. D08 -485 TOTAL: ACCOUNT ITEM LIST: Description PLAN CHECK - NONRES Amount 830.05 102.45 830.05 SET RECEIPT Initials: JEM Payment Date: 11/05/2008 User ID: 1165 Total Payment: 932.50 SET ID: S000001127 SET NAME: Tmp set/Initialized Activities TRANSACTION LIST: Type Method Description Amount Payment Check 10237 932.50 TOTAL: 932.50 Account Code Current Pmts 000/345.830 TOTAL: 932.50 932.50 CCQMMENTS: ./. 4 Z. - / Ai 6 - AlmeA/el __.,,,,,,, Type of I /A - it 4 / 9 44 ®.4' '772 ,efin / P y /71/4 /� Date ailed: Date Wan ed: a m -- m. Special Instructions: Reqbesa. Phone N/7 p Proj i Type of I /A / Addre 62 , O /71/4 /� Date ailed: Date Wan ed: a m -- m. Special Instructions: Reqbesa. Phone N/7 INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSP CTION NO. PERMIT 'CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 (206)431 -3670 Approved per applicable codes. Ei Corrections required prior to approval. saec Rec ;`I pt No.: 0.00 REINSP CTION E REQUIR D. Prior to inspection, fee mu be id at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suit 100. Call to schedule reinspe tion. Dat% Date: COMMENTS: Type of Infection: / / iv 4 M S' is gE sr /?c7n.fr GL qc S 0L , /'.S Address: /U3 D / 7447 / Date Called: k — /1/4. frcf c, Date Wanted: 3 � „5 ---, 0 5 Cam. p.m. Requester: Al ear , - rrrs / 1"vc- / — „,,/(e Phone No: ,.....-_3 V 1 i v s•4Av b S, S isti -4 ",-1.1 _. i S> 15,4 € 6 �� /1/7L./ — „.// -A- (6 , A//-6 __E Projec ::, �' Arr� AS Type of Infection: / / iv 4 / Address: /U3 D / 7447 / Date Called: Special Instructions: Date Wanted: 3 � „5 ---, 0 5 Cam. p.m. Requester: Phone No: INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPEU ! NO. PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 (206)431 -3670 ❑ Approved per applicable codes. ga Corrections required prior to approval. Insp fl $60. pa i 0 j Receip 2o.: 7 l Date: UIRED 'Date: EINSPECTION FEE R Q or to inspection, fee must be 6300 Southcenter Blv Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Project � � Type of Ins gctio �� ( � J Address: Io? 7 MA (1 Date Ca l led: Special Instructions: Date Wted: �7 a r�i j4,..., 1 `J / 7� p.m. t Requester: Phone No: be-LW INSPECTION RECORD Retain ON NO. PERMIT NO. 4 etain a copy with permit CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 (206)431 -3670 I Approved per applicable codes. � C — ' OMMMENTS: G Q G10 — piuvei _ ^ ( o-# 1--I c) r �s k'-e -1 o P - 1 �v 2'/1 v 44-- 7 Inspec r: .00 REINSPECTION FEE R 1?UIRED Prior to inspection, f must be id at 6300 Southcenter Blvd.7Suite 00. Call to schedule reinspection. Re - ipt No.: Date: Date: Corrections required prior to approval. Project: C4rni' S Type of Ins ection: f /fig 4/ G Address 3 d m A�/ / Date Called: Special Instructions: Date Wanted: a - 5 — ec j p.m. Requester: Phone 7. INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit �L PERMIT NO. INSPECTION NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 (206)431 -367 Date: 5 d $60.00 REINSPECTION FEE EQU RED. Prior to inspection, fee ust be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blv. ., trite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. IJ Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: (J p b e/ air/ �i ���✓��- � � AS S Receipt No.: 'Date: Project: C, y poi „t. r o s Type of Inspection: ' /'" %•i G * Address: 1 h3 c., Suite #: SC l44/1 Contact Person: Special Instructions: Permits: Phone No.: Needs Shift Inspection: • Sprinklers: Fire Alarm: Hood & Duct: Monitor: Pre -Fire: Permits: Occupancy Type: . +T�' -1. . A .: �- .>!C'�`�.w'"r wY� k�'3+.,hF`YaJt35M:GS_>G��:�'ar ' w.m >r� INSPECTION NUMBER Appr oved per applicable codes. Word /Inspection Record Form.Doc INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit CITY OF TUKWILA FIRE DEPARTMENT 444 Andover Park East, Tukwila, Wa. 98188 206 - 575 -4407 COMMENTS: Inspector: 3i. Hrs.: Date: 316/ $80.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. You will receive an invoice from h e City of Tukwila Finance Department. Call to schedule a reinspection. • 1/13/06 PERMIT NUMBERS n Corrections required prior to approval. T.F.D. Form F.P. 113 r Project: Q., 4,41 p 5 - Type of Inspection: / r'� fl, -eel et> 11 f ii 5 Address: /e3 o .5c- Suite #: '9 /J Contact Person: Occupancy Type: Special Instructions: Phone No.: Needs Shift Inspection: Sprinklers: Are Alarm: Hood & Duct: Monitor: Pre -Fire: Permits: Occupancy Type: INSPECTION NUMBER 444 Andover Park East Tukwila Wa. 98188 206- 575 -4407 proved per applicable codes. COMMENTS: I Inspector: 6 Hrs.: 1 Date: 3 J (e )c 9 $ 80.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. You will receive an invoice from ' . City of Tukwila Finance Department. Call to schedule a reinspection. Word/Inspection Record Form.Doc INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit CITY OF TUKVVILA FIRE DEPARTMENT 1/13/06 ,host- Li 4f / PERMIT NUMBERS • Corrections required prior to approval. T.F.D. Form F; P: 113 Project: CP) ,, Ay s Type of Inspection: . Address: JO 3 0 Suite #: 3 , C. ro,A / Contdct Person: g Tflmef Monitor: Special Instructions: Phone No.: L 4 // 7 - ko9/ Needs Shift Inspection :... Sprinklers: . Fire. Alarm: Hood & Duct: / Monitor: Pre -Fire: Permits: Occupancy Type: Y INSPECTION NUMBER ri Approved per applicable codes. INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit CITY OF TUKIMILA FIRE DEPARTMENT 444 Andover Park East, Tukwila, Wa. 98188 206- 575 -4407 COMMENTS: t;-*/ �� �.. 4 " A_ ' � rte,- /,., c.pl ve..- fL e7G, j\-» 52 - . 14d d /y /D/i c. 2 /34 , /i 1.-R5 /4 _STd�.e, 77 Word /Inspection Record Form.Doc 1/13/06 Corrections required prior to approval. • Dag 4 / Sr PERMIT NUMBERS Inspector: S k) S -( Date: 3/0,1 Hrs.: 7 $80.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. You will receive an invoice from • the City of Tukwila Finance Department. Call to schedule a reinspection. T.F.D. Form F.P. 113 Project: ci, 4 )44 / 05 Type of Inspection: A: L 4-144 1 : 7 . 4 a / Address: /D 3 d 5 Suite #: e ego /VA' 10 0,11 Contact Person: • ' wlt s' Hood & Duct: . , . _ Special Instructions: Phone No.: y;'(- L- /17_ 809 / Needs Shift -Inspection: Sprinklers: Fire Alarm: ', Hood & Duct: . , Monitor: r_; Pre -Fire: Permits: i '' Occupancy Type: _ 3 INSPECTION NUMBER Approved per applicable codes. INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit CITY OF TUIM/ILA FIRE DEPARTMENT Word/Inspection Record Form.Doc 1/13/06 • AeLkit of Z67 PERMIT NUMBERS 444 Andover Park East, Tukwila, Wa. 98188 • 206 - 575 -4407 n Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: F rG /094.. -1 / C.IaaI.GI.... Oao Pea ssi-A, ti Inspector: 5t e ri 5 Date: 3 / s' o Hrs.: F. $80.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED:. You will receive an invoi \from City of Tukwila Finance Department. Call to schedule a reinspection. `, T.F.D. Form F.P. 113 Project: C h A, eS Sprinklers: Fire Alarm: Type of Inspection: - P e-o p- Address: �� Suite #: / o vrGL_ if Contact Person 3 i44 ((tt& Special Instructions: Phone No.: Needs Shift Inspection: Sprinklers: Fire Alarm: Hood & Duct: Monitor: _ . Pre -Fire: Permits: Occupancy Type: .: i+ mK.•:. ....i.:.;!Nk;rbtwrrci3n ?f`!s;G� J:. am�w; rrsr-.' yA»;. wKis. dl: nr, R€::: s...T. aut;.. :a"' +'Fr_. :.+arwvK. -:. a,7ay._'r'wt INSPECTION NUMBER Approved per applicable codes. INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit CITY OF TUKWILA FIRE DEPARTMENT o1- -op), Dog - PERMIT NUMBERS 444 Andover Park East, Tukwila, Wa. 98188 206- 575 -4407 Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: CAC- co,. Date: 3/ Z /a 7 H .: ,A) $80.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. You will receive an invoice from the City of Tukwila Finance Department. Call to schedule a reinspection: Word /Inspection Record Form.Doc 1/13/06 T.F.D. Form F.P. 113 COMMENTS: 1 Type of Inspection: Addre 7. Jo 3o : S -c Contct Person: Special Instructions: Phone No.: Occupancy Type: 1• Km 5 R 0k. (-e-( Cove felA-y.f°. 7a ‹ f c 02 • f9''[) D .r IA' - - - -- - - Gt.,vr�•e.2 S" ' -- ca(O cwt t_t't],✓ Ati b . / r J . � - S �� ' erm s Car 1,--o e, At o� . . r r i ' if . a Project: 1 Type of Inspection: Addre 7. Jo 3o : S -c Contct Person: Special Instructions: Phone No.: Needs Shift Inspection: Sprinklers: Fire Alarm: Hood & Duct: Monitor: Pre -Fire: Permits: Occupancy Type: 7: +:^ .r.A•isYi_i±t. .. is tttasraesca:^:•1+...i'e INSPECTION NUMBER CITY OF TUKWILA FIRE DEPARTMENT Approved per applicable codes. • T INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit Word /Inspection Record Form.Doc 1/13/06 0 s - cog PERMIT NUMBERS 444 Andover Park East, Tukwila Wa. 98188 206 -575 -4407 itZ Corrections required prior to approval. Inspector: Date: ?I' Hrs.: ( ( $80.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. You will receive an invoice from the City of Tukwila Finance Department. Call to schedule a rein, spection. T.F.D. Form F.P. 113 :Mechanical Permit Plans Checklist 2,96 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Forms MECH -CHK Revised July 2007 Project Address Southcenter Mall 'Date 10/30/2008 The following information is necessary to check a mechanical permit application for compliance with the mechanical requirements in the Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code. Applicability (yes, no, n.a.) I Code Section I Component I Information Required I Location on Plans I Building Department Notes HVAC REQUIREMENTS (Sections 1401 -1424) 1411 Equipment performance I "� a • ". 1411.4 Pkg. elec. htg.& cig. List heat pumps on schedule 1411.1 Minimum efficiency Equipment schedule with type, capacity, efficiency - ----- ' . f"� li _ 1411.1 Combustion htg. Indicate intermittent ignition, flue /draft damper & jacket loss - = 1412 HVAC controls f -.. _.._I N , .s.,�.,. A 1412.1 Temperature zones Indicate locations on plans ,,4•-u4,..—;1 ,. : J _.,; 1412.2 Deadband control Indicate 5 degree deadband minimum . KO �Cal/'� - 1..1‘ a 1. • � - ' ` 1412.3 Humidity control Indicate humidistat d' i t y 1412.4 Automatic setback Indicate thermostat with night setback and 7 diff.. ;: y pes I , �t .�: rid 1412.4.1 Dampers Indicate damper location and auto. controls & m'ax. , eakage 1412.4.2 Optimum Start Indicate optimum start controls 1412.5 Heat pump control Indicate microprocessor on thermostat schedule _ _ , l r 1412.6 Combustion htg. Indicate modulating or staged control ff.411 • 1412.7 Balancing Indicate balancing features on plans 4', I ,•,} , 1412.8 Ventilation Control Indicate demand control ventilation for high- occupan s; a s:4;il .i , ; ,' a I "1 1'x ' ; - ._ . 1422 Thermostat interlock Indicate thermostat interlock on plans 1423 Economizers Equipment schedule 1413 Air economizers 1413.1 Air Econo Operation Indicate 100% capability on schedule 1413.1 Wtr Econo Operation Indicate 100% capacity at 45 degF db & 40 deg F wb 1413.2 Water Econo Doc Indicate cig load & water econoe & cig tower performance 1413.3 Integrated operation Indicate capability for partial cooling 1413.4 Humidification Indicate direct evap or fog atomization w/ air economizer 1414 Ducting systems 1414.1 Duct sealing Indicate sealing necessary 1414.2 Duct insulation Indicate R -value of insulation on duct 1415.1 Piping insulation Indicate R -value of insulation on piping 1416 Completion Requirements 1416.2.1 Commissioning Provide commissioning plan 1416.2.2 -3 Sys.Bal & Func.Test Indicate air and water system balancing & functional testing 1416.2.4 Commissioning Indicate O &M manuals, record drawings, staff training 1416.2.5 Comm. Report Indicate requirements for prelim. & final commissioning report 1434 Separate air sys. Indicate separate systems on plans Mechanical Summary Form Completed and attached. Equipment schedule with types, input/output, efficiency, cfm, hp, economizer SERVICE WA I ER HEA I ING AND HEA ED POOLS (Sections 1440 - 1454) 1440 Service water htg. 1441 Elec. water heater Indicate R -10 insulation under tank 1442 Shut -off controls Indicate automatic shut -off CITY RECEIVED OF TUKWILA 1443 Pipe Insulation Indicate R -value of insulation on piping 1452 Heat Pump COP Indicate minimum COP of 4.0 ti Iv 0 5 2008 1452 Heater Efficiency Indicate pool heater efficiency 1453 Pool heater controls Indicate switch and 65 degree control PERMIT CENTER 1454 Pool covers Indicate vapor retardant cover 1454 Pools 90+ degrees Indicate R -12 pool cover .. Ii)! 2006 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Form , provide explanation: 2006 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Form M Permit Plans Checklist MECH -CHK 2006 Apshington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Forms Revised July 2007 Mechanical - General Requirements 1411.1 General: Equipment shall have a minimum performance at the specified rating conditions not less than the values shown in Table 14 -1A through 14 -1G. If a nationally recognized certification program exists for a product covered in Tables 14 -1A through 14 -1G, and It includes provisions for venfication and challenge of equipment efficiency ratings, then the product shall be listed in the certification program. Gas -fired and oil -fired forced air furnaces with input ratings > 225,000 Btu /h (65 kW) and all unit heaters shall also have an intermittent ignition or interrupted device (IID), and have either mechanical draft (including power venting) or a flue damper. A vent damper is an acceptable alternative to a flue damper for furnaces where combustion air is drawn from the conditioned space. All furnaces with input ratings > 225,000 Btu /h (65 kW), including electric furnaces, that are not located within the conditioned space shall have jacket losses not exceeding 0.75% of the input rating. 1411.2 Rating Conditions: Cooling equipment shall be rated at ARI test conditions and procedures when available. Where no applicable procedures exist, data shall be furnished by the equipment manufacturer. 1411.3 Combination Space and Service Water Heating: For combination space and service water heaters with a principal function of providing space heat, the Combined Annual Efficiency (CAE) may be calculated by using ASHRAE Standard 124 -1991. Storage water heaters used in combination space heat and water heat applications shall have either an Energy FActor (EF) or a CAE of not less than the following: 1411.4 Packaged Electric Heating and Coo ing Equipment: Packaged electric equipment providing both heating and cooling with a total cooling capacity greater than 20, Btu /h shall be a heat pump. Exception: Unstaffed equipment shaelters or cabinets used solely for personal wireless service facilities. 1412 Controls 1412.1 Temperature Controls: Each system shall be provided with at least one temperature control device. Each zone shall be controlled by individual thermostatic controls responding to temperature within the zone. At a minimum, each floor of a building shall be considered as a separate zone. 1412.2 Deadband Controls: When used to control both comfort heating and cooling, zone thermostatic controls shall be capable of a deadband of at least 5 degrees F within which the supply of heating and cooling energy to the zone is shut off or reduced to a minimum. Exceptions: 1. Special occupancy, special usage, or code requirements where deadband controls are not appropriate. 2. Buildings complying with Section 1141.4, if in the proposed building energy analysis, heating and cooling thermostat setpoints are set to the same temperature between 70 degrees F and 75 degrees F inclusive, and assumed to be constant throughout the year. 3. Thermostats that require manual changeover between heating and cooling modes. 1412.3 Humidity Controls: If a system is equipped with a means for adding moisture, a humidistat shall be provided. • 1412.4 Setback and Shut -Off: HVAC systems shall be equipped with automatic controls capable of accomplishing a reduction of energy use through control setback or equipment shutdown during periods of non -use or alternate use of the spaces served by the system. The automatic controls shall have a minimum seven -day clock and be capable of being set for seven different day types per week. It must retain programming and time for a power loss of 10 hours and include an accessible manual override of up to 2 hours. Exceptions: 1. Systems serving areas which require continuous operation at the same temperature setpoint. 2. Equipment with full load demands of 2 kW (6,826 Btu /h) or less may be controlled by readily accessible manual off -hour controls. 3. Systems controlled by an occupant sensor that is capable of shutting the system off when no occupant is sensed for a period of up to 30 minutes. 4. Systems controlled solely by a manually operated timer capable of operating the system for no more than two hours. 1412.4.1 Dampers: Outside air intakes, exhaust outlets and relief outlets serving conditioned spaces shall be equipped with dampers which close automatically when the system is off or upon power failure. Stair shaft and elevator shaft smoke relief openings shall be equipped with normally open (fails to open upon loss of power) dampers. These dampers shall remain closed until activated by the fire alarm system or other approved smoke detection system. Exceptions: 1. Systems serving areas which require continuous operation. 2. Combustion air intakes. 3. Gravity (nonmotorized) dampers are acceptable in buildings less than 3 stories in height. 4. Gravity (nonmotorized) dampers are acceptable in exhaust and relief outlets in the first story and levels below the first story of buildings three or more stories in height. 1412.4.2 Optimum Start Controls: Heating and cooling systems with design supply 1412.8 Ventilation Controls for High- Occupancy Areas: Demand control ventilation (DCV) is required for spaces that are larger than 500 ft2, have a design occupancy for ventilation of greater than 40 people for 1000 ft2 of floor area, and are served by systems with one or more of the following: a. An air -side economizer, b. Automatic modulating control of the outdoor air damper, or c. A design outdoor airflow greater than 3000 cfm. Exceptions: 1.Systems with energy recovery complying with Section 1436. 2. Multiple -zone systems without direct- digital control of individual zones communicating with a central control panel. 3. Systems with a design outdoor airflow less than 1200 cfm. 4. Spaces where the supply airflow rate minus any makeup or outgoing transfer air requirement is less than 1200 cfm. 1413 Air Economizers 1413.1 Operation: Air economizers shall be of automatically modulating outside and return air dampers to provide 100 percent of the design supply air as outside air to reduce or eliminate the need for mechanical cooling. Water economizers shall be capable of providing the total concurrent cooling load served by the conneted terminal equipment lacking airside economizer, at outside air temperatures of 45 ° F dry- bulb /40 ° F wet -bulb and below. For this calculation, all factors including solar and internal load shall be the same as those used for peak load calculations, except for the outside temperatures. Exception: Water economizers using air - cooled heat rejection equipment may use a 35 ° F dry-bulb outside air temperature for this calculation. This exception is limited to a maximum of 20 tons per building. 1413.2 Documentation: Water economizer plans submitted for approval shall include the following information: 1. Maximum outside air conditions for which economizer is sized to provide full cooling. 2. Design cooling load to be provided by economizer at this outside air condition. 3. Heat rejection and terminal equipment performance data including model number, flow rate, capacity, entering and leaving temperature in full economizer cooling mode. 1413.3 Integrated Operation: Air economizers shall be capable of providing partial cooling even when additional mechanical cooling is required to meet the remainder of the cooling load. Exceptions: 1. Individual, direct expansion units that have a rated capacity less than 65,000 Btu /h and use nonintegrated economizer controls that preclude simultaneous operation of the economizer and mechanical cooling. 2. Water - cooled water chillers with waterside economizer. 1413.4 Humidification: If an air economizer is required on a cooling system for which humidification equipment is to be provided to maintain minimum indoor humidity levels, then the humidifier shall be of the adiabatic type (direct evaporative media or fog atomization type). Exceptions: 1. Health care facilities where WAC 246- 320 -525 allows only steam injection humidifiers in ductwork downstream of final filters. 1412.6 Combustion Heating Equipment Controls: Combustion heating equipment with a capacity over 225,000 Btu /h shall have modulating or staged combustion control. 2. Systems with water economizer 3. 100% outside air systems with no provisions for air recirculation to the central supply fan. 4. Nonadiabatic humidifiers cumulatively serving no more than 10% of a building's air economizer capacity as measured in cfm. This refers to the system cfm serving rooms with stand alone or duct mounted humidifiers. 1414 Ducting Systems 1414.1 Sealing: Duct work which is designed to operate at pressures above 1/2 inch water column static pressure shall be sealed in accordance with Standard RS -18. Extent of sealing required is as follows: 1. Static pressure: 1/2 inch to 2 inches; seal transverse joints. 2. Static pressure: 2 inches to 3 inches; seal all transverse joints and longitudinal seams. 3. Static pressure: above 3 inches; seal all transverse joints, longitudinal seams and duct wall penetrations. Duct tape and other pressure sensitive tape shall not be used as the primary sealant where ducts are designed to operate at static pressures of 1 inch W.C. or greater. 1414.2 Insulation: Ducts and plenums that are constructed and function as part of the building envelope, by separating interior space from exterior space, shall meet all applicable requirements of Chapter 13. These requirements include insulation installation, moisture control, air leakage, and building envelope insulation levels. Unheated equipment rooms with combustion air louvers must be isolated from the conditioned space by insulating interior surfaces to a minimum of R -11 and any exterior envelope surfaces per Chapter 13. Outside air ducts serving individual supply air units with less than 2,800 cfm of total supply air capacity shall be insulated to a minimum of R -7 and are not considered building envelope. Other outside air duct runs are considered building envelope until they, 1. connect to the heating or cooling equipment, or 2. are isolated from the exterior with an automatic shut -off damper complying EF CAE < 50 gal storage 0.58 0.71 50 to 70 gal storage 0.57 0.71 > 70 gal storage 0.55 0.70 2006 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Form M Permit Plans Checklist MECH -CHK 2006 Apshington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Forms Revised July 2007 Mechanical - General Requirements 1411.1 General: Equipment shall have a minimum performance at the specified rating conditions not less than the values shown in Table 14 -1A through 14 -1G. If a nationally recognized certification program exists for a product covered in Tables 14 -1A through 14 -1G, and It includes provisions for venfication and challenge of equipment efficiency ratings, then the product shall be listed in the certification program. Gas -fired and oil -fired forced air furnaces with input ratings > 225,000 Btu /h (65 kW) and all unit heaters shall also have an intermittent ignition or interrupted device (IID), and have either mechanical draft (including power venting) or a flue damper. A vent damper is an acceptable alternative to a flue damper for furnaces where combustion air is drawn from the conditioned space. All furnaces with input ratings > 225,000 Btu /h (65 kW), including electric furnaces, that are not located within the conditioned space shall have jacket losses not exceeding 0.75% of the input rating. 1411.2 Rating Conditions: Cooling equipment shall be rated at ARI test conditions and procedures when available. Where no applicable procedures exist, data shall be furnished by the equipment manufacturer. 1411.3 Combination Space and Service Water Heating: For combination space and service water heaters with a principal function of providing space heat, the Combined Annual Efficiency (CAE) may be calculated by using ASHRAE Standard 124 -1991. Storage water heaters used in combination space heat and water heat applications shall have either an Energy FActor (EF) or a CAE of not less than the following: 1411.4 Packaged Electric Heating and Coo ing Equipment: Packaged electric equipment providing both heating and cooling with a total cooling capacity greater than 20, Btu /h shall be a heat pump. Exception: Unstaffed equipment shaelters or cabinets used solely for personal wireless service facilities. 1412 Controls 1412.1 Temperature Controls: Each system shall be provided with at least one temperature control device. Each zone shall be controlled by individual thermostatic controls responding to temperature within the zone. At a minimum, each floor of a building shall be considered as a separate zone. 1412.2 Deadband Controls: When used to control both comfort heating and cooling, zone thermostatic controls shall be capable of a deadband of at least 5 degrees F within which the supply of heating and cooling energy to the zone is shut off or reduced to a minimum. Exceptions: 1. Special occupancy, special usage, or code requirements where deadband controls are not appropriate. 2. Buildings complying with Section 1141.4, if in the proposed building energy analysis, heating and cooling thermostat setpoints are set to the same temperature between 70 degrees F and 75 degrees F inclusive, and assumed to be constant throughout the year. 3. Thermostats that require manual changeover between heating and cooling modes. 1412.3 Humidity Controls: If a system is equipped with a means for adding moisture, a humidistat shall be provided. • 1412.4 Setback and Shut -Off: HVAC systems shall be equipped with automatic controls capable of accomplishing a reduction of energy use through control setback or equipment shutdown during periods of non -use or alternate use of the spaces served by the system. The automatic controls shall have a minimum seven -day clock and be capable of being set for seven different day types per week. It must retain programming and time for a power loss of 10 hours and include an accessible manual override of up to 2 hours. Exceptions: 1. Systems serving areas which require continuous operation at the same temperature setpoint. 2. Equipment with full load demands of 2 kW (6,826 Btu /h) or less may be controlled by readily accessible manual off -hour controls. 3. Systems controlled by an occupant sensor that is capable of shutting the system off when no occupant is sensed for a period of up to 30 minutes. 4. Systems controlled solely by a manually operated timer capable of operating the system for no more than two hours. 1412.4.1 Dampers: Outside air intakes, exhaust outlets and relief outlets serving conditioned spaces shall be equipped with dampers which close automatically when the system is off or upon power failure. Stair shaft and elevator shaft smoke relief openings shall be equipped with normally open (fails to open upon loss of power) dampers. These dampers shall remain closed until activated by the fire alarm system or other approved smoke detection system. Exceptions: 1. Systems serving areas which require continuous operation. 2. Combustion air intakes. 3. Gravity (nonmotorized) dampers are acceptable in buildings less than 3 stories in height. 4. Gravity (nonmotorized) dampers are acceptable in exhaust and relief outlets in the first story and levels below the first story of buildings three or more stories in height. 1412.4.2 Optimum Start Controls: Heating and cooling systems with design supply 1412.8 Ventilation Controls for High- Occupancy Areas: Demand control ventilation (DCV) is required for spaces that are larger than 500 ft2, have a design occupancy for ventilation of greater than 40 people for 1000 ft2 of floor area, and are served by systems with one or more of the following: a. An air -side economizer, b. Automatic modulating control of the outdoor air damper, or c. A design outdoor airflow greater than 3000 cfm. Exceptions: 1.Systems with energy recovery complying with Section 1436. 2. Multiple -zone systems without direct- digital control of individual zones communicating with a central control panel. 3. Systems with a design outdoor airflow less than 1200 cfm. 4. Spaces where the supply airflow rate minus any makeup or outgoing transfer air requirement is less than 1200 cfm. 1413 Air Economizers 1413.1 Operation: Air economizers shall be of automatically modulating outside and return air dampers to provide 100 percent of the design supply air as outside air to reduce or eliminate the need for mechanical cooling. Water economizers shall be capable of providing the total concurrent cooling load served by the conneted terminal equipment lacking airside economizer, at outside air temperatures of 45 ° F dry- bulb /40 ° F wet -bulb and below. For this calculation, all factors including solar and internal load shall be the same as those used for peak load calculations, except for the outside temperatures. Exception: Water economizers using air - cooled heat rejection equipment may use a 35 ° F dry-bulb outside air temperature for this calculation. This exception is limited to a maximum of 20 tons per building. 1413.2 Documentation: Water economizer plans submitted for approval shall include the following information: 1. Maximum outside air conditions for which economizer is sized to provide full cooling. 2. Design cooling load to be provided by economizer at this outside air condition. 3. Heat rejection and terminal equipment performance data including model number, flow rate, capacity, entering and leaving temperature in full economizer cooling mode. 1413.3 Integrated Operation: Air economizers shall be capable of providing partial cooling even when additional mechanical cooling is required to meet the remainder of the cooling load. Exceptions: 1. Individual, direct expansion units that have a rated capacity less than 65,000 Btu /h and use nonintegrated economizer controls that preclude simultaneous operation of the economizer and mechanical cooling. 2. Water - cooled water chillers with waterside economizer. 1413.4 Humidification: If an air economizer is required on a cooling system for which humidification equipment is to be provided to maintain minimum indoor humidity levels, then the humidifier shall be of the adiabatic type (direct evaporative media or fog atomization type). Exceptions: 1. Health care facilities where WAC 246- 320 -525 allows only steam injection humidifiers in ductwork downstream of final filters. 1412.6 Combustion Heating Equipment Controls: Combustion heating equipment with a capacity over 225,000 Btu /h shall have modulating or staged combustion control. 2. Systems with water economizer 3. 100% outside air systems with no provisions for air recirculation to the central supply fan. 4. Nonadiabatic humidifiers cumulatively serving no more than 10% of a building's air economizer capacity as measured in cfm. This refers to the system cfm serving rooms with stand alone or duct mounted humidifiers. 1414 Ducting Systems 1414.1 Sealing: Duct work which is designed to operate at pressures above 1/2 inch water column static pressure shall be sealed in accordance with Standard RS -18. Extent of sealing required is as follows: 1. Static pressure: 1/2 inch to 2 inches; seal transverse joints. 2. Static pressure: 2 inches to 3 inches; seal all transverse joints and longitudinal seams. 3. Static pressure: above 3 inches; seal all transverse joints, longitudinal seams and duct wall penetrations. Duct tape and other pressure sensitive tape shall not be used as the primary sealant where ducts are designed to operate at static pressures of 1 inch W.C. or greater. 1414.2 Insulation: Ducts and plenums that are constructed and function as part of the building envelope, by separating interior space from exterior space, shall meet all applicable requirements of Chapter 13. These requirements include insulation installation, moisture control, air leakage, and building envelope insulation levels. Unheated equipment rooms with combustion air louvers must be isolated from the conditioned space by insulating interior surfaces to a minimum of R -11 and any exterior envelope surfaces per Chapter 13. Outside air ducts serving individual supply air units with less than 2,800 cfm of total supply air capacity shall be insulated to a minimum of R -7 and are not considered building envelope. Other outside air duct runs are considered building envelope until they, 1. connect to the heating or cooling equipment, or 2. are isolated from the exterior with an automatic shut -off damper complying 2006 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Form • 1412.4.2 Optimum Start Controls: Heating and cooling systems with design supply 2. are isolated from the exterior with an automatic shut -off damper complying air capacities exceeding 10,000 cfm shall have optimum start controls. Optimum with Section 1412.4.1. stmt controls shall be designed to automatically adjust the start time of an HVAC Once outside air ducts meet the above listed requirements, any runs within systam each day to bring the space to desired occupied temperature levels conditioned space shall comply with Table 14 -5 requirements. immediately before scheduled occupancy. The control algorithm shall, as a Other ducts and plenums shall be thermally insulated per Table 14 -5. minimum, be a function of the difference between space temperature and occupied Exceptions: setpoint and the amount of time prior to scheduled occupancy. 1412.5 Heat Pump Controls: Unitary air cooled heat pumps shall include 1. Within the HVAC equipment. microprocessor controls that minimize supplemental heat usage during start -up, set- 2. Exhaust air ducts not subject to condensation. up, and defrost conditions. These controls shall anticipate need for heat and use 3. Exposed ductwork within a zone that serves that zone. compression heating as the first stage of heat. Controls shall indicate when 1415 Piping Systems supplemental heating is being used through visual means (e.g., LED indicators). 1415.1 Insulation: Piping shall be thermally insulated in accordance with Table 14 -6. 1412.6 Combustion Heating Equipment Controls: Combustion heating equipment Exception: Piping installed within unitary HVAC equipment. with a capacity over 225,000 Btu /h shall have modulating or staged combustion Water pipes outside the conditioned space shall be insulated in accordance with control. 000 Washington State Plumbing Code (WAC 51 -26) EXCEPTIONS: 1. Boilers. 2. Radiant heaters. 1416 Completion Requirements (Refer to NREC Section 1416 and the Building 1412.7 Balancing: Each air supply outlet or air or water terminal device shall have Commissioning Guidelines, published by the Building Commissioning Association, a means for balancing, including but not limited to, dampers, temperature and for complete text and guidelines for building completion and commissioning pressure test connections and balancing valves. requirements.) Project Info Project Address 633 SOUTHCENTER MALL Date 10/30/2008 SUITE 1120 For Building Department Use P I/ft Opv r ° 9. TUKWILA, WA 98118 Applicant Name: M- Retail Engineering, Inc Applicant Address: 750 Brooksedge Blvd., Westerville, Oh 43081 Applicant Phone: 614 -818 -2323 .--,.I., Project Description ❑ New Building • Addition r ❑ Alteration ❑ Plans In�c'u Refer to WSEC Section 1513 for controls and commissioning regiJirements. . Compliance Option 0 Prescriptive 0 Lighting Power • 0 Systems Analysis (See Qualification Checklist (over). Indicate Prescriptive &LPA spaces clearly on plans.) Alteration Exceptions (check appropriate box - sec. 1132.3) ❑ No changes are being made to the lighting' Less than 60% of the fixtures new, installed wattage not increased, & space use not changed. Location (floor /room no.) Occupancy Description Allowed Watts per ft Area in ft Allowed x Area , Area #1 RETAIL SALES /FITT'G AREAS 1.50 5535.0 8302.5 Area #1 RETAIL SALES / FITT'G AREAS /NOTE #10 1.50 5535.0 8302.5 Area #1 CD (DOWNLIGHT PAR38 /FL) 14 44.0 616.0 ** From Table 15 -1 (over) - document all exceptions on form LTG -LPA Total Allowed Watts 16605.0 Location (floor /room no.) Fixture Description Number of Fixtures Watts/ Fixture Watts Proposed Area #1 A4 (TRACKHEAD PAR38 /FL) 7 44.0 308.0 Area #1 TF2 (WALL WASH TRACKHEAD MHC100) 170 50.0 8500.0 Area #1 CD (DOWNLIGHT PAR38 /FL) 14 44.0 616.0 Area #1 F3 (PENDANT MOUNTED FIXTURE MCH100) 38 110.0 4180.0 Area #1 RD (COMPACT FLUORESCENT DOWNLIGHT (2) 26W) 7 55.0 385.0 Area #1 Fl (8' - 2LITE TANDEM FLUORESCENT STRIP 32W T8) 28 62.0 1736.0 Area #1 EF (FAN /LIGHT UNIT WITH (1) 100W BULB) 1 100.0 100.0 Total Proposed Watts may not exceed Total Allowed Watts for Interior Total Proposed Watts 15825.0 1 Interior Lighting Summary LTG -INT 2006 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Forms 2006 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Form Maximum Allowed Lighting Wattage Proposed Lighting Wattage Notes: 1. For proposed Fixture Description, indicate fixture type, lamp type (e.g. T -8), number of lamps in the fixture, and ballast type (if included). For track lighting, list the length of the track (in feet) in addition to the fixture, lamp, and ballast information. 2. For proposed Watts /Fixture, use manufacturer's listed maximum input wattage of the fixture (not simply the lamp wattage) and other criteria as specified in Section 1530. For hard -wired ballasts only, the default table in the NREC Technical Reference Manual may also be used. For track lighting, list the greater of actual luminaire wattage or length of track multiplied by 50REGEIVEDDle, the wattage of current limiting device . of tr- transf. CITY OF TUKVVILA 3. List all fixtures. For exer li•f' `� r,r:. y,i.:,d... ; .�.1'�t- .tion number, and leave Watts /Fixture blank. NOV 0 5 2008 PERMIT CENTER Revised July 2007 Use' LPA` (W /sf) Use' LPA` (W /sf) Automotive facility 0.9 Office buildings, office /administrative areas in facilities of other use types (including but not limited to schools hospitals, institutions, museums, banks, churches) 1.0 Convention center 1.2 Penitentiary and other Group 1 -3 Occupancies 1.0 Courthouse 1.2 Police and fire stations" 1.0 Cafeterias, fast food establishments', restaurants /bars 1.3 Post office 1.1 Dormitory 1.0 Retain'', retail banking, mall concourses, wholesale stores (pallet rack shelving) 1.5 Exercise center 1.0 School buildings (Group E Occupancy only), school classrooms, day care centers 1.2 Gymnasia", assembly spaces 1.0 Theater, motion picture 1.2 Health care clinic 1.0 Theater, performing arts 1.6 Hospital, nursing homes, and other Group I -1 and 1 -2 Occupancies 1.2 Transportation 1.0 Hotel/motel 1.0 Warehouses ', storage areas 0.5 Hotel banquet/conference /exhibition hall" 2.0 Workshops 1.4 Laboratory spaces (all spaces not classified "laboratory" shall meet office and other appropriate categories) 1.8 Parking garages 0.2 Laundries 1.2 Libraries' 1.3 Plans Submitted for Common Areas Only' Manufacturing facility 1.3 Main floor building lobbies' (except mall concourses) 1.2 Museum 1.1 Common areas, corridors, toilet facilities and washrooms, elevator lobbies 0.8 Prescriptive Spaces Occupancy: 0 Warehouses, storage areas or aircraft storage hangers 0 Other Qualification Checklist Note: If occupancy type is "Other' and fixture answer is checked, the number of fixtures in the space is not limited by Code. Clearly indicate these spaces on plans. If not qualified, do LPA Calculations. Lighting Fixtures: (Section 1521) Check if 95% or more of fixtures comply with 1,2 or 3 and rest are ballasted. 1. Fluorescent fixtures which are non - lensed with a) 1 or 2 two lamps, b) reflector or louvers, c) 5-60 watt T -1, T -2, T-4, T -5, T -8 lamps, and d) hard -wired elec- tronic dimming ballasts. Screw -in compact fluorescent fixtures do not qualify. 2. Metal Halide with a) reflector b) ceramic MH lamps <= 150w c) electronic ballasts 3. LED lights. 8 i Interior Lighting Summary (back) LTG -INT 2006 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Forms TABLE 15 -1 Unit Lis>Ihtina Power Allowance (LPA 2006 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Form Revised July 2007 Footnotes for Table 15 -1 1) In cases in which a general use and a specific use are listed, the specific use shall apply. In cases in which a use is not mentioned specifically, the Unit Power Allowance shall be determined by the building official. This determination shall be based upon the most comparable use specified in the table. See Section 1512 for exempt areas. 2) The watts per square foot may be increased, by two percent per foot of ceiling height above twenty feet, unless specifically directed otherwise by subsequent footnotes. 3) Watts per square foot of room may be increased by two percent per foot of ceiling height above twelve feet. 4) For all other spaces, such as seating and common areas, use the Unit Light Power Allowance for assembly. 5) Watts per square foot of room may be increased by two percent per foot of ceiling height above nine feet. 6) Reserved. 7) For conference rooms and offices less than 150ft with full height partitions, a Unit Lighting Power Allowance of 1.10 w /ft may be used. 8) Reserved. 9) For indoor sport tournament courts with adjacent spectator seating over 5,000, the Unit Lighting Power Allowance for the court area is 2.60 W /ft 10) Display window illumination installed within 2 feet of the window, provided that the display window is separated from the retail space by walls or at least three - quarter- height partitions (transparent or opaque). and lighting for free - standing display where the lighting moves with the display are exempt. An additional 1.5 w /ft of merchandise display luminaires are exempt provided that they comply with all three of the following: a) located on ceiling- mounted track or directly on or recessed into the ceiling itself (not on the wall). b) adjustable in both the horizontal and vertical axes (vertical axis only is acceptable for fluorescent and other fixtures with two points of track attachment). c) fitted with LED, tungsten halogen, fluorescent, or high intensity discharge lamps. This additional lighting power is allowed only if the lighting is actually installed. 11) Provided that a floor plan, indicating rack location and height, is submitted, the square footage for a warehouse may be defined, for computing the interior Unit Lighting Power Allowance, as the floor area not covered by racks plus the vertical face area (access side only) of the racks. The height allowance defined in footnote 2 applies only to the floor area not covered by racks. r December 12, 2008 Jennifer Mireles PO Box 1673 Lomita, CA 90717 Dear Ms. Mireles, Bill Rambo Permit Technician Enclosures File: D08 -484 • Department of Community Development RE: Letter of Incomplete Application # 1 to Correction Letter #1 Development Permit Application D08 -484 Champs — 1030 Southcenter Mall Jim Haggerton, Mayor Jack Pace, Director This letter is to inform you that your permit application received at the City of Tukwila Permit Center on December 10, 2008, is determined to be incomplete. Before your application can continue the plan review process the following items from the following department need to be addressed: Building Department: Allen Johannessen at 206 -433 -7163 if you have any questions concerning the attached comments. Please address the comment above in an itemized format with applicable revised plans, specifications, and/or other documentation. The City requires that four (4) sets of revised plans, specifications and/or other documentation be resubmitted with the appropriate revision block. In order to better expedite your resubmittal a `Revision Submittal Sheet' must accompany every resubmittal. I have enclosed one for your convenience. Revisions must be made in person and will not be accepted through the mail or by a messenger service. If you have any questions, please contact me at the Permit Center at (206) 431 -3670. Sincerely, P:\Permit Center\Incomplete Letters\2008\D08 -484 Incomplete Ltr #1 -Corr #1.DOC wer 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 0 Tukwila, Washington 98188 0 Phone: 206 - 431 -3670 0 Fax: 206- 431 -3665 • • Determination of Completeness Memo Date: December 12, 2008 Project Name: Champs Permit #: D08 -484 Plan Review: Allen Johannessen, Plans Examiner Tukwila Building Division Allen Johannessen, Plan Examiner The Building Division has deemed the subject permit application incomplete. To assist the applicant in expediting the Department plan review process, please forward the following comments. (GENERAL NOTE) PLAN SUBMITTALS: (Min. size 11x17 to maximum size of 24x36; all sheets shall be the same size). (If applicable) Structural Drawings and structural calculations sheets shall be original signed wet stamped, not copied.) 1. The revised plans received have a number of pages missing and are not consistent with the Revision Submittal under "Sheet Numbers" submitted and are not consistent with the cover page index. Please provide a complete set of plans with all sheets included not just the revised sheets. Should there be questions concerning the above requirements, contact the Building Division at 206 -431 -3670. No further comments at this time. m'. Emphasis On Excellence December 3 2008 Mr. Allen Johannessen, Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98 RE: Champs Southcenter Mall 633 Southcenter Tukwila, WA 98188 M- Retail Job #0813130 Dear Mr. Allen Johannessen: M • Retail Engineering Inc. This letter is in response to Plan Review dated November 7, 2008 regarding the above referenced project. ELECTRICAL Item #1 Emergence light fixtures added in sales and non -sales areas (sheets E5.0) Item #2 Battery backed -up exit sign added (sheet E5.0) Item #3 Directional battery backed -up signs are added (sheet E5.0) Item #4 Added path of egress and foot candle calculations (sheet E5.0) This represents our understanding of your building department's required plan corrections. If I can be of further assistance, please call: Sincerely,/' Larry James CORRECTION LTR #= 750 Brooksedge Blvd. • Westerville; Ohio 43081 614 -818 -2323 • FAX 614= 818 -2337 • E -MAIL mretail @m- corporations.com An M'Corporation RECEIVED DEC 102008 PERMIT CENTER k November 21, 2008 Jennifer Mireles 1327 Post Ave #H Torrance CA 90501 RE: CORRECTION LETTER #1 Development Application Number D08 -484 Champs —1030 Southcenter Mall Dear Ms. Mireles, This letter is to inform you of corrections that must be addressed before your development permit can be approved. All correction requests from each department must be addressed at the same time and reflected on your drawings. I have enclosed comments from the Building Department. The Fire, Planning and Public Works Departments have no comments at this time. Building Department: Allen Johannessen at 206 - 433 -7163 if you have questions regarding the attached comments. Please address the attached comments in an itemized format with applicable revised plans, specifications, and/or other documentation. The City requires that two (4) complete sets of revised plans, specifications and/or other documentation be resubmitted with the appropriate revision block. In order to better expedite your resubmittal, a `Revision Submittal Sheet' must accompany every resubmittal. I have enclosed one for your convenience. Corrections /revisions must be made in person and will not be accepted through the mail or by a messenger service. If you have any questions, please contact me at (206) 431 -3670. Sincerely, Je fifer M. hall Pe it Technician e File No. D08 -484 P:\Pemrit Cente,\Correction Letters \2008\D08 -484 Correction Ltr #I.DOC wer C14' of Tukwila Jim Haggerton, Mayor Department of Community Development Jack Pace, Director 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 • Tukwila, Washington 98188 • Phone: 206- 431 -3670 • Fax: 206- 431 -3665 l Building Division Review Memo • Date: November 7, 2008 Project Name: Champs Permit #: D08 -484 Plan Review: Allen Johannessen, Plans Examiner The Building Division conducted a plan review on the subject permit application. Please address the following comments in an itemized format with revised plans, specifications and/or other applicable documentation. (GENERAL NOTE) PLAN SUBMITTALS: (Min. size 11x17 to maximum size of 24x36; all sheets shall be the same size). (If applicable) Structural Drawings and structural calculations sheets shall be original signed wet stamped, not copied.) 1. Provide a floor plan that identifies means of egress. Identify emergency path of egress illumination within the tenant space. Provide documentation or details on the plan to show common paths of egress are provided with sufficient emergency illumination of 1 foot -candle at the walking surface leading to and including the exterior of exit discharge doorways. (IBC Section 1006) 2. Show an 18" vertical grab bar for the accessible toilet. (2003 ANSI 604.5.1) Tukwila Building Division Allen Johannessen, Plan Examiner 3. The type of perimeter enclosure angle for the suspended has not been identified. The current ASCE standards specify a 2" enclosure angle shall be required. Please provide specifications with details that meet ASCE standards for the new suspended ceiling. Show a 2" perimeter supporting enclosure angle in the details. (ASCE Standards 9.6.2.6.2.2.) 4. On the cover sheet the code references indicate 2006 NEC. Current NEC is 2005. In addition the current ANSI code is 2003 ANSI 117.1. Please update code reference per current codes. Should there be questions concerning the above requirements, contact the Building Division at 206 -431- 3670. No further comments at this time. ACTIVITY NUMBER: D08 -484 DATE: 02 -10 -09 PROJECT NAME: CHAMPS SITE ADDRESS: 1030 SOUTHCENTER MALL Original Plan Submittal Response to Incomplete Letter # Response to Correction Letter # X Revision # 1 After Permit Issued DEPARTMENTS: 1s B ( i . ng l ivision Public Works DETERMINATION OF COMPLETENESS: (Tues., Thurs.) Complete Comments: APPROVALS 0 CORRECTIONS: Documents/routing slip.doc 2 -28 -02 • PERMIT COORD COPY PLAN REVIEW /ROUTING SLIP Fire Prevention ❑ Structural ❑ Permit Coordinator ❑ Incomplete DUE DATE: 02-12 -09 Permit Center Use Only INCOMPLETE LETTER MAILED: Departments determined incomplete: Bldg ❑ Fire ❑ Ping ❑ PW ❑ Staff Initials: LETTER OF COMPLETENESS MAILED: TUES /THURS ROU ING: Please Route Structural Review Required ❑ No further Review Required REVIEWER'S INITIALS: DATE: Approved U Approved with Conditions U Not Approved (attach comments) Notation: REVIEWER'S INITIALS: DATE: Planning Division Not Applicable 1 1 DUE DATE: 03-12-09 Permit Center Use Only CORRECTION LETTER MAILED: Departments issued corrections: Bldg ❑ Fire ❑ Ping ❑ PW ❑ Staff Initials: ACTIVITY NUMBER: 008 -484 DATE: 12 -30 -08 PROJECT NAME: CHAMPS SITE ADDRESS: 1030 SOUTHCENTER MALL Original Plan Submittal X Response to Incomplete Letter # 1 X Response to Correction Letter # 1 Revision # After Permit Issued DE ARTMENTS: �G B ildi , • D on 4 4 n Public Works DETERMINATION OF COMPLETENESS: (Tues., Thurs.) Complete • • COCAU C PLAN REVIEW /ROUTING SLIP Structural Incomplete Comments: Permit Center Use Only INCOMPLETE LETTER MAILED: Departments determined incomplete: Bldg ❑ Fire ❑ Ping ❑ PW ❑ Staff Initials: LETTER OF COMPLETENESS MAILED: TUES/THURS R TING: Please Route Structural Review Required ❑ No further Review Required REVIEWER'S INITIALS: DATE: APPROVALS OR CORRECTIONS: Approved Approved with Conditions Notation: REVIEWER'S INITIALS: Documents/routing slip.doc 2 -28 -02 Fire Prevention DATE: Planning Division Permit Coordinator DUE DATE: 01 -06 -09 Not Applicable DUE DATE: 02 -03-09 Not Approved (attach comments) n Permit Center Use Only CORRECTION LETTER MAILED: Departments issued corrections: Bldg ❑ Fire ❑ Ping ❑ PW ❑ Staff Initials: ACTIVITY NUMBER: D08 -484 DATE: 12 -10 -08 PROJECT NAME: CHAMPS SITE ADDRESS: 1030 SOUTHCENTER MALL Original Plan Submittal X Response to Correction Letter # 1 Response to Incomplete Letter # Revision # After Permit Issued DEPARTMENTS: Building Division Public Works Complete Comments: Documents/routing slip.doc 2 -28-02 • PLAN U L REVIEWER'S INITIALS: Fire Prevention Structural DETERMINATION OF COMPLETENESS: (Tues., Thurs.) DUE DATE: 12 -11 -08 Incomplete APPROVALS OR CORRECTIONS: Approved n Approved with Conditions Notation: REVIEWER'S INITIALS: u n • IING SLIP Permit Center Use Only INCOMPLETE LETTER MAILED: I, - I1 LETTER OF COMPLETENESS MAILED: Departments determined incomplete: Bldg ''Fire ❑ Ping ❑ PW ❑ Staff Initials: TUES/THURS ROyTING: Please Route � Structural Review Required ❑ No further Review Required DATE: Planning Division Permit Coordinator Not Applicable u DUE DATE: 01 -08-09 Not Approved (attach comments) n DATE: Permit Center Use Only CORRECTION LETTER MAILED: Departments issued corrections: Bldg ❑ Fire ❑ Ping ❑ PW ❑ Staff Initials: • PERMIT COORD COPIf/ PLAN REVIEW/ROUTING SLIP ACTIVITY NUMBER: D08 - 484 DATE: 11 - - PROJECT NAME: CHAMPS SITE ADDRESS: 1030 SOUTHCENTER MALL X Original Plan Submittal Response to Correction Letter # Response to Incomplete Letter # Revision # After Permit Issued DEPAR MEN S: Buil ing ivision {ri Public Works Pim j I-&O Complete Comments: REVIEWER'S INITIALS: APPROVALS OR CORRECTIONS: Permit Center Use Only CORRECTION LETTER MAILED: Departments issued corrections: Documents/routing slip.doc 2 -28-02 i tinA Bldg Fire Prevention Structural DETERMINATION OF COMPLETENESS: (Tues., Thurs.) Incomplete n DATE: jig Planning Division LLN ❑ Permit Coordinator DUE DATE: 11-06-08 Not Applicable TUES/THURS ROUTING: Please Route Structural Review Required ❑ No further Review Required ❑ DATE: Approved ❑ Approved with Conditions ❑ Not Approved (attach comments) ❑ Notation: REVIEWER'S INITIALS: Fire ❑ Ping ❑ PW ❑ Staff Initials: Perinit.Ceriter.'Use'O ;: ; yh}` +;''''�"" • • INCOMPLETE LETTER MAILED: LETTER OF COMPLETENESS MAILED: Departments determined incomplete: Bldg ❑ Fire ❑ Ping ❑ PW ❑ Staff Initials: DUE DATE: 12 -04 -08 REVISION NO. DATE RECEIVED 0 I ° l STAFF INITIALS ; "- ISSUED DATE STAFF INITIALS Summary of Revision: (A l to W ( p P p- T 5( 11 DWI— Received by: ►gf•Ps ).c /4 et/ J L !,� REVISION NO. DATE RECEIVED STAFF INITIALS ISSUED DATE STAFF INITIALS Summary of Revision: Received by: REVISION NO. DATE RECEIVED STAFF INITIALS ISSUED DATE STAFF INITIALS Summary of Revision: Received by: REVISION NO. DATE RECEIVED STAFF INITIALS ISSUED DATE STAFF INITIALS Summary of Revision: Received by: REVISION NO. DATE RECEIVED STAFF INITIALS ISSUED DATE STAFF INITIALS Summary of Revision: Received by: REVISION NO. DATE RECEIVED STAFF INITIALS ISSUED DATE STAFF INITIALS Summary of Revision: Received by: PROJECT NAME: 0i G1,fi SITE ADDRESS: 102)0 , MA IA ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE: 01 tic I Oc REVISION LOG PERMIT NO: —1- 11 (please print) (please. print) (please print) (please print) (please print) • • City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 -431 -3670 Fax: 206 -431 -3665 Web site: http: //www.ci.tukwila.wa.us Revision submittals must be submitted in person at the Permit Center. Revisions will not be accepted through the mail, fax, etc. Date: Plan Check/Permit Number: ❑ Response to Incomplete Letter # ❑ Response to Correction Letter # Revision # j after Permit is Issued ❑ Revision requested by a City Building Inspector or Plans Examiner Project Name: C Yn / 9_' Project Address: t-Ll ,en j- 3 ALL, Contact Person: 1;9 y y t es s l/14( /j' G i 1, ' Phone Number: L S (/17 -- S ' Summary of Revision: [ p rl c'er l t - D 1cLLnr,1/1A Sheet Number(s): "Cloud" or highlight all areas of revision including date of revision (9AL0t o Received at the City of Tukwila Permit Center by: Entered in Permits Plus on p'cations orms -app ications on me msmon Created: 8 -13 -2004 170 Steven M. Mullet, Mayor Steve Lancaster, Director 04 t e titto u FEB 1 0 locti: act • FA Date: ( 2I 2 City of Tukwila 'appbcations\1orms- applications on ttne \revision submittal • • Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 - 431 -3670 Fax: 206 -431 -3665 Web site: http:hitwtt•.ci.tukwila.vva.us ® Response to Incomplete Letter # 1 ® Response to Correction Letter # 1 ❑ Revision # __after Permit is Issued Plan Check/Permit Number: D08 -484 ❑ Revision requested by a City Building Inspector or Plans Examiner "Cloud" or highlight all areas of revision including date of r Received at the City of Tukwila Permit Center by: / Fn1Prpd in Permits Phis on ta V0 Steven Al. Mullet, Mayor Steve Lancaster, Director i REVISION SUBMITTAL Revision submittals must be submitted in person at the Permit Center. Revisions will not be accepted through the snail, fax, etc. Project Name: CHAMPS Project Address: 1030 Southcenter Mall Contact Person: V I f �Ai Phone Number: 3103Zg Q 9-fro I os Summary of Revision: Q€ a ffricAU DEC 3 0 2006 PERMIT CENTER Sheet Number(s):DI -C,f 'd, •?71 ' iC)J leva•o, p13•o A- (,Q•C), SI•v.gQ 4J Z•o m1.0, (►'►t S2-0- 1 771 ri Response to Incomplete Letter # Response to Correction Letter # Revision # after Permit is Issued Project Name: Project Address: • • City of Tukwila Departtnent of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #10') Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206431-3670 Fax: 206431-360 w Ni • kl.ip://•,. Wil.ftS SUBMITT J Revision submittals must be submitted in person at the Permit C Revisions will nor be accepted through the mail, fax, etc. Date: j2/ COS Plan Check/Permit Number: D08-484 0 Revision requested by a City Building Inspector or Plans Examiner Champs 1030 Stranctcritt Sou-Ykr fi."6-er kcd Contact Person: 1, Phone Number: __E7-01) Summary of Revision: eAtmi udtit. (.14 1,44:4(od temitilehtts cud. OW I/lei ttia..4 setile_iecfri‘<gk......4 re4,rcd___SApa_yka.r via-U ...p...,64,Lt-Q.14- ele'c tri 6.4 gm tf. aCCC1X4i Di" 1v f1 C4( c-. . to _ C.-fA04.6y..d V.1(.1-exiica.A.A:C a-1 ett.“41.111at, Sheet Number(s): GILT214_61AI .0 1, I, Al. 4. APJ, Ati3O,45x.Ki, 145;k "(loud" or highlight ail areas of revision inc/u • date evision ,D. El.P fC CO, VW, Ee ,1.41. PlAve GO, .A (O. Received at or "lukkvila Permit Center by: _. •1 Pertyntc Pio& on ,,• 3AA ILA O. ki r ,• ... !DEC 10 2008 .1 KERMIT CENrEFE- Kind of Fixture Fixture Units No. of Fixtures Total Fixture Units Public Private Public Private Bathtub and Shower 4 4 Shower, per head 2 2 Dishwasher 2 2 Drinking fountain (each head) 1 .5 �L ( a Hose bibb.(interior) 2.5 2.5 Clotheswasher or laundry tub 4 2 Sink, bar or lavatory 2 1 i I t Q Sink, Clinic flushing 8 8 Sink, kitchen 3 2 Sink, other (service) 3 1.5 ' 1,G Sink, wash fountain, circle spray 4 3 Urinal, flush valve, 1 GPF 5 2 Urinal, flush valve, >1 GPF 6 2 Urinal, waterless 0 0 Water closet, tank or valve, 1.6 GPF 6 3 i ,, 0 Water closet, tank or valve, >1.6 GPF 8 4 King County Department of Natural Resources and Parks Wastewater Treatment Division. Non- Residential Sewer Use Certification • To be completed for all new sewer connections, reconnections or change of use of existing connections. • This form does not apply to repairs or replacements of existing sewer connections within five years of disconnect. Please Print or Type Pro Street Add ress WPC qt 4 6/ State ZIP i,t,& Owner's Name Subdivision Name Lot # Subdiv. # Block # Building Name (if applicable) 4411/2 4 , Owner's Phone Number (with rea Code) ( ) Property Contact Phone Number (with Area Code) Owner's Mailing Addr s IIJ-vl i■ n rirt f ItAtIA f1' h Gk at OD9 A. Fixtur Unfits Fixture s x Number of Fixtures = Total Fixture Units Number of Fixtures = Fixture Units Residential Customer Equivalent (RCE) 20 fixture units equal 1.0 RCE Total No. of Fixture Units 20 Total Fixture Units `Q • • RCE For King County Us •''tly Account # No. of RCEs Monthly Rate Property Tax ID # Party to be Billed (if different from owner) City or Sewer District Date of Connection Side Sewer Permit # Please report any demolitions of pre - existing building on this property. Credit for a demolition may be given under some circumstances. Demolition of pre- existing building? ❑ Yes ❑ No Was building on Sanitary Sewer? ❑ Yes ❑ No Was Sewer connected before 2/1/90? ❑ Yes ❑ No Sewer disconnect date: Type of building demolished? Request to apply demolition credit to multiple buildings? ❑ Yes ❑ No B. Other Wastewater Flow (in addition to Fixture Units identified in Section A) Type of Facility /P Estimated water Discharge: Gallons /days Residential Customer Equivalents (RCE): 187 gallons per day equals 1.0 RCE Total Discharge (gal /day) _ 187 C. Total Residential Customer Equivalents: (add A & B) A B RCE RCE . 9 4 0 4 0 1 194 Pursuant to King County Code 28.84, all sewer customers who establish a new service which uses metropolitan sewage facilities shall be subject to a capacity charge. The amount of the charge is established annually by the King County Council at a rate per month per residential customer or residential customer equivalent for a period of fifteen years. The purpose of the charge is to recover costs of providing sewage treatment capacity for new sewer customers. All future billings can be prepaid at a discounted amount. All future billings can be prepaid at a discounted amount. Questions regarding the capacity charge or this form should be referred to King County's Wastewater Treatment Division at 206 - 684 -1740. I certify that the information given is correct. I understand that the capacity charge levied will be based on this information and any deviation will require resubmission of corrected data for determination of a revised capacity charge. Signature of Owner /Representative Sc% MTla' Print Name of Owner /Representative 1058 (Rev. 9/07) Date White - Kina County Yellow - Local Sewer Aoencv Pink - Sewer Customer . ,o Bond Bond Company Name Bond Account Number Effective Date Expiration Date Cancel Date Impaired Date Bond Amount Received Date 1 TRAVELERS CAS £t SURETY CO 104644232 11/10/2005 Until Cancelled $12,000.00 11 /18 /2005 Name Role Effective Date Expiration Date LISCHKA, STEPHEN C PARTNER /MEMBER 11/18/2005 Amount Insurance Company Name Policy Number Effective Date Expiration Date Cancel Date Impaired Date Amount Received Date 4 CENTRAL MUTUAL CLP8454110 07/11/200807/11/2009 $1,000,000.0007 /15/2008 Untitled Page General /Specialty Contractor A business registered as a construction contractor with L£tI to perform construction work within the scope of its specialty. A General or Specialty construction Contractor must maintain a surety bond or assignment of account and carry general liability insurance. Business and Licensing Information Name Phone Address Suite /Apt. City State Zip County Business Type Parent Company L a L RETAIL CONSTRUCTION LLC 4053602775 3750 W MAIN ST STE 4A NORMAN OK 73072 OUT OF STATE LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY UBI No. Status License No. License Type Effective Date Expiration Date Suspend Date Previous License Next License Associated License Specialty 1 Specialty 2 602372596 ACTIVE LLRETCL954QQ CONSTRUCTION CONTRACTOR 11/18/2005 11/30/2009 GENERAL UNUSED Business Owner Information Bond Information Insurance Information • S https: // fortress .wa.gov /lni/bbip/Detail.aspx ?License= LLRETCL954QQ Page 1 of 2 01/15/2009 RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE & NOTES SCOF OF WORK DIVISION I: GENERAL DATA BARRICADE DIVISION II: SITE CONSTRUCTION DEMOLITION DIVISION III: CONCRETE CONCRETE PATCHING DIVISION Iv: MASONRY MASONRY DIVISION v: METALS STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING LIGHT GAUGE METAL FRAMING UNISTRUT EXPANSION JOINTS • REVEALS • • BRAKE METAL • • DIVISION vl: WOOD 4 PLASTICS ROUGH FRAMING • • FINISH CARPENTRY • • WOOD CASED OPENINGS • • BATT INSULATION ROOFING PENETRATIONS DIVISION VIII: DOORS 4 WINDOWS METAL DOORS 4 FRAMES DOOR HARDWARE FITTING ROOM DOORS, FRAME 4 HARDWARE ROLLING GRILLE BRACING, SWITCHES 4 LOCKS STOREFRONT GLAZING, HEADS 4 BASE, ENTRY DOORS EXIT DOOR PANIC HARDWARE /LOCK SET WALK -OFF MAT DIVISION X: SPECIALTIES SPRINKLER PIPING 4 HEADS FIRE EXTINGUISHERS) PLUMBING (SAN, DCW, pHW) PLUMBING FIXTURES DIFFUSERS 4 GRILLES MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT FIRE DAMPERS TOILET EXHAUST FAN, DUCTWORK, ROOF CAP AIR BALANCE REPORT TEMPERATURE CONTROL SYSTEM SMOKE ALARM 4 CONTROLS MAIN SERVICE CONDUIT MAIN SERVICE WIRING FEEDER CABLE CONDUIT, WIRING 4 DEVICES LIGHTING FIXTURES /LAMPS TELEPHONE CONDUIT 4 PULL WIRE TIME CLOCK DATA CONDUIT DATA CABLING CASH WRAP CABLE 4 RELATED CONNECTORS CASH WRAP CONDUIT 4 TERMINATION REGISTERS, COMPUTERS, PRINTERS, ETC. TENANT ELECTRICAL PANELS POWER TO SIGN ALARM 4 CONTROLS AUDIO /VISUAL SYSTEM FIRE ALARM PANEL 4 DEVICES FURNISH 0 U a 7 z z LO • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • INSTALL I- 4 z LU 0 u Z g z 7 w • • • • • • TENANT ELECTRICAL TRANSFORMERS • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • REMARKS AS REQUIRED BY LANDLORD PER L.L. DESIGN CRITERIA DIVISION VII: THERMAL 4 MOISTURE PROTECTION WATERPROOF MEMBRANE • • ACCESS PANELS • DIVISION IX: FINISHES ACOUSTICAL CEILING • • SALES AREA FLOORING LOGO • • VINYL COMPOSITE TILE • • GYPSUM BOARD, FRAMING AND ACCESSORIES • REVERSE IMAGE VINYL GRAPHICS • • TILE SETTING MATERIALS 4 ACCESSORIES • • SALES AREA FLOORING 4 ADHESIVE • • VINYL WALL COVERINGS • • WOOD /VINYL BASE • PAINT 4 PAINTING • • WALL 4 CORNER GUARDS • • TOILET ROOM ACCESSORIES • • CREATE SMOOTH LEVEL SURFACE TO ACCEPT NEW FLOOR SIGNAGE SUPPORT AT STOREFRONT COORDINATE DEMISING WALLS W/ LANDLORD FOR SUSPENSION OF AUDIO /VISUAL EQUIPMENT 4 LIGHTING SEE FINISH SCHEDULE. COORDINATE WITH RSG. LAYOUT, MATERIALS, FURRING, BLOCKING, 4 ETC. AS REQUIRED REFER TO DOOR SCHEDULE REFER TO DOOR SCHEDULE MIRRORS (FITTING ROOM 4 TOILET ROOM) • • STOREFRONT 4 BACKWRAP SIGNS • • STOCK ROOM SHELVING SYSTEMS • FITTING ROOM BENCH TOP 4 COAT HOOKS • • BANNER TRACK SYSTEM • • 3/4" BLACK CONDUIT FOR CAMERA MOUNT • • CCTV SECURITY SYSTEM • • STOREFRONT AWNINGS • DIVISION XI: EQUIPMENT DIVISION XII: FURNISHINGS SALES FLOOR DISPLAY FIXTURES • • PERIMETER SLATWALL • • PERIMETER FEATURE WALL OUTRIGGERS 4 PANELS • • PERIMETER SHOE WALL OUTRIGGERS • • CASH WRAP, BACKWRAP MILLWORK • • MANAGER'S DESK • • DIVISION XIII: SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION DIVISION xv: MECHANICAL • • • • • • • • DIVISION xvl: ELECTRICAL • • • • • INCLUDEING HANGING ACCESSORIES, GRID AND PANELS COORDINATE W/ TENANT SIGN MANUFACTURER /INSTALLER UNDER SEPARATE CONTRACT. G.C. TO COORDINATE LOGO BY TENANT. G.C. TO COORDINATE WITH INVISUALS. REFER TO SPECIFICATION SHEET GI.I FOR PREPARATION INC. GRAB BAR, DISPENSERS, MIRRORS 4 SHELVES PROVIDE PANEL 4 BLOCKING FOR SIGN INSTALLER 4 ELEC. CONNECTION INC. SHELVING, HANGRODS, LADDERS 4 MGR'S DESK G.G. TO COORDINATE WITH MANUFACTUER /INSTALLER SEPARATE CONTRACT. G.G. TO COORD WITH SIGNAGE MANUFACTURER. RE -WORK AS REQUIRED, DESIGN /BUILD/ AS- GUILTS AS REQUIRED BY LOCAL COPE WALL AND /OR COMBINATION SMOKE/FIRE DAMPERS COORDINATE U/ LANDLORD 4 LOCAL CODES VERIFY W/ RISER AND IN FIELD VERIFY U/ RISER AND IN FIELD VERIFY W/ RISER AND IN FIELD VERIFY W/ CONSTRUCTION PM FOR INSTALLATION VERIFY U/ RISER AND IN FIELD VERIFY W/ RISER AND IN FIELD COORDINATE W/ LANDLORD 4 LOCAL CODES INC. VIDEO MONITORS AND MOUNTS COORDINATE W/ LANDLORD 4 LOCAL CODES I. TENANT'S CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR THE SCOPE OF WORK AS INDICATED IN THE DRAWINGS UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED IN THE RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE ABOVE. ANY QUESTIONS OR DISCREPANCIES SHOULD BE BROUGHT TO TENANT PROJECT MANAGER'S ATTENTION PRIOR TO SUBMISSION OF A BID. 2. ALL G- SHEETS RELATE TO ALL TRADES AND VENDORS. 3. TENANT'S CONTRACTOR IS TO PROVIDE SCHEDULE AND PROJECT CALENDAR TO TENANT'S PROJECT MANAGER TO SHARE WITH OTHER VENDORS (E.G.- FIXTURE SUPPLIER, FLOORING SUPPLIER /INSTALLER, SIGNAGE MANUFACTURER, LIGHTING SUPPLIER AND MISCELLANEOUS LOW VOLTAGE INSTALLERS). 4. FOR MATERIALS PROVIDED BY OTHERS, TENANT'S CONTRACTOR IS TO RECEIVE AND IS TO REPORT MISSING ITEMS OR DAMAGES TO TENANT PROJECT MGR WITHIN 48 HOURS OF RECEIPT. IF TENANT'S CONTRACTOR FAILS TO DO SO, THE TENANT'S CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR COSTS RELATED TO REPLACING MISSING OR DAMAGED TENANT FURNISHED MATERIALS. 5. TENANT'S CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE TO COORDINATE PROPER RECEIPT OF ALL TENANT SUPPLIED ITEMS INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO HAVING ALL NECESSARY EQUIPMENT FOR OFF - LOADING CARPET FROM DELIVERY TRUCK. 6. TENANT'S CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR RELOCATING ALL EXISTING FIXTURES THAT ARE TO REMAIN FROM THE TEMPORARY LOCATION BACK TO THE SITE AFTER CONSTRUCTION IS COMPLETE. 1. TENANT TO PROVIDE TENANT CONTRACTOR WITH A COPY OF VENDOR ORDER RELEASE PACKAGE. TENANT'S CONTRACTOR TO ENSURE THAT THIS IS MAINTAINED ON SITE BY FIELD SUPERINTENDENT. 8. TENANT'S CONTRACTOR TO FURNISH TENANT PROJECT MANAGER WITH AS -BUILT DUGS. REFLECTING ACTUAL CONDITIONS UPON COMPLETION OF JOB. PROJECT DIRECTORY TENANT CHAMPS SPORTS FOOTLOCKER INC. 112 W. 34th STREET NEW YORK, NY 10120 PROJECT DESIGNER: MICHEAL LIPKE TEL: 212 -120 -4058 E -MAIL: ML I PKE QFOOTL OCKER.COM PROJECT CONSTRUCTION MANAGER AL CORSETTI FOOTLOCKER - CANADA 230 BARMAC ROAD, 2ND FL. WESTON, ONTARIO M9M 2Z3 TEL: 416 14S -4222 E -MAIL: ACORSETTIeFOOTLOCKER.COM PLEASE DIRECT ALL INQUIRES TO PROJECT CONSTRUCTION MANAGER SHOPPING CENTER INFORMATION SOUTHCENTER MALL 1040 SOUTHCENTER MALL TUKUILA, WA. 98188 LANDLORD INFORMATION WESTFIELD, LLC 11601 WILSHIRE BLVD., 14TH FLOOR LOS ANGELES, CA. 90025 CONTACT: SUZANNE ESCABAR TEL: 310- 689 -5643 E - MAIL: sescabarauJestfield.com ARCHITECT CORTLAND MORGAN Ill N. FIELDER RD. ARLINGTON, TX 16012 TEL: 811 63S -5696 FAX: 811 635 -5699 PROJECT PLANNER PROJEKT WJCA 163 SUSQUEHANNA AVE FRANKLIN LAKES, NJ. 01411 CONTACT: JOEL C. TORELLI TEL: 201 848 -9060 EXT. IS FAX: 201 848 -9881 ENGINEER M- RETAIL ENGINEERING INC. 150 BROOKSEDGE BLVD. WESTERVILLE, OHIO, 43081 CONTACT: DAVE GONZALEZ TEL: 614 518 -2323 LANDLORD NOTES FOOT LOCKER, INC. AREA SITE PLAN 0 - re S. I16 ST. 5. 1S8 ST. S.100 ST. SOUTHCENTER MALL CODE INFORMATION APPLICABLE CODES: ALL WORK DONE UNDER THIS CONTRACT SHALL COMPLY WITH THE PROVISIONS OF THE SPECIFICATIONS, DRAWINGS AND CONSTRUCTION CRITERIA OF THE LANDLORD, AND SHALL SATISFY ALL APPLICABLE CODES, ORDINANCES, AND REGULATIONS OF ALL AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION. ANY MODIFICATIONS TO THE CONTRACT WORK REQUIRED BY SUCH AUTHORITIES SHALL BE PERFORMED BY TENANT'S CONTRACTOR. ALL PERMITS AND LICENSES NECESSARY FOR THE EXECUTION OF THE WORK SHALL BE SECURED AND PAID FOR BY THE TENANT'S CONTRACTOR(S). APPLICABLE CODES INCLUDE, BUT ARE NOT LIMITED TO THE FOLLOWING: APPLICABLE CODES: (INCLUDING BUILDING CODE: MECHANICAL CODE: ELECTRICAL CODE: PLUMBING CODE: FIRE PROTECTION / LIFE SAFELY CODE: HANDICAP ACCESSIBILITY CODE: OCCUPANCY GROUP: MERCANTILE CONSTRUCTION TYPE: II LOCAL AMENDMENTS) IBC W/ WA STATE AMENDMENTS EDITION 2006 IMG W/ WA STATE AMENDMENTS EDITION 2006 NEC W/ WA STATE AMENDMENTS EDITION 2005 UPC U/ WA STATE AMENDMENTS EDITION 2006 INC IN BUILDING CODE 2003 ANSI 111.1 SYMBOLS AREA SALES AREA: STOCK AREA: NON -SALES AREA: TOTALS STORE TABULATION SQ. FT. 3,213 2,292 30 5,535 CALCULATION 5Q. FT/ 30 PERSONS SQ. FT/ 300 PERSONS SQ. FT/ 300 PERSONS OCCUPANT LOAD 101 1 114 LESS THAN 500 OCCUPANTS OR MORE THAN 50 REQUIRES 2 EXITS 2 ARE RATIO 59 % 41.5 % 5 100 % P- *VI • • CALL OUT ELEVATION WALL SECTION REF. TO PARTITION SCHEDULE PLAN DETAIL COLUMN GRID LINE DETAIL NUMBER /LETTER O < DETAIL SHEET 1 L J SECTION MINIMUM CLEARANCE MINIMUM CLEARANCE REVISION IDENTIFIER EQUIPMENT IDENTIFIER REF. TO EQUIPMENT. SCHEDULE DOOR IDENTIFIER REF. TO DOOR SCHEDULE FINISH IDENTIFIER REF. TO DOOR SCHEDULE O 5 -1E7T GI.0 GI.I G1.2 P1.0 AI.0 AI.I AI.2 AI.3 AI.4 A2.0 A2.I A2.2 A3.0 A4.0 A5.0 A5.1 A5.2 A6.0 E1.0 E2.0 E3.0 E4.0 E4.I E5.0 MI.0 M2.0 51.0 52.0 A.F.F. BRG. BLDG. B.O.S. CLG. C.L. CONTT. DIA. DIM. EQ. FT. FLUOR. GA. G.C. GWB H., HT.. HOR. r - t No changes es shall be made too al c of work without p rior apP prvrlsion. Tukwila Building p plan submitta NOTE: Revisions will Cequire a new fees. and may include additional plan MALL KEY PLAN CHAMPS SPORTS SPACE 4 '324 LEVEL 1 of 1 LIST OF DRAWINGS 5 EET TITLE COVER SHEET ARCHITECTURAL SPECIFICATIONS MECHANICAL 4 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS DEMOLITION PLAN CONSTRUCTION PLAN PARTITION TYPES CONSTRUCTION DETAILS CONSTRUCTION DETAILS SEISMIC DETAILS STOREFRONT PLAN AND ELEVATION STOREFRONT DETAILS SIGN DETAILS FINISH PLAN INTERIOR ELEVATIONS FIXTURE PLANS FIXTURE SECTIONS AND DETAILS CASHWRAP AND BACKWRAP DETAILS REFLECTED CEILING PLAN POWER PLAN LIGHTING PLAN ELECTRICAL POWER RISER AND SCHEDULES MISCELLANEOUS ELECTRICAL DETAILS MISCELLANEOUS ELECTRICAL DETAILS EMERGENCY LIGHTING PLAN MECHANICAL PLAN MECHANICAL DETAILS AND SCHEDULES SHELVING SEISMIC DETAILS AND GEN. STR. NOTES STOREFRONT FRAMING PLAN AND SECTIONS ABOVE FINISH FLOOR BEARING BUILDING BOTTOM OF SOFFIT CEILING CENTER LINE CONSTRUCT ION DIAMETER DIMENSION EQUAL FEET FLUORESCENT GAUGE GENERAL CONTRACTOR GYPSUM WALL BOARD HEIGHT HORIZONTAL LAV. MFR. MAX. MIN. MISC. N.I.G. O.C. OPP. PL. R., RAD. R.C.P. REQ'D REV. RM. FILE COPY permit Plan review approval is subject to errors and Approval odes of aanshuction documents does not auth the violation of any adopted code or ordnance. Re of approved Field Copy and conditions is ackno'wlec By City Of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION A 12/03/08 12/03/08 LAVATORY MANUFACTURER MAXIMUM MINIMUM MISCELLANEOUS NOT IN CONTRACT ON CENTER OPPOSITE PLATE RADIUS REFLECTED CEILING PLAN REQUIRED REVISION ROOM 12/03/08 12/03/08 12/03/08 12/03/08 12/03/08 12/03/08 12/03/08 12/03/08 12/03/08 12/03/08 12/03/08 12/03/08 12/03/08 12/03/08 12/03/08 12/03/08 12/03/08 12/03/08 12/03/08 12/03/08 12/03/08 REVISION [DATE AND NO. A 12/11/08 12/11/08 12/11/08 ABBREVIATIONS 12/11/08 12/11/08 12/11/08 12/11/08 12/11/08 12/11/08 12/03/08 12/03/08 12/11/08 12/11/08 12/11/08 12/11/08 A 02/10/09 02/10/09 02/10/09 02/10109 02/10/09 02/10/09 02/10/09 02/10/09 02/10/09 02/10109 02/10109 R.O. R.U.G. SIM. SPEC. SQ. STD. TYP. U.N.O. VERT. Y.I.F. W/ W/O WD. A { P A CORM QOM APPPEN FEB 0 ERMIT ka - et y oT� tb A ROUGH OPENING ROLL UP GRILLE SIMILAR SPECIFICATION SQUARE STANDARD TYPICAL UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE VERTICAL VERIFY IN FIELD WITH WITHOUT WOOD RVW 0 CODE CENTI e DATE: 10-30-08 JOB NO: 5857 DRAWN: STAFF CHECKED: CM GROSS AREA: 5,535 SQ. FT. SALES AREA: 3,213 SQ. FT. CIIVIA CORTLAND MORGAN ARCHITECT 711 N. FIELDER RD. ARLINGTON, TX 76012 PH: (817) 635 FAX: (817) 635-5699 STORE NO. o 0 co (r) Champs: 14498 *% REOLITErikb REVISIONS SHEET NUMBER NO. 1 3 DESCRIPTION LL CONAMENTS/OWNER CHANGES FIELD CONDITIONS DATE 12/03/08 2/10/09 COVER SHEET G1.0 153' 8 LEASE DIMENSION , 2A DATE: 10 -30 -08 JOB NO: 5857 DRAWN: STAFF CHECKED: CM GROSS AREA: 5,535 SQ. FT. SALES AREA: 3,213 SQ. FT. C hi IA C O R T L A N D M 0 R G A N A R C H I T E C T 6I18" 24' -6 24' -0 24' -0 23' -II 1/S y 24' -4 23' -II 1/S 8' -4 66' -0 1 /5" 56' -4" k „ 1' -9" k 5 ; 4' -4" 5' -9" 5 21' -0 1/4" ,, 30 BAYS ® 2' -0" O.C. = 60' -0" SHOE UJALL l'-10" 71 1 N. FIELDER RD. ARLINGTON, TX 76012 PH: (817) 635 -5696 FAX: (817) 635 -5699 0 P ASSAGE Az.O f] r © MTL JOIST I �� a9 a, i, , i5 i5 �5 , i5 > 5 i� 6 �5 ���imm����������'������ �% a i> > r� i '� 61 A2 0 0 ■ --,1- � .. =� A2 AI 3 .. A5.1 TYP A1.2 :,_ 1' -5" 2 O L , / • 6" MTL JOIST / -1 r - i I'- 0 1 10A 1 IOC 16" O.G. • • AL2 AI AI2 I I �T� 1 .. T i � 0 o __W w HI FITTING ROOM } --- 105 1 ® I 4 ALI I'S o{ I [ I STOCKROOM I d CO I o -- CASHWRAP/ SAMNA SALES AREA I o T11 SX 1j < . , v • f1a C d PA ± j ffl Eii I IL 1(3 IN ? _, 1 < I '/ I ■per / 6 1 2 O 1 L o 10 I' 6 a n ■ 31 EXISTING I' -6 " c o l I 5 7 _ I I II TOILET ROOM Al 3 in A ' • I% a Aft IA ' I Q 1 p I SECURE SLATWALL PANELS WITH 4 13-la x 1 /a" LONG FLAT QUADREx, PLATED SELF DRILLING SCREWS WIN LIQUID NAILS 'LN 940, OR EQUAL, STRUCTURAL ADHESIVE BETWEEN SLATWALL AND GWB. LOCATE AND INSTALL SCREWS AT WALL STUDS AT 16 O.C. HORIZONTALLY AND AT 6" O.C. vERTICALLY (EVERY OTHER REINFORCEMENT INSERT). LOCATE PANEL JOINTS AT WALL STUDS. I �viiiiiiiiiu I i I Val Q I _ O '-' I IC A5 I I 0 I O I I A5.I I 1 CS o I A2 4*. .® TYP - - T CP D TYP - _ L , _ / u u u -- -I T - . \ .. - - C CLEAR _ _ _-_ _ '" STORE NO. Champs: 95 144 „ h , =� e:. 3597 - 4' ...,. .... c r,�3, - J ' f V REVISIONS 0 .. PASSAG - AREA ` 13 BAYS s 2' -0" O.G. = 26' -0" SHOE WALL i nt I � � c4 41' -10 1/2" 1 4' -4" 1 5" 5' -0" 5" V.3 aZ,O Ski 3 REGEIVE , _ CITYOhTU LA FEB 0 2009 •••• ti s L it PERMIT CENTER zOR P4RTI - ION TYPOS DETAILS SEE S-EET 41.1 I CONSTRUCTION PLAN SCALE: 3/16" = 1' -0" CONSTRUCTION NOTES DOOR AND FRAME SCHEDULE DOOR HARDWARE NOTES DOOR HARDWARE NOTES - ADA I. SEE FIXTURE PLAN AND FIXTURE DETAILS FOR ALL FIXTURE INFORMATION. 14. HVAC CONTRACTOR TO SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS OF INTENDED DIFFUSER, DUCT, THERMOSTAT LOCATIONS, ETC, FOR REVIEW PRIOR TO FABRICATION AND 2. SEE REFLECTED CEILING PLAN FOR SOFFIT AND LIGHTING INFORMATION. INSTALLATION OF SAME. 3. NOTIFY ARCHITECT IMMEDIATELY OF ANY INCONSISTENCIES OR DISCREPANCIES WITH PLANS IN I. THE CONTRACTOR IS TO REPLACE ANY FIREPROOFING REMOVED FROM THE RELATION TO EXISTING FIELD CONDITIONS. BUILDING STRUCTURE DURING DEMOLITION /CONSTRUCTION. 4. WRITTEN DIMENSIONS LAKE PRECEDENCE OVER SCALE ON THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS. DO NOT 16. ACCESS PANELS IN WALLS FOR PLUMBING, MECHANICAL OR ELECTRICAL SCALE. ACCESS TO BE AS SPECIFIED IN SPECIFICATION SECTION 05305. 5. DIMENSIONS ARE FROM THE FADE OF FINIS /-4 WALL (GWB) TO FACE OF FINISHED WALL (GWB) UNLESS I i. ALL GLASS INTERIOR AND EXTERIOR AND ALL STOREFRONT METAL TO BE NOTED OTHERWISE ON PLANS. CLEANED W/ A LIQUID [DETERGENT At COMPLETION OF CONSTRUCTION. 6. ALL MANUFACTURED ARTICLES, MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT SHALL BE APPLIED, INSTALLED, IS. PROVIDE DIAGONAL BRACING TO STRUCTURE ABOVE ALL DOO GLAZING CONNECTED, ERECTED, USED, CLEANED, AND CONDITIONED IN ACCORDANCE W/ NE MANUFACTURERS NEAPS AND JAMBS AS REQUIRED TO MAKE ASSEMBLY RIGID. WRITTEN SPECIFICATIONS OR INSTRUCTIONS. 19. CONTRACTOR 15 RESPONSIBLE FOR MAINTAINING INTEGRITY OF RATED 1. ALL WORK SHALL BE EXECUTED IN A MANNER ACCEPTABLE TO THE OWNER PARTITIONS # STRUCTURE PARTICULARLY WHERE PENETRATED BY VARIOUS TRADES AND SERVICES. S. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE, THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE AND PAY ALL LABOUR, MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT, TOOLS, CONSTRUCTIONS EQUIPMENT, MACHINERY, TRANSPORTATION, PERMITS AND 20. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR IS TO PROVIDE 4 INSTALL PAPER COVERING OTHER SERVICES AND FACILITIES NECESSARY FOR PROPER AND TIMELY EXECUTION OF THE WORK. APPLIED TO THE STOREFRONT GLAZING [DURING MERCHANDISING. 9. THE TENANTS CONTRACTOR WARRANTS TO THE OWNER AND TO THE ARCHITECT THAT ALL MATERIALS 21. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR THE FINAL CLEAN UP OF AND EQUIPMENTS FURNISHED UNDER THE CONTRACT ARE NEW UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED, AND THAT NE ENTIRE PREMISES, TO INCLUDE, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, FLOORS, MILLWORK, ALL WORKS WILL BE AS SPECIFIED AND FREE OF DEFECTS. FIXTURES, ETC.FOLLOWING INSTALLATION OF MILLWORK . 10. FOR ALL WOOD MEMBERS REQUIRED BY CODE TO BE FIRE RETARDANT TREATED, PROVIDE 22. G.G. SHALL SUPPLY INSTALL PROPER ADEQUATE WOOD BLOCKING TO PRESSURE IMPREGNATION WITH FIRE RETARDANT CHEMICALS TO PROVIDE UL FRS FIRE HAZARD SUPPORT ALL OWNER SUPPLIED AND MWC APPLIED 4 INSTALLED ITEMS FOR FIRM CLASSIFICATION. ALL WOOD SHALL BE IDENTIFIED WITH A UL LABEL CERTIFYING THIS CLASSIFICATION AND SECURE INSTALLATION ON WALLS, COLUMNS, ETC. G.C. SHALL COORDINATE AND FM DIAMOND. WITH MWC FOR REQUIRED LOCATIONS AND ADEQUACY OF BLOCKING REQUIREMENT AND PROVIDE ALL SUCH BLOCKING PRIOR TO CLOSING UP ANY 11. APPROVED FIRE EXTINGUISHERS SHALL BE INSTALLED AS REQUIRED BY LOCAL AUTHORITY. AND ALL WALLS, COLUMNS, ETC. IF REQUIRED BY CODE AND LOCAL BUILDING OFFICIAL, SUCH BLOCKING SHALL BE FIRE RETARDANT TREATED TO MEET SUCH 12. ALL PENETRATIONS OF FIRE RESISTIVE FLOORS OR SHAFT WALLS SHALL BE PROTECTED BY R EQUIREMENT. MATERIALS AND INSTALLATION DETAILS THAT CONFORM TO UL STANDARDS FOR THROUGH PENETRATIONS FIRESTOP SYSTEMS. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT SHOP DRAWING DETAILS WHICH SNOW COMPLETE 23. UPON POSSESSION OF THE PREMISES, ENTIRE SPACE DIMENSION SHALL BE CONFORMANCE TO THE UL LISTING TO THE ARCHITECT. SUCH DRAWINGS SHALL BE AVAILABLE TO ANY VERIFIED AND NOTED OF ANY DISCREPANCIES BY G.C.'S FIELD SUPERINTENDENT CITY INSPECTORS. THE DRAWINGS SHALL BE SPECIFIC FOR EACH PENETRATION WIN ALL VARIABLES USING SHEET A3.0. G.C. SHALL SUBMIT COPY OF 43.0 TO THE OWNER, ARCHITECT, DEFINED. AND MILLWORK CONTRACTOR WITHIN 3 DAYS OF THE START OF CONSTRUCTION. 13. ALL OUTSIDE CORNERS AT DRYWALL PARTITIONS AND FURRINGS TO HAVE METAL CORNER BEADS - 24. GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND MILLWORK CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE SPACKLE AND SAND SMOOTH. THEIR WORK. DOOR Nl�"IB iER DOOR TYPE (8/,41 SIZE /LOCATION F1N151=1 FRAME MAT. 1-EDW. G. . N/J DETAIL ETAETAIL THRESH D RATING REMARKS I. ALL HARDWARE REPRESENTS THE INTENDED QUALITY, STYLE AND APPEARANCE. 2. IP NEW, ALL HARDWARE IS TO BE 26D FINISH. DOOR HARDWARE SHALL BE MOUNTED AT NOT LESS THAT 36" OR MORE THAN 48" ABOVE FLOOR. 3. PROVIDE WEATHER STRIPPING AND 4P4 THRESHOLD AT EXTERIOR DOORS. ALL THRESHOLDS SHALL NOT EXCEED I/2" MAX. HEIGHT. 4. A NEW SECURITY EXIT DEVICE WILL BE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY SECURITY SOLUTIONS, 40S -316 -1600. T ENANT G.C. TO PROVIDE POWER SUPPLY 1120V SINGLE PHASE) PANIC BAR ON TRHE THE ALARM, HINGE DE OFTNE FRAME. PULL THE B EVEL LOU) WATTAGE WIRE FROM THE LOCK TO TERMINAL STRIP IN THE POWER SUPPLY. 5. NoT USED 6. EXIT DOORS SHALL BE OPERABLE FROM THE INSIDE WITHOUT NE USE OF A KEY OR ANY SPECIAL KNOWLEDGE OR EFFORT. I. HARDWARE AT SERVICE DOOR SHALL BE BUILDING STANDARD AS WHEN REQUIRED BY THE LANDLORD CRITERIA. 8. UNDER CUT TOILET ROOM DOOR I" TO PROVIDE AIR FLOW. 9. REPLACE DAMAGED OR MISSING HARDWARE. REPLACE LOCK MINDERS AND PROVIDE TENANT WITH (2) NEW KEYS. 10. REPLACE U- CHANGE CYLINDERS ON STOREFRONT DOORS 4 GRILLES WHEN EXISTING AND PROVIDE TENANT WITH (2) KEYS lBl SECURITY VENDOR) ADA 4.13.5 DOOR WIDTH AND HEIGHTS: REQUIRED EXIT DOORWAYS ARE TO HAVE A CLEAR OPENING NOT LESS THAN 32 INCHES WIDE. FOR HINGED DOORS, THE OPENING IS MEASURED WITH THE DOOR AT A 90- DEGREE ANGLE FROM ITS CLOSED POSITION. AT LEAST ONE OP A PAIR OF DOORS, INCLUDING AUTOMATIC DOORS, HAS TO PROVIDE THE 32 INCH CLEAR OPENING. REQUI DooR HEIGHTS ALTHOUGH ECTION EL TO REQUIRED ,.4 TIGLES 6 THROUGH 14 ALSO REQUIRE SPECIFIC AREAS TO BE ACCESSIBLE. DOORS TO THESE AREAS WOULD ALSO HAVE TO HAVE A 32 INCH CLEAR OPENING. ADA 4.13.8 THRESHOLDS: THRESHOLDS ARE REQUIRED TO BE NO MORE THAN i/2 INCH NIGH. OR SLOPE THE EXPOSED EDG AT AN ANGLE N07 EXCEEDING 45 DEGREES SO THAT NO SINGLE VERTICAL CHANGE OF ELEVATIONS EXCEEDS I/4" INCH. ADA 4.13.9 HARDWARE HAND ACTIVATED DOOR OPENING HARDWARE IS REQUIRED TO BE CENTRED BETWEEN 30 AND 44 INCHES HIGH. LATCHING AND LOCKING DOORS THAT ARE HAND ACTIVATED AND WHICH ARE IN A PATH LEVER TYPE EL HAVE TO BE OPERABLE WITH U SINGLE EFFORT BY LEPER TY HARDWARE, BY PANIC BARS, PUSH -PULL ACTIVATING BARS, OR OTHER HARDWARE DESIGNED TO PROVIDE PASSAGE WITHOUT REQUIRING NE ABILITY TO GRASP THE OPENING HARDWARE. LOCKED EXIT DOORS RE E To OPERATE AS DESCRIBED ABOVE IN THE DIRECTIOON OF F EGREGRE SS. ADA 4.13.10 CLOSERS: THE MAXIMUM FORCE TO OPERATE DOORS CANNOT EXCEED Sb LBS. FOR EXTERIOR DOORS AND 3 LBS. FOR INTERIOR DOORS, REQUIRED FIRE DOORS MAY REQUIRE UP TO 15 LBS. PRESSURE. THE PRESSURE IS TO BE MEASURED AT RIGHT ANGLES TO HINGED DOORS AND A T THE CENTRE PLANE OF SLIDING D OORS. COMPENSATION DEVICES OR AUTOMATIC DOOR OPERATORS MAY BE UTILIZED TO MEET THE REQUIREMENTS. ADA 4.14 ENTRANCES: ALL PRIMARY ENTRANCES TO BUILDINGS AND FACILITIES ARE REQUIRED TO BE MADE CEESSIBLE. PRIMARY ENTRANCE IS DEFINED AS "ANY ENTRANCE TO A FACI LITY, WHICH HAS A SUBSTANTIAL FLOW OF PEDESTRIANS TO ANY SPECIFIC MAJOR FUNCTION OF THE FACILITY." HANDICAPPED RECESSED DOORMATS NO. DESCRIPTION DATE 1 LL COMMENTS /OWNER CHANGES 12/03/08 2 LL COMMENTS /OWNER CHANGES/ 1 2/1 7/08 O p (2) 3' -0" X 10' -0" DOORS MALL TO SALES MIL ALUMINUM LOSS 1 - - - DOB COMMENTS �1 �`J A 3'-t II X 7' -0" X 13/4" SALES TO STOCK PTp -CP -5 METAL 25 4-5/A1.2 = 3 FIELD CONDITIONS 2/10/09 O B 3' -0" X 6' -8" X 1 1 /8 STOCK TO TOILE PTD -CP -5 WOOD 3 4- 5/A1 - SEE NOTE # S 9 4 G 3' -D" X 4'-9" X 13/4" PASSAGE TO FITTING PRE =FIN P}�E-1 =,4}3 WOOD 4 I/41.2 - - MOUNT DOOR FOR I' -4" CLEAR AT BTM. OWNER VENDOR TO SUPPLY POOR /HINGES LOCKSET. GC TO INSTALL O A 3' -0" X 1' -0" X 13/4" CORRIDOR TO EXIT PTp -CP -5 METAL 5 4= 5/41 - 45 MIN. SEE NOTES # 3 , 4, �o 1, 9 5x A 3 ' - 0 x 7' -0 " X 3/4" " I STOCK TO EXIT PTD -CP -S METAL 5 4- 5/41.2 EXIST 45 MIN. SEE NOTES # 3, 4, 6 1, 9 SHEET NUMBER CONSTRUCTION PLAN A 1 • 0 O A 3' - 0" X T - 0" X 1 3/4" PASSAGE TO CORRIDOR PTD =CP =S METAL 6 4- 5/41.2 45MIN SEE NOTE # 0 DENOTES AN EXISTING DOOR ALL HARDWARE TO COMPLY WITH ADAAG AND LOCAL HANDICAPPED CODE REQUIREMENTS ALL EGRESS DOORS SHALL BE OPERABLE FROM THE INSIDE WITHOUT THE USE OF A KEY OR SPECIAL KNOWLEDGE HARDWARE SETS SET NO. 1 SET NO. 24 SET NO. 2E3 SET NO. 3 SET NO. 4 SET NO. S SET NO. (o CR LAURENCE CO. OR EQUAL TEL: I-000-421-614 BOTTU'I DOOR PATCH: 'PHIOCB9 TOP DOOR PATCH: rH2OAB6 SIDELITE 7RdNSOM PATCH:I4mB5 (IF REVD, TR M150MPATCH:'PH40B5 LOCK: CR. .AMLH BS FULL HANDLES: CRL BRUSHED STAINLESS FINISH @" S5° D -TO -BACK PULL c LO� CONCEALEDFLOORMOWITEDTIF'E DUST F OFKEEOPENPOSITIONh FINISH: lBS, BRUSHED STAINLESS DOOR TO EGRESS: 11/2 -PAIR OF BUTTS I -LATCH SET I - WALL STOP 3 - SILENCERS 2 - KICKPLATES. 1 - CLOSER NON- EGRE55 DOOR: I I/2 -PAIR OF BUTTS I - PRIVACY LOCK I - WALL STOP 3 - SILENCERS 2 = KICK PLATES. I - CLOSER 11/2 -PAIR OF BUTTS I - PR IVACY LO I - WALL STOP 3 - SILENCERS 2 - KICK PLATES. (3) STANLEY FI19 FREE -SWING BUTT HINGES SATIN CHROME 4- I/2 "x4 - I/2" FIN 26D (1) PRIVACY LOCK (I) HD DOOR STOP (INTEGRAL WITH UTT) FOR FITTING ROOM DOORS ONLY (I) WALL STOP I 1/2 -PAIR OF BUTTS PANIC HARDWARE SET -A - I WALL STOP 2 - KICK PLATES - SURFACE MTD. DR (3/4 HR. DOOR) I CLOSER I - PEEP HOLE I 1/2 -PAIR OF BUTTS PANIC HARDWARE SET -A - I WALL STOP 2 - KICK PLATES I - SURFACE MID, DR (3/4 NR. DOOR) I - CLOSER BUTTS: MCKINNEY STANDARD WEIGHT 5 KNUCKLE SILENCER: IVES, NO. 20 LEVEL I SECURITY SPED. ENCLOSED MALL STORES BEARING HINGES #TB271 ' 4-1/2" X 4" COMB. LOCK /LATCH: ILCO UNICAN 4 1021 LATCH SET: SARGENT 8200 LINE LEVER TYPE REDUCER STRIP: SEE SILL DETAILS PANIC HARDWARE SET "E" LOCK SET: SARGENT LINE LEVER TYPE 11230F000F PANNEX EXIT DEVICE - FIRE RATED /AC POWERED PRIVACY LOCK SET: SARGENT 10 LINE LEVER TYPE 1DL141S2800 DOOR LOOP - FOR AC POWER CLOSER: RUSSUJIN 1DC22000 71°51100000 POWER SUPPLY (NO BATTERY) 316B03A4C2 MORTISE CYLINDER - FOOTLOCKER UJALL STOP: IVES #401 1/2 - S32D FINISH K2m4FAGTRY FACTORY COMBINATION KEY KICK PLATE: IVES, #8400 12" x 36" PANIC HARDWARE SET E "E' 71230F000F PANNEX EXIT DEVICE - 316503A4C2 MORTISE CYLINDER - FOOTLOCKER K204FAGTRY FACTORY COMBINATION KEY ARE REQUIRED TO BE ANCHORED TO PREVENT INTERFERENCE WITH WHEELCHAIR TRAFFIC. ADA 4.30 ENTRANCE SIGNS: ALL BUILDINGS ENTRANCES THAT ARE ACCESSIBLE TO AND USABLE BY PHYSICALLY HANDICAPPED PERSONS SHALL BE IDENTIFIED WITH AT LEAST ONE STANDARD SIGN AND WITH ADDITIONAL APPROACHING PEDESTRIAN WAYS VISIBLE TO PERSONS ALONG DIRECTIONAL 3 5/8" x 20 GA. MTL. STUDS 6 16" O.G. WIT. (l) LAYER 5/8" TYPE "X" GWB TYP. EAC. SIDE. REFER t0 AI.O FOR SPECIFIC WALL TYPE TOILET ROOM ACCESSORIES SCHEDULE TOILET ROOM GENERAL NOTES A I I. GRAB BARS - BOBRICK B -6806 SATIN FINISH WITH CONCEALED MOUNTINGS 11/2" DIAMETER (TEL: IF NEW TOILET ROOM' IS IDENTIFIED ON PLANS: DATE: 10 -30 -08 JOB N 0 : 5857 DRAWN: STAFF CHECKED: C M GROSS AREA: 5,535 SQ. FT. SALES AREA: 3,213 SQ. FT. a — - L3x3x3/16" ANGLE FASTENED TO WALL WITH LAG SCREW. SCREWS SHALL PENETRATE PLYWOOD 518 -9S2 -9600) TOILET ROOM TO BE LOCATED IN LOGICAL LOCATION TO LANDLORD'S WATER AND SEWER LINES. PLANS ASSUME CONDITIONS WHICH MAY BE INACCURATE. TEN G.C. TO FIELD VERIFY LOCATION OF EXISTING CONDITIONS AND NOTIFY TENANT REP. IF CHANGES ARE NECESSARY. TEN. G.C. TO VERIFY LOCATION AND ORIENTATION OF EXISTING TOILET ROOMS) (IF ANY) AND UTILIZE WHEN POSSIBLE EXISTING PLUMBING WALLS AND PLUMBING LINES TO MINIMIZE EXCESSIVE WORK AND NOTIFY TENANT REP. IF CHANGES ARE NECESSARY. PROVIDE AND INSTALL A (M) 30 MIL. (MIN.) WATERPROOF MEMBRANE EXTENDED A MINIMUM OF 4" UP VERTICAL SURFACES IN TOILET ROOMS OR AS REQUIRED BY LANDLORD. PROVIDE AND INSTALL A FLOOR DRAIN IF NOT EXISTING. PROVIDE AND INSTALL MARLITE FIBERGLAS REINFORCED PANEL (FRP) WAINSCOT TO 4' -0" AFF. E FE TO SHEET A3 FOR FINISHES. SEAL FULL AROUND ALL EDGES ® ADJOINING MATERIALS WITH CLEAR SILICONE (WOOD BASE TO WALLS MIRROR TO WALLS, BENCH TO WALLS, ETC.) IF EXISTING TOILET ROOM' IS IDENTIFIED ON PLANS: 2. TOILET TISSUE DISPENSER BOBRIGK B-2540 SURFACE MOUNT WIT. SHELF (TEL: \ 818- 982 -9600) - 3. MIRROR - BOBRICK B -165 2436 STAINLESS STEEL MIRROR 24" X 36" (TEL: 818- 982 -9600) 4 . SOAP DISPENSER - TO BE PROVIDED BY STORE OPERATIONS AT THE TIME OF STORE OPENING. S. SHELVES AND STANDARDS - (2) 12" DEEP 4' -0" WIDE 11/2" SHELF - PLASTIC LAMINATE (6) SIDES ON M.D.F. m 6' -0" A.F.F. ON (2) GARCY 604 STANDARDS WITH (4) GARCY 12" 686 BRACKETS, ct to ct AT 2' -0" APART NOTE: ALL TOILET ROOM ACCESSORY FINISHES TO BE °4 STAINLESS UNLESS OTHERWISE IDENTIFIED. NOTE: ALL ACCESSIBLE TOILET ROOM ACCESSORIES MUST BE INSTALLED IN COMPLIANCE WITH ADA AND LOCAL CODES FOR MOUNTING HEIGHTS AND LOCATIONS. SEE NOTES THIS SHEET. NOTE: TENANT G.C. TO INSTALL NON - COMBUSTIBLE BLOCKING AS REQUIRED FOR ALL ACCESSORIES. e IF TOILET RoOM IS IDENTIFIED AS 'EXISTING' oN PLANS, TENANT G.C. TO VERIFY ACTUAL EXISTING CONDITIONS AND REPORT TO TENANT REPRESENTATIVE AS TO CONDITION OF ALL FIXTURES AND ACCESSORIES. THE TENANT REP. WILL DETERMINE IF ANY NEW WORK 15 TO BE DONE IN EXISTING TOILET ROOM. PLUMBING FIXTURES ` / C lA hi C0 TLAN0 M 0 R (? u A N A R C H I T E C T -' PAINT TO MATCH EXISTING ADJACENT LANDLORD FINISHES. AND G.W.B. AND 'E SECURED IN METAL STUD FRAMING. REFERENCE MECHANICAL SHEETS) FOR EXTENT OF PLUMBING WORK ALL NEW PLUMBING FIXTURES UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED ON PLANS. ACCESSIBLE TOILET ROOM DETAILS PROVIDED FOR FINISH REQUIREMENTS ONLY. IN THE EVENT AN ACCESSIBLE TOILET ROOM IS TO BE PROVIDED. REFERENCE "ADA TOILET ROOM REQUIREMENTS" BELOW ADA 4.16 NA mr. er, 3' -5 5/8" r for LAV •= - RETROFIT NOTE DELTA MOD O ��' �` �' I-1 WATER CLOSET: NE HEIGHT IS REQUIRED TO BE A MINIMUM OF 1 INCHES AND A MAXIMUM OF 19 INCHES MEASURE TO THE TOP OF THE SEAT. FLUSH CONTROLS ARE TO BE OPERABLE BY AN OSCILLATING HANDLE WITH A MAXIMUM OPERATING FORCE OR 3 LBS. OR BY A REMOTE LOW VOLTAGE BUTTON. THE HANDLE OR BUTTON IS TO BE LOCATED SO IT IS OPERABLE WITHOUT REQUIRING EXCESSIVE BODY MOVEMENT. HANDLE ON TOILET NOT TO EXCEED 44" AFF. THE REQUIREMENTS FOR TOILET COMPARTMENTS DEPEND ON THE SIZE OF THE WATER CLOSET. SO IT IS IMPORTANT TO KNOW WHAT TYPE ONE IS USING WHEN DESIGNING THE TOILET ROOM. WATER CLOSETS MUST BE A lb GALLON FLUSH FIXTURE. 13 i d HANDLE SPECIALTY FAUCET WITH THREADED SPOUT. ADA 4" U11 P LIED AND INSTALLED BY G.C.. C.C. I5 ALSO TO PROVIDE (I) SIX -FOOT SE V 5' 4, MARMOLEUM CLEANING SYSTEM NOTE 711 N. FIELDER RD. ARLINGTON T X 76012 PH: (81 7) 635 -5696 FAX: (817) 635-5699 LAVATORY: PROVIDE A CLEARANCE OF AT LEAST 29 INCHES FROM THE FLOOR TO THE BOTTOM OF THE APRON WITH KNEE CLEARANCE UNDER THE FRONT LIP EXTENDING A MINIMUM OF 30 INCHES WIDE WITH 8 INCHES MINIMUM DEPTH AT THE TOP. PROVIDE TOE CLEARANCE AT LEAST 30 INCHES WIPE, TO 9 INCHES ABOVE THE FLOOR AND I INCHES DEEP FROM THE FRONT of THE LAVATORY. .. HEIGHT LIMITATIONS ARE REQUIRED FOR THE TOP OF THE LAVATORY BY THE FEDERAL ARCHITECTURAL AND TRANSPORTATION BARRIERS COMPLIANCE BOARD (ATBCB). PROVIDE A CLEAR FLOOR SPACE 30 INCHES BY 48 INCHES IN FRONT OF THE LAVATORY. THE CLEAR SPACE MAY EXTEND INTO KNEE AND TOE SPACE UNDERNEATH LAVATORY. INSULATE OR COVER HOT WATER AND DRAIN PIPES UNDER LAVATORIES. NO SHARP OR ABRASIVE SURFACES ARE ALLOWED UNDER LAVATORIES. FAUCET CONTROLS AND OPERATING MECHANISMS ARE REQUIRED TO BE OPERABLE WITH ONE HAND AND CAN NOT REQUIRE GRASPING, PINCHING OR TWISTING OF THE WRIST. THE FORCE REQUIRED TO ACTIVATE CONTROLS IS NOT TO EXCEED 5 LBS. LEVER - OPERATED, PUSH -TYPE, AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED MECHANISMS ARE EXAMPLES OF ACCEPTABLE DESIGNS. SELF - CLOSING VALVES ARE ALLOWED IF THE FAUCET REMAINS OPEN FOR AT LEAST 10 SECONDS. ADA 426 1 O REAR SERVICE ALCOVE SCALE: 3/4" - 1' -0" - G.C. TO INSTALL WALL MOUNTED MARMOLEUM CLEANING SYSTEM WHERE REQUIRED ON SURFACE MOUNTED 3/4" THICK PLYWOOD BACKER BOARD. REPORT ANY PROBLEMS TO P.M. IMMEDIATELY. INSIDE CORNER GUARD TOP TRIM CUT IN FIELD CAP \ = PARTITION -REFER TO / PARTITION TYPES f EXTEND SCHI ALL COVERING 6' NELPLAS PANEL - TO : INSTALL NELPLAS L AND CORNER PER MFG. INST UC WALL BASE ED = CUT NELPLAS PANEL IN FIELD TYP. SUPPLIED IN 96" LENGTHS EXTEND SCHEDULED WALL COVERING 6" BEYOND NELPLAS PANEL - TO 3' -6" ARE MITRE ALL CORNERS COD OUTSIDE CORNER GUARD GUT IN FIELD 1 / ill I I I l a 1 j I CUT i� IN FIELD a6 GRAB BARS: LOCATE GRAB BARS ON EACH SIDE, OR ONE SIDE AND THE BACK OF THE WATER CLOSET. 33 INCHES ABOVE AND PARALLEL TO THE FLOOR GRAB BARS AT THE SIDE ARE TO BE AT LEAST 42 INCHES LONG WITH THE FRONT END POSITIONED 24 INCHES IN FRONT OF THE WATER CLOSET. GRAB BARS AT THE BACK CAN No7 BE LESS THAN 36 INCHES LONG. THE DIAMETER OR WIDTH OF THE GRIPPING SUACE IS REQUIRED TO BE I I/4 TO I I/2 INCHES, OR THE SHAPE IS TO PROVIDE AN EQUIVALENT GRIPPING SURFACE. IF GRAB BARS ARE MOUNTED ADJACENT TO A WALL, THE SPACE BETWEEN THE WALL AND THE GRAB BAR IS TO BE 11/2 INCHES. GRAB BARS SHALL NOT ROTATE AND SHALL WITHSTAND 250 LBSiFT BENDING, SHEAR AND TENSION. rUK GRAB BARS AND ANY SURFACE ADJACENT TO THEM CAN NOT HAVE ANY SHARP OR ABRASIVE ELEMENTS. EDGES VML Pt!. 1 P t ARE To NAVE A MINIMUM OR l/8 INCH. NCE � � ® ADA 4.19 \ -' 4 p 0 `r INSTALL NELPLAS PANEL AND CORNER GUARDS PER MFG. INSTRUCTIONS ,.. O. O O INSIDE WAINSCOT CORNER TRIM CA GUARD O OUTSIDE C ORNER GUARD WALL BASE AS SCHEDULED INSTALLED OVER NELPLAS PANEL 101 ( (r, ® i INSTALLED OVER NELPLAS SAS PANEL FINISHED FLOOR ACCESSORIES: WHERE SANITARY NAPKIN, WASTE RECEPTACLES AND SIMILAR DISPENSING AND DISPOSAL FIXTURES ARE PROVIDED. AT LEAST ONE OF EACH TYPE IS TO BE LOCATED WITH ALL OPERABLE PARTS, INCLUDING COIN SLOTS, WITHIN 40 INCHES FROM THE FLOOR G MOUNT MIRRORS WITH THE BOTTOM EDGE NO MORE THAN 40 INCHES FROM THE FLOOR : 0 u I �'� iii.-N NELPLAS .04 THK. ,1. NELPLAS .04" THK. ACRYLIC PANEL A N .04" T.K. ACRYLIC PANEL ACRYLIC PANEL I 0 A CCESS. TOILET ROOMS SHALL HAVE TOILET PAPER DISPENSERS MTD. AS SHOWN. HT. SHALL BE I -9 AFF. j DISPENSERS SHALL NOT PROJECT BEYOND THE FRONT OF THE WATER CLOSET- DISPENSERS THAT CONTROL � �� � DELIVERY OR DO NOT PERMIT CONTINUOUS FLOW SHALL NOT BE USED �!® NG DIVISION ADA 430 0 1 it EXTEND WALLCOVERING 6" BEYOND NELPLAS - t0 3' -6" A.F.F. SIGNS: TOILET ROOM DOORS SHALL BE CLEARLY LABELLED BY A UNISEX SYMBOL, SECURELY FASTENED. Q I U 9D CORNER GUARD 9D CORNER GUARD NOT TO SCALE ( 9C TRIM CAP NOT TO SCALE 9B SECTION SCALE: 1/2" =1' -0" 9A ELEVATION SCALE" 8' -0 1/2" / Z � 1 1' 6" s 4' 3 I/2" y I' 6 " 9 NELPLAS /KYDEX PANEL DETAILS SCALE: AS NOTED 3' - / ( ) V) HEX NUT 4 FLAT CIIIII) STORE NO. Champs: 14498 ' _ ' , , ,.., .., NEOISTM Anlif tEr 't , I - .�!4 1 m q5 ' .) d \ o 1 MI RROR LAVATORY SHELVES A ND � WASHER MTG. PLATE "X3 " SU R STAN DAR DS - - - - J F m Ill e ` z - ` A 3' m v — 6 "L 3 -0 i L INEQF SNELFIABOVE � _ - ADA GRAB B�� SEE / DETAIL THIS SIB E\ / \ 5 -0 CLEAR RADIUS 12G.X3 STL. ANCHOR PLATE \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ / / / / / / / / / / / ' I I/2" I I/2" , 0 • 1 1/2" DIA. GRAB BAR \ -4" / � I .I L4ek oramm �� N 3 6 12 � 1.= COVER \ e 42" GAB BAR 36 GRAB BAR \ J - - I � \ / / \/ \ / \ I __ __ - _ L J ALUM. HANDRAIL W/ TO WALL. TO BE GROUND e 4' -0" O.C. MAX. _I CV tLI o 36" MAX. 6" 3' -0" / PLATE MOUNTING PLATE - 20 � \ 11/2" DIA. ; �; T G -3� �� 3 5/S 20 GA. MTL. ENDS RETURNED J ALL CORNERS TO RESONT. ATTACHED SMOOTH _ `- \ x - x ) y - m e - - , -...._______/ / • BRACKET T.P. DISPENSER 3 5/8" 20 GA MTL WALL PROVIDE " D X 1/4" ELECTRIC E r BRAILLE] UNISEX SIGNACE PANELS REFER ADJ. TO TOILET ROOM dOG TO THE ELECTRICAL MOUNTED 5 -0 A.F.F. MINIMI�M �� BRACKET STUD 6 o.C. - - I WAT CLOSET m 5/8" GYP. D. WALL BASE REFER TO \ \ IS" IS" -���_ \ \ \ SHEE I , I _ 4' 0" MIN. CLEAR FINISH PLAN _r'-6" ' AREA INSULATED PIPE WRAP KNEE SPACE DASHED 1 -1" 5' -5 1/5" © F. � 8 TOILET ROOM GRAB BAR DETAILS SCALE: 3 " =1' -0" TOILET ROOM ELEVATIONS SCALE: 1/2 " =1' -0" TOILET ROOM PLAN SCALE: 1/2 " =1' -0" REVISIONS CONT. "J" MOULD T,U� FEB 10 2009 CENTER 411 NO. DESCRIPTION DATE SEE 1 LL COMMENTS /OWNER CHANGES 12/03/08 4, ELEV. ■ I/4" PLATE MIRROR W/ FIN. CLG. FIN. CLG. 1 4 \ HOOK �' 2 LL COMMENTS/OWNER CHANGES/ 12/17/08 DOB COMMENTS c. HOOK PANEL NOOK WALL ' AS BENCH I AS C� 412 3 FIELD CONDITIONS 2/10/09 POLISHED EDGES 3 2 - 4 PANEL i 3' I' i -0" -8" PERMIT -v— GC. TO / IS" W. X 6' 8" .. PANEL COVERING SCHEDULED "J" MOULD TO HAVE A BRUSHED CLEAR FINISH SEAL ALL OPEN EDGES W/ CLEAR SILICONE CONt. J MOULD A13 PROVIDE BLOCKING AS REQUIRED - 0 _ L J 0 Ln 0 - - - p - - -a- -- /- / / / 044 \ SOLID 0,4K BENCH SEAT STAINED, RIFT CUT, VINYL FINISH. QUIRK 2' -0" MIRROR ACCESSIBLE RM. ONLY imi_ � � \ � ; t r 111 SHEET NUMBER CONSTRUCTION DETAILS J 1 ' - 4 SOLID OAK SEAT EDGE BULLNOSE, STAINED BLUE TO MATCH P -3 PHANTOM BLUE 1_ I ELEVATION 1 © ELEVATION 2 © _ A13 i SEEV AI3 FITTING ROOM DOOR (REFER TO DETAIL 5/A1.2) U \ 5 0 CLEAR PATH " ,. ' I _ � 4 SECTION O N @MIRROR ��A I 6"=1 '-0" + + ' + I" FIN. CLG. I FIN. CLG. MIRROR (REFER TO DETAIL 4/A1.3) ct MIRROR + HOOK PANEL (REFER t0 ETAIL 3/AL3) \ \ \ / 1 1/2" X I I/2" POPLAR CLEAT TO SUPPORT BENCH, SECURED TO WALL, BY G.G. 2I-0" / ' 1' -II" 8 -0 A.F.F. AFF. EQ I EQ y OPEN 4" I' -0" I' -0" \ _- \ _ 5 I/2" PLYWOOD BOX BY G.C. \ WALL COVERING A S SCHEDULED "X80" �j W OOD BE (REFER TO DETAIL) ��� ( Ai3 // \ 18 MIRROR ACCESSIB F.R ONLY , 7 , ' 4 POPLAR BASE PAINT P3 / DOOR AND JAMBS REFER TO DOOR `N N N N 32 x 5 x 3/4 THK PAINTED M.D.F. ALL SUPPORTS, BLOCKING, PLYWOOD ARE TO BE SUPPLIED BY TEN. G.G. e —_ SCHEDULE 36X80 MIRROR 1 5' -0" PANEL - SEMI GLOSS PAINTED FRONT ( ` AND ALL EDGES CHARCOAL GREY \ { / -- I I osF * 993- BRUSHED CHROME HOOKS / F . I WALL BASE NOTE: MOUNT 1400K PANEL TO WALL WITH PROVIDED HARDWARE WHERE INDICATED ON PLANS. SCREW PANEL FIRMLY TO WALL STUDS, WHERE ONLY ONE WALL STUD CAN BE LOCATED, BUTTERFLY TOGGLE BOLTS SHALL BE USED. SEAL ALL EDGES W/ CLEAR SILICONE. = . r ELEVATION 3 1 1 AS SCHEDULED ELEVATION 4 4 4 A1.3 © AI3 Ai 3 413 Q FITTING RM. HOOK PANEL SCALE: 1 1/2 " =1' -0" SCALE: 1 /2"=1 Fl I I I NG ROOM BENCH SCALE: 1 1/2 " =1' -0" Fl I I I NG ROOM ELEVATIONS SCALE: 1/4 " =1' -0" ) Fl i I I I NG ROOM PLAN ROOM NAME W WALL FINISH B BASEBOARD F FLOOR FINISH CT CEILING TYPE CH CEILING HEIGHT CF CEILING FINISH MISCELLANEOUS C in w u z /-6 I/8" 4' -4" NO C -FRP HERE EXIST'G TOILET ROOM EXIST'G GWB EXIST'G s 8' -6" AFF. W CP -5 ABOVE 4' -0" B CvB -I Fa a c T CH c - -5 C -FRP TO 4' -0" 24' -b" A3 0 24' -0" W B F CT 01-1 CF WALL BASE TYP. NON -SALES AREA I . STOCKROOM DO NOT PAINT CVB -I CSC -I ACT 15' -3" PREFIN. 43.0 2 W B F CT CH CF PASSAGE CUJC -I, CAC -I CU)B -I CR -2 GWB I0' -0" A.F.F. CP -5 CR�2 CAC -1 W B F CT CH CF CWC -I, CAC -I CWS- I CR -2 PASSAGE GWS 10' -0" A.F.F. CP -5 24' -0" 23'•11 1/8" B F CT CH CF 'C'AC =I FITTING ROOM CWC - CWS -I CR -2 GWB I0' - 0" AFF. CP - 5 i 153' -8" LEASE DIMENSION U 15' -II" RETURN MALL STANDARD FINISHES INTO SERVICE DOOR VESTIBULE - INCLUDING WALL AND FLOOR COVERINGS. COORDINATE REQUIREMENTS WITH MALL REPRESENTATIVE 4' -10 3/4" 4' -1 3/4" I' -8 3/8 1'- 10.3/4' 4' -0" 4' -4 1/4" -I I/4" ' -I0 1/2" 3' -4 I/2" C7 w v 0 —�- ;r "t Lu W S F CT CH CF SALES AREA CF-I, CF-2, CP -5 CWB -I CR -I, CR -2 ACT 15' -3" PAINT CP -3 24' -4 I/8" A3. WALL BASE � TYP. SALES AREA TYP. w 9 v LU — 0 - - 4' -0" 3' -I 3/8" 3' -4 1/4" 5' -I 1/4" 9 5' -I0 1/8" 6' -3 3/4" b' -I I/4" 5' -I 5/8" 4' -1 V2" 23' -II 1/8" 21' -1" 8' -4" I II I II I I II I I OPENING — — — 0 CHAMPS FLOOR LOGO GRAPHIC (REFER TO SHEET A2.0 FOR PLACEMENT) \ at AppROvE E � FCB 2.0 `tilt COICATtio I f REC�EIVEQ CITY OF TUKWILA FEB 10 2009 PERMIT CENTER FINISH PLAN MARMOLEUM MARMOLEUM ° . ° v o v •4.. : 4 ° A .o -4 .° Y . y .. MARMOLEUM P MARMOLEUM MARMOLEUM TO MARMOLEUM REFER TO 4A/A5.1 FOR SLATWALL CONDITION c4). WOOD BASE DETAIL SCALE: 3" = 1' -0" GWB WALL (REFER TO ELEVATIONS FOR FINISHES) I X 4 POPLAR WOOD BASE TO MATCH CP -3. SCALE: 3" = 1' -0" V.C.T. OR MARMOLEUM / BACK OF DOOR JAMB f VINYL TILE OR MARMOLEUM VINYL REDUCER 4.. CON. SLAB SEALED CONC. SLAB P 4 : 4 . ° FLOOR TRANSITION Cd) G.C. TO GLUE VINYL BASE TO PTD. GWB. CVBI) VINYL BASE DETAIL SCALE: 3" = 1' -0" GWB WALL (REFER TO ELEVATIONS FOR FINISHES) SCALE: 3" = 1' -0" MARMOLEUM CONCRETE TRANSITION (BY G.C.) CONCRETE SLAB MARMOLEUM FLOORING FLASH PATCH MIN. 36" 1/4" METAL J -MOLD (TYP.) MALL TILE ..: 4.. ` .. 6ri'. •4.. MALL TILE TILE TO MARMOLEUM METAL TRANSITION STRIP - SCHLUTER SCHIENE -A SALES AREA TILE CONCRETE SLAB -� NOTE: G.C. TO CREATE SMOOTH, FLUSH TRANSITION BETWEEN TENANT AND MALL FLOORING °. . u ° D '.0 ° v ° .... °4 p . D . ° n ° .. 'D 'n° °.. TILE MALL TILE FLASH PATCH AS REQ'D MALL FLOORING. D v . °° °n ° ° ..D v i. 4 ' o.o ° EXIST'G NLY T'G CO DI SeORENCE L L I LE TO TILE SCALE: 3" = 1' -0" SCALE: 3" = 1' -0" FINISH NOTES 1. ALL PARTITIONS AND SURFACES TO BE PAINTED UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 2. ALL DOORS AND FRAMES TO BE PAINTED ARE TO MATCH COLOUR OF WALL TO ROOM UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED± DOOR FROM PASSAGE TO NON -SALES PAINT AS INDICATED ON DOOR SCHEDULE 3. ALL FINISHES TO BE APPROVED BY OWNER PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. 4. ALL TRANSITIONS BETWEEN DISSIMILAR FLOOR FINISHES SHALL BE SMOOTH AND FLUSH. 5. PROVIDE A WATERPROOF MEMBRANE AT TOILET ROOM UNDER SPECIFIED -ILE FLOORING THE MEMBRANE SHOULD CONTINUE UP WALLS A MINIMUM OF 4" AND MUST BE ROLL -OUT TYPE (NOBLESEAL OR EQUAL). 6. PROVIDE A RAISED HANDICAP ACCESSIBLE THRESHOLD AT TOILET ROOM DOOR FOR WATER RETAINING. 1. PAINT TRIM 4 DOOR JAMBS FOR FITTING ROOM 4 PASSAGE: CP -3 MAT SPECIFICATIONS SUPPLY AND INSTALL WALK -OFF MAT MANUFACTURER: C/S PEDISYSTEMS PRODUCT NAME: TREADLINE CARPET INSERT CODE: WROUGHT IRON w1325 VINYL HINGE COLOR: BLACK STYLE: SURFACE MOUNTED FRAME EDGE: TAPERED VINYL CONTACT: SANDY GERGELY ' GRAND ENTRANCE INC. 6 (55S) 424 -6281 G.C. TO VERIFY CLEARANCE BETWEEN DOOR SWING AND FLOOR MAT FINISH KEY SUB -FLOOR PREPARATION REQUIRED MOISTURE TESTS MUST BE PERFORMED ON ALL CONCRETE SUB - FLOORS REGARDLESS OF GRADE LEVEL OR WHETHER OR NOT THE CONCRETE IS FRESHLY POURED OR IS CLASSIFIED AS AN OLDER SLAB. MOISTURE TESTING SHOULD BE PERFORMED BY ASTM F 1869 CALCIUM CHLORIDE TEST WITH MOISTURE LEVELS NOT TO EXCEED FIVE (5) POUNDS PER TWENTY -FOUR (24) HOURS PER ONE THOUSAND (1000) SQUARE FEET OR ASTM F 2110 IN SITE RELATIVE HUMIDITY TEST WITH READINGS WITH MOISTURE LEVELS WHEN MEASURED BY THIS METHOD, NOT EXCEED SEVENTY FIVE (15) PERCENT. A WRITTEN MOISTURE TEST REPORT IS TO BE SUBMITTED TO THE FOOT LOCKER PROJECT MANAGER WITHIN (5) DAYS THE TEST IS ADMINISTERED. CHAMPS FINISH SCHEDULE C,4LLOUT PAINT CGP -� CPS CP -4 cP -5 GLASS WALL FINISH GAG) CPL-) CR -2 GR -3 va) PROTECT EXI MANUFACTURER DEVOE /GL IDDEN /ICI PRATT 4 LAMBERT DEVOE/GL IDDEN/ICI DEVOE/GL IDDEN/ICI TOTAL PLASTICS, INC. MARL ITE VALSPAR PIONITE WOLF GORDON MARL ITE ARCHITECTURAL WALL SYSTFMS FORGO, INC. FORGO, INC. CROSSVILLE GRANITI FIANDRE GRANITI FIANDRE INNOVATIVE STONE ARMSTRONG AZROCK JOHNSONITE PER LANDLORD CRITERIA FAR WEST SUPPLY CONTACT I -SOO- 326 -3128 ST'G FLOOR FINISHES TO RE DESCRIPTION ICI *A0648 GOLDEN WHEAT/EGGSHELL. (LIGHT ORANGE) MP"IOYY 53/331 PRATT 4 LAMBERT LI5 - 05 - 000 DAYS OF SUN (LT. YELLOW) ICI *41484 PHANTOM BLUE EGGSHELL (DARK BLUE) MP 01/288 WHITE PRIMER ICI *A0013 SWISS COFFEE (OFF WHITE) MP"50YY 83/051 TEMPERED GLASS BUTT- JOINED WITH 1 /8" GAPS NELPLAS *42110 - CANYON BLUE - .040" x 48" x 96" KYDEX WALL PANELS. CONTACT: JIM JACKSON 800- 382 -4635 LIGHT GRAY - FIBERGLASS REINFORCED PANEL (FRP -PI51) COLOR TO MATCH VALSPAR +11364489 FLUROPON PREMIERE CHAMPS SPORTS BLUE. CONTACT: BILL MATTHEWS 205 - 699 -1114 NEGOTIATING IN GENEVA PFA60 - SUEDE WALL COVERING - TYPE II, CHADWICK, CWK 5 -861 COLOR: STRAW 11' -0" HIGH 3/4" THICK- COLOR NEGOTIATING IN GENEVA CONTACT: JEFF LONG 330- 343 -6621 DRYVI SANDBLASST - FIN E DRIFT * 133 (SILVER/GREY) CONTACT: (132) 111-1131 WHISPER BLUE, GENERAL SALES AREA 4 '3113 VAN GOGH YELLOW, SALES AREA ACCENTS WIND SURF S 'C583 8" X 8" MATTE FINISH (GROUT - CUSTOM BLDG. PROD. 4 19 PEWTER) 1P680 BLUE MATTE FINISH (GROUT - MAPEI 4 '335 WINTER GREY) CONTACT JANET MARTINEZ a 888 -903 -4263 sM23 CASTEL HONED FINISH (GROUT - MAPEI *335 WINTER GREY) CONTACT JANET MARTINEZ 9 588- 903 -4263 GRANITE: LANCER, 11/4" THK. FLAMED FINISH 4 19- 000 -0406 CONTACT KAREN NORDLUM 9 S00- 621 -8663 EXT. 1212 VINYL COMPOSITION TILE IMPERIAL TEXTURE STANDARD EXCELON 51915 CHARCOAL 12 "X12 "X1 /8" VINYL COMPOSITION TILE VS -249 DAISY SOLIDS (YELLOW) 4" VINYL WALL BASE I /5 "TH. 4 40 -BLACK 4" HIGH POPLAR WOOD BASE 51 SALES AREA - PAINT TO MATCH CP3 MATCH MALL FLOORING IN COLOR, TEXTURE AND PATTERN. CONCRETE SEALER APPLY (3) COATS OF STARBRITE 1 i25 CLEAR HI -GLOSS SEALER TO CONCRETE SLAB MAIN DURING ALL PHASES OF CONSTRUCTION COMMENTS SHOE WALL ONLY WALL ABOVE SLATWALL 4 COLUMNS UNDERSIDE OF DECK, ALL SUSPENDED ITEMS, WOOD 4 CASHWRAP STOCK ROOM WALLS GWB CEILINGS, NON -SALES w/ 'CHAMPS.COM' LOGO APPLIED CORRIDOR WALL PROTECTANT 4 DRIN ROOM O U TA 1 1 1ND MOP SINK REFER TO NOTES SHEET A2.0 FEATURE PANEL PLATFORM REFER TO PLANS AND ELEVATIONS REFER TO PLANS AND ELEVATIONS REFER TO PLANS AND ELEVATIONS SEE SHEET GI.I FOR INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS CERTIFIED FORGO INSTALLER REQ'D. SEE SHEET GI.I FOR INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS CERTIFIED FORGO INSTALLER REQ'D. FOR USE AT STOREFRONT WHEN REQ'D BY LANDLORD ALTERNATIVE HARD SURFACE FLOORING TOILET ROOM DEMARKATING EMER. EGRESS IN STOCK RM COORDINATE W/ MALL REP. FOR AVAILABILITY INSTALL TO CLOSURE LINE ALL NON -SALES AREAS EXCEPT TOILETRM INSTALL PER ALL MFG SPECIFICATIONS REPAIR CONCRETE SLAB A5 REQ'D FOR A SMOOTH LEVEL SURFACE FURNISHED BY TENANT G.C. TENANT G.G. TENANT G.C. TENANT G.C. TENANT G.C. TENANT G.C. TENANT G.C. TENANT G.C. TENANT G.C. TENANT G.C. TENANT TENANT TENANT TENANT TENANT TENANT TENANT ALTERNATIVE HARD SURFACE FLOORING SPECTRALOCK EQUA L A GROUT LINE +/ - 1/4" TENANT TENANT G.C. TENANT G.C. TENANT G.C. TENANT G.G. TENANT G.C. TENANT G.C. TENANT G.C. SCALE: 3/16" = 1' -0" INSTALLED BY TENANT G.C. TENANT G.C. TENANT G.C. TENANT G.G. TENANT G.C. TENANT G.C. TENANT G.G. TENANT G.C. TENANT G.C. TENANT G.G. TENANT G.C. TENANT G.C. TENANT G.C. FLOORING TENANT G.G. TENANT G.C. TENANT G.G. TENANT G.G. TENANT G.C. TENANT G.C. TENANT G.G. TENANT G.C. TENANT G.C. TENANT G.G. TENANT G.G. TENANT G.C. DATE: 10 -30 -08 JOB NO: 5857 DRAWN: STAFF CHECKED: CM GROSS AREA: 5,535 SQ. FT. SALES AREA: 3,213 SQ. FT. CIWIA CORTLAND M 0 R G A N A R C H I T E C T 711 N. FIELDER RD. ARLINGTON, TX 76012 PH: (817) 635 -5696 FAX: (817) 635 -5699 STORE NO. I Champs: 14498 •88 7 •r G 1GAN REVISIONS REGISTER_, ARC H I f SHEET NUMBER FINISH PLAN 6p\ NO. 1 2 3 DESCRIPTION LL COMMENTS /OWNER CHANGES LL COMMENTS /OWNER CHANGES/ DOB COMMENTS FIELD CONDITIONS DATE 12/03/08 12/1 2/10/09 A3.0 DATE: 10 -30 -08 JOB NO: 5857 DRAWN: STAFF CHECKED: CM GROSS AREA: 5,535 SQ. FT. SALES AREA: 3,213 SQ. FT. o 0 4 0 153' -8" LEASE DIMENSION 0 0 C......VIA C 0 R T LAN 0 M 0 R G A N A R C H I T E C T �6 I /8" 24' -6" 24' -0" 24' -0" -11 23' 1/8" 24' -4 1/8" 23'-11 1/8" 8' -4" A 30 BAYS 6) 2' -0" O.C. . 60' -0" 5 O WALL I - 1 0 " T , , 711 N. FIELDER RD. ARLINGTON, TX 76012 PH: (817) 635 -5696 FAX: (817) 635 -5699 L - ee A SI� L J UTILITY 4'X12' 4'X12' 4 X 12' 4'X12' 4'X12' 4' ''X12' 4'X12' 4'X12' 4'X12' 4' si. TWA © �g �, , <, , FI V, a, IFI F, W �, �, , � AW, IW, FI , L� � WWW W I a , 0 II o 2 EXISTG CH- 2JJAY =F I = 4 3p 22 O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O EXISTG CH-2 WAY /P i O O O O O O O O O O O • O EXIS T'GAP1 I � X _ 45.1 — / 3' - II" go I I AP ��� U CO I I J �/ 2 /P I�� WFm53 c Cr -- TYP 13 gr e r IUFr 3 c ` -� u I 3' X 12 i 4' 4 X 12 i 12' 4 X 12 4' 4 X I� 4' X 12 i i 12' 4 X 12 4' i 4 X 12 i i 4 X 12 4' 12' 4 X 12 i 4 X 12 - N X , / GP GN -WAYB _, WFm53 c c Q -: \ � a 1. � ? 4 . u CN-PLSR U ' ' L \y, �A nip �� 2 /� � O� � I'� — 14 3' X 12' 4' X 12' 4' X 12' 4' X 12' 4' X 12' 4' X 12' 4' X 12 ' ' X 12' 4' X IZ' 4' X 12' 4' X 12' / ' - ■ ��� / EXIST'G ? I Ex1sTG GN- 2WAY /P — - \, G / 0 ti 0 J — NNINI7 :1 IS EXISTG / / ■ \ 1 f } �, Q E I % g L cH EXIST / ���G / � \ - 6 yC 2 @ sl Cl �h \ \ II 1 t X G 2 i i< 5 I _ 1 i�6'iliilll� U � r S ° I CH 2WAY /P EXIST' M �— s \ Q Ex sr'G @ \ � + � G `3 I \ '-'7\<s+/ \ � % u z I U @ `�' 4' X 12' 3 ' X 12' 4 ' X 12' 4 ' X 2' 4 ' X 12' 4 ' X 12' 4 ' X 12' 3 ' X 12' 3 ' X 12' '' ' C WAYBS - BLUE -FRT I- 1� Q � 4><_12' 2X 4 X 12 4 12 4 X 12 X 12 4 X -12 �XI� 3 X -12 I M S � TT cu- 2W�Y /P @ � `c ,� . v 0 � T - S s % \ coq" � D O T � ± J ) S - s,� \ . S - - _ � I1 11 iiiioiii /irj III 0 0 a A - 4' - II" 4 X 1 2' = - ° u L J T 7 + - - -- c• y F + � s y `c 4 .— _. Z O fii 4 - a �Q�.- M 4 .. G ;Z• 0 � m mb ti\ i' A / / i, X / / cv - X m% M CH- TSTAND Ex SIG CH 2WAY /P M ■ 4' -61/8" 2 o � ' r II -- - " 4' 4' 4' 4' 4'X12' 4' 4'X12' 4' 14' X12' 4'X12' 4' 4' 12' 4' 4'X12' 4 X 12 4' 4 X 12 4' 4 X 12 4' 4 X 1 2 4'X12' 4 X 12 cN -' AYBS ' 4'-10" 4 1Fm53 c c + Ex 1sTG � �� EXISTG GH- 2W / P ExIS � I ■ i9 '' m ,■ I Fn I ∎I J -- 6 35 1 U L 1 � � `I r ° CASHWRAP/ BACKWRA n 8 ` �' 4LI n ` �' W u x i A5.1 I I r CH- CH-5t r CH- WAY v j W F053S CH- r CN- , WAYBS 'WAYBS 2 n n -raj n 1 T 4' X 12' 4' X 12' 4' X 12' 4' X 12' 4' X 12' 3' X 12' I 4' X 12' 4' X 12' 4' X 12' ' X 12' 4' X 12' 4' TM N X ��I � m U 0 C U EXIST'G u ��� 4 4'X12' 4'X12' X 12' 4'X12' r ICI 4'X12 4'X12' 4'X12 4'X12' 4'X12' 3'X12' L _ I am EX ST'G CH- 2WAY /P `� l,x U L J WFm53S C- , / / EXISTG 3 - 0 f WAYBS � � I CN- I WAYBS I • m n E XI$ T ' G � & A i API 1 1 Q' �--- -� CH- 2WAY /P �' E 2 4' J �� cy EXIST a) � I 4'X12' 4' 4'X12' 4' 3' ~ I L 4' 4' X12' 4' 4'X12' -2 -- - • ©I 1 4' 4' 4' 4' 4' 4' 4' 4' 4' e� 1 4' N , X / / X �� / , W 0 F ti+ism ° - I c � C\ � , � + � r s • s � 'B 3 o 5 s „, .... I 12 � � CI-WAYBS I CH - 7 r - - I � 44 IN C LEAR CH- TSTAN WAYBS I CI- WAYBS �'��-- m 2 EG SS PHTH \ 9 I L CH -2 AY /P 1 ■ ■ s S� CN- • WAYBS �' A le ■ A ■ 4 X 12 4 X 12 4 X 12 4 X 12' 4 X 12 3 X 12 2 ' A 52 � XIX XI 1 IA ge i cL:. —' ' I I I A5.1 1711 A5.1 TYP • 4 DOUBLE 4' DOUBLE 4' DOUBLE 2 ! , 7 !� ! O O O O O O I A 4' DOUBLE I ∎I r SLATWA L�, ;I Ni n a : r.. , HUNG APP. AP P. HUNG A P. HUNG AP 4' X 12' 2'X12' 4' X 12' 4' X 12' 4' X 12' 4' X 12' 4' X 12' 4' X 1 % �� L ' CP 13 BAYS 9 2' -0" O.C. = 26'42" 51-1OE WALL 1 II STORE NO. Champs: , `` CO rat; I 14498 z (1Ec(:, ;FRE 1 t' ?,:ti lF"' a�� , E 0� d' S1_(( G TO , N \ -. i REVISIONS . I T T V WW OM AppROVE Fra 2 i • tiU ....WAGD RE EIVEI CITY OF TUKWILA FEB 102009 PERMIT CENTER FIXTURE PLAN SCALE: 3/1 6" = 1' -0" STORE TABULATION FIXTURE NOTES EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE FIXTURE SCHEDULE I. ALL WOODWORK ATTACHED TO THE PREMISES, BLOCKING, GROUNDS, ETC. L FIREPROOF AND COMPLY WITH THE LANDLORD'S AND GOVERNING BUILDING CODE REQUIREMENTS. B 2. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS AND CONDITIONS AT NE JOB SITE AND NOTIFY THE ARCH AS TO ANY DISCREPANCIES IMMEDIATELY. 3. ALL CABINET AND DRAWER INTERIORS TO BE GLEAN MAPLE LACQUERED PLYWOOD VENEER, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 4. MILLWORK CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE WITH OTHER TRADES AND PROVIDE CONCEALED GROUNDS 45 REQUIRED. PROVIDE CUTOUTS IN FIELD FOR OUTLETS AND EQUIPMENT A5 REQUIRED. VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS PRIOR TO FABRICATION. . ALL MILLWORK HARDWARE TO BE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY MILLWORK CONTRACTOR 6 . ALL EXPOSED HARDWARE IS TO BE SATIN STAINLESS STEEL. I. ALL MILLWORK IS TO CONFORM TO A.W.I. PREMIUM STANDARDS. S. MILLWORK CONTRACTOR TO FURNISH 4 INSTALL RUBBER BUMPERS ON ALL DOORS 4 DRAWERS. 9. NO FIELD FINISHING OTHER THAN MINOR TOUCH -UPS OF MILLWORK WILL BE PERMITTED. PROVIDE 2 -I/2" WHITE PLASTIC GROMMETS IN COUNTERTOP AND SATIN ST. STL. AT CASHWRAP AS NOTED ON THIS PLAN AND DETAILS. 10. ALL WOOD MILLWORK SHALL BE FINISHED WITH THREE COATS OF SATIN LACQUER, OPEN PORE. II. UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, ALL FINISHED WOOD IS TO BE WHITE LACQUERED TO MATCH ARCHITECTS SAMPLE. MILLWORK CONTRACTOR TO SUBMIT 12 "x12" SAMPLES TO OWNER AND ARCHITECT FOR APPROVAL. 12. MILLWORK TO B E HANDLED UNDER SEPARATE CONTRACT BY TENANT. GENERAL CONTRACTOR IS TO COORDINATE SCHEDULING WITH MILLWORKER AND PROVIDE GENERAL CONDITIONS REQUIRED FOR NSTALLATION AND CLEAN UP. :ODE DESCRIPTION REMARKS I WALL FIXTURE SYSTEM REFER TO MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION GUIDE FIXTURE SYMBOL. CODE EXIST NEW TOTAL FIXTURE NAME FIXTURE SYMBOL CODE EXIST NEW TOTAL FIXTURE NAME SQUARE FOOTAGE CALCULATIONS STOCK SHELVING UNIT ROLLING LADDERS FURN BY TENANT INST. BY G.C. I NUM5ER O PAIRS CALCULATED - e 31 PAIRS PER LINEAR FOOT 2 O CH-SWOP 45 45 II' -0" WALL OUTRIGGER POST . CN - WFa85 - 2 2 OVAL SHOE TABLE 3 HANG O G R D UNIT 4 ROLLING LADDERS FU Y TENANT Y .C. RN B E INST. B G NO. DESCRIPTION DATE SQ �T SQ. =T Cc NE _ IL INS ILNT CH- FWPOS 43 43 FEATURE LUAU_ POST CH -WFOS6 _ 4 4 IS" ROUND SHOE TABLE RATIO - OR 12 = 011 IAN S =LVIN 4 MANAGER DESK UNIT FITTING RM FIXTURES BENCH TOP 4 HOOKS FURN BY TENANT SEE ELECTRICAL SHEETS FURN BY TENANT INST. BY G.C. _ � _ - - FEATURE WALL PANELS 1 LL COMMENTS /OWNER CHANGES 12/03/08 2 LL COMMENTS /OWNER CHANGES/ 1 2/1 7/08 0 CWS- SWOP / / I \ - - FREESTANDING 5I- IOEWALL DISPLAY PANEL CH- 4001/2/3 _ 2 2 3 TIER TABLE SET (NESTING- SMALL,MEDIUM, LARGE) SALES AREA: 3,213 p 5e% 1 3 II DOB COMMENTS NUMB R Oz PAIRS CALCULATED 5 31.5 PAIRS PER LINEAR FOOT 3 FIELD CONDITIONS 02/10/08 , STOREFRONT SIGN 4 BACK WRAP SIGN FITTING RM MIRROR FURN BY TENANT SEE SHEET 422 FURN BY G.C. INST. BY G.C. BACBLUE -SIL 4 0 4 SALES FLOOR BENGN CH -BT 1 - I LIFESTYLE TABLE (ROUND) STOCK AREA: 2,292 41,5% 1s3ii =OR 101 0 - I G = S - E L V I N { o CH- 4WAYBS _ 12 12 4 -WAY RACK GH -SHST 3 _ 3 STACKING TABLE PAIRS CALCULATED PER LINEAR FOOT ( �� �� SUPPORT AREA: 30 .5% NSA NUM�R 0° is FILE CABINET FURN BY TENANT INST. BY G.C. 2�. PAIRS 8 GN -WF052 12 0 12 BAT T ABLE ip GH -AP -1 2 2 4 AUTO POLE WITH I MANNEQUIN HANGING FORM UN UN = UT IL I ZED AREA: - - - - - - =OR 9 =0 I =, ICS° S= ELVING. DRINKING FOUNTAIN REFER TO MECHANICAL DRAWINGS 9 CH- 2WAY /P 13 4 Ii 2 -WAY RACK - 2 2 GASH WRAP /BACK WRAP - �-' - CHI-CWBW SHEET NUMBER FIXTURE PLAN A5 ■ 0 NUMBER 0= PAIRS CALCULATED e 25.2 PAIRS PER LINEAR FOOT MOP SINK REFER TO MECHANICAL DRAWINGS X x 35=10 1/211 10 STORE =RONT FRONTAGE: CH- TSTAND - 2 2 T -STAND 11 12 FIRE EXTINGUISHER IV MASONITE, FURN BY VENDOR BY G.C. PER CODE - MOUNT AS DIRECTED BY FIRE DEPT. INSTALLED BY G.C. MOUNT TO 5,535 100% -OR s'-o" = ICON S =ELVING. � 1 °tASA1E3LE AREA. �_� CH -CWSD 1 - I TECH UNIT (NOT SHOWN ON PLANS) BACB LUE -FRT - 1 I ACCESSIBLE FITTIN ROOM BENGN BACKSIDE OF STOCK FIXTURE _ VIDEO /AUDIO PLAYER FURN BY TENANT REFER TO E HST. BY TENANT pWGS CH -WF053 4 2 6 METAL SOCK BIN 7 CH- FRDR36 - 1 I > > STORE PAIRS TABULATION 13 DRAWING STORAGE TUBE REFER TO DETAIL S / A5.2 14 GH- WF051 4 4 ROLLING RACK (NOT SHOWN ON PLANS) CH -FRHP - 1 I FITTING M. HOOK PANEL ' I I I B = LVIN N� ICS} -IT IN � AR T. O= _ PAfRS PAR _ PAIRS 15 MOBILE STOCK SHELSHELVING NOT USED CH-SFR 2 2 FOOTWEARE / SHOE RACK (NOT SHOWN ON PLANS) CH -MNB - I 1 ROLLING HARDWARE BIN LOCATED IN STOCK ROOM ' S- ° LVIN L IN ,4R °OOT MANAGERS CHAIR FURN BY TENANT 16 > REGULAR S =EL= UNITS I II 12 -0 512 31.0 21,622 NUM�R ® PAIRS CALCULATED . 310 PAIRS ��� CH- ROUNDER CH- - 2 2 - 2 2 3 -WAY FIXTURE (ROUNDER) (NOT SHOWN ON PLANS) MINI BALL BIN (NOT SHOWN! ON PLANS) CH LSLINESH CH- SMIRROR -M - - I 4 I 4 LEASE LINE SIGN HOLDER FLOOR MIRROR CCTV SYSTEM DVRX MOUNTED TO SHELF REFER TO E HST. BY TENANT DU S I� > ( MOIL S =L° UNITS 10 1 - 011 = _ ° 3I.5 TRAINING DESK FURN BY TENANT INST. BY TENANT GC L 1N AR FOOT :OR 12 ° 0 IS -IG =. S ELVING. LOCKERS FI JRN BY TENANT INST. BY TENANT GC CH -0500 1 O I G R APHICS BIN > > DOUL NANROD 10 - II 10I 19 BIN STOCK SHELVING UNIT HARDWARE BIN STORAGE MODIFIED STOCK SHELVING INST. BY TENANT GC REFER TO DETAIL 3E/A5.1 NOTE: WHEN NEUJ STOCKROOM SHELVING IS SPECIFIED,THE TENANT G.C. IS TO ASSESS MAXIMUM ALLOUJABLE SHELVING HEIGHT, MAIN- TAINING MIN. 24" CLEARANCE TO CLG ABOVE; AND REPORT TO FOOTLOCKER CONSTRUCTION MANAGER UPON COMMENCEMENT OF PROJECT. 20 TOTALS 5ssI 21,022 TARP ,ET PAIRS: 3L,000 2 1 GRAPHICS BIN FURN BY TENANT N. BY TENANT GC 22 UTILITY CABINET FAN BY TENANT INST. BY TENANT GC • 6 I/8" EQ L I I I r T T - - L --- EQ. I - �- _ L _ - L ----J- - ---L ---L -! - J I I I ->- - - 1 r T - - - k 4' -6" k 1 4'-b" I I 7 I I I I + --1-- +- + - - -, EQ. 10 X12 "�13- AFF -Lii I ( 1 I BODINE EQ EXISTING CEILING - L--- J- --I- -- TRANS. -F1r DUG TO 13'- FF L I I -L BODINE 42 - X18" 13 0" AFF +- F 14"X12' y OPEN TO DECK PREFIN. - r 1 - - { i - - -- - - F- 1 I I I - T - - T- - 1 �- -� + - -- -} - -� - 32 Tai 13' -0 1 1 _L 1- I 1 -L - I L -J- MOUNT ' 13'-0" AFF 4 "X12" Lr- - EQ. " - 1 - 1 n. a EG. EQ - _L - 1 J H 4' -0" Ut L -_ EQ i EQ CL -2 10' - AFF • EQ E - CL -2 fl 10' -0" AFF 4'-6" T TP� r_ 5 10' -0" AFF L �P 3/NL 3 3/N 153' - 8" LEASE DIMENSION E9 -E OPEN TO DECK PAINT CP -3 24' X 3/NL 4 " 13 rin ,AFF k - 1 20 "X14" 13' - &" AFF 20 "X14" rai 3 - 11 C 9 -E E9 -E OF UNISTRUT FOR LIGHTING PAINT FINIISH: CP - 13P -0" AF 3 3/NL II OPEN TO DECK PAINT CP -3 THIS DASHED LINE INDICATES THE 2" ANGLE ENCLOSURE - REFER TO 3/A6.0 FLAT SREEN MONITOR AND MOUNT. (TYP.) - REFER TO DETAIL 134/412 E9 -E 3 l "X14" e !3 A I- I F 1 SPRIN AFF. SEWER LINE LOW POINT: 12 R REFER TO DETAIL 2/A6.0 FOR LIGHT FIXTURE MOUNTING HEIGHTS ER LINES e I LOU) SP INKLER -3" AFF. R LINES I LOW CONDUIT g 12' -2" AFF. SECURITY SYS M MONITOR REF R TO DETAIL 13 /A 9 -G 12 "X14 BANNER TRACK SYSTEM, REFER TO DETAIL THIS SHEET 4' -6" O.C. TYP 12 "X14" 13' -0" AF - I3' -o" AF L 4' -6" D.C. TYP J • 10 -0" . •I • G D • II* • ;ft III�I • II��I 1 c3 w —4 OPENING w m n BANNER TRACK SYSTEM, TYP. (SEE DETAIL BELOW) CCTV SYSTEM: G.G. TO MOUNT ELECTRICAL BOX, PAINTED BLACK, AT UNDERSIDE OF UNISTRUT WITH 3/4" DIA. BLACK CONDUIT TO ELECTRICAL BOx, PAINTED BLACK AT 12' -0" AFF. FOR EACH CAMERA LOCATION. CCTV VENDOR TO ENSURE ALL WIRES ARE BLACK AND TIED WITH BLACK NYLON TIES. VERIFY LOCAL CODE REQUIREMENTS FOR LOW VOLTAGE CCTV. e ttc, 31 gik i;ce AppocAst Fig REFLECTED CEILING PLAN REFLECTED CEILING PLAN NOTES EMERGENCY LIGHTS TO BE INSTALLED ON SEPARATE CIRCUIT. SMOKE /HEAT DETECTOR SPACING SHALL COMPLY WITH THE REQUIREMENT OF NFPA 12 -E. NE INSTALLING CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT A CEILING PLAN SHOWING NE LOCATION OF NE DETECTORS TO THE FIRE MARSHALL FOR APPROVAL BEFORE STARTING WORK, IF REQUIRED BY LOCAL AUTHORITIES. REFER TO FINISH SCHEDULE SPEC 4 INTERIOR ELEVATIONS FOR FINISHING 4 PAINTING REQUIREMENTS. THE POSITION OF THE TRACK IS TYPICALLY SET OUT FROM PERIMETER WALL AS INDICATED. UPON COMPLETION OF JOB, CONTRACTOR SHALL BALANCE THE AIR AND SUBMIT CERTIFIED COPY OF AIR BALANCE REPORT TO THE TENANTS PROJECT MANAGER G.C. TO ADVISE TENANT PROJECT MANAGER OF MAX. CLEAR HEIGHT IN STOCK ROOM PRIOR TO PROJECT COMMENCING. THIS IS TO ALLOW THE HEIGHT OF THE STOCK ROOM SHELVING TO BE MAXIMIZED WI-EN ALLOWABLE BY CODE, EC TO USE LIGHTING UNISTRUT AS CONDUIT FOR WIRING. FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEM: EXISTING SPACE FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEM TO BE MODIFIED PER NEW TENANT SPACE DRAWINGS AS REQUIRED BY NFPA STANDARDS AND LOCAL CODES. ALL AREAS TO BE ORDINARY HAZARD GROUP II OCCUPANCY WITH FIRE SPRINKLER FABRICATION DRAWINGS TO BE SUBMITTED BY TENANT FIRE PROTECTION CONTRACTOR TO BUILDING DEPARTMENT BEFORE WORK COMMENCES. ALL SPRINKLER HEADS WILL BE SEMI - RECESSED CHROME TYPE CENTRED IN 2X2 CEILING GRID. SPRINKLER HEADS - NOTE: SYMMETRICAL PATTERN TO ALIGN W/ CEILING ELEMENTS. CEILING TYPE SCHEDULE CL -X X' -xx" A.F.F. I CALLOUT CL -1 0 CL -2 CL-O CL -4 CL -5 CL0OQ' DESCRIPITION 2' x 2' IRECTIONAL ACOUST. TILE: ARMSTRONG FINE FISSURED MEDIUM TEXTURE .1**1804.4art D TEGULAR EDGE, FIRE GUARD CLASS 'A' PANEL ON NEW PRELUDE 15/16" EXPOSED TEE GRID to HEIGHT INDICATED ON PLANS. I -HR RATED CEILING. INSTALLED BY TENANT G.C. 5 /S" TYPE 'X' G.W.B.. ON MTL. FRAMING AT HEIGHT INDICATED ON PLAN. TAPE, SPACKLE, SAND, SMOOTH AND PAINT. ONE COAT SEALER, TWO COATS FINISH PER FINISH PLAN D N L�G OPEN TO DECK AND STRUCTURE ABOVE 5 /S" TYPE 'X' G.W.B. ON MTL. JOISTS AT HEIGHT INDICATED ON PLAN. TAPE, SPACKLE, SAND, SMOOTH AND PAINT. ONE COAT SEALER, TWO COATS FINISH PER FINISH PLAN FURNISH 4 INSTALL BY TENANT G.C. UL RATED 1-HOUR 2' x 4' NON - DIRECTIONAL ACOUST. TILE: ARMSTRONG CORTEGA $S23± FIRE GUARD CLASS 'A' PANEL ON NEW PRELUDE 15/16" EXPOSED TEE GRID ' HEIGHT INDICATED ON PLANS. INSTALLED BY TENANT G.C. PAINT GRID AND PANELS CP -3 2' x IRECTIONAL ACOUST. TILE: ARMSTRONG FINE FISSURED MEDIUM TEXTURE OK *IS61, ANGLED TEGULAR EDGE, FIRE GUARD CLASS 'A' PANEL ON NEW LUDE 15/16" EXPOSED TEE GRID HEIGHT INDICATED ON PLANS. 1-HR RATED CEILING. INSTALLED BY TENANT G.C. NO COMBUSTIBLE MATERIALS ARE ALLOWED TO BE INSTALLED ABOVE ANY FINISHED CEILINGS. " t' -1' f l { �t€ i closure i(lg€ ) are required KI ?o have a horizonta 1J 1 lol �. � �- flange r._'. :ft. wide unless alteft atafTetholS are approved prior t instal- ' :ail n by the I oat M u ldi q department f:rtS�� 'e I�t aL #i t the designer of record. ord OI nd of the -ceiling odd Jil_fil be attachlz =.d to t1I ?3 tiiI Inoldino the other .. "td shall OT-IVO a 4 inch cle,a ircr from the wail and flee to slide, 'The i gl ld shall I be attached at bhp adjacent wails (pop #'is. /OtS E approved . ;I_tl 0Li1. E? Shall be a I ll'h rr u(t# .f :Inch clearance from the Of Iv?f t I he aid a J a r at en-attached %: G CEILING TRACK DETAIL LIGHT FIXTURE SCHEDULE TYPE Fl F1 -4 F2 F2 /EM F3 RD CD A4 TF2 TF SYMBOL o c U MANUFACTURER SIMKAR SIMKAR MERCURY MERCURY SPECTRUM JUNO JUNO CON -TECH CON -TECH CON -TECH E = EXISTING LIGHT TO REMAIN - VERIFY EXISTING QUANTITIES LIGHT FIXTURE HEIGHT PLACEMENT DETAIL DESCRIPTION CH2132BI1 -UNY S' - 2 LITE TANDEM FLUORESCENT STRIP WHEN BODINE BALLAST REQUIRED ADD -ELS TO ITEM CODE BEFORE Bil CHI325I1 - UNY 4' - I LITE TANDEM FLUORESCENT STRIP WHEN BODINE "1350 (1350 LUMEN) BALLAST REQUIRED ADD -ELS TO ITEM CODE BEFORE BII 54E340- 5IAX -9 -EL5 2'x2' PARABOLIC ELECTRONIC BALLAST RECESSED FIXTURE 54E340- BIAX- 9- ELB/EM NIGHT/EMERGENCY LIGHT 2'x2' PARABOLIC ELECTRONIC BALLAST RECESSED FIXTURE CZI208SG- 100- EX -5M-PT COMFORT ZONE "STRONG" PENDANT MOUNTED FIXTURE SILVER FINISH CI6- 226Q- 650CWH 2 -26W COMPACT FLUORESCENT DOWNLIGHT TC920- 626C -1.U-1 PAR3S DOWNLIGHT CTL•3S /2 -S TRACKHEAD: SILVER FINISH PAR3S GIMBLE RING CTL1001111W -S SILVER WALL WASH TRACK HEAD CHANNEL TRACK TSNA -S' TRACK, NATURAL ALUMINUM T6N4-6' TRACK, NATURAL ALUMINUM T4NA -4' TRACK, NATURAL ALUMINUM T2NA -2' TRACK, NATURAL ALUMINUM THREADED ROD (TYP) METAL HALIDE WANT FIXTURE W/JUNCTION BOX MOUNTED DIRECTLY ON UNISTRUT TRACK NEW UNISTRUT TRACK SECURE TO UNISTRUT I3' -2" A.F.F. EXISTING STRUCTURE ABOVE TRACK HEAD AND LIGHT TRACK ATTACHED TO UNISTRUT ® I2-0" AF.F N.T.S. LAMP PH24661 - 32W TO FLUORESCENT LAMP. TENANT TO SUPPLY AND G.G. TO INSTALL ALP -PAL 40TSC PROTECT -A -LAMP CLEAR CRUSH GUARDS SAFETY SLEEVE WI PAL TO CAPS ON ALL STRIP LIGHTS. F405XSPX35 40W BIAX LAMP F405XSPX35 40W BIAX LAMP (I) PHILIPS PH2336S MCH100 /U/MP /3K (2) PHILIPS PH3S336 PL -C 26W/835/4P (I) PHILIPS PHI4415 CDMI- 25W /S30 /PAR38/FL (I) PHILIPS PHI4418 CDMI -25W /830 /PAR3S/FL (I) PHILIPS PH2336S MHC100 /U/MP /3K TRACK, SUPPLIED BY OWNER AND INSTALLED BY GC, TO BE HUNG AT 12' -0" A.F.F. MTD ON UNISTRUT SYSTEM SUSPENDED FROM STRUCTURE. R = EXISTING LIGHT TO BE RELOCATED - VERIFY EXISTING QUANTITIES NL = DENOTES NIGHT/EMERGENCY LIGHT TYPE SP EI E2 SD EF E3 SYMBOL if* E9 le> A- INSTALL BANNER TRACK SYSTEM WHERE INDICATED ON PLANS PER MANUFACTURES INSTRUCTIONS B- REFER TO PLANS FOR SIZE AND LOCATIONS. TRACK IS SUPPLIED IN 5' -0" LENGTHS AND CUT IN FIELD AS REQUIRED TO ACHIEVE SPECIFIED LENGTH. PAINT ANY CUT ENDS WHITE C- INSTALL MOUNTING HARDWARE 24" O.C. MAX. AND WITHIN 12" OF ENDS D- AT SUSPENDED GRID CEILINGS SYSTEMS INSTALL MOUNTING HARDWARE DIRECTLY INTO GRID SYSTEM AND TIE WIRE TO MALL STRUCTURE ABOVE BANNER TRACK NOTES MANUFACTURER JBL HIGHLIGHT ASTRAL NUTONE JUNO ASTRAL ITE DESCRIPTION SOUNDTUBE HANGING SPEAKER - 10 VOLT - WHITE CCTV MONITOR / VIDEO MONITOR SCALE: 3/16" = 1-0" BP- PLED -5 -R LED UNIVERSAL EXIT SIGN AT I2' -6' AFF OR MAX ALLOW DELAY MOUNTED SMOKE DETECTOR SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED BY TENANT'S' G.C. VIDEO DOME QTRNIIOL RECESSED 110 CFM FAN /LIGHT UNIT WITH (I) 100 W BULB PROVIDED BY G.C. BANNER TRACK SYSTEM CH6 -226Q, 650CWH 2 -26W PLK -E COMPACT FLUORESCENT DOWNLIGHT - EMERGENCY LIGHT (2) PHILIPS PH35336 PL -C 26W/S35/4P ASQ- R- MRI6- 30 -6 -10 �-.- ri it CI1► TUKWILA FEB 10 2009 PERMIT CENTER TOGGLE -BOLT AND NUT G.W.B.. CLG 0 Z ALUM. BANNER TRACK 1 BANNER TRACK DETAIL SCALE: 1 1/2" = 1'- 0" DATE: 10-30-08 JOB NO: 5857 DRAWN: STAFF CHECKED: CM GROSS AREA: 5,535 SQ. FT. SALES AREA: 3,213 SQ. FT. C O R T L A N D CIWIA M 0 R G A N A R C H I T E C T 711 N. FIELDER RD. ARLINGTON, TX 76012 PH: (817) 635 -5696 FAX: (817) 635 -5699 STORE NO. 8897 REVISIONS SHEET NUMBER Q DL u y NO Lo Champs: 14498 C 0 N RTL TE 0 REGISTERED RC 11 i EC Lo1`, 'xAN A)NliI.T(.: REFLECTED CEILING PLAN NO. 1 2 3 DESCRIPTION LL COMMENTS /OWNER CHANGES LL COMMENTS /OWNER CHANGES/ DOB COMMENTS FIELD CONDITIONS DATE 12/03/08 12/17/08 2/10/09 A6.0 DATE: 10 -30 -08 JOB NO: 5857 DRAWN: STAFF CHECKED: CM GROSS AREA: 5,535 SQ. FT. SALES AREA: 3,278 SQ. FT. 711 N. FIELDER RD. ARLINGTON, TX 76012 PH: (817) 635 -5696 FAX: (817) 635 -5699 STORE NO. Champs: 14498 REVISIONS FEE ECT RECEIVED DEC 3 D 2008 PERMIT CENTER SHEET NUMBER COVER SHEET DESCRIPTION LL COMMENTS /OWNER CHANGES 12/03/08 SCORE OF WORK DIVISION I: GENERAL. DATA BARRICADE DIVISION II: SITE CONSTRUCTION DEMOLITION DIVISION III: CONCRETE CONCRETE PATCHING DIVISION IV: MASONRY MASONRY DIVISION V: METALS STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING LIGHT GAUGE METAL FRAMING UNISTRUT EXPANSION JOINTS REVEALS BRAKE METAL DIVISION VI: WOOD 4 PLASTICS ROUGH FRAMING FINISH CARPENTRY WOOD CASED OPENINGS DIVISION VII: THERMAL 4 MOISTURE PROTECTION WATERPROOF MEMBRANE BATT INSULATION ROOFING PENETRATIONS DIVISION VIII: DOORS 4 WINDOWS METAL DOORS 4 FRAMES DOOR HARDWARE FITTING ROOM DOORS, FRAME 4 HARDWARE ACCESS PANELS ROLLING GRILLE BRACING, SWITCHES 4 LOCKS STOREFRONT GLAZING, HEADS 4 BASE, ENTRY DOORS EXIT DOOR PANIC HARDWARE /LOCK SET DIVISION IX: FINIS14E5 ACOUSTICAL CEILING GYPSUM BOARD, FRAMING AND ACCESSORIES REVERSE IMAGE VINYL GRAPHICS TILE SETTING MATERIALS 4 ACCESSORIES SALES AREA FLOORING 4 ADHESIVE SALES AREA FLOORING LOGO VINYL COMPOSITE TILE VINYL WALL COVERINGS WOOD /VINYL BASE PAINT 4 PAINTING WALL 4 CORNER GUARDS WALK -OFF MAT DIVISION X: SPECIALTIES TOILET ROOM ACCESSORIES STOREFRONT 4 BACKWRAP SIGNS STOCK ROOM SHELVING SYSTEMS FITTING ROOM BENCH TOP 4 COAT HOOKS MIRRORS (FITTING ROOM 4 TOILET ROOM) BANNER TRACK SYSTEM 3/4" BLACK CONDUIT FOR CAMERA MOUNT CCTV SECURITY SYSTEM STOREFRONT AWNINGS DIVISION XI: EQUIPMENT DIVISION XII: FURNISHINGS SALES FLOOR DISPLAY FIXTURES PERIMETER SHOE WALL OUTRIGGERS PERIMETER FEATURE WALL OUTRIGGERS 4 PANELS PERIMETER SLATWALL CASH WRAP, BACKWRAP MILLWORK MANAGER'S DESK DIVISION XIII: SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION DIVISION XV: MECHANICAL SPRINKLER PIPING 4 HEADS FIRE EXTINGUISHERS) PLUMBING (SAN, DCW, DHW) PLUMBING FIXTURES DIFFUSERS 4 GRILLES MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT FIRE DAMPERS TOILET EXHAUST FAN, DUCTWORK, ROOF CAP AIR BALANCE REPORT TEMPERATURE CONTROL SYSTEM SMOKE ALARM 4 CONTROLS DIVISION XVI: ELECTRICAL MAIN SERVICE CONDUIT MAIN SERVICE WIRING FEEDER CABLE CONDUIT, WIRING 4 DEVICES LIGHTING FIXTURES /LAMPS TELEPHONE CONDUIT 4 PULL WIRE TIME CLOCK DATA CONDUIT DATA CABLING CASH WRAP CABLE 4 RELATED CONNECTORS CASH WRAP CONDUIT 4 TERMINATION REGISTERS, COMPUTERS, PRINTERS, ETC. TENANT ELECTRICAL PANELS TENANT ELECTRICAL TRANSFORMERS POWER TO SIGN ALARM 4 CONTROLS AUDIO /VISUAL SYSTEM FIRE ALARM PANEL 4 DEVICES 2. ALL 0- SHEETS RELATE TO ALL TRADES AND VENDORS. RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE & NOTES FURNISH • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • INSTALL • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • AS REQUIRED BY LANDLORD PER L.L. DESIGN CRITERIA CREATE SMOOTH LEVEL SURFACE TO ACCEPT NEW FLOOR SIGNAGE SUPPORT AT STOREFRONT COORDINATE DEMISING WALLS W/ LANDLORD FOR SUSPENSION OF AUDIO /VISUAL EQUIPMENT 4 LIGHTING SEE FINISH SCHEDULE. COORDINATE WITH RSG. LAYOUT, MATERIALS, FURRING, BLOCKING, 4 ETC. AS REQUIRED REMARKS REFER TO DOOR SCHEDULE REFER TO DOOR SCHEDULE INCLUDEING HANGING ACCESSORIES, GRID AND PANELS COORDINATE W/ TENANT SIGN MANUFACTURER/INSTALLER UNDER SEPARATE CONTRACT. G.G. TO COORDINATE LOGO BY TENANT. G.C. TO COORDINATE WITH INVISUALS. REFER TO SPECIFICATION SHEET G1.1 FOR PREPARATION INC. GRAB BAR, DISPENSERS, MIRRORS 4 SHELVES PROVIDE PANEL 4 BLOCKING FOR SIGN INSTALLER INC. SHELVING, HANGRODS, LADDERS 4 MGR'S DESK G.C. TO COORDINATE WITH MANUFACTUER /INSTALLER RE -WORK AS REQUIRED, DESIGN /BUILD/ AS- BUILTS AS REQUIRED BY LOCAL CODE WALL AND /OR COMBINATION SMOKE/FIRE DAMPERS COORDINATE W/ LANDLORD 4 LOCAL CODES VERIFY W/ RISER AND IN FIELD VERIFY W/ RISER AND IN FIELD VERIFY W/ RISER AND IN FIELD VERIFY W/ CONSTRUCTION PM FOR INSTALLATION VERIFY W/ RISER AND IN FIELD VERIFY W/ RISER AND IN FIELD COORDINATE W/ LANDLORD 4 LOCAL CODES INC. VIDEO MONITORS AND MOUNTS COORDINATE W/ LANDLORD 4 LOCAL CODES 3. TENANT'S CONTRACTOR 15 TO PROVIDE SCHEDULE AND PROJECT CALENDAR TO TENANT'S PROJECT MANAGER TO SHARE WITH OTHER VENDORS (E.G.- FIXTURE SUPPLIER, FLOORING SUPPLIER /INSTALLER, SIGNAGE MANUFACTURER, LIGHTING SUPPLIER AND MISCELLANEOUS LOW VOLTAGE INSTALLERS). 1. TENANT TO PROVIDE TENANT CONTRACTOR WITH A COPY OF VENDOR ORDER RELEASE PACKAGE. TENANT'S CONTRACTOR TO ENSURE THAT THIS IS MAINTAINED ON SITE BY FIELD SUPERINTENDENT. a TENANT'S CONTRACTOR TO FURNISH TENANT PROJECT MANAGER WITH AS -BUILT DWGS. REFLECTING ACTUAL CONDITIONS UPON COMPLETION OF JOB. ELEC. CONNECTION SEPERATE CONTRACT. G.G. TO COORD WITH SIGNAGE MANUFACTURER. 1. TENANT'S CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR THE SCOPE OF WORK AS INDICATED IN THE DRAWINGS UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED IN THE RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE ABOVE. ANY QUESTIONS OR DISCREPANCIES SHOULD BE BROUGHT TO TENANT PROJECT MANAGER'S ATTENTION PRIOR TO SUBMISSION OF A BID. 4. FOR MATERIALS PROVIDED BY OTHERS, TENANT'S CONTRACTOR IS TO RECEIVE AND IS TO REPORT MISSING ITEMS OR DAMAGES TO TENANT PROJECT MGR WITHIN 48 HOURS OF RECEIPT. IF TENANT'S CONTRACTOR FAILS TO DO SO, THE TENANT'S CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR COSTS RELATED TO REPLACING MISSING OR DAMAGED TENANT FURNISHED MATERIALS. 5. TENANT'S CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE TO COORDINATE PROPER RECEIPT OF ALL TENANT SUPPLIED ITEMS INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO HAVING ALL NECESSARY EQUIPMENT FOR Orr- LG,WViiNG CARPET FROM DELIVERY TRUCK. 6. TENANT'S CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR RELOCATING ALL EXISTING FIXTURES THAT ARE TO REMAIN FROM THE TEMPORARY LOCATION BACK TO THE SITE AFTER CONSTRUCTION IS COMPLETE. CHAMPS SPORTS SPACE #324 LEVEL 1 Of I FUTURE RETAIL PROJECT DIRECTORY TENANT CHAMPS SPORTS FOOTLOCKER INC. 112 W. 34th STREET NEW YORK, NY 10120 PROJECT DESIGNER: MICHEAL LIPKE TEL: 212 -120 -4058 E - MAIL: ML I PKE oFOOTLOCKER.COM PROJECT CONSTRUCTION MANAGER AL CORSETTI FOOTLOCKER - CANADA 230 BARMAC ROAD, 2ND FL. WESTON, ONTARIO M9M 2Z3 TEL: 416 148 -4222 E -MAIL: ACORSETTI PLEASE DIRECT ALL INQUIRES TO PROJECT CONSTRUCTION MANAGER SHOPPING CENTER INFORMATION SOUTHCENTER MALL 1040 SOUTHCENTER MALL TUKWILA, WA. 98188 LANDLORD INFORMATION WESTFIELD, LLC 11601 WILSHIRE BLVD., 14TH FLOOR LOS ANGELES, CA. 90025 CONTACT: SUZANNE ESCABAR TEL: 310 689 - 5643 E -MAIL: sescabarowestField.com ARCHITECT CORTLAND MORGAN T1 N. FIELDER RD. ARLINGTON, TX 16012 TEL: 811 635 - 5696 FAX: 811 635 - 5699 PROJECT PLANNER ENGINEER S. 154TH PROJEKT WJCA 163 SUSQUEHANNA AVE FRANKLIN LAKES, NJ. 01411 CONTACT: JOEL C. TORELLI TEL: 201 848 -9060 EXT. 18 FAX: 201 848 - 9881 M- RETAIL ENGINEERING INC. 150 BROOKSEDGE BLVD. WESTERVILLE, OHIO, 43081 CONTACT: DAVE GONZALEZ TEL: 614 818 - 2323 LANDLORD NOTES AREA SITE PLAN S. 144TH 5 TOTALS FOOT LOCKER, INC. r m E APPLICABLE CODES: 6.180 ST. SOUTHCENTER MALL REVISIONS No changes shall be made to the scope of work without prior approval of Tukwila Building Division. NOTE: Revisions will require a new plan submittal and may include additional plan review fees. CODE INFORMATION ALL WORK DONE UNDER THIS CONTRACT SHALL COMPLY WITH THE PROVISIONS OF THE SPECIFICATIONS, DRAWINGS AND CONSTRUCTION CRITERIA OF THE LANDLORD, AND SHALL SATISFY ALL APPLICABLE CODES, ORDINANCES, AND REGULATIONS OF ALL AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION. ANY MODIFICATIONS TO THE CONTRACT WORK REQUIRED BY SUCH AUTHORITIES SHALL BE PERFORMED BY TENANT'S CONTRACTOR. ALL PERMITS AND LICENSES NECESSARY FOR THE EXECUTION OF THE WORK SHALL BE SECURED AND PAID FOR BY THE TENANT'S CONTRACTOR(S). APPLICABLE CODES INCLUDE, BUT ARE NOT LIMITED TO THE FOLLOWING: CALL OUT PLAN DETAIL COLUMN GRID LINE APPLICABLE CODES: (INCLUDING LOCAL AMENDMENTS) BUILDNG CODE: MECHANICAL CODE: ELECTRICAL CODE: PLUMBING CODE: FIRE PROTECTION / LIFE SAFELY CODE: HANDICAP ACCESSIBILITY CODE: OCCUPANCY GROUP: MERCANTILE CONSTRUCTION TYPE: II B ELEVATION AREA SALES AREA: STOCK AREA: NON -SALES AREA: WALL SECTION REF. TO PARTITION SCHEDULE STORE TABULATION a L_ SQ. FT. 3,218 2,224 33 5,535 2003 ANSI 111.1 CALCULATION SQ. FT/ 30 PERSONS SQ. FT/ 300 PERSONS SQ. FT/ 300 PERSONS SYMBOLS Q DETAIL NUMBER /LETTER DETAIL SHEET SECTION MINIMUM CLEARANCE MINIMUM CLEARANCE rig r r.:iiew CpprOV3I I3 cubjcct to c+r -- 1,� c:rnstruc'ticn document, c'3c3 the i �...s;p c.n .! t 7 rf .....;_ L `w \�i i1��..r.t:J �� t� 4.31 �'wnv�..rl� coo � �J C�1 �:...w�w..a c.. ....!. C' t r 2PrCvP. .. I iwkU Ccpy C:f,t 17.4 :....: By . *& A'� Data: IBC W/ WA STATE AMENDMENTS EDITION 2006 IMC W/ WA STATE AMENDMENTS EDITION 2006 NEC W/ WA STATE AMENDMENTS EDITION 2005 UPC W/ WA STATE AMENDMENTS EDITION 2006 INC IN BUILDING CODE FtLE COPY .; City ci Tex.mila SEPARATE TE PER IT REQUIRED FOR: i// � Mechanical � L1 / Etectrical !' lumbing F Piping City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION I OCCUPANT LOAD 109 1 116 LESS THAN 500 OCCUPANTS OR MORE THAN 50 REQUIRES 2 EXITS 2 ARE PROVIDED 4T3 3 tWROVAL REVISION IDENTIFIER DOOR IDENTIFIER REF. TO DOOR SCHEDULE RATIO 39.5 % 5 % 100 % INCOMPLE LTR #_.._ EQUIPMENT IDENTIFIER REF. TO EQUIPMENT. SCHEDULE FINISH IDENTIFIER REF. TO DOOR SCHEDULE SHEET GI.0 G1.1 G1.2 D1.0 A1.0 41.1 41.2 A1.3 41.4 A2.0 42.1 422 43.0 A4.0 45.0 45.1 45.2 46.0 E1.0 E2.0 E3.0 E4.0 E4.1 E5.0 MI.0 M2.0 51.0 52.0 FE A.F.F. BRG. BLDG. B.O.S. CLG. C.L. CONST. DIA. DIM. EQ. FT. FLUOR. GA. G.C. GWB H., HT.. NOR. NORDSTROM SKEET TITLE COVER SHEET ARCHITECTURAL SPECIFICATIONS MECHANICAL 4 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS DEMOLITION PLAN CONSTRUCTION PLAN PARTITION TYPES CONSTRUCTION DETAILS CONSTRUCTION DETAILS SEISMIC DETAILS STOREFRONT PLAN AND ELEVATION STOREFRONT DETAILS SIGN DETAILS FINISH PLAN INTERIOR ELEVATIONS FIXTURE PLANS FIXTURE SECTIONS AND DETAILS CASHWRAP AND BACKWRAP DETAILS REFLECTED CEILING PLAN MISCELLANEOUS ELECTRICAL DETAILS EMERGENCY LIGHTING PLAN MECHANICAL PLAN MECHANICAL DETAILS AND SCHEDULES MALL KEY PLAN LIST OF DRAWINGS POWER PLAN LIGHTING PLAN ELECTRICAL POWER RISER AND SCHEDULES MISCELLANEOUS ELECTRICAL DETAILS SHELVING SEISMIC DETAILS AND GEN. SIR. NOTES STOREFRONT FRAMING PLAN AND SECTIONS ABOVE FINISH FLOOR BEARING BUILDING BOTTOM OF SOFFIT CEILING CENTER LINE CONSTRUCTION DIAMETER DIMENSION EQUAL FEET FLUORESCENT GAUGE GENERAL CONTRACTOR GYPSUM WALL BOARD HEIGHT HORIZONTAL LAV. MFR. MAX. MIN. MISC. N.I.C. O.C. OPP. PL. R., RAD. R.C.P. REQ'D REV. RM. LAVATORY MANUFACTURER MAXIMUM MINIMUM MISCELLANEOUS NOT IN CONTRACT ON CENTER OPPOSITE PLATE RADIUS REFLECTED CEILING PLAN REQUIRED REVISION ROOM 12/03/08 12/03/08 12/03/08 12/03/08 12/03/08 12/03/08 12/03/08 12/03/08 12/03/08 12/03/08 12/03/08 12/03/08 12/03/08 12/03/08 12/03/08 12/03/08 12/03 /0S 12/03/08 12/03/08 12/03/08 12/03/08 12/03/08 12/03/08 12/03/08 12/03/08 ABBREVIATIONS REVISION DATE AND NO 0 12/11/08 12/11/08 12/11/08 12/11/08 12/11/08 12/11/08 12/11/08 12/11/08 12/11/08 12/11/08 12/11/08 12/11/08 12/11/08 0 RO. RU.G. SIM. SPEC. SQ. STD. TYP. U.N.O. VERT. V.I .P. WI W/O WD. /4\ 0 ROUGH OPENING ROLL UP GRILLE SIMILAR SPECIFICATION SQUARE STANDARD TYPICAL UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE VERTICAL VERIFY IN FIELD WITH WITHOUT WOOD 0 GENERAL NOTES DIVISION I GENERAL REQUIREMENTS/ GENERAL CONDITIONS (CONT.) DIVISION III CONCRETE DIVISION VIII DOORS & WINDOWS (CONT.) DIVISION IX FINISHES (CONT.) 1. VISIT THE SITE AND VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS. BRING ANY DEVIATIONS TO THE ATTENTION OF THE TENANT'S PROJECT MANAGER. 2. ALL DIMENSIONS SHOWN SHALL BE CONSIDERED APPROXIMATE. CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS PRIOR TO COMMENCING TIE WORK. FAILURE TO DO SO SHALL PLACE FULL RESPONSIBILITY FOR ANY ERRORS UPON THE CONTRACTOR. 3. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFICATION OF ALL SETBACKS, AND /OR EASEMENTS, EXISTING UTILITIES, AND ANY UNDERGROUND OR SURFACE STRUCTURE OR CONDITIONS PRIOR TO COMMENCING THE WORK. 4. UPON COMPLETION OF THE WORK, PROVIDE AND INSTALL A WALL FRAME WITH CLEAR PLEXI FACE OVER TI-4E MANAGER'S DESK CONTAINING THE CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY. 5. UPON COMPLETION OF THE WORK, PROVIDE AND INSTALL A P.V.C. TUBE AS SPECIFIED IN THE PLANS WITH A COMPLETE COPY OF THE AS -BUILT CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS. 6. SEE RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE TO CLARIFY RESPONSIBILITIES FOR SPECIFIED WORK. L - M - N - O I. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. CLEAN UP AT TURNOVER: THE STORE IS TO BE PROFESSIONALLY CLEANED AND LEFT IN "READY FOR SELLING" CONDITION. STOREFRONT, LIGHTS, STORE FIXTURES, ADJACENT NEUTRAL PIERS AND LANDLORDS' BULKHEAD ARE TO BE CLEANED OF ALL DUST, GLUE, GROUT, AND MISAPPLIED PAINT. REMOVE ALL PROTECTIVE COVERINGS AND ALL CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS AS DIRECTED BY THE PROJECT MANAGER. HVAC FILTERS TO BE CHANGED FOLLOWING CLEANING. INSURANCE: SECURE, PAY FOR AND MAINTAIN, DURING CONSTRUCTION AND FIXTURING WORK WITHIN LEASED PREMISES, ALL OF THE INSURANCE POLICIES REQUIRED AND IN AMOUNTS AS SET FORTH HEREIN. WORK SHALL NOT COMMENCE UNTIL ALL REQUIRED INSURANCE HAS BEEN OBTAINED AND CERTIFICATES OF SUCH INSURANCE HAVE BEEN DELIVERED TO THE LANDLORD AND TENANT. TI-4E LANDLORD MUST BE NAMED AS "ADDITIONAL INSURED ". CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE SHALL COVER WORK PERFORMED BY TIE CONTRACTOR, EACH SUBCONTRACTOR AND ALL MAJOR SUPPLIERS. THE TENANT GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND SUBCONTRACTORS REQUIRED MINIMUM COVERAGE AND LIMITS OF LIABILITY ARE AS FOLLOWS: WORKMEN'S COMPENSATION INSURANCE INCLUDING PAYMENT TO THE EMPLOYEES OF THE CONTRACTOR, COMPENSATION PROVIDED BY THE WORKMEN'S COMPENSATION LAWS OF THE STATE IN WHICH THE WORK IS BEING PERFORMED, WITH LIMITS OF NOT LESS THAN X2,000,000. CONTRACTOR'S PUBLIC LIABILITY INSURANCE, HAVING LIMITS OF NOT LESS THAN X2,000,000. CONTRACTOR'S PROTECTIVE LIABILITY INSURANCE, HAVING LIMITS OF NOT LESS THAN $2,000,000. GENERAL THIRD PARTY PROPERTY DAMAGE INSURANCE, HAVING LIMITS OF NOT LESS THAT $2,000,000. CONTRACTOR TO FURNISH A HOLD HARMLESS CERTIFICATE FOR FOOTLOCKER INC. LIMIT TO BE ADJUSTED WHERE REQUIRED BY LANDLORD FOR ADDITIONAL COVERAGE ONLY TO MEET CRITERIA LISTED IN TENANT CRITERIA BOOKLET, OR AS DISCUSSED IN PRE - CONSTRUCTION MEETING WITH LANDLORD REPRESENTATIVE. INDEMNIFICATION: TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL INDEMNIFY AND HOLD HARMLESS THE LANDLORD, TENANT, AND ARCHITECT AND THEIR AGENTS AND EMPLOYEES FROM AND AGAINST ALL CLAIMS, DAMAGES, ALL CLAIMS, , , , DAMAGES, LOSSES AND EXPENSES. INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ATTORNEY'S FEES ARISING OUT OF OR RESULTING FROM THE PERFORMANCE OF THE WORK, PROVIDED THAT ANY SUCH CLAIM, DAMAGE, LOSS OR EXPENSE IS ATTRIBUTABLE TO BODILY INJURY, SICKNESS, DISEASE OR DEATH, OR TO INJURY OR TO DESTRUCTION OF TANGIBLE PROPERTY (OTHER THAN THE WORK ITSELF) INCLUDING THE LOSS OF USE RESULTING THEREFROM. MISSING /DAMAGED FREIGHT: OPEN BOXES WITH OBVIOUS DAMAGE. BEFORE SIGNING THE FREIGHT BILL, NOTE SPECIFICALLY THE ITEM(S) DAMAGED OR MISSING. (EXAMPLE) -(4) PANELS - PERIMETER WALL DAMAGED. DO NOT JUST NOTE "I CARTON OR PALLET DAMAGED." AFTER THE PROBLEM IS NOTED ON THE FREIGHT BILL, HAVE CARRIER'S DRIVER ALSO SIGN IT. THIS WILL VERIFY THAT BOTH PARTIES AGREE TO THE EXTENT OF DAMAGE. THERE ARE TIMES WHEN DAMAGE IS DISCOVERED ONLY UPON UNPACKING THE FREIGHT. IN ORDER TO RECEIVE PAYMENT IN SUCH CASE, WE MUST PROVE THAT THE FREIGHT WAS DELIVERED IN DAMAGED CONDITION. THEREFORE, ALL CARTONS MUST BE INSPECTED FOR SIGNS OF DAMAGE OR ABUSE, AND IF FOUND, THE FREIGHT BILL SHALL BE NOTED AND SIGNED AS IN I AND 2 ABOVE. SEND ALL REQUIRED DOCUMENTATION VIA FAX TO TENANT PURCHASING MANAGER OR PROJECT MANAGER WITHIN 48 HOURS OF TAKING RECEIPT OF MATERIALS. IF TENANT'S CONTRACTOR FAILS TO FOLLOW THIS PROCEDURE, TENANT'S CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL COSTS RELATED TO THE REPLACEMENT OF MISSING OR DAMAGED "TENANT FURNISHED" MATERIALS. A - B - PATCHING (WHEN REQUIRED): MINIMUM 3000 PSI CONCRETE FILLER AND PATCHING WHERE EXISTING SLAB HAS BEEN REMOVED FOR UNDER SLAB CONDUITS, PLUMBING, ETC. CONCRETE SLAB: INSTALL MINIMUM 3000 PSI CONCRETE WITH 6" X 6" - W1.4 X W1.4 W.W.F. AT MID LEVEL OVER 6 MIL. VAPOUR BARRIER (AT SLAB ON GRADE CONDITIONS OR ADHERE TO LOCAL CODE REQUIREMENTS). INSTALL CONTROL JOINTS AT MAX. 200 SF. B - C - 1. 2. 3- 1. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 1. 2. 3. STOREFRONT GLAZING: GLAZING, 1/2" THICK CLEAR TEMPERED GLASS (OR A5 INDICATED ON DRAWINGS), POLISH ALL EXPOSED EDGES. PROVIDE AND INSTALL GLAZING CLIPS OR BUTTONS AS REQUIRED BY LOCAL CODE. REFER TO DETAILS FOR GLAZING BASE AND HEAD CHANNELS. GLASS AND GLAZING: MIRRORS SHALL BE 1/4" CLEAR PLATE PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY THE CONTRACTOR WITH CONTINUOUS CHROME J- MOULD, STYLMARK #420068 OR EQUAL, TOP AND BOTTOM (MITRED CORNERS) AND ADHESIVE RECOMMENDED BY MIRROR MANUFACTURER. SEAL ALL EDGES WITH CLEAR SILICON CAULK, ALL SIDES. ACCESS DOORS: PROVIDE FLUSH TYPE METAL ACCESS DOORS MIN 16" X 20 ", OR AS SPECIFIED ON THE DRAWINGS, MANUFACTURED FROM 14 GA. STEEL, COMPLETE WITH FLUSH FLANGE TYPE FRAMES MANUFACTURED FROM # 16 GA. STEEL, WITH ANCHORS. INSTALL ACCESS DOORS WHERE NECESSARY TO PROVIDE ACCESS TO CONCEALED VALVES, AND OTHER EQUIPMENT REQUIRING SERVICE OR INSPECTION AND AS APPROVED BY THE TENANT'S PROJECT MANAGER. ACCESS DOORS SHALL BE SUITABLE FOR INSTALLATION IN THE SPECIFIED WALL AND CEILING MATERIALS. ACCESS DOORS LOCATED IN FIRE RATED WALLS, FLOORS, CEILING -FLOOR OR CEILING -ROOF ASSEMBLIES SHALL BE UL FIRE RATED LISTED AND LABELLED. PROVIDE KEYED LOCK AT ALL ACCESS DOORS IN COMMON AREAS. FINISH TO MATCH ADJACENT SURFACES. STOREFRONT CLOSURE: INSTALLATION AND SUPPORT OF ROLL -UP GRILLE OR SECURITY GATE MUST COMPLY WITH LOCAL CODES. REMOVE OBSTRUCTIONS THAT WILL HINDER INSTALLATION OF GRILLE. COORDINATE DELIVERY AND INSTALLATION WITH INSTALLER. PROTECT GRILLE FROM DAMAGE BEFORE, DURING, AND AFTER INSTALLATION E - F - G - H - 1. 2. 3. 4. 1. 2. 3. 1. 2. 3. 4. 1. 2, 3. 4. 5 6. 1 8. CARPET: CARPET, TERRAllO STRIP, AND /OR REDUCER MUST BE NEW MATERIALS AND MUST CONFORM TO ALL CODE REQUIREMENTS AND INDUSTRY QUALITY STANDARDS. PREPARE FLOOR SURFACE TO ELIMINATE HOLES, CRACKS OR BUMPS. ALL EDGE CONDITIONS AT MALL FLOOR AND CARPET TO BE FLOATED UP FOR SMOOTH, EVEN TRANSITION. CARPET SHALL BE TURNED OVER CLEAN AND WITHOUT STAINS OR SNAGS DUE TO CONSTRUCTION WORK. PROTECT CARPET BEFORE, DURING, AND AFTER INSTALLATION. INSTALL ALL CARPET AS PER "CARPET INSTITUTE" RULES AND GUIDELINES. VINYL COMPOSITION TILE /VINYL BASE: I /8" X 12" X 12" VINYL RESILIENT TILES WITH 4" (OR 6 ") HIGH X 1 /8" THICK, TOP -SET, STRAIGHT VINYL BASE AT CARPET AND COVE AT VINYL TILE. (PRE FORMED CORNERS ARE REQUIRED). SEE FINISH SCHEDULE FOR SPECIFIED MATERIALS. FILL ALL CRACKS, JOINTS, ETC. IN SUB -FLOOR WITH CRACK FILLER APPROVED BY FLOORING MANUFACTURER. INSTALL ALL MATERIALS WITH WATERPROOF TYPE ADHESIVES AS RECOMMENDED BY FLOORING MANUFACTURER FOR MATERIALS AND SURFACE INVOLVED. SLABS OR SUB - FLOORING TO BE MOISTURE TESTED AND RESULTS COMPARED TO MANUFACTURERS RECOMMENDED INSTALLATION GUIDELINES. ANY PROBLEMS DUE TO MOISTURE TESTING TO BE REPORTED TO TENANT'S PROJECT MANAGER IMMEDIATELY. CERAMIC TILE: PROVIDE AND INSTALL CERAMIC TILE WHERE INDICATED. THICKNESS OF FLOORING MATERIALS MAY VARY. PROVIDE A MORTAR BED THAT RESULTS IN A FLUSH FLOOR FINISH CONDITION. INSTALL TILES USING RECOMMENDED METHODS OF THE "TILE CONTRACTORS ASSOCIATION OF AMERICA" AND THE "TILE COUNCIL OF AMERICA INC." USING THE THIN SET METHOD. TILE JOINTS ARE TO BE I/8" WIDE. CAREFULLY CLEAN ALL WORK (ALL GROUT FILM MUST BE REMOVED) AND REPLACE OR REPAIR ANY DAMAGED WORK AND LEAVE IN PERFECT CONDITION. USE NO ACID AGENT OR DEVICE THAT WILL MAR SURFACE. FORGO MARMOLEUM REFER TO RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE AND FINISH SCHEDULE. ACCLAMATION PERIOD - MATERIAL MUST ACCLIMATE TO SITE FOR A MINIMUM OF 48 HOURS PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. STAND ROLLS STRAIGHT UP AND DOWN. INSTALLATION - TEST FOR MOISTURE DURING THE FIRST FIVE (5) DAYS OF WORK. REPORT ALL MOISTURE TEST RESULTS TO THE PROJECT MANAGER WITHIN FIVE (5) DAYS OF TEST ADMINISTRATION. USE OF A CERTIFIED FORGO MARMOLEUM FLOORING INSTALLER PERFORMING THE INSTALLATION PER MANUFACTURER GUIDELINES IS REQUIRED. FLOOR PREP - REMOVE OLD ADHESIVES AND GYPSUM BASED PATCHING COMPOUNDS, WITH SURFACE GRINDERS AND SCARIFIERS. SKIM COAT ENTIRE FLOOR WITH 3 COATS OF ARDEX, SANDING IN BETWEEN EACH COAT ACHIEVING A FINAL THICKNESS OF I /8" ADHESIVE - USE ONLY PROVIDED L910 ADHESIVE TO GLUE PRODUCT. MOISTURE MUST BE BELOW 5.0 LBS EMISSIONS. HEAT -WELD ALL SEAMS USING SUPPLIED WELD. IT IS NOT RECOMMENDED TO WELD MATERIAL THAT HAS NOT BEEN INSTALLED FOR 24 HOURS. DO NOT LAY MATERIAL AND WELD WITHIN THE SAME DAY. FLOOR PROTECTION - SUPPLY AND INSTALL 1 /5" MASONITE BOARDS OVER ENTIRE FLOOR TAPING ALL SEAMS. G TO CLEAN FLOORING AS PER MANUFACTURE'S INSTRUCTIONS.' �, lt � COMP «: JAN 0 9 2009 DIVISION IV MASONRY A - NO WORK UNDER THIS SECTION UNLESS REQUIRED FOR PROPER CUTTING AND REPAIR OF BUILDING SHELL. IN THIS EVENT, ALL WORK SHALL BE PERFORMED TO THE HIGHEST LEVELS OF QUALITY AND CRAFTSMANSHIP AND SHALL BE COORDINATED WITH LANDLORD'S REPRESENTATIVE. D - E - DIVISION V METALS SPECIFICATIONS A - G3 - C - D E - F - I. 2. 3. 1. I. I. 2. 1 2. I. 2. 3. METAL STUDS: 20 GA. MINIMUM AT NON -SALES WALLS, AT STOREFRONT OR WALLS WITH DECKS ABOVE. 25 GA. MINIMUM, AT 16" O.C. MAXIMUM AT TYPICAL PARTITIONS UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. PROVIDE ALL FASTENERS, SCREWS, BOLTS, CLIPS, ANCHORS, ANGLES, BRIDGES, BRACKETS, SLEEVES, ETC., AS REQUIRED. STRUCTURAL STEEL AND /OR HEAVY GAUGE METAL FRAMING: INSTALL FRAMING, CONNECTION PLATES, SCREWS, BOLTS, ETC. AS SHOWN IN THE PLANS AND DETAILS. PROTECTIVE CORNER GUARDS: PROVIDE AND INSTALL METAL CORNER GUARDS AT ALL OUTSIDE CORNERS IN NON -SALES AREA (2" x 2" x 12 "). REVEALS: INSTALL METAL REVEALS SIZE AND LENGTH AS MAY BE INDICATED ON THE PLANS. BLOCKING OR BACKING AS REQUIRED TO SECURE SHALL BE PROVIDED. PAINT OR FINISH PER PLANS. EXPANSION JOINTS - INSTALL AS PER PLANS AND MFR.'S RECOMMENDATIONS: USG 093 FOR CEILINGS AND WALLS, AS MAY BE INDICATED IN THE DRAWINGS. 100 OR 200 SERIES AS REQUIRED FOR APPLICATION (OPTIONAL I" DEPTH) WITH ELASTOMERIC FILLER TO MATCH FINISH AS MANUFACTURED BY CONSPEC SYSTEMS INC., MUNCY, PA (111) 546 -5941, (500) 899 -8493 UNISTRUT SPACE FRAME GRID SYSTEM AS REQUIRED FOR LIGHTING, TELEVISION MONITORS, CEILING ACCESSORIES OR MECHANICAL SYSTEMS SUSPENSION: PROVIDE AND INSTALL PER MANUFACTURES SPECIFICATIONS WITH ALL ACCESSORIES REQUIRED FOR A COMPLETE JOB. SUPPORT WITH THREADED RODS AND NUTS FROM STRUCTURE AS REQUIRED OR DETAILED. CONTACT UNISTRUT SPACE FRAME SYSTEMS AT (630) 113 -3460. DIVISION I GENERAL REQUIREMENTS/ GENERAL CONDITIONS THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR A COMPLETE AND OPERATIONAL TENANT SPACE INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO ALL FINISHES, MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL, PLUMBING, AND FIRE PROTECTION. A - COORDINATION: 1. OBTAIN A COPY OF THE TENANT CONTRACTOR GUIDELINES HANDBOOK AND COMPLY WITH THE REQUIREMENTS. NOTE IN PARTICULAR THE INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS, MALL CONSTRUCTION PROCEDURES, UTILITY LOCATIONS, TEMPORARY REQUIREMENTS, MALL CONSTRUCTION PROCEDURES, TEMPORARY BARRICADE WALLS, CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS, HAUL OFF, AND PERMIT INFORMATION. 2. COORDINATE WORK WITH THE WORK OF OTHER TRADES, THE LANDLORD'S FORCES, AND GENERAL CONTRACTOR, TO AVOID CONFLICTS AND EXPEDITE THE COMPLETION OF THE PROJECT. 3. NO WORK SHALL COMMENCE WITHOUT CONSENT OF THE LANDLORD. B - PAYMENT AND WAIVER OF LIENS: ALL PAYMENTS MADE TO THE TENANT'S GENERAL CONTRACTOR FOR THIS PROJECT ARE TO BE ALLOCATED FOR THIS PROJECT ONLY FOR PAYMENTS TO SUBCONTRACTOR'S, MATERIAL SUPPLIERS, AND AGENTS AUTHORIZED BY SPECIFIC CONTRACTORS TO PERFORM WORK OR SUPPLY MATERIALS TO THIS PROJECT. THE TENANTS' GENERAL CONTRACTOR IS REQUIRED TO SUBMIT PARTIAL WAIVERS OF LIEN FOR HIS WORK AS WELL AS FOR HIS WORK, ALL SUBCONTRACTORS AND MATERIAL SUPPLIERS. THE FINAL TEN PERCENT RETENTION ON THIS PROJECT MUST INCLUDE SIGNED AND EXECUTED WAIVERS OF LIEN INDICATING 100ioioio COMPLETION AND 100%%% PAYMENT IN FULL BY ALL SUBCONTRACTORS AND MATERIAL SUPPLIERS. A LIST OF ALL SUBCONTRACTORS, INCLUDING ADDRESS AND PHONE NUMBER, ARE TO BE PROVIDED TO THE STORE AND TO THE TENANT'S HOME OFFICE. C - QUALITY OF WORK: ALL WORK SHALL BE PERFORMED IN A SAFE AND WORKMAN LIKE MANNER IN ACCORDANCE WITH ACCEPTED CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS AND O.S.H.A. REQUIREMENTS. ALL CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITI THE PLANS UNLESS A VARIANCE IS APPROVED BY THE TENANT AND ALL AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION. ALL EQUIPMENT 4 MATERIALS UNDER THE CONTRACT ARE TO BE NEW UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED IN THE PLANS. D - CODE COMPLIANCE: IT IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR TO MAKE CERTAIN THAT ALL WORK IS IN COMPLIANCE WITH ALL CODES, ORDINANCES, AND REGULATIONS OF ALL PUBLIC AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION ( E.G. - N.E.G., ETC.). E DIMENSIONS: UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, ALL DIMENSIONS ARE MEASURED FROM FINISHED TO FINISHED FACE OF MATERIALS, FACE OF STOREFRONT, OR LEASE LINE. VERIFY ALL PROPOSED DIMENSIONS TO BE CONSISTENT WITH FIELD CONDITIONS. ADVISE TENANT'S PROJECT MANAGER OF ANY DISCREPANCY BETWEEN THE DRAWINGS AND ACTUAL JOB CONDITIONS BEFORE COMMENCING THE WORK. ALL ANGLES SHALL BE 90 OR 45 DEGREES, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED IN THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS. F - SHOP DRAWINGS: SUBMIT THE NUMBER OF OPAQUE REPRODUCTIONS WHICH CONTRACTOR PLUS. TWO COPIES, TO THE TENANT'S PROJECT MANAGER FOR APPROVAL. 2. SUBMITTALS MUST BE SCHEDULED SO AS NOT TO IMPEDE THE PROGRESS OF THE WORK. 3. MARK EACH COPY TO IDENTIFY APPLICABLE PRODUCTS, MODELS, OPTIONS, AND OTHER DATA. SUPPLEMENT MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD DATA TO PROVIDE INFORMATION SPECIFIC TO THIS WORK. 4. INDICATE SPECIAL UTILITY AND ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS, UTILITY CONNECTION REQUIREMENTS, AND LOCATION OF UTILITY OUTLETS FOR SERVICE FOR FUNCTIONAL EQUIPMENT AND APPLIANCES. 5. IDENTIFY VARIATIONS FROM CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND PRODUCT OR SYSTEM LIMITATIONS WHICH MAY AFFECT THE CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS. 6. DIRECT ALL SUBMITTALS TO THE TENANT'S PROJECT MANAGER. G - GUARANTEE: GUARANTEE IN WRITING ALL WORK FOR A PERIOD OF ONE YEAR FROM DATE OF COMPLETION AND ACCEPTANCE BY THE TENANT. ALL WORK SHALL CONFORM TO REQUIREMENTS OUTLINED IN THE LANDLORD'S SPECIFICATION TO LESSEE AND SHALL BE APPROVED BY THE LANDLORD. FURNISH THE FOLLOWING UPON COMPLETION OF WORK: I. CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY 2. GENERAL CONTRACTOR'S AFFIDAVIT 3. GENERAL CONTRACTOR'S RELEASE OF WAIVER OR LIEN 4. AN EXECUTED AND ACKNOWLEDGED RELEASE OF MECHANICAL LIENS WITH RESPECT TO DEMISED PREMISES EXECUTED BY THE TENANT'S GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND EVERY SUB CONTRACTOR AND SUPPLIER OF LABOUR AND MATERIALS ENGAGED IN TENANT'S WORK. 5. ELECTRICAL INSPECTION CERTIFICATE 6. UNDERWRITER'S APPROVAL CERTIFICATE FOR THE ELECTRICAL WORK. 1. HVAC WARRANTY S. OPERATIONS MANUALS FOR ALL MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT. H - SUPERVISION: PROVIDE A FULL TIME, QUALIFIED SUPERVISOR ON THE JOB SITE. ANY WORK REQUIRED TO BE COMPLETED DURING NON-BUSINESS TH HOURS SHALL BE INCLUDED IN THE BID. NOTIFY MALL MANAGER PRIOR TO PERFORMING ANY NON - BUSINESS HOUR WORK. I - UTILITIES: ARRANGE AND PAY FOR ALL TEMPORARY UTILITIES. FOOTLOCKER INC, MANAGEMENT DEPARTMENT WILL ESTABLISH OR TRANSFER SERVICE UNDER THE FOOTLOCKER INC. NAME UPON COMPLETION OF CONSTRUCTION AND TURNOVER FOR MERCHANDISING. J - TELEPHONE: INSTALL AN ON SITE JOB TELEPHONE AND FAX MACHINE DURING THE ENTIRE CONSTRUCTION PERIOD AND NOTIFY THE TENANT'S PROJECT MANAGER IMMEDIATELY OF THE TELEPHONE AND FAX NUMBERS. TENANT MAY OBTAIN LOCAL AND LONG DISTANCE TELEPHONE SERVICE FROM ITS PROVIDER OF CHOICE. K - TRASH REMOVAL: THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR DAILY REMOVAL OF ALL TRASH, RUBBISH AND SURPLUS MATERIALS FROM THE JOB SITE. DIVISION IX FINISHES A - B C - D - 1- 2. 3. 4. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 1. S. 9. 10. I. 2. GYPSUM DRYWALL: PROVIDE AND INSTALL ALL GYPSUM DRYWALL SYSTEMS COMPLETE WITH PARTITION FRAMING. CEILING SUSPENSION SYSTEMS, AND RELATED ACCESSORIES, PARTS, MATERIALS, ETC. AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS AND AS SPECIFIED. INSTALL ALL MATERIALS PER THE MFR.'S SPECIFICATIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS. GYPSUM DRYWALL: U.S. GYPSUM 5/S" THICK FIRE CODE SHEET ROCK (TYPE "X ") PANELS OF STANDARD QUALITY OR APPROVED EQUAL. FASTENERS: DRYWALL SCREWS OF PROPER SIZE AND TYPE. ACCESSORIES AND TRIM: U.S. GYPSUM BOARD OR GOLD BOND SYSTEM OF COMPONENTS AND PERFORATED TAPE. ALL METAL TRIM SHALL BE PERFORATED FLANGE TYPE FOR COMPOUND FINISH. CEILING SYSTEMS: FURNISH AND INSTALL CEILING SYSTEMS COMPLETE WITH SUSPENSION SYSTEM AND RELATED ACCESSORIES AS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS AND AS SPECIFIED. ALL LIGHT GAUGE METAL FRAMING AND CEILING SUSPENSION COMPONENTS FOR SOFFITS, GYPSUM BOARD AND LAY -IN CEILINGS SHALL BE ANCHORED TO THE STRUCTURAL JOISTS AND BEAMS ONLY. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR PROVIDING AND INSTALLING ANY ADDITIONAL FRAMING REQUIRED. SUSPENSION SYSTEMS SHALL BE ADEQUATE TO SUPPORT LIGHTING FIXTURES, CEILING GRILLES, DIFFUSERS AND OTHER TYPICAL CEILING ACCESSORIES. PROVIDE SYSTEM COMPONENTS FROM A SINGLE MANUFACTURER. INSTALL CEILING AND SUSPENSION SYSTEMS IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS AND ALL APPLICABLE BUILDING CODE REQUIREMENTS. FINISH CEILING SHALL BE LEVEL WITH JOINTS, SNUG AND SQUARE, AND IN PERFECT CONDITION. MATERIALS AND FINISHES a. REFER TO REFLECTED CEILING PLAN FOR SPECIFICATION OF MATERIALS. b. REFER TO FINISH PLAN FOR SPECIFIED CEILING FINISH. c. LEAVE ONE CASE OF CEILING TILES FOR LATER REPLACEMENT. d. CEILING WHERE NOTED ON PLANS SHALL BE I HOUR RATED AND SHALL CONSIST OF CLASS "A" TILES WITH SUSPENSION GRID, HARDWARE, CLIPS, ETC. NECESSARY TO ACHIEVE RATING. PAINTING, FINISHING, AND WALL COVERING: PROVIDE A SATISFACTORY FINISH THROUGHOUT, UNLESS SPECIFICALLY DIRECTED OTHERWISE IN THE DRAWINGS, COVER ALL SURFACES THOROUGHLY AND EVENLY. IF THE NUMBER OF COATS SPECIFIED DOES NOT ACCOMPLISH THE INTENT, APPLY ADDITIONAL COATS OF SPECIFIED MATERIAL TO PROVIDE SATISFACTORY COVERAGE. SEE FINISH SCHEDULE FOR SPECIFICS. USE ONLY THE PAINT AND RELATED MATERIALS SPECIFIED. PREPARE BY CLEANING ALL SURFACES FREE OF LOOSE DIRT AND DUST PREPARE ALL METAL SURFACES IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURERS WRITTEN SPECIFICATIONS. PAINTED DRYWALL SHALL RECEIVE ONE COAT OF LATEX PRIMER AND TWO COATS OF SPECIFIED PAINT. TINT PRIMER TO APPROXIMATE SHADE OF THE FINAL COAT. TOUCH UP ALL SUCTION SPOTS OR HOT SPOTS AFTER THE APPLICATION OF THE FIRST COAT DIVISION VI WOOD & PLASTICS A - B - I. 2. 3. 4. 5. 1 2. 3. 4. 5. CARPENTRY 4 BLOCKING: BEFORE USING WOOD FRAMING OR BLOCKING OF ANY TYPE, CONFIRM CODE RESTRICTIONS. IF USE OF WOOD IS PERMITTED BY REQUIREMENTS, ADHERE TO THE FOLLOWING GUIDELINES: USE NEW LUMBER BEARING GRADE AND TRADEMARK OF ASSOCIATION UNDER WHICH IT WAS PRODUCED. ALL MATERIALS SHOULD HAVE FACTORY EDGES AND CORNERS. LAYOUT, CUT, FIT AND ERECT FRAMING FOR ROUGH AND FINISHED WORK. INSTALL BLOCKING, NAILERS, FURRING AND OTHER ROUGH AND FINISHED MATERIALS AS REQUIRED. BRACE, PLUMS AND LEVEL MEMBERS IN TRUE ALIGNMENT AND RIGIDLY SECURE IN PLACE WITH SUFFICIENT NAILS, SPIKES, SCREWS AND BOLTS AS NECESSARY. FURNISH AND INSTALL ROUGH AND FINISHED PLYWOOD, FURRING, SUPPORTS, ETC. FURNISH AND INSTALL ALL ROUGH HARDWARE, ANCHORS, BOLTS, ETC. AS REQUIRED FOR CARPENTRY WORK. ALL EXISTING OR NEW WOOD SHALL BE FIRE RETARDANT AND MUST BE IDENTIFIED WITH A UL LABEL CERTIFYING THIS CLASSIFICATION. MILLWORK: RECEIVE AND INSTALL ALL PRE - FINISHED MILLWORK AND CABINETS, FIXTURES, PANELLING, DOORS AND FRAMES, ETC., AS SHOWN ON DLL/GS. OR AS DIRECTED. CUT, FIT AND INSTALL ALL MILLWORK AND SET PLUMB AND TRUE IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASSEMBLY /INSTALLATION DRAWINGS PROVIDED. BACK OUT FLAT TRIM TO PREVENT WARPING. DRILL WHERE NECESSARY TO PREVENT SPLITTING. CONFIRM BLOCKING REQUIREMENTS WITH VENDORS PRIOR TO CLOSING UP ALL ASSEMBLIES. ALL FIXTURES ARE TO PROFESSIONALLY CLEANED I. I ii BTU �fl DIVISION X SPECIALTIES �L '' DIVISION II SITE CONSTRUCTION A - B - C - D - E - F - 1. 2. 3. 1. 2. 3. 1. 1. 1. 1. 2. PERIMETER WALL OUTRIGGER SYSTEM: INSTALL PREFABRICATED /PREFINISHED PERIMETER WALL MERCHANDISING AND DISPLAY SYSTEM PER DRAWINGS. PROVIDE IN -WALL BLOCKING AS NEEDED TO PROVIDE ADEQUATE SUPPORT. INSTALL OVER FINISHED WALL SURFACE PER MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTION. LAVATORY ACCESSORIES: FURNISH AND INSTALL BATHROOM ACCESSORIES (SEE SCHEDULE): "BOBRICK" OR EQUAL. ACCESSIBLE ACCESSORIES - PROVIDE ALL HANDRAILS, FIXTURES, ETC. REQUIRED BY CODE. CONFIRM REQUIREMENTS PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. INSTALL IN -WALL BLOCKING AS NEEDED TO PROVIDE ADEQUATE SUPPORT FOR ACCESSORIES. SIGNS /SIGNAGE: INSTALL ALL TEMPORARY SIGNS AND BANNERS AS REQUIRED, BASED UPON INSTRUCTIONS OF TENANT'S PROJECT MANAGER. AUDIO /VIDEO SYSTEMS: REFER TO MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFICATIONS AND INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS. STOCKROOM MOBILE SHELVING SYSTEM: CONFIRM CODE COMPLIANCE WITH TENANT PROJECT MANAGER PRIOR TO SHIPMENT AND INSTALLATION. FITTING ROOM ACCESSORIES: PROVIDE IN -WALL BLOCKING AS NEEDED TO PROVIDE ADEQUATE SUPPORT. INSTALL OVER FINISHED WALL SURFACE PER MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTION. A - B - 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. VERIFY EXISTING CONDITIONS AND LOCATIONS OF UTILITIES, ROOF DRAINS, HVAC EQUIPMENT, ETC., PRIOR TO COMMENCING THE WORK. DEMOLITION: SCOPE OF WORK THIS PORTION OF THE WORK INCLUDES ALL LABOUR, MATERIALS AND SERVICES NECESSARY FOR AND REASONABLY INCIDENTAL TO COMPLETE ALL DISMANTLING, DEMOLITION, AND SALVAGE AS SHOWN AND NOTED ON THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFIED HEREIN. IN GENERAL, THE ITEMS TO BE PERFORMED UNDER THIS SECTION SHALL INCLUDE, BUT ARE NOT LIMITED TO: REMOVAL OF ALL EXISTING ACOUSTICS AND GYPSUM WALL BOARD, CEILING AND FRAMES, LIGHT FIXTURES, FLOORING, DOORS AND WALLS, FURRED OUT COLUMN ENCLOSURES, AND STOREFRONT AND AS SPECIFIED ON THE DRAWINGS. FOR TAKE -OVER PROJECTS FOOTLOCKER INC. REP. MAY ELECT TO RE -USE EXISTING STOCK AREA CONDITIONS FOR PROJECTS INVOLVING EXISTING FOOTLOCKER INC. OWNED STORES. IN SUCH CASE VERIFY WITH FOOTLOCKER R INC. CONSTRUCTION MANAGER BEFORE REMOVAL AND CONSTRUCTION. DISCONNECTION OF SERVICES a. EXISTING SERVICES THAT WILL BE DISRUPTED BY CONSTRUCTION WORK SHALL BE RE- ROUTED AS NECESSARY TO PROVIDE TEMPORARY CONTINUATION SERVICE. b. DISCONNECTED SERVICES SHALL BE PLUGGED AND SEALED IN AN APPROVED MANNER. c. SPRINKLER SHUTDOWN SHALL BE COORDINATED WITH THE BUILDING PRIOR TO EXECUTION OF WORK. ABANDONED ELECTRICAL WIRING CONDUITS AND OTHER UTILITIES ENCOUNTERED IN THE PROGRESS OF THE DEMOLITION THAT ARE TO BE ABANDONED SHALL BE DISCONNECTED AND THE ENDS PLUGGED IN AN APPROVED MANNER. ANY ABANDONED UTILITIES INTERFERING WITH WORK UNDER THIS CONTRACT SHALL SE REMOVED ONLY TO THE EXTENT THAT THEY INTERFERE WITH NEW CONSTRUCTION. DEMOLITION OPERATIONAL PROCEDURES SHALL BE OPTIONAL WITH CONTRACTOR INSOFAR THAT PROCEDURES DO NOT INFRINGE ON THE APPROVED WORK SCHEDULE OR SALVAGE REQUIREMENTS. WHERE SALVAGING IS REQUIRED, PROCEDURES SHALL BE SUCH THAT THE MAXIMUM AMOUNT OF SALVAGE WILL RESULT. MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT TO BE SALVAGED, IF ANY, ARE LISTED BELOW. DISPOSAL OF MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT, AND DEBRIS a. MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT TO BE SALVAGED: MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT TO BE SALVAGED ARE LISTED ON THE DEMOLITION PLANS. CONTRACTOR SHALL CONSULT WITH TENANT AND REVIEW THE DRAWINGS TO DETERMINE THE ITEMS TO BE SALVAGED. ALL ITEMS NOTED FOR SALVAGE SHALL BE REMOVED AS CAREFULLY AS POSSIBLE SO THAT A MINIMUM AMOUNT OF RECONDITIONING WILL BE REQUIRED FOR REUSING THE ITEMS. RECONDITIONING AND INSTALLING OF SUCH ITEMS ARE SPECIFIED IN THE DRAWINGS AND APPLICABLE SECTIONS OF THESE SPECIFICATIONS. ANY SUCH ITEMS SHALL BE PACKAGED AND PROPERLY STORED AND PROTECTED UNTIL TIME FOR THEIR USE. b. MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT NOT TO BE SALVAGED: ALL MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT NOT SCHEDULED TO BE SALVAGED INCLUDING DEBRIS, SHALL BECOME THE PROPERTY OF CONTRACTOR AND SHALL BE DISPOSED OF OUTSIDE THE LIMITS OF THE PROPERTY IN A LEGAL MANNER LOCATION OF DUMP AND LENGTH OF HAUL SHALL BE CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY. CLEAN UP SALVAGED MATERIALS SHALL NOT BE SOLD AT THE SITE. CONTRACTOR SHALL DISPOSE OF ALL DEBRIS RESULTING FROM DEMOLITION OPERATIONS. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL LEAVE THE PROPERTY, THE ADJACENT TENANT SPACES AND THE BUILDING IN A CLEAN CONDITION, SATISFACTORY TO LOCAL AUTHORITIES AND TENANT PROJECT MANAGER. DIVISION VII THERMAL & MOISTURE PROTECTION A - B - G - D - E - 1 1. I. I. I. 2. VAPOUR BARRIER: PROVE AREAS ATA LAB INSTALL 6 MIL POLETHYLENE ON GRADE CONDIT IONS AND 4MIL. POLYETHaLENE THAT RECEIVE BATT INSULATION. ELASTOMERIC CRACK BRIDGING: PROVIDE AND INSTALL ELASTOMERIC CRACK BRIDGING AS MANUFACTURED BY NATIONAL APPLIED CONSTRUCTION PRODUCTS, INC., P.O. BOX 1266, CUYAHOGA FALLS, OHIO 44223± PHONE 213 -92S -3414, OR APPROVED EQUAL. BATT INSULATION: PROVIDE AND INSTALL MINIMUM R -13 FRICTION FIT, FULL BATT INSULATION AS MANUFACTURED BY OWENS - CORNING FIBERGLAS OR EQUAL WHERE INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. WATERPROOF MEMBRANE: PROVIDED AND INSTALL A (M) 30 MIL. (MIN) WATERPROOF MEMBRANE. EXTEND A MINIMUM OF 4" UP VERTICAL SURFACES IN TOILET RMS. /OR AS REQUIRED BY LANDLORD. INSTALL AS PER MANUFACTURERS SPECIFICATIONS. FIRE STOPPING: PROVIDE AND INSTALL UL TESTED FIRE STOPPING ASSEMBLIES AS ARE APPLICABLE FOR EACH CONDITION ENCOUNTERED. IN THE ABSENCE OF TESTED ASSEMBLIES, PROVIDE FIRE STOPPING ASSEMBLIES AS RECOMMENDED BY THE FIRE STOPPING SYSTEM MANUFACTURER'S STAFF ENGINEERS AND AS APPROVED BY AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION. PROVIDE FIRE RATED ENCLOSURES FOR ALL NON - PROTECTED STRUCTURAL MEMBERS AS REQUIRED BY ALL AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION. ALL EXISTING SPRAY FIREPROOFING SHALL BE PATCHED AS REQUIRED TO MAINTAIN REQUIRED RATING. AND BEFORE APPLYING A SECOND COAT, TO PRODUCE AN EVEN RESULT IN THE FOLLOW MFR.'S RECOMMENDAT IONS FOR RE COA BEFORE ME SEAL ALL DRYWALL G COATS. SURFACES BEHIND MIRRORS AND BUILT -IN COMPONENTS. DIVISION XI EQUIPMENT PUTTY ALL NAIL HOLES, COUNTER SUNK SCREWS, BOLTS, FILL CRACKS, ETC. BEFORE APPLYING FINISH. SAND ALL WOOD SURFACES SMOOTH AND EVEN BEFORE APPLYING FINISH. BEFORE STARTING FINISH WORK, REMOVE HARDWARE, ACCESSORIES, PLATES, LIGHTING FIXTURES AND SIMILAR ITEMS, OR PROVIDE AMPLE PROTECTION FOR A - B - THE WORK UNDER THIS SECTION IS TO BE INSTALLED ACCORDING TO SHOP DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS OF THE ASSOCIATED MANUFACTURER. REFER TO RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE ON G1.0 FOR PARTIAL LIST OF ITEMS. SUCH ITEMS. PAINT ALL RADIATION COVERINGS, CONVECTORS, REGISTERS, LOUVERS, GRILLES, EMERGENCY LIGHTS, SPEAKERS, TRIM LIGHTS, EXPOSED PIPING, ACCESS DOORS, DIVISION XII FURNISHINGS VENTS, FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINETS, EQUIPMENT MOUNTING BOARDS, ETC. UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED OR DIRECTED. MAKE FINISH WORK UNIFORM OR APPROVED FINISH, SMOOTH, FREE OF RUNS, SAGS, AND DEFECTIVE BRUSHING AND CLOGGING. MAKE EDGES OF PAINT ADJOINING OTHER MATERIALS OR COLOURS SHARP AND CLEAN WITHOUT OVERLAPPING. WALL COVERINGS: REFER TO THE FINISH SCHEDULE AND FINISHES AS NOTED ON DRAWINGS FOR LOCATION AND EXTENT. a. ALL MATERIAL TO BE INSTALLED BY SKILLED WORKMEN, IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. b. SEAL DRYWALL BEFORE APPLICATION OF WALL COVERING WITH LATEX PRIMER. A - B - RECEIVE, ASSEMBLE AND PLACE OFFICE, NON -SALES EQUIPMENT, AND DISPLAY FIXTURES, IN ADDITION TO SALES FLOOR FURNISHINGS AND FIXTURES.: REFER TO MANUFACTURER'S SHOP DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS. FOR SALES FLOOR PERIMETER WALL SET: (1) SPANNER BAR AND (I) SHELF ONLY SHALL BE SET PER 2' -0" PERIMETER WALL PANEL PANEL SECTION. INSTALL SPANNER BAR +/- 2' -0" FROM TOP AND SHELF +/- 2' -0" FROM BOTTOM. THE REMAINING SPANNER BARS AND SHELVES TO BE STORED IN BOXES AT THE AT THE BASE OF FIXTURE FOR FINAL INSTALLATION BY STORE OPERATION PERSONNEL. c. WALL COVERING ADHESIVES ARE TO BE PREMIXED AS RECOMMENDED BY THE MANUFACTURER FOR THE SPECIFIC SURFACES. d. LEAVE FINISHED INSTALLATION FREE OF BLISTERS, WRINKLES OR OTHER DEFECTS DIVISION XI II SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION ALL SEAMS SHALL BE TIGHTLY CLOSED. MATCH ADJACENT STRIPS AS REQUIRED, CONSISTENT WITH PATTERN SELECTED. e. IF CLEANING IS REQUIRED, USE ONLY MATERIALS AND METHOD RECOMMENDED A - NO ANTICIPATED WORK UNDER THIS SECTION. CONFIRM WITH TENANT'S PROJECT MANAGER. DIVISION VIII DOORS & WINDOWS BY THE MANUFACTURER f. UNROLL AND CHECK WALL COVERING FOR DEFECTS IMMEDIATELY UPON DELIVERY. 9 - DO NOT HANG DEFECTIVE WALL COVERING. ALERT TENANT'S PROJECT DIVISION XIV CONVEYING SYSTEMS A - I. 2. 3. 4. 5. DOORS AND HARDWARE: INSTALL ALL DOORS, FRAMES AND HARDWARE AND RELATED PARTS AND MATERIALS AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. HOLLOW METAL FRAMES: K.D. MINIMUM 16 GA. SIZE, SHAPE AND PARTITION TYPE PER DOOR SCHEDULE. LABELLED DOORS: WHERE REQUIRED, PROVIDE U.L. LABEL DOORS AND FRAMES PER APPLICABLE STATE AND LOCAL BUILDING CODES. FABRICATE AND ERECT TRUE, PLUMB AND SQUARE AS SPECIFIED AND DETAILED AND AS PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. REFER TO THE DOOR SCHEDULE FOR SPECIFICATIONS. MANAGER OF DEFECTIVE MATERIAL AND COORDINATE APPROPRIATE ACTION. A - NO ANTICIPATED WORK UNDER THIS SECTION. CONFIRM WITH TENANT'S PROJECT MANAGER. FIBERGLAS REINFORCED PANELS: PROVIDE AND INSTALL 1 /8" FIBERGLAS REINFORCED PANELS ON SURFACES AS SHOWN ON PLANS. CONSULT FINISH SCHEDULE FOR MANUFACTURER'S COLOUR AND NUMBER. INSTALL PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATION. 0 11 4 S DATE: 10 -30 -08 JOB NO: 5857 DRAWN: STAFF CHECKED: CM GROSS AREA: 5,535 SQ. FT. SALES AREA: 3,278 SQ. FT. 711 N. FIELDER RD. ARLINGTON, TX 76012 PH: (817) 635 -5696 FAX: (817) 635 -5699 STORE NO. 8897 'a REVISIONS r uJ z m t: u Nr:.- z I f. ff- vi o D Champs: 14498 fd ; ■l,pECJ Ecr '. iiAN 0 V RECEIVED , DEC 3 C 2000 PERMIT CENTEF SHEET NUMBER NO. DESCRIPTION DATE ARCHITECTURAL SPECIFICATIONS G1 .1 SO LEASE LINE EXIST'G SERVICE DOOR TO REMAIN. ENSURE GOOD WORKING ORDER AND REPORT DEFICIENCIES TO PM IMMEDIATELY. / -6 I/8" 24' -6" 1 11 L EXISTING STOCKROOM SHELVING TO BE REMOVED I it REMOVE INDICATED EXIST'G WALLS, DOORS AND ACCESSORIES - REPAIR SLAB AS REQ'D FOR A SMOOTH LEVEL SURFACE RELOCATE TOILET ROOM FIXTURES AS 51-1011N ON SHEET 41.0. ELECTRICAL PANELS AREA - REFER TO ELECTRICAL SHEETS FOR SCOPE OF WORK )- 0 ( • \ MALL REMOVE INDICATED EXIST'G WALLS, DOORS AND ACCESSORIES - REPAIR SLAB AS REQ'D FOR A SMOOTH LEVEL SURFACE CUT OPENING IN EXIST'G DEMISING WALL - REFER TO CONSTRUCTION PLAN FOR EXACT SIZE AND LOCATION CORRIDOR 24' -0" LEASE LINE 24' -0" EXIST'G DEMISING WALL TO REMAIN - REFER TO PARTITION TYPES FOR COMPLETE SCOPE OF NEW WORK 153' -8" LEASE DIMENSION H H 23' -II 1/8" ADJACENT TENANT REMOVE INDICATED EXIST'G WALLS, DOORS AND ACCESSORIES - REPAIR SLAB AS REQ'D FOR A SMOOTH LEVEL SURFACE REMOVE ALL FLOOR COVERINGS, MERCHANDISING FIXTURES, CEILING, AND LIGHTING ELEMENTS NOT UTILIZED IN NEW - CONSTRUCTION f / REMOVE INDICATED EXIST'G WALLS, DOORS AND ACCESSORIES - REPAIR SLAB AS REQ'D FOR A SMOOTH LEVEL SURFACE L I ADJACENT TENANT 24' -4 I /S" EXISTING STRUCTURAL COLUMNS TO REMAIN. REMOVE ENCLOSURE ONLY- PROTECT ANY EXIST'G FIRE PROOFING (TYP.) PROVIDED DIMENSIONS ARE FOR REFERENCE ONLY. VERIFY ALL CONDITIONS IN FIELD AND OBTAIN NECESSARY APPROVALS FROM LANDLORD PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF DEMOLITION. EXIST'G DEMISING WALL TO REMAIN REFER TO PARTITION TYPES FOR COMPLETE SCOPE OF NEW WORK LEASE LINE A 23' -II 1/8" REMOVE AND DISPOSE OF EXISTING STOREFRONT CONSTRUCTION, INCLUDING GLAZING, PARTITIONS, SIGNAGE, SECURITY GRILLE AND EXISTING FLOOR TILES (TYP). VERIFY SCOPE OF WORK WITH LANDLORD CRITERIA PRIOR TO DEMOLITION. 8' -4" TEMPORARY CONSTRUCTION BARRICADE - COORDINATE REQUIREMENTS WIN MALL REPRESENTATIVE PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF WORK • 0 d) DEMOLITION PLAN DEMOLITION NOTES PRIOR TO COMMENCING ANY WORK CONFIRM WITH THE LANDLORD THAT THE BPACE 15 THE DESIGNATED SPACE AS SHOWN IN THE DRAWINGS. REPORT ANY DISCREPANCIES TO THE PROJECT MANAGER CONFIRM LOCATION OF ALL LEASE LINES WITH LANDLORD REPRESENTATIVE PRIOR TO DEMO. COORDINATE WORK AND SCHEDULE WITH THE LANDLORD OR DESIGNATED AGENT. PROTECT ALL AREAS NOT INCLUDED IN THE WORK. ANY DAMAGE THAT OCCURS AS A RESULT OF THE WORK SHALL BE REPAIRED To A LIKE NEW CONDITION ' G.C. EXPENSE (SEE SPECIFICATION). NOTIFY THE TENANT PROJECT MANAGER AT ONCE OF ANY UNFORESEEN HAZARD OF ANY KIND BEFORE DEMOLITION IS COMPLETE. THE REMOVAL AND /oR HANDLING OF HAZARDOUS MATERIALS (E.G_ - A.CM.) I5 NOT PART OF THIS WORK. IF ANY DISTURBANCE OF HAZARDOUS MATERIAL 15 ANTICIPATED BY TI-115 WORK, AUTHORITIES MUST BE NOTIFIED 4 PRESCRIBED PROCEDURES MUST BE FOLLOWED. NO ALTERATION'S TO THE EXISTING STRUCTURAL MEMBERS ARE ALLOWED UNLESS SPECIFICALLY NOTED. ALL CONDITIONS AND DIMENSIONS SHOWN ARE FOR REFERENCE ONLY AND MUST BE FIELD VERIFIED AT THE SITE. UPON COMPLETION OF DEMOLITION, ALL CONDITIONS AND DIMENSIONS ARE TO BE CHECKED FOR VARIANCES. REPORT ANY DISCREPANCIES IMMEDIATELY TO THE TENANT PROJECT MANAGER ANY UNNOTED EXISTING CONDITIONS WHICH MAY CONFLICT WITH THE PROPOSED NEW WORK AND MAY REQUIRE MODIFICATION, RELOCATION AND OR REMOVAL SHALL BE IDENTIFIED AND REPORTED TO THE TENANTS PROJECT MANAGER AT ONCE REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL AND MEP DRAWINGS FOR SCOPE OF NEW WORK AND TO CONFIRM TERMINATION AND /OR REMOVAL OF EXISTING FIXTURES, DEVICES AND SERVICES. ANY MODIFICATION TO EXISTING SPRINKLER SYSTEM MUST BE APPROVED BY LOCAL FIRE MARSHALL AND COORDINATED WITH LANDLORD'S REPRESENTATIVE. COORDINATE WITH ANY LANDLORD VENDOR OR CONTRACTOR TO DETERMINE THE EXTENT OF WORK FOR ROOFING, PLUMBING, FIRE - PROTECTION, SMOKE EXHAUST, ETC. ANY INFORMATION SHOWN IS TO BE VERIFIED IN FIELD. MAINTAIN AND /OR REPAIR ALL FIRE RATED ASSEMBLIES AND SEPARATIONS (WALL, FLOOR, CEILING, OR BETWEEN ADJACENT SPACES ETC.) TO MAINTAIN REQUIRED FIRE RATING AS REQUIRED BY ANY CODE OR REGULATION. PROVIDE AND /OR MAINTAIN FIRE STOPPING AS REQUIRED BY CODE. REPAIR ANY DAMAGE THAT OCCURS DURING DEMOLITION TO ANY ASSEMBLY SCHEDULED TO REMAIN STOREFRONT DEMOLITION ELEVATION ADJACENT TENANT FINISH EXISTING MALL BULKHEAD 'SAUJTOOTH' DETAIL' TO BE REMOVED TI TTII I TTI TTITT ITT ITT ITT ITT ITT TI ITF ITT m m m m m m m TTIITI TTI m TTIITITTIITITfIT1 - ITfITV ITT ITT ITIITiITT m m m m m ITI[TI I ITTITTI 111111 IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII111111 1J WI > { I LLI LLI DJ LLI u.' 1.1.1 LL111 ILL 1111111J1.1..u. LI Ill L11 W W W W W W LLl LW L._.1 LLI 1LI LLI LL11111111LI.1111L1111111J1111 111111111 W W W W W /// // in // PRbTECT EXISTING NEUTRAL PIEIRS DURING C01■15TRUCTION EX'ST'G DRINKING 1 1 FOUNTAIN 35' -10 I/2" LEASE DIMENSION H // L /// II Li r SCALE: 3/16" = SCALE: 1 /4" = 1' -0" EXISTING MALL BULKHEAD 'SAIUTOOTH' DETAIL' TO REMAIN REMOVE ENTIRE STOREFRONT INCLUDING GRILLE, GLASS SIGNAGE AND CEILING SYSTEM (TYP) EXIST'G NEUTRAL PIER -ADJACENT TENANT FINISH LEGEND EXISTING INTERIOR WALL OR DEMISING WALL TO REMAIN / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / //, EXISTING DEMISING WALL (CMU) TO REMAIN EXISTING INTERIOR WALL, DEMISING WALL OR OTHER ITEM TO BE REMOVED DATE: 10 -30 -08 JOB NO: 5857 DRAWN: STAFF CHECKED: CM GROSS AREA: 5,535 SQ. FT. SALES AREA: 3,278 SQ. FT. 711 N. FIELDER RD. ARLINGTON, TX 76012 PH: (817) 635 -5696 FAX: (817) 635 -5699 STORE NO. 8897 .�w.:... REVISIONS SHEET NUMBER DEMOLITION PLAN Champs: 14498 R I, \1 n dAS1 #;61 1 NO. 1 2 DESCRIPTION LL COMMENTS /OWNER CHANGES LL COMMENTS/OWNER CHANGES/ DOB COMMENTS DATE 12/03/08 1 2/1 7/08 ECE VED DEC 30ZOOS PERMIT CENTER D1 .0 ■ V -8" LEASE DIMENSION DATE: 10 -30 -08 JOB NO: 5857 DRAWN: STAFF CHECKED: CM GROSS AREA: 5,535 SQ. FT. SALES AREA: 3,278 SQ. FT. NY 153' C O R T L A N D M 0 R G A N A R C H I T E C T 6 1/8" 24' -6" 24' -0" 24' -0" 23'-1I 1/8" 24' -4I/8" 23'- Ill /8" 8' -4" 2A , II II ill y I 66' -0,18" y I 86'_4" 5' 4' -4" 5� 21'-0 I/4" 30 BAYS 0 2' -0" O.C. = 60' -0" SHOE WALL 3 - 711 N. FIELDER RD. A 76012 PH: (817) :155669969 FAX: °° s a p et (iil PASSAGE i1 42.0 1 e - a e e : 44 4 414 I 45.1 J __ % TYP \ = 31 iil�lll�'. V \ O � ` �I C3 10,4 IOA -) l0G A1.2 � - -- A1.2 - AL2 �- � I% s I �T q I t / " _ _ fl i3 I4 13 �I It l p N a \ NOISN3WIQ 35+731 ,,UI 0I-,45 H ! ° AI.2 . FITTING ROOM 5'-5" 4 I r .. 4'-4" �- G STOCKROOM I I - 1 CASH WRAP/ BACKWRA SALES AREA I ILIL . • �. _ iii /AO% I rm 4 r . O2 , A� ! 3 I e el � I a CD T - / \ m ,.< " u e _..0 41.2 / ii gg � I '.... '. - - III 111 I r I / I ° _ �it71_ iii��'. _ MI 4. P "'* _6" / I I % / G / 0 4 II O O C-G r II' -8 _ M F ` EXISTING I' 6 10 0 / d 3/4' 5 0 3' - l" I , th , ;. .,. O z la ii TOILET ROOM • . ® �� - - moo ) 0 / a IA I A1.3 '. 1 Cr Iii ®, A I SECURE SLATWALL PANELS WITH it8 -lS x I %" LONG FLAT QUADREX, ZING PLATED SELF DRILLING SCREWS WITH LIQUID NAILS "LN -940, OR EQUAL, STRUCTURAL ADHESIVE BETWEEN SLATWALL AND GWB. LOCATE AND INSTALL SCREWS AT W STUDS AT 16" O.C. HORIZONTALLY AND AT 6" O.C. VERTICALLY (EVERY OTHER REINFORCEMENT INSERT). LOCATE PANEL JOINTS AT WALL STUDS. /iAWAY iii /.ii/ / /iiii /i /i , c, , - Q �y e - iioii �„ _ A5 -2 452 I -,- 0 O /. I ® d , ' a IC Al 5 O AS.I &E) .. 414 - I / 4 6 TYP T 1. \ f 7 (/II CLEAR - EGRESS CORRIDOR - PASSAGE , AREA r� STORE NO. Champs: 14498 8897 �.°,_.. �) .. r� ?r �L�31x <1S'J , I Cr '':ORGAN 4 X; (`ice ��, REVISIONS 11� NMI 13 BAYS 0 2' -0" O.C. = 26' -0" SHOE WALL 5' -0" 5" 12' -II 5/8" 5" 9' -9" 1 5" 53' -3 1/2" -,( e , t et) JAS :OR PARTITION PIPES 4 /(\ //\ 1 1 DETAILS SEE S -EET 11.1 . 1-1 CONSTRUCTION PLAN SCALE: 3/16" = 1' -0" CONSTRUCTION NOTES DOOR AND FRAME SCHEDULE DOOR HARDWARE NOTES DOOR HARDWARE NOTES - ADA I. SEE FIXTURE PLAN AND FIXTURE DETAILS FOR ALL FIXTURE INFORMATION. 14. HV4C CONTRACTOR TO SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS OF INTENDED DIFFUSER, DUCT, THERMOSTAT LOCATIONS, ETC, FOR REVIEU PRIOR TO FABRICATION AND 3. NOTIFY ARCHITECT IMMEDIATELY OF ANY INCONSISTENCIES OR DISCREPANCIES WITH PLANS IN 15. THE CONTRACTOR IS TO REPLACE ANY FIREPROOFING REMOVED FROM THE RELATION TO EXISTING FIELD CONDITIONS. BUILDING STRUCTURE DURING DEMOLITION /CONSTRUCTION. 4. WRITTEN DIMENSIONS TAKE PRECEDENCE OVER SCALE ON THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS. Do NOT 16. ACCESS PANELS IN WALLS FOR PLUMBING, MECHANICAL OR ELECTRICAL SCALE. ACCESS TO BE A5 SPECIFIED IN SPECIFICATION SECTION 08305. 5. DIMENSIONS ARE FROM THE FADE OF FINISHED WALL (GWB) TO FADE OF FINISHED WALL (CUB) UNLESS 11. ALL GLASS, INTERIOR AND EXTERIOR AND ALL STOREFRONT METAL TO BE NOTED OTHERWISE WISE ON PLANS. CLEANED W/ A LIQUID DETERGENT AT COMPLETION OF CONSTRUCTION. 6. ALL MANUFACTURED ARTICLES, MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT SHALL BE APPLIED, INSTALLED, 18. PROVIDE DIAGONAL BRACING TO STRUCTURE ABOVE ALL DOORS GLAZING CONNECTED, ERECTED, USED, CLEANED, AND CONDITIONED IN ACCORDANCE U/ THE MANUFACTURERS HEADS AND JAMBS A5 REQUIRED TO MAKE ASSEMBLY RIGID. WRITTEN SPECIFICATIONS OR INSTRUCTIONS. 19. CONTRACTOR f5 RESPONSIBLE FOR MAINTAINING INTEGRITY OF RATED - I. ALL WORK SHALL BE EXECUTED IN A MANNER ACCEPTABLE TO THE OWNER PARTITIONS 4 STRUCTURE PARTICULARLY WHERE PENETRATED BY VARIOUS TRADES AND SERVICES. S. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE, THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE AND PAY ALL LABOUR, MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT, TOOLS, CONSTRUCTIONS EQUIPMENT, MACHINERY, TRANSPORTATION, PERMITS AND 20. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR IS TO PROVIDE 4 INSTALL PAPER COVERING OTHER SERVICES AND FACILITIES NECESSARY FOR PROPER AND TIMELY EXECUTION OF THE WORK. APPLIED TO THE STOREFRONT GLAZING DURING MERCHANDISING. 9, THE TENANT'S CONTRACTOR WARRANTS TO THE OWNER AND TO THE ARCHITECT THAT ALL MATERIALS 21. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR 15 RESPONSIBLE FOR NE FINAL CLEAN UP OF AND EQUIPMENTS FURNISHED UNDER THE CONTRACT ARE NEW UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED, AND THAT THE ENTIRE PREMISES, TO INCLUDE, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, FLOORS, MILLWORK, ALL WORKS WILL BE A5 SPECIFIED AND FREE OF DEFECTS. FIXTURES ETC.FOLLOWING INSTALLATION OF MILLWORK . 10. FOR ALL WOOD MEMBERS REQUIRED BY CODE TO BE FIRE RETARDANT TREATED, PROvIDE 22. G.G. SHALL SUPPLY 4 INSTALL PROPER 4 ADEQUATE WOOD BLOCKING TO PRESSURE IMPREGNATION WITH FIRE RETARDANT CHEMICALS TO PROvIDE UL FRS FIRE HAZARD SUPPORT ALL OUNER SUPPLIED AND MWC APPLIED 4 INSTALLED ITEMS FOR FIRM GLA551FICATION. ALL WOOD SHALL BE IDENTIFIED WITH A UL LABEL CERTIFYING THIS CLASSIFICATION AND SECURE INSTALLATION ON WALLS, COLUMNS, ETC. G.G. SHALL COORDINATE AND FM pfAMONp. WITH MWC FOR REQUIRED LOCATIONS AND ADEQUACY OF BLOCKING REQUIREMENT ANp PROVIDE ALL SUCH BLOCKING PRIOR TO CLOSING UP ANY 11. APPROVED FIRE EXTINGUISHERS SHALL BE INSTALLED AS REQUIRED BY LOCAL AUTHORITY. AND ALL WALLS, COLUMNS, ETC. IF REQUIRED BY CODE AND LOCAL BUILDING OFFICIAL, SUCH BLOCKING SHALL BE FIRE RETARDANT TREATED TO MEET SUCH WALLS SHALL BE PROTECTED BY 12. ALL PENETRATIONS OF FIRE RESISTIVE FLOORS OR SHAFT W REQUIREMENT. MATERIALS AND INSTALLATION DETAILS THAT CONFORM TO UL STANDARDS FOR THROUGH PENETRATIONS FIRESTOP SYSTEMS. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT SHOP DRAWING DETAILS WHICH SNOW COMPLETE 23. UPON POSSESSION OF THE PREMISES, ENTIRE SPACE DIMENSION SHALL BE TO THE UL LISTING TO THE ARCHITECT. SUCH DRAWINGS SHALL BE AVAILABLE TO ANY VERIFIED AND NOTED OF ANY DISCREPANCIES BY G.C.'S FIELD SUPERINTENDENT CITY INSPECTORS. THE DRAWINGS SHALL BE SPECIFIC FOR EACH PENETRATION WITH ALL VARIABLES USING SHEET 43.0. G.C. SHALL SUBMIT COPY OF 43.0 TO THE OWNER, ARCHITECT, DEFINED. AND MILLWORK CONTRACTOR WITHIN 3 DAYS OF THE START OF CONSTRUCTION. 13. ALL OUTSIDE CORNERS AT DRYWALL PARTITIONS AND FURRINGS TO HAVE METAL CORNER BEADS - 24. GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND MILLWORK CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE SPACKLE AND SAND SMOOTH. THEIR WORK. DOOR NUMBER DOOR TYPE (g /41.2) SIZE /LOCATION FINISH FRAME MAT. NDUJ. GR. 1-1/J DETAIL THRESH DETAIL RATING REMARKS I. ALL HARDWARE REPRESENTS THE INTENDED QUALITY, STYLE AND APPEARANCE. 2. IF NEW, ALL HARDWARE IS TO BE 26D FINISH. DOOR HARDWARE SHALL BE MOUNTED AT NOT LESS THAT 36" OR MORE THAN 48" ABOVE FLOOR. 3. PROVIDE WEATHER STRIPPING AND ADA THRESHOLD AT EXTERIOR DOORS. ALL THRESHOLDS SHALL NOT EXCEED 1/2 MAX. HEIGHT. 4. A NEW SECURITY EXIT DEVICE WILL BE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY SECURITY SOLUTIONS, 405- 3 -1600. T ENANT G.C. TO PROVIDE POWER SUPPLY (I2IDV SINGLE PHASE) CONNECTION FOR THE ALARM, INSTALLED ADJACENT TO THE PANIC BAR ON THE HINGE SIDE OF THE DOOR FRAME. PULL THE LOW WATTAGE WIRE FROM THE LOCK TO TERMINAL STRIP IN THE POWER SUPPLY. 5. NOT USED 6. EXIT DOORS SHALL BE OPERABLE FROM THE INSIDE WITHOUT THE USE OF A KEY OR ANY SPECIAL KNOWLEDGE OR EFFORT. 1 HARDWARE AT SERVICE POOR SHALL BE BUILDING STANDARD AS WHEN REQUIRED BY THE LANDLORD CRITERIA. 8. UNDER GUT TOILET ROOM DOOR I" TO PROVIDE AIR FLOW. 9. REPLACE DAMAGED OR MISSING HARDWARE. REPLACE LOCK CYLNDERS AND PROVIDE TENANT WITH (2) NEW KEYS. 10. REPLACE U CHANGE CYLINDERS ON STOREFRONT DOORS 4 GRILLES WHEN EXISTING AND PROVIDE TENANT WITH (2) KEYS (BY SECURITY VENDOR) ADA 4.13.5 DOOR WIDTH AND HEIGHTS: REQUIRED EXIT DOORWAYS ARE TO HAVE A CLEAR OPENING NOT LESS THAN MEASURED WI TH THE DO INCHES WI FOR HINGED DOORS, THE OPENING IS WITH AT A 90-DEGREE ANGLE FROM ITS CLOSED POSITION. AT LEAST ONE OF A PAIR OF DOORS, INCLUDING AUTOMATIC DOORS, HAS UI PROVIDE THE MINIMUM CLEAR OPENING. DOOR HEIGHTS ARE REQUIRED TO BE A MINIMUM OF SID INCHES. ALTHOUGH SECTION 33 RELATES TO REQUIRED EXITS, ARTICLES 6 THROUGH 14 ALSO REQUIRE SPECIFIC AREAS TO BE ACCESSIBLE. DOORS TO THESE AREAS WOULD ALSO HAVE TO HAVE A 32 INCH CLEAR OPENING. ADA 4.13.8 THRESHOLDS: THRESHOLDS ARE REQUIRED TO BE NO MORE THAN I/2 INCH HIGH. BEVEL OR SLOPE NE EXPOSED EDGE AT AN ANGLE NOT EXCEEDING 45 DEGREES SO THAT NO SINGLE VERTICAL CHANGE OF ELEVATIONS EXCEEDS 1/4" INCH. ADA 4.13.9 HARDWARE HAND ACTIVATED DOOR OPENING HARDWARE IS REQUIRED TO BE CENTRED BETWEEN 30 AND 44 INCHES HIGH. LATCHING AND LOCKING DOORS THAT ARE HAND ACTIVATED AND WHICH ARE IN A PATH OF TRAVEL NAVE TO BE OPERABLE WITH U SINGLE EFFORT BY LEVER TYPE HARDWARE, BY PANIC BARS, PUSH -PULL AcTIV4TING BARS, OR OTHER HARDWARE DESIGNED TO PROVIDE PASSAGE WITHOUT REQUIRING NE ABILITY TO GRASP THE OPENING HARDWARE. LOCKED EXIT DOORS ARE REQUIRED TO OPERATE AS DESCRIBED ABOVE IN NE DIRECTION OF EGRESS. ADA 4.13.10 CLOSERS: THE MAXIMUM FORCE TO OPERATE DOORS CANNOT EXCEED 8.5 LBS. FOR EXTERIOR DOORS AND 3 LBS. FOR INTERIOR DOORS, REQUIRED FIRE DOORS MAY REQUIRE UP TO 15 LBS. PRESSURE. THE PRESSURE IS TO BE MEASURED AT RIGHT ANGLES TO HINGED DOORS AND AT THE CENTRE PLANE OF SLIDING DOORS. COMPENSATION DEVICES OR AUTOMATIC DOOR OPERATORS MAY BE UTILIZED TO MEET THE REQUIREMENTS. ADA 4.14 ENTRANCES: ALL PRIMARY ENTRANCES TO BUILDINGS AND FACILITIES ARE REQUIRED TO BE MADE ACCESSIBLE. A PRIMARY ENTRANCE IS DEFINED °ANY ENTRANCE TO A FACILITY, WHICH N MAJOR SUBSTANTIAL FLOW OF PEDESTRIANS TO ANY SPECIFIC A FUNCTION OF THE FACILITY." HANDICAPPED RECESSED DOORMATS NO. DESCRIPTION DATE 1 LL COMMENTS /OWNER CHANGES 12/03/08 2 LL COMMENTS /OWNER CHANGES/ 12/17/08 O D (2) 3 X 10 -m" DOORS MALL TO SALES MILL ALUMINUM �L455 , - DOB COMMENTS 2 O 4 3' -0" X 1' -0" X I 3/4" SALES TO STOCK PTD3CP =5 METAL 215 4-5/,41.2 - O B 3' -0" X 6' -8" X 1 1/8° STOCK TO TOILET PTD- CP -5 3 4= 5/41.2 _ SEE NOTE # 8 9 C 3 X 4 X 13/4" PASSAGE TO FITTING PRE-FIN PRE-F,415 WOOD 4 1/ 41.2 - - MOUNT DOOR FOR I' -4" CLEAR AT 5TM. OWNER VENDOR TO SUPPLY DOOR HINGES LOCKSET. GC TO INSTALL 4 3' -0" X - 1' -0" X 1 3/4" CORRIDOR TO EXIT PTP-CF-S METAL S 4 =5 /41.2 45 MIN. # SEE NOTES 3, 4, 6 1, 9 A 3' - 0" X ' - 0" X 1 3/4 1 GONAL STOCK TO EXIT PTp -CP -S METAL 5 4- 5/41.2 EXIST 45 MIN. SEE NOTES 0 3, 4, 6 1, 9 RECEIVED OEC 3 0 2008 PERMIT CENTER - SHEET NUMBER CONSTRUCTION PLAN Al .0 O q 3' -0" X 7' -0" X I 3/4" PASSAGE TO CORRIDOR PTD -OF METAL 4- 5/41.2 45MIN SEE NOTE # 6 # ALL HARDWARE TO COMPLY WITH ADAAG AND LOCAL HANDICAPPED CODE REQUIREMENTS DENOTES AN EXISTING DOOR ALL EGRESS DOORS SHALL BE OPERABLE FROM THE INSIDE WITHOUT THE USE OF A KEY OR SPECIAL KNOWLEDGE HARDWARE SETS SET NO. 1 SET NO. 2A SET NO. 25 SET NO. 3 SET NO. 4 SET NO. S SET NO. CRLAURENCE CO. OREQUAL TEL: 1400-42I-6144 BOTTOM H: P 25 T PATCH: TOP DOOR PATCH: T'HYOABDABS SIDELITE TRANSOM PATCH: .PH40B5 (IF REDID) TRMISGM PATCH: "PH4055 X058 001701 MOUNT PATCH LOCK "55L t.D17X17BMOT1LTEDGf�5 6ETBAC - 5T0- iBACKFULLSFIY! HAND G83pCONGEALEDFLOORMOUNIEDTYPE DUST P ROCF KEEPERS (FOR OPEN POSITIGN, AMRa01P5 NNW: (BSI BRU5HED STAINLESS DOOR TO EGRESS: 1 1/2 - PAIR OF BUTTS 1 - LATCH SET 1 - WALL STOP 3 - SILENCERS 2 - KICKPLATES. 1 - CLOSER NON- EGRESS DOOR= 1 1/2 - PAIR OF BUTTS I - PRIVACY LOCK 1 - WALL STOP 3 - SILENCERS 2 - KICK PLATES. 1 - CLOSER 1 1/2 - PAIR OF BUTTS 1 - PRNACY LOCK 1 -WALL STOP 3 - SILENCERS 2 -KICK PLATES. (3) STANLEY FI19 FREE -SWING BUTT HINGES, SATIN CHROME 4- 1/2 "X4 -1/2" FIN 26D (1) PRIVACY LOCK (1) ND DOOR STOP (INTEGRAL WITH HINGE /BUTT) FOR FITTING ROOM DOORS ONLY (1) WALL STOP 1 1/2 - PAIR OF BUTTS PANIC HARDWARE SET -A 1 -WALL STOP 2 - KICK PLATES 1 - SURFACE MTD. DR (3/4 NR. DOOR) 1 - CLOSER 1 PEEP HOLE 11/2 -PAIR OF BUTTS PANIC HARDWARE SET -A I -WALL STOP 2 - KICK PLATES 1 - SURFACE MTD. DR (3/4 HR DOOR) 1 - CLOSER BUTTS: MCKINNEY STANDARD WEIGHT 5 KNUCKLE SILENCER: IVES, NO. 20 LEVEL I SECURITY SPEC. ENCLOSED MALL STORES BEARING HI NGES #TB2�14, 4 - 1/2" X 4" COMB #1 . LOCK /LATCH: ILCO UN 021 LATCH SET: SARGENT 8200 LINE LEVER TYPE PANIC HARDWARE SET "E" LOCK SET: SARGENT LINE LEVER TYPE RE STRIP: SEE SILL DETAILS 11230F000F PANNEX EXIT DEVICE -FIRE RATED /AC POWERED 1DL14102800 DOOR LOOP - FOR AC POWER PRIVACY LOCK S ET: SARGENT 10 LINE L EVER T YPE 7PS1700000 POWER SUPPLY (NO BATTERY) CLOSER: RUSSWIN ID C22000 3161503A4C2 MORTISE CYLINDER - FOOTLOCKER WALL STOP: 'YES # 40t 1/2 - 532D FINISH K204FACTRY FACTORY COMBINATION KEY KICK PLATE: IVES, 4 *5400 12" x 36" PANIC HARDWARE SET " E "E" 11230F000F PANNEX EXIT DEVICE - K 6 MORTISE E CYLINDER - FOOTLOCKEZ 204F A4 ACTR 2 Y FACTORY COMBINATION KEY ARE REQUIRED TO BE ANCHORED TO PREVENT INTERFERENCE WITH WHEELCHAIR TRAFFIC. A BUILDINGGS S SIGNS: ALLL L 4.30 ENTRANCE ENTRANCES ANCES THAT ARE ACCESSIBLE AND USABLE WIT P HANDICAPPED PERSONS IDENTIFIED AT LEAST ONE STANDARD SIGN AND WITH ADDITIONAL DIRECTIONAL SIGNS, AS REQUIRED. TO BE VISIBLE TO PERSONS ALONG APPROACHING PEDESTRIAN WAYS. V EXISTING WALL TO REMAIN. PATCH AND REPAIR AS REQUIRED - PREPARE FOR NEW FINISHES. 0 9.° 1-I \G FART! ION EXIST'G FULL HEIGHT DEMISING WALL TO REMAIN -METAL FRAMING FROM SLAB TIGHT TO DECK - G.W.B. EACH SIDE FROM SLAB TO 12" BELOW DECK (VARIES) V.I.F. -ON TENANTS SIDE ONLY INSTALL 'CHICKEN WIRE' FROM TOP OF G.W.B. TO DECK, PATCH, REPAIR„AND PREPARE ALL SURFACES FOR NEW FINISHES D MISIN FA TITlON FIN. CEILING 3 5/8" TOP TRACK DECK FIRE STOPPING AT ALL CEILING LINES WHERE REQUIRED 5Y CODE FIN. CEILING. FIN. CEILING. REFER TO REFLECTED CEILING PLAN FOR HEIGHT AND TYPE 3 5/8" x 20 GA. MTL. STUDS e 16" O.C. - RUN FROM 5L,45 TIGHT TO DECK ABOVE. (1) LAYER EACH SIDE- 5/8" TYPE "X" GWS. RUN FROM SLAB TO 6" ABOVE FIN. CLG 3 -5/8" BOTTOM TRACK FIN. FLR s I\TERI OR 4 TITIO\ PARTITION TYPE "E" 0 FIN. CEILING I_ PARTITION TYPE "A" EXISTING MASONRY DEMISING WALL TO REMAIN. REPAIR AS REQUIRED TO MAINTAIN EXISTING FIRE RATING. PREPARE WALL FOR ANY NEW FINISHES. DEMISING 4 TITION 3 -5/3" TOP TRACK FIRE STOPPING AT ALL CEILING LINES WHERE REQUIRED BY CODE FIN. CEILING.s FIN. CEILING. REFER TO REFLECTED CEILING PLAN FOR HEIGHT AND TYPE 3 5/S" x 20 GA. MTL. STUDS e 16" O.C. WITH (1) LAYER EACH SIDE =5/8" TYPE "X" GWB TYP. - RUN FROM 5LA5 TIGHT TO DECK ASOVE. 3 -5/8" BOTTOM TRACK IN ERIO FAR PARTITION TYPE "B" DECK 's FIN. FLR. 4 I I ION FL,,M5ING DEMISING PARTITION 3/4" FIRE RETARDANT PLYWOOD 6" METAL JOISTS 16" O.C. 5/8" TYPE "X" GW5 FIRE RATED CEILING R -19 SATT INSULATION 6" METAL FRAMING 016" O.C. W/ 5/8" GW5 (FIRE RATED) BOTH SIDES 6" BOTTOM TRACK NOTE: PLUMING WALL TO USE 6" METAL STUDS FOR PIPE CHASES #11=4 FIN. FLR. s I\.TE I O 4RT I T I ON A L PARTITION TYPE "G" METAL STRAPPING BENEATH GW5 - REFER TO 15 41C/45.1 PARTITION TYPE "Cl " DECK FIN. CEILING.4 4 FIN. CEILING. REFER TO REFLECTED CEILING PLAN FOR HEIGHT AND TYPE EXISTING DEMISING WALL REFER TO PLAN PROVIDE NON -COMB BLOCKING AS REQ'D -REFER TO FIXTURE DETAILS 3 5/S" x 20 GA. MTL. STUDS 16" O.C. WITH (I) LAYER 5/8" TYPE "X" GW5 TYP. - RUN FROM SLAB TO 6" ABOVE FIN. CLG FIN. FLR. 4 tz=i= N 3/4" FIRE RETARDANT PLYWOOD 1X 4 WOOD TRIM FLAT =O M 6" METAL JOISTS e 16" O.C. 5/8" TYPE "X" GWS FIRE RATED CEILING 3 5 /S" METAL STUDS e16" O.G. WI 5/S" GWB (FIRE RATED) BOTH SIDES 3 -5/8" BOTTOM TRACK FIN. FLR. 4 TERIOR PARTITION PARTITION TYPE "H" --- 'AR I I PARTITION TYPE "C2" WALL SECTION DECK FIN. CEILING.4 4 FIN. CEILING. REFER TO REFLECTED CEILING PLAN FOR HEIGHT AND TYPE SLATWALL WHERE INDICATED ON PLANS AND ELEVATIONS ONLY EXISTING DEMISING WALL REFER TO PLAN (I) LAYER 5/8" TYPE "X" GW5 TYP. - RUN FROM SLAB TO 6" ABOVE FIN. CLG FIN. FLR. s ION 5 AT SERVICE CORRID I REFER TO PLAN 3 5/8" TOP TRACK EXIST'G DEMISING WALL 3 5/8" x 20 GA. MTL. STUDS 16" LAYER 5/8" "TYPE -X" G.W.B. TYP. RUN FROM SLAB TIGHT TO DECK 3 5/8" x 20 GA. MTL. STUDS 6 16" LAYER 5/8" "TYPE -X" G.W.S. TYP. U.L. DESIGN U465. DECK 4 TENANT SPACE O.C. WITH (1) EACH SIDE - ASOVE. O.G. WITH (1) EACH SIDE- COORDINATE FINISH REQUIREMENTS FOR CORRIDOR SIDE OF VESTIBULE WITH MALL REPRESENTATIVE 3 5/S" BOTTOM TRACK FIN. PLR 4 PARTITION TYPE "D" 3 5/S" TOP TRACK PARTITION TYPE "K" DECK 4 FIRE STOPPING AT ALL CEILING LINES WHERE REQUIRED 5Y CODE FIN. CLG. SEE PLAN FOR TYPE SUSP. G.W.S. CEILING. REFER TO REFLECTED CEILING PLAN 3 5/8" x 20 GA. MTL. STUDS e 16" O.C. WITH (I) LAYER 5/8" TYPE "X" GWB TYP. EACH SIDE - RUN UP FROM .SLAB TO FINISHED GWB CEILING. 3 -5/8" BOTTOM TRACK FIN. FLR. s A TITIO\ INTERIOR CAP TOP WITH NEW 1/2" THICK POPLAR TRIM CAP, PAINT "CHAMPS SPORTS" SLUE, CP -3. 3 5/8" x 20 GA. MTL. STUDS a 16" O.C. WITH (1) LAYER 5/8" TYPE "X" GWB ON BOTH 51DES. SLATWALL ON BACKSIDE AND ENDS. 3 -5/S" BOTTOM TRACK FIN. FLR. s 4" HIGH BY 1/2" THICK POPLAR BASE ON REAR AND SIDES, PAINT 'CHAMPS SPORTS' SLUE, CP -3. P ARTITION 10 -30 -08 5857 STAFF DATE: JOB NO: DRAWN: CHECKED: CM GROSS AREA: 5,535 SQ. FT. SALES AREA: 3,278 SQ. FT. 711 N. FIELDER RD. ARLINGTON, TX 76012 PH: (817) 635 -5696 FAX: (817) 635 - 5699 STORE NO. z 0 u Champs: 14498 8897 `J REGIS s^ D MORGAN 1 WilSH I NCI REVISIONS SHEET NUMBER ECEV D DEC 3 0 MO8 PERMIT CENTER Al .1 oo NO. 1 DESCRIPTION LL COMMENTS /OWNER CHANGES DATE 12/03/08 PARTITION TYPES HEIGHT "H" STUD SIZE ** * 74-774--ii \\ '\\I'\'"\"\\\\ \ \\ :\ '\\\`\\'\\\\\,\'\\\'\\'\\\`\\ s — A 0,04 0420 id 0 rM rc tirr... A 4 _ 3- 5/8 "x18GA 3-5/8"x16GA. DL. 16FT. TO 20FT. 6" x 20GA. v AL 6" x 18GA. 20FT. TO 26FT. r • 6" x 18GA. 6" x 18GA. 6" x 18GA. DL. I &-A.- �� id" /// HEIGHT "H" STUD SIZE ** * BOTTOM TRACK TOP TRACK 8'-0" SPAN 11'-6" SPAN UP TO 16 FT. 3- 5/8 "x25GA. 3- 5/8 "x18GA 3- 5/8 "x18GA 3-5/8"x16GA. DL. 16FT. TO 20FT. 6" x 20GA. 6" x 18GA. 6" x 18GA. 6" x 18GA. 20FT. TO 26FT. 6" x 18GA. 6" x 18GA. 6" x 18GA. 6" x 18GA. DL. 9G NON RATED ENCLOSURE 95 NON RATED ENCLOSURE W/ RATED COLUMN SPRAY ON FIRE PROOFING SCHEDULE COLUMNS - 3 HOURS UL 263 DESIGN NO. X190 GIRDERS - 2 HOURS UL 263 DESIGN NO. D902 BEAM - 2 HOURS UL 263 DESIGN NO. D902 SA RATED ENCLOSURE I/2 1/2" NEW SLATWALL BACK AND SIDES OF WALL. FINISH: NEW LOW WALL FINISH ON INSIDE. BACKWRAP NEW 1/2" THICK POPLAR TRIM CAP, PAINTED CP -3 BACKWRAP WALL DETAIL FIN. CLG. DOOR HEAD SCALE: 1" = 1'-0" BACKWRAP WALL ELEVATION DECK DETAIL 5/8" GWB ON 3 5/S" X 20 GA. MTL. FRAMING (TYP.) NEW 1/2" THICK POPLAR TRIM CAP, PAINT FINISH: CP -3 NEW SLATWALL BACK AND SIDES OF WALL REFER TO PARTITION TYPE 'K' I /2" BACKWRAP WALL SECTION CAP TOP OF WALL WITH 1/2" THICK POPLAR TRIM, PAINT 'CHAMPS SPORTS' BLUE NEW SLATWALL REAR AND SIDES OF WALL. FINISH: NEW 4' - 0" WALL BEHIND BACKWRAP 3/4" NON - COMBUSTIBLE PLYWOOD I X 4 WOOD TRIM (NON- COMBUSTIBLE) 5/5" GWB ON 3 5/5" MTL. FRAMING ' 16" O.C. ALL WORK BY G.G. 1/4" MIRROR FINISH 3/8" PLYWOOD STYLEMARK *110669 CORNER TRIM SATIN 920 FINISH - TRIM 4" TO 12' -0" APP. SLATWALL PANELS RUNS FROM 4" A.F.F. TO 12' -0" A.F.F. MIRROR MIRROR MINIMIZE DIMENSION TYP. FOUR CORNERS COLUMN ENCLOSURE REFER TO DETAIL 9/AI.2 THIS SHEET CORNER TRIM COLUMN ENCLOSURE DETAIL SLATWALL OR G.W.B. TOW-0" A.F.F. - REFER TO FIXTURE PLAN FOR CONFIGURATION - PROVIDE NON -COMB. BLOCKING A5 REQUIRED FOR MERCHANDISING WALL SYSTEM OUTRIGGER POSTS SCALE: 1 1/2" =1' -0" SCALE: 3/8" = 1' -0" SCALE: 3/8" = 1' -0" SCALE: 1/2" = 1' -0" 3/4" 16 GA. COLD- ROLLED CHANNEL SPACED AT 4' -0" O.C. HORIZONTALLY. 1 -1/2" x 3" x 16 GA. CHANNEL CLIP ANGLE 1/4" LESS THAN STUD WIDTH, TYP. ATTACH WITH (4) 5/8" #5 -12 SCREWS OR 3/4" WELDS IN (3) PLACES - METAL STUD FRAMING, TYP. BRACE LENGTH MAY NOT EXCEED 16' -0" 3 -5/5" x IS GA. NESTED BRACES EACH WAY AT 4' -0" O.G. MAX. SCREW TOGETHER 6 1' -0" O.C. EACH FLANGE NESTED STUD BRACING NESTED BRACING 4' -0" O.C. MAX. 16 GA. TRACK OVER 3 -5/8" x 18 GA. TOP TRACK. SCREW TOGETHER AT 12" O.C., STAGGERED 25 GA. "CEE" STUDS AT 16" O.C. MAX. SEE OTHER DETAILS FOR - ADD'L. INFO. 3/4" IS GA. COLD ROLLED CHANNEL. BRIDGING SPACED AT 4' -0" O.C. HORIZONTALLY BOTTOM TRACK WITH HILTI *31NKSI2 DRIVE PINS AND R36 DISCS AT 24" O.C., MAX. DECK ELEV. vIF) N N NI PARTITION FRAMING SCHEDULE NON - BEARING STUD WALLS ONLY. I. ALL STUD WALLS AND PARTITIONS REQUIRE GYP. BD. BOTH SIDES FOR THE FULL HEIGHT OF THE STUDS (UNLESS SPECIFICALLY DETAILED OTHERWISE). 2. ALL SUSPENDED WALLS SHALL HAVE GYP. D. WHICH EXTENDS 4" ABOVE THE SUSPENDED CEILING (UNLESS SHOWN AND /OR NOTED OTHERWISE BY THE ARCHITECT). 3. ALL STUD WALLS AND PARTITIONS SHALL HAVE CONTINUOUS LINES OF BRIDGING SPACED AT 4' -0" MAX. ON CENTER THE BRIDGING SHALL BE SECURELY FASTENED TO THE STUDS WITH EITHER SCREWS OR WELDS. 4. ALL STUDS SHALL BE "CEE" STUDS WITH FLANGE STIFFENERS. 5. THE MATERIALS AND DETAILS SHOWN ARE FOR TYPICAL INSTALLATIONS. WHERE THE STUD MANUFACTURERS RECOMMENDATIONS OR LOCAL ORDINANCES ARE MORE RESTRICTIVE, THEY SHALL APPLY. 6. TYPICAL FASTENER: A. STEEL STUDS TO STEEL STUDS OR TRACKS: *S -18 x 1/2" TEKS /2 WITH PHIL. PAN HEAD FOR 25GA OR 2004 #10 -16 x 9/16" TEKS /3 WITH PHIL. PAN HEAD FOR INTERCONNECTION OF 1SGA. OR 16 GA. B. STEEL STUDS OR TRACKS TO WOOD PURLINS, GIRDERS AND BEAMS: 14 -10 x 1/2" N.W.N. TYPE "5" METAL -TO -WOOD TEKS. C. STEEL STUDS OR TRACKS TO STRUCTURAL STEEL (TUBE STEEL, WIDE FLANGE BEAMS, COLUMNS, GIRDERS, ETC.): TEKS /3 OR TEKS /4- GAUGE AND LENGTH AS REQUIRED FOR THE COMBINED THICKNESS OF THE MATERIAL TO BE DRILLED. D. PLYWOOD TO STEEL STUDS: *10 -24 x 3/4" TEKS /3 (PLYMETAL TEKS) WITH THIN WAFER HEAD. E. GYP. BD. TO STEEL STUDS: # x 1/4" HI -LO TYPE "5" BUGLE HEAD SCREWS FOR 3/8" TO 5/8" GYP. BD. TO 25GA. OR 2004. STUDS. #6 x 1/4" TYPE "S -12" BUGLE HEAD SCREWS FOR 3/5" TO 5/8" GYP. BD. TO ISGA. OR 16GA. STUDS OR TRACKS. PARTITION FRAMING DETAIL 2" X 2" X 12" HIGH CORNER GUARD WI CLEAR BRUSHED ALUMINIUM FINISH NON -SALES OR 5/5" GWB ON 3 5/8" X 20 GA. METAL FRAMING (TYP.) ACRYLIC WALL PANEL (WHERE REQUIRED) (TYP.) INSTALL CORNER GUARD OVER ACRYLIC WALL PANEL (WHERE REQUIRED) (TYP.) SCALE: 3" = 3 - 0 " N N N / N N N / / N N HOLLOW CORE METAL DOOR [DOOR TYPE 4" C 1 3'-0" N N / / N N / N N N N N N N / / / / / / / HOLLOW CORE WOOD DOOR [D OOR TYPE "5" 3' 3'-0" OPEN N N N N OPEN N N 3 PREFINISHED SOLID CORE RIFT CUT OAK DOOR POOR TYPE "C" FITTING ROOM 8' - 0" APF. 3" x 3/4" SOLID OAK FRAME A1.2 LOCKSET FIELD MORTISED (DOOR t ONLY) NOTE: REFER TO DOOR AND HARDWARE SET SCHEDULES SHEET 41.0 METAL POOR FRAME 2 I /6" 2 1 /6" . F 2' -1 41/64" 1,1, EXTERIOR GLASS STOREFRONT DOOR [DOOR TYPE "ID" DOOR TYPES AND FRAMES 5/8" GWB ON 3 5/S" X 20 GA. MTL. FRAMING (TYP.) PROVIDE ANCHORS THREE (3) PER JAMB STIFFENER SCREWS AT 24" O.C. SCALE: 3/8" = NON -SALES 5 /8 "GW5 ON35 /8" METAL FRAMING FIN. CLG. PASSAGE REFER TO 11/41.2 FOR CORNER DETAILS AT OPENING. 8' -0" A.F.F. WRAP WALLCOVERING CORNER BEAD GWB (BEYOND) SCALE: 3" = DOOR JAMB HEADER DETAIL SCALE: 1/2" = 1' -0" G OBI A5.1 ti COLUMN ELEVATION G.W.B. ENCLOSURE FINISH: 3/4" X 3/4" 90 DEGREE TOP MOULDING SLATWALL CORNER TRIM WALL BASE AS SCHEDULED SCALE: 1 1/2" =1' -0" HEADER DETAIL SCALE: 3" =1' -0" HEADER DETAIL 10 DEGREES NOTE: HANG ONLY FROM TOP CHORD G.G. IS RESPONSIBLE FOR INSTALLATION OF UNISTRUT, THREADED ROD, T.V. MONITOR TRUSSES AND TV MONITOR RINGS (RINGS ARE SUPPLIED BY A/V VENDOR). T.V.'S, MOUNTS AND STRAPS ARE BY A/V VENDOR. UNISTRUT (SPANS MIN. TWO JOISTS OR AS DIRECTED BY MALL) TRUSS CEILING MOUNT BY VENDOR INSTALLED BY G.G. EXTENSION COLUMN DOGGONE FLANGE ELECTRICAL DUPLEX OUTLET MOUNT FASTENED TO UNDERSIDE OF UNISTRUT BLACK OUTLET AND COVERPLATE. LOCATE WITHIN 3' -0" OF MONITOR MONITOR AND MOUNT TENANT A/V VENDOR TO MAKE FINAL CONNECTION BETWEEN MONITORS TO ENSURE COMPATIBLE PICTURE DISPLAY 9' -0" A.F.F. U/S OF TELEVISION i;1 MONITOR HANGING DETAIL NEW SLATWALL ON GWB GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO CUT CASING IN FIELD. MITRE ALL CORNERS. PARTIAL ELEVATION AT WOOD CASING I/2" 2" SALES 5 5/8" 518" GWB ON 3 5/S" MTL. FRAMING PASSAGE FIN. CLG. -I' -6" A.F.F. 11, 411 ih V WOOD CASINGS PLANE SMOOTH PRIOR TO PAINTING. SCALE: 3" =1' -0" PASSAGE 5/S" GWB ON 3 5/S" METAL FRAMING FITTING- ROOM FIN. CLG. S' -0" A.F.F. WRAP WALLCOVERING CORNER BEAD 3" x 3/4" POPLAR FRAME DOOR JAMB (BEYOND) SCALE: 3" =1 -0" SCALE: 3/4" = 1' -0" 1/2" 1/2" PASSAGE SALES AREA FITTING ROOM PASSAGE g � 10 DEGREES 3' -0" NOTE: MINIMIZE DIMENSION NEW SLATWALL ON GWB HANG ONLY FROM TOP CHORD G.C. IS RESPONSIBLE FOR INSTALLATION OF UNISTRUT, THREADED ROD, T.V. MONITOR TRUSSES AND TV MONITOR RINGS (RINGS ARE SUPPLIED BY SECURITY VENDOR). MONITOR AND MOUNT ARE BY SECURITY VENDOR UNISTRUT (SPANS MIN. TWO JOISTS OR AS DIRECTED BY MALL) TRUSS CEILING MOUNT BY VENDOR INSTALLED BY G.G. EXTENSION COLUMN DOGGONE FLANGE MONITOR AND MOUNT TENANT SECURITY VENDOR TO MAKE FINAL CONNECTION BETWEEN CAMERA AND MONITOR TO ENSURE ACCURATE PICTURE DISPLAY � LUMN EN L• URE DETAIL glkk 1/2" DETAIL AT CASED OPENING 1/2" II 3" DETAIL AT FITTING ROOM DOOR 9' -0" A.F.F. CCTV MONITOR HANGING DETAIL U/S OF TELEVISION TYPICAL COLUMN ENCLOSURE TO BE TIGHT AS POSSIBLE TO COLUMN UNLESS OTHERWISE CALLED OUT ON SHEET AI.0. 5/S" GWB ON 2 1/2" MTL. FRAMING TIGHT TO COLUMN - PAINTED FROM 9' -8" A.F.F. TO CLG. REFER TO PLAN FOR SPECIFIC PAINT FINISH. EXISTING STRUCTURAL COLUMN VERIFY SIZE IN FIELD SPRAY -ON FIRE PROOFING DETAIL 95 ONLY 5/8" GWB ON 3 5/S" X 20 GA. MTL. FRAMING (TYP.) PR SCALE: 3/4" = SCALE: 1 1/2" =1' -0" I" X 4 -1 /8" POPLAR WOOD DOOR JAMB PREPARE FOR PAINT 3/4" X 2" POPLAR WOOD TRIM PREPARE FOR PAINT SCALE: 3" = 1' -0" 3' -0" vv 1" X 4 -1/5" POPLAR WOOD DOOR JAMB 3/4" X 3" POPLAR WOOD TRIM 5/5" GWB ON 3 5/S" X 20 GA. MTL. FRAMING (TYP.) - MORTISED FOR HINGES (DOOR ONLY) SCALE: 3" = DATE: 10 -30 -08 JOB NO: 5857 DRAWN: STAFF CHECKED: CM GROSS AREA: 5,535 SQ. FT. SALES AREA: 3,278 SQ. FT. 711 N. FIELDER RD. ARLINGTON, TX 76012 PH: (817) 635 -5696 FAX: (817) 635 -5699 STORE NO. 8897 Champs: 14498 RE(ISI REVISIONS NO. 1 DESCRIPTION LL COMMENTS /OWNER CHANGES DATE 12/03/08 SHEET NUMBER RECEWED OTC 3 d 2008 PERMIT CENTER CONSTRUCTION DETAILS A1.2 MINIMIZE DIMENSION MINIMIZE DIMENSION OUTSIDE CORNER GUARD CUT IN FIELD NELPLAS .04" THK. ACRYLIC PANEL HEX NUT 4 FLAT WASHER MTG. PLATE 12 G. "X3 "FL. ANCHOR PLATE 11/2" DIA. GRAB BAR COVER PLATE MOUNTING PLATE 3 5/8" 20 GA. MTL. STUD CONT. ATTACHED TO REST 5/S" GYP. BD. 9D�1 CORNER GUARD 9D1 CORNER GUARD 9 NELPLAS /KYDEX PANEL DETAILS I1/2" 11/2" 8 TOILET ROOM GRAB BAR DETAILS 11/2" DIA. ALUM. HANDRAIL WI ENDS RETURNED TO WALL. ALL CORNERS TO BE GROUND SMOOTH BRACKET 6 4' -0" O.C. MAX. WALL BRACKET SCALE: 3"=1'-0" INSIDE CORNER GUARD CUT IN FIELD NELPLAS .04" THK ACRYLIC PANEL NOT TO SCALE PAINT TO MATCH EXISTING ADJACENT LANDLORD FINISHES. REAR SERVICE ALCOVE TRIM CAP 32" x 5" x 3/4" THK PAINTED MDF. PANEL - SEMI GLOSS PAINTED FRONT AND ALL EDGES - CHARCOAL GREY OSF " 993- BRUSHED CHROME NOOKS NELPLAS .04" THK ACRYLIC PANEL EXTEND WALLCOVERING 6" BEYOND NELPLAS PANEL - TO 3' -6" A.F.F. 5' -5 I /S" CONT. "J" MOULD 1/4" PLATE MIRROR W/ POLISHED EDGES "J" MOULD TO NAVE A BRUSHED CLEAR FINISH SEAL ALL OPEN EDGES W/ CLEAR SILICONE CONT. "J" MOULD SECTION @ MIRROR SCALE: 3/4" = 1' -0" TOP TRIM CAP CUT IN FIELD 36" MAX. TOILET ROOM ELEVATIONS NOTE: MOUNT HOOK PANEL TO WALL WITH PROVIDED HARDWARE WHERE INDICATED ON PLANS. SCREW PANEL FIRMLY TO WALL STUDS, WHERE ONLY ONE WALL STUD CAN BE LOCATED, BUTTERFLY TOGGLE BOLTS 51-IALL BE USED. SEAL ALL EDGES W/ CLEAR SILICONE. FITTING RM. HOOK PANEL NOT TO SCALE SCALE: 6 " =1' -0" DELTA MOD L 13 .ar• HANDLE SPECIALTY FAUCET WITH THREADED SPOUT. ADA CO Pte� 4" Cf 'AV PLIED AND INSTALLED BY G.C_ G.C. IS ALSO TO PROVIDE (I) SIX -FOOT �•. I ' HwSE. 42" GRAB BAR 36" GR BAR S \ VA1.3} T.P. DISPENSER WATER CLOSET WALL BASE REFER TO FINISH PLAN SCALE: 1 1/2"=I-0" SECTION H00K PANEL -$ FIN. CLG. HOOK PANEL 24" ELEVATION I SCALE: 1/2" = MIRROR EQ. I EQ. ELEVATION 3 H00K PANEL WALL COVERING AS SCHEDULED BENCH WALL BASE AS SCHEDULED ELEVATION FIN. CLG. S' -0" AF.F. WALL COVERING AS SCHEDULED 18 "X80" MIRROR ACCESSIBLE F.R ONLY DOOR AND JAMBS REFER TO DOOR SCHEDULE 36 "X80" MIRROR WALL BASE AS SCHEDULED MIRROR LAVATORY FITTING ROOM ELEVATIONS qD INSIDE CORNER GUARD C G WAINSCOT TRIM CAP ELEVATION 2 ELEVATION 4 SCALE: 1/4"=1'-0" OUTSIDE CORNER GUARD KNEE SPACE DASHED SCALE" SCALE: AS NOTED AREA INSULATED PIPE WRAP SCALE: 1/2" =1 ' -0" HOOK PANEL (REFER TO DETAIL 3/A1.3) FITTING ROOM POOR (REFER TO DETAIL S /AI.2) FITTING ROOM PLAN I' -6" 4' -3 1/2" ELECTRICAL PANELS - REFER TO THE ELECTRICAL SHEETS - 7 TOILET ROOM PLAN ADA GRAB 13, S SEE DETAIL THIS SIIIEE 5' - 0" CLEAR RADIUS 5' -0" CLEAR PATH WOOD BENCH (REFER TO DETAIL) 3' W. X 6' H. MIRROR (REFER TO DETAIL 4/A13) PROVIDE 12" DIA X 1/4" BRAILLE, UNISEX SIGNA ADJ. TO TOILET ROOM d MOUNTED 5' -0" A.F.F. M11'IMLM SCALE: 1/2"=1'-0" SCALE: 1/2"=1'-0" DATE: 10 -30 -08 JOB NO: 5857 DRAWN: STAFF CHECKED: CM GROSS AREA: 5,535 SQ. FT. SALES AREA: 3,278 SQ. FT. 711 N. FIELDER RD. ARLINGTON, TX 76012 PH: (817) 635 -5696 FAX: (817) 635 -5699 STORE NO. 8897 �l ,Pt�J MOFRGA L REVISIONS SHEET NUMBER CONSTRUCTION DETAILS Champs: 14498 DESCRIPTION LL COMMENTS /OWNER CHANGES LL COMMENTS /OWNER CHANGES/ DOB COMMENTS 12/03/08 12/17/08 2 ' -0" 1' -11" ALL SUPPORTS, BLOCKING, PLYWOOD ARE TO BE SUPPLIED BY TEN. G.C. 5 ' FITTING ROOM BENCH GC. TO PROVIDE BLOCKING AS REQUIRED SOLID OAK BENCH SEAT STAINED, RIFT CUT, VINYL FINISH. QUIRK SOLID OAK SEAT EDGE BULLNOSE, STAINED BLUE TO MATCH P -3 PHANTOM BLUE 1 1/2" X 11/2" POPLAR CLEAT TO SUPPORT BENCH, SECURED TO WALL, BY G.G. I/2" PLYWOOD BOX BY G.C. 4" POPLAR BASE PAINT P3 L3x3x3/16" ANGLE FASTENED TO WALL WITH LAG SCREW. SCREWS SHALL PENETRATE PLYWOOD AND G.W.B. AND BE SECURED IN METAL STUD FRAMING. SCALE: 1 1/2"=1'-0" 3 5/S" x 20 GA. MTL. STUDS Q 16" O.C. WITH (I) LAYER 5/S" TYPE "X" GWB TYP. EACH SIDE. REFER TO AI.0 FOR SPECIFIC WALL TYPE. TOILET ROOM ACCESSORIES SCHEDULE GRAB BARS - BOBRICK 8 -6806 SATIN FINISH WITH CONCEALED MOUNTINGS 11/2" DIAMETER (TEL: 81S- 982 -9600) TOILET TISSUE DISPENSER - BOBRICK B -2840 SURFACE MOUNT WITH SHELF (TEL: 518 -9S2 -9600) MIRROR - BOBRICK 8 -165 2436 STAINLESS STEEL MIRROR 24" X 36" (TEL: SIS -9S2 -9600) SOAP DISPENSER - TO BE PROVIDED BY STORE OPERATIONS AT THE TIME OF STORE OPENING. SHELVES AND STANDARDS - (2) 12" DEEP 4' -0" WIDE 11/2" SHELF - PLASTIC LAMINATE (6) SIDES ON M.D.F. 6 6' -0" ARE ON (2) GARCY 604 STANDARDS WITH (4) GARCY 12" 686 BRACKETS, et to c AT 2' -0" APART NOTE: ALL TOILET ROOM ACCESSORY FINISHES TO BE "4 STAINLESS UNLESS OTHERWISE IDENTIFIED. NOTE: ALL ACCESSIBLE TOILET ROOM ACCESSORIES MUST BE INSTALLED IN COMPLIANCE WITH ADA AND LOCAL CODES FOR MOUNTING HEIGHTS AND LOCATIONS. SEE NOTES THIS SHEET. NOTE: TENANT G.G. TO INSTALL NON - COMBUSTIBLE BLOCKING AS REQUIRED FOR ALL ACCESSORIES. LAVATORY MARMOLEUM CLEANING SYSTEM NOTE G.G. TO INSTALL WALL MOUNTED MARMOLEUM CLEANING SYSTEM WHERE REQUIRED ON SURFACE MOUNTED 3/4" THICK PLYWOOD BACKER BOARD. REPORT ANY PROBLEMS TO PM. IMMEDIATELY. PARTITION - REFER TO PARTITION TYPES EXTEND SCHEDULED WALL COVERING 6" BEYOND NELPLAS PANEL - TO 3' -6" AFF INSTALL NELPLAS PANEL AND CORNER GUARDS PER MFG. INSTRUCTIONS WALL BASE AS SCHEDULED INSTALLED OVER NELPLAS PANEL FINISHED FLOOR T RETROFIT NOTE CUT NELPLAS PANEL IN FIELD TYP. SUPPLIED IN 96" LENGTHS EXTEND SCHEDULED WALL COVERING 6" BEYOND NELPLAS PANEL - TO 3' -6" AFF MITRE ALL CORNERS INSTALL NELPLAS PANEL AND CORNER GUARDS PER MFG. INSTRUCTIONS WALL BASE AS SCHEDULED INSTALLED OVER NELPLAS PANEL TOILET ROOM GENERAL NOTES IF NEW TOILET ROOM' 15 IDENTIFIED ON PLANS: TOILET ROOM TO BE LOCATED IN LOGICAL LOCATION TO LANDLORD'S WATER AND SEWER LINES. PLANS ASSUME CONDITIONS WHICH MAY BE INACCURATE. TEN G.C. TO FIELD VERIFY LOCATION OF EXISTING CONDITIONS AND NOTIFY TENANT REP. IF CHANGES ARE NECESSARY. TEN. G.C. TO VERIFY LOCATION AND ORIENTATION OF EXISTING TOILET ROOM(S) (IF ANY) AND UTILIZE WHEN POSSIBLE EXISTING PLUMBING WALLS AND PLUMBING LINES TO MINIMIZE EXCESSIVE WORK AND NOTIFY TENANT REP. IF CHANGES ARE NECESSARY. PROVIDE AND INSTALL A (M) 30 MIL. (MIN) WATERPROOF MEMBRANE EXTENDED A MINIMUM OF 4" UP VERTICAL SURFACES IN TOILET ROOMS OR AS REQUIRED BY LANDLORD. PROVIDE AND INSTALL A FLOOR DRAIN IF NOT EXISTING. PROVIDE AND INSTALL MARLITE FIBERGLAS REINFORCED PANEL (FRP) WAINSCOT TO 4' -0" AFF. REFER TO SHEET A3.0 FOR FINISHES. SEAL FULL AROUND ALL EDGES 9 ADJOINING MATERIALS WIN CLEAR SILICONE (WOOD BASE TO WALLS MIRROR TO WALLS, BENCH TO WALLS, ETC.) IF 'EXISTING TOILET ROOM' IS IDENTIFIED ON PLANS: IF TOILET ROOM IS IDENTIFIED AS 'EXISTING' ON PLANS, TENANT G.G. TO VERIFY ACTUAL EXISTING CONDITIONS AND REPORT TO TENANT REPRESENTATIVE AS TO CONDITION OF ALL FIXTURES AND ACCESSORIES. THE TENANT REP. WILL DETERMINE IF ANY NEW WORK 15 TO BE DONE IN EXISTING TOILET ROOM. PLUMBING FIXTURES REFERENCE MECHANICAL SHEETS) FOR EXTENT OF PLUMBING WORK ALL NEW PLUMBING FIXTURES UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED ON PLANS. ACCESSIBLE TOILET ROOM DETAILS PROVIDED FOR FINISH REQUIREMENTS ONLY. IN THE EVENT AN ACCESSIBLE TOILET ROOM 15 TO BE PROVIDED. REFERENCE "ADA TOILET ROOM REQUIREMENTS" BELOW ADA 4.16 WATER CLOSET: THE HEIGHT 15 REQUIRED TO SE A MINIMUM OF Il INCHES AND A MAXIMUM OF 19 INCHES MEASURE TO THE TOP OF THE SEAT. FLUSH CONTROLS ARE TO BE OPERABLE BY AN OSCILLATING HANDLE WIN A MAXIMUM OPERATING FORCE OR 3 LBS. OR BY A REMOTE LOW VOLTAGE BUTTON. THE HANDLE OR BUTTON 15 TO BE LOCATED SO IT IS OPERABLE WITHOUT REQUIRING EXCESSIVE BODY MOVEMENT. HANDLE ON TOILET NOT TO EXCEED 44" AFF. THE REQUIREMENTS FOR TOILET COMPARTMENTS DEPEND ON THE SIZE OF THE WATER CLOSET. 50 IT 15 IMPORTANT TO KNOW WHAT TYPE ONE 15 USING WHEN DESIGNING THE TOILET ROOM. WATER CLOSETS MUST BE A lb GALLON FLUSH FIXTURE. ADA 4.19 LAVATORY: PROVIDE A CLEARANCE OF AT LEAST 29 INCHES FROM THE FLOOR TO THE BOTTOM OF THE APRON WITH KNEE CLEARANCE UNDER THE FRONT LIP EXTENDING A MINIMUM OF 30 INCHES WIDE WITH 8 INCHES MINIMUM DEPTH AT THE TOP. PROVIDE TOE CLEARANCE AT LEAST 30 INCHES WIDE, TO 9 INCHES ABOVE THE FLOOR AND 11 INCHES DEEP FROM THE FRONT OF THE LAVATORY. 0 HEIGHT LIMITATIONS ARE REQUIRED FOR THE TOP OF THE LAVATORY BY THE FEDERAL ARCHITECTURAL AND TRANSPORTATION BARRIERS COMPLIANCE BOARD (ATBCB). PROVIDE A CLEAR FLOOR SPACE 30 INCHES BY 45 INCHES IN FRONT OF THE LAVATORY. THE CLEAR SPACE MAY EXTEND INTO KNEE AND TOE SPACE UNDERNEATH LAVATORY. INSULATE OR COVER HOT WATER AND DRAIN PIPES UNDER LAVATORIES. NO SHARP OR ABRASIVE SURFACES ARE ALLOWED UNDER LAVATORIES. FAUCET CONTROLS AND OPERATING MECHANISMS ARE REQUIRED TO BE OPERABLE WITH ONE HAND AND CAN NOT REQUIRE GRASPING, PINCHING OR TWISTING OF THE WRIST. THE FORCE REQUIRED TO ACTIVATE CONTROLS 15 NOT TO EXCEED 5 LBS. LEVER - OPERATED, PUSH -TYPE, AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED MECHANISMS ARE EXAMPLES OF ACCEPTABLE DESIGNS. SELF - CLOSING VALVES ARE ALLOWED IF THE FAUCET REMAINS OPEN FOR AT LEAST 10 SECONDS. ADA 426 GRAB BARS: LOCATE GRAB BARS ON EACH SIDE, OR ONE SIDE AND THE BACK OF THE WATER CLOSET. 33 INCHES ABOVE AND PARALLEL TO THE FLOOR GRAB BARS AT THE SIDE ARE TO BE AT LEAST 42 INCHES LONG WITH THE FRONT END POSITIONED 24 INCHES IN FRONT OF THE WATER CLOSET. GRAB BARS AT THE BACK CAN NOT BE LESS THAN 36 INCHES LONG. THE DIAMETER OR WIDTH OF THE GRIPPING SURFACE IS REQUIRED TO BE 1 1/4 TO 11/2 INCHES, OR THE SHAPE IS TO PROVIDE AN EQUIVALENT GRIPPING SURFACE. IF GRAB BARS ARE MOUNTED ADJACENT TO A WALL, THE SPACE BETWEEN THE WALL AND THE GRAB BAR IS TO BE 11/2 INCHES. GRAB BARS SHALL NOT ROTATE AND SHALL WITHSTAND 250 LBS/FT BENDING, SHEAR, AND TENSION, GRAB BARS AND ANY SURFACE ADJACENT TO THEM CAN NOT HAVE ANY SHARP OR ABRASIVE ELEMENTS. EDGES ARE TO HAVE A MINIMUM OR I/8 INCH. ADA 4.19 ACCESSORIES: WHERE SANITARY NAPKIN, WASTE RECEPTACLES AND SIMILAR DISPENSING AND DISPOSAL FIXTURES ARE PROVIDED. AT LEAST ONE OF EACH TYPE 15 TO BE LOCATED WITH ALL OPERABLE PARTS, INCLUDING COIN SLOTS, WITHIN 40 INCHES FROM THE FLOOR MOUNT MIRRORS WITH THE BOTTOM EDGE NO MORE THAN 40 INCHES FROM THE FLOOR. ACCESS. TOILET ROOMS SHALL HAVE TOILET PAPER DISPENSERS MTD. AS SHOWN. HT. SHALL BE I' -9" AFF. DISPENSERS SHALL NOT PROJECT BEYOND THE FRONT OF THE WATER CLOSET. DISPENSERS THAT CONTROL DELIVERY OR DO NOT PERMIT CONTINUOUS FLOW SHALL NOT BE USED. ADA 430 SIGNS: TOILET ROOM DOORS SHALL BE CLEARLY LABELLED BY A UNISEX SYMBOL, SECURELY FASTENED. S' -0 1/2" PARTITION HEIGHT (FT.) TRACK NO. IS GAUGE NO. 20 GAUGE NO. 22 GAUGE NO. 24 GAUGE NO. 26 GAUGE LOAD NORMAL TO WALL SURFACE (psi) 5 10 15 5 10 15 5 10 15 5 10 15 5 10 15 6 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 33 42 31 24 42 23 15 S 42 42 34 42 42 31 42 31 25 42 21 18 34 11 11 10 42 41 21 42 38 25 42 30 20 42 22 14 21 13 9 12 42 34 22 42 31 21 42 25 16 31 IS 12 23 II 1.5 14 42 29 19 42 21 18 42 21 14 31 15 10 19 9.5 6.5 16 42 25 11 42 23 15 31 18 12 21 13 9 11 8.5 5.5 I Ir'9, \II INI I WALL VI nvi; ....n v; ' 1 i_ 6' -0" ...; .. .__ 5' -0" 1-1 11 6 b 10' 12 GA WIRE 12 GA WIRE 12' 10 GA WIRE 10 GA WIRE* 14' 10 GA WIRE 25 GA STUD 16' 10 GA WIRE 25 GA STUD SUSPENSION DETAILS 'L" WutU ifiviGlo/IM^t, =R 3 , FLOOR TRACK DETAIL FINISH AS PER PLANS AND SECTIONS METAL STUD FRAMING REFER TO NOTES AND PLANS FOR SIZE, GAUGE, AND SPACING 0 8 SCREWS EA. SIDE OF STUD TO TRACK (TYP.) 3 5/5" OR 6" (SEE PLANS) CEMCO 25 GA. TRACK (TYP.) UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE I.C.B.O. ER 1115 CONCRETE SLAB FLOOR FINISH .111 DIA. HILTI POWDER ° ACTUATED FASTENER W/ 3/4' EMBEDDING AT 24" O.C. IC50 #ER 2388 SCALE: N.T.S. SCALE: 3" = 1' -0" 3 5/5" x 25 GA. W/ (1) 3/16" 3/S" P.A.F. AT EACH END. ATTACH TO TRACK W/ #S SCREWS AT 24" O.C. (2) #S AT EACH 3 5/8" BRIDGING AT S" FROM TOP PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATION PARALLEL TO STFRUCTUI�E 3 5/5" MTL. STUDS AT 16" O.C. PERPENDICULAR TO STRUCTURE CONNECTION DETAIL EXISTING DECK EXISTING DEMISING WALL (SEE DETAIL) ELEVATION CONTINUOUS 18 GA. DEEP LEG TRACK. #S SCREWS EACH SIDE OF STUD (TIP.) 3 5/5" METAL STUDS AT l6" O.C. 35 /5 "X20 GA. W /(1)3/16 "? P.A.F. AT EACH END. ATTACH TO TRACK W/ #S SCREWS AT 24" O.C. EXISTING STRUCTURE 5/5" TYPE 'X' GWB CEILING CONTINUOUS 18 GA. DEEP LEG TRACK #S SCREWS EACH SIDE OF STUD (TYP.) AT 5" FROM TOP PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATION 5/S" SUSPENDED GWB OR LAY -IN CEILING III I I I FINISH CLG. FIRE -STOP ALL PENETRATIONS CONCRETE 5L,45 MIN. NO. 12 GAUGE SCALE: 3" = 7 -5/5" x 25 GA. METAL STUDS AT 16" O.C. 5/5" TYPE "X" GWB ON 3 5/8" x 25 GA. METAL STUDS AT 16" O.C., UL "U -465 DUCT PENETRATIONS REQUIRE FIRE DAMPERS SCALE: 3/4" = 1' -0" SUSPENSION PLAN AND ELEVATION 4' -0" MAX. NOTE: TIE TWO ADJACENT WALL TO CEILING MAIN AND CROSS RUNNERS 12' -0" O.C. BRACING DETAIL III, Nur DEMISING WALL SECTION SCALE: N.T.S. REFER TO MINIMUM UNBRACED STUD HEIGHTS IN NOTES THIS SHEET 35/5 "x25GA. DIAGONAL METAL BRACING AT 4' -0" UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE 2 - 0 10 SCREWS EA. DIAGONAL METAL STUD FRAMING REFER TO NOTES AND PLANS FOR SIZE, GAUGE, AND SPACING SECURE TO STRUCTURE ABOVE (SEE DETAIL) FINISH CLG. LAY -IN OR GWB CEILING EXISTING DECK BOTTOM OF STRUCTURE CONCRETE SLAB SCALE: 3" = BRACE TO STRUCTURE (IF NOT EXISTING) SEE CHARTS ON THIS SHEET EXISTING DEMISING WALL 5/5" TYPE "X" GWB ON 3 5/5" x 20 GA. METAL STUDS AT 16" O.C., UL U -465 3/S" SCALE: 3/4" = 1' - 0" DATE: 1 0 -30 -08 JOB NO: 5857 DRAWN: STAFF CHECKED: CM GROSS AREA: 5,535 SQ. FT. SALES AREA: 3,278 SQ. FT. 711 N. FIELDER RD. ARLINGTON, TX 76012 PH: (817) 635 -5696 FAX: (817) 635 -5699 STORE NO. Champs: 14498 REVISIONS REGIST �> SHEET NUMBER SEISMIC DETAILS DESCRIPTION LL COMMENTS /OWNER CHANGES 12/03/08 RECEIVED DEG 3 0 7008 PERMIT CENTER SUSPENDED CEILING NOTES (ALL HANGERS TO BE #S GALVANIZED WIRE AT 2' -0" O.C. IF CEILING SYSTEMS ARE NOT CONNECTED TO PARTITIONS) A. PROVIDE LATERAL SUPPORT WITH NO.12 GA. WIRES SPLAYED IN 4 DIRECTIONS, 90 DEGREES APART. CONNECT AT MAIN RUNNER WITH 2-0" OF CROSSRUNNER AND TO STRUCTURE ABOVE AT ANGLE NOT TO EXCEED 45 DEGREES FROM PLANE OF CEILING. THESE LATERAL SUPPORTS TO BE 12' -0" O.C. WITH POINT 4' -0" FROM EACH WALL. 5. ALLOWANCE TO BE PROVIDED FOR LATERAL MOVEMENT OF SYSTEM. MAIN AND CROSS RUNNERS MAY BE ATTACHED TO ADJACENT WALLS WITH CLEARANCE BETWEEN WALL AND RUNNER AT REMAINING 2 WALLS. LIGHT FIXTURES RECESSED NOT OVER OVER 56 LBS. AND PENDANT NOT OVER 20 LBS. MAY BE POSITIVELY ATTACHED TO CEILING SYSTEM RUNNERS WITH SCREWS OR BOLTS. AIR DIFFUSERS NOT OVER 20 LBS. MAY BE POSITIVELY ATTACHED TO CEILING SYSTEM RUNNERS WITH SCREWS OR BOLTS. AIR DIFFUSERS NOT OVER 30 LBS. RECEIVING NO EXTRA LOAD FROM DUCTWORK MAY BE POSITIVELY ATTACHED TO CEILING WITH SCREWS OR BOLTS. C. LIGHTING FIXTURES: FURNISH AND INSTALL COMPLETE WITH LAMPS, BALLASTS AND REQUIRED MOUNTING HARDWARE. PRIOR TO ORDERING FIXTURES, VERIFY MOUNTING METHODS AND FINISHES. ALL FLUORESCENT FIXTURES MOUNTED IN "T" BAR CEILINGS TO 5E INDEPENDENTLY SUSPENDED WITH 2 0 10 STEEL WIRES DIAGONALLY. INSTALLATIONS IN FIRE -RATED AREAS TO BE DONE ACCORDING TO CODE REQUIREMENTS. D. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE COMPRESSION STRUT AT 12' -0" O.C. ELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBING (EMT) ONLY SIZE (DIAMETER) 1/2" 3/4" 1 1/4" 1 1/2" 2" LAY -IN CLG. PER ICBO #5113 L (MAX. HEIGHT) 4' -0" 5' -2" 6' -6" 8' -6" 9' -10" 12' - 0" * NOTE: STRUTS OTHER THAN EMT, MAY REQUIRE ENGINEERING CALCULATIONS. INSTALL BOLT TO SECURE ONE TUBE TO THE OTHER. TUBES SHALL LAP ONE ANOTHER AT LEAST 4" IN FULLY EXTENDED POSITION. LAY -IN CEILING NOTE: PROVIDE 2" LONG HORIZONTAL LEG 6 PERIMETER WALLS FOR SUSPENDED CEILING AND 3/4" GAP AT END TILES LAY -IN CEILINGS CONNECTION DETAIL 45° METAL STUDS BRACE CHART 1. ALL METAL STUDS TO BE CEMCO 1.C.B.O. 0 3403 -P 3 5/5" x 25 GA. AT 16" O.C. THROUGHOUT STORE AND 3 5/5" X 25 GAUGE AT 16" O.C. AT STOREFRONT UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. ALLOWABLE UNBRACED HEIGHT AS PER CHART BELOW. METAL STUD SIZE 3 5/5" X 25 GA. 3 5/5" X 20 GA. 35 /5 " 6 "X 25GA. 6" X 20 GA. 6 "X16GA. 2. ALL CONNECTION AND FASTENERS TO BE AS PER DETAILS. ALL MANUFACTURERS AND I.C.B.O. # TO BE STRICTLY ADHERED TO BY G.C. UNLESS APPROVAL FOR EQUAL SUBSTITUTION IS RECEIVED FROM THE BUILDING DEPARTMENT. 3. ALL GYP. WALL BOARD TO BE 5/5" TYPE "X" THROUGHOUT. ATTACH w/ 1" TYPE S DRYWALL SCREWS 12" O.C. VERTICALLY AT STUDS AND S" O.C. AROUND PERIMETER NOTE: CEILING CONSTRUCTION AND SUPPORT SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED BY G.C. G.C. TO MAKE MODIFICATIONS AS REQUIRED FOR NEW PARTITIONS. FIN. CLG. HANGERS: HANGERS FOR SUSPENDED CEILINGS SHALL BE NOT LESS THAN THE SIZES SET FORTH IN TABLE No. 41 -A, FASTENED TO OR EMBEDDED IN THE STRUCTURAL FRAMING, MASONRY, OR CONCRETE. HANGERS SHALL BE SADDLE TIED AROUND MAIN RUNNERS TO DEVELOP THE FULL STRENGTH OF THE HANGERS. LOWER END OF FLAT HANGERS SHALL BE BOLTED WITH 3/5" BOLTS TO RUNNER CHANNELS OR BENT TIGHTLY AROUND RUNNERS AND BOLTED TO THE MAIN PART OF THE HANGER. NOTE: ALL 2' x 2' CEILING LIGHT FIXTURES AND 2' x 2' HVAC AIR REGISTERS SHALL BE SUPPORTED BY A MINIMUM OF TWO (2) HANGERS AT OPPOSITE CORNERS. CEILING SYSTEM SHALL NOT SUPPORT OTHER ITEMS. LAY-IN OR GWB CEILING AS SHOWN ON PLANS BRIDGING A REQUIRED PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATION 5/5" GWB ON METAL STUD FRAMING AS REQUIRED 0_ w 0 MAIN RUNNER ' CROSS TEE / SECURE TO STRUCTURE ABOVE (SEE DETAIL) MAXIMUM UNBRACED HEIGHT 11' -3" 14' -0" 1S' -0" 16' -0" 20' -0" 25' -0" EMT TIGHT TO STRUCTURE ABOVE. SEE MAX. HEIGHT SCHEDULE BELOW. 12 GA. VERTICAL HANGER WIRE TURN CEILING GRID LEVEL PRIOR TO SETTING TUBE. DRILL 5/32" HOLE AND INSTALL 1 /5" BOLT AND LOCKING NUT. SLOT END OF TUBE TO FIT OVER MAIN RUNNER (4) SPLAY WIRES, SPLAYED 90° F EACH OTHER AND CEILING PLANE 1 /5" CHANNEL FURRING AT l6" O.C. SECURE TO FRAMING w/ MIN. S GA. NOTE: COMPRESSION STRUT REQUIRED AT EACH SEISMIC RESTRAINT AT 12' -0" O.C. EACH WAY, OR EVERY 144 SQ. FT. OF CEILING AREA PER U.B.G. STANDARDS 41 -15. I.C.B.O. NO. ER -2244 SCALE: 3" = 1' - 0" 45° TABLES CEILING SUSPENSION SYSTEM GUJE3 CEILING * USE WITH 20 GA. HEAD RUNNER. 0_ 0 TABLE NO. 1 MINIMUM SIZE OF THE BRACING MEMBER FOR CEILING TABLE NO. 2 ALLOWABLE SPACING FOR I" LONG FASTENERS, INCHES v 02 • C, c ( D 3 c, vim • w ,..), 02 Th STOREFRONT NOTES: L SIGNAGE MANUFACTURER TO SUPPLY AND INSTALL INTERNALLY ILLUMINATED CABINET SIGN W/ PUSH THRU LETTER. REFER TO SIGN VENDOR SHOP DRAWINGS FOR DETAILS. 2. SIGNAGE MANUFACTURER TO SUPPLY REVERSE IMAGE VINYL GRAPHIC TO INSIDE OF STOREFRONT GLAZING - INSTALL WHERE INDICATED ON PLANS - SEE SIGN MFG DRAWINGS FOR DETAILS. 3. SUPPLY AND INSTALL BRAKE METAL WHERE INDICATED ON PLANS. ALL BRAKE METAL TO BE 16 GA. MN. FINISH TO BE (CMT -1). NO EXPOSED FASTENERS ARE ALLOWED, SEAL BOTTOM EDGES W/ CLEAR SILICONE. TOP EDGES TO BE INSTALLED UJ/ TIGHT EDGE TO CEILING. NO CUT EDGES. SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS AND METAL SAMPLES TO TENANT PROJECT MANAGER FOR APPROVAL PRIOR TO FABRICATION. ALL BRAKE METAL HORIZONTALS AND VERTICALS ARE TO BE SEAMLESS TO 12'. IF 12' GOODS ARE NOT AVAILABLE, GC IS TO CONTACT FOOT LOCKER CONSTRUCTION PROJECT MANAGER PRIOR TO PROJECT START. 4. SUPPLY AND INSTALL 3/4" X 3/4" MIN. 16 GA. METAL REVEAL BLACK FINISH WHERE INDICATED ON PLANS WITH NO VISIBLE FASTENERS (SET IN MASTIC) 6. SUPPLY AND INSTALL GLAZING CLIPS 4 510512 BY STYLMARK INC. BRUSHED ALUMINUM FINISH. FOR USE WITH GLAZING 11' -0" OR HIGHER OR AS REQUIRED PER LOCAL CODES. 1. NOT USED S. SUPPLY AND INSTALL APPROVED GLAZING FRAMING SYSTEM INCLUDING BASE AND HEADER INSTALL PER MFG. INSTRUCTIONS. - FINISH TO MATCH (CMT -I) MODEL NUMBERS TO BE DETERMINED. SUPPLY AND INSTALL NON - COMBUSTIBLE BLOCKING AS REQUIRED. 9. REFER TO FINISH SCHEDULE SHEET A3.0 FOR COMPLETE STOREFRONT FINISHES. r EQ 4' -0" 2 2 GLAZING 4' -0" EQ 23' -3" 4' -0" OPENING 4' -0" PENDANT MOUNTED DOUBLE -FACED INTERNALLY ILLUMINATED STOREFRdNT SIGN. - REFER TO SHEET A2.2 OR DETA LS 1' -2 1/2" 0 4' -0" 2' -0" ct GLAZING II' -5" 2 4' -0" CL-1 15 -3" APP 35' -10 1/2" LEASE DIMENSION O LINE OF EXISTING MALL BULKHEAD SOFFIT DATE: 10 -30 -08 JOB NO: 5857 DRAWN: STAFF CHECKED: CM GROSS AREA: 5,535 SQ. FT. SALES AREA: 3,278 SQ. FT. 711 N. FIELDER RD. ARLINGTON, TX 76012 PH: (817) 635 -5696 FAX: (817) 635 -5699 STOREFRONT ELEVATION STOREFRONT CEILING PLAN i 9 —0 1 /S" 11' - 4 3/8" EQ. 23' -3" 10' -1" 35' -10 1/2" LEASE DIMENSION EQ. 1' -2 1/2" 11' -6 5/8" CHAMPS LOGO GRAPHIC APPLIED TO FLOOR COVERING OPP. 9' -10 5/8" II' -5" 0 I'-0" 0 LINE OF EXISTING MALL BULKHEAD SOFFIT OPP. SIM. STOREFRONT PLAN STOREFRONT ELEVATION SCALE: 1/2" = 1' -0" CO 1E COMP t4ICE itol it JAN 0 9 7000 qy ° 9'u 0 SCALE: 1/2" = 1' -0" 1— CV if) u EXISTING 'SAWTOOTH' PATTERN TO BE REMOVED FROM MALL BULKHEAD. REFINISH AREA PER MALL STANDARDS. COORDINATE ALL WORK UJ/ LANDLORD. GLAZING SYSTEM HEAD FINISH: TENANT SOFFIT -BRAKE METAL FINISH: (MTJ CLEAR TEMP. GLASS GO GLAZING SYSTEM INTERMEDIATE FINISH :► GLAZING CLIPS CLEAR TEMP. GLASS ENCLOSURE -BRAKE METAL FINISH: MALL NEUTRAL PIER FINISH A5 DIRECTED BY MALL REPRESENTATIVE S 6" GLAZING SYSTEM BASE FINISH :I 1— ADJACENT TENANT FINISI- E)< IST'G DRINKI NEUTRA G FOUNTAIN L PIER EXISTING 'SAWTOOTH' PATTERN TO BE REMOVED FROM MALL BULKHEAD. REFINISH AREA PER MALL STANDARDS. COORDINATE ALL WORK W/ LANDLORD. 9' -0 1/8" 0 C ENCLOSURE -BRAKE METAL FINISH: pr PENDANT MOUNTED INTERNALLY ILLUMINATED DOUBLE FACED STOREFRONT SIGN. SEE SIGN MFG. DRAWINGS FOR DETAILS REFER TO DETAIL 1/422 3 GL -1 9' -0" V 35' -10 1/2" LEASE DIMENSION PROVIDE 1/2" THREADED ROD. - CONFIRM LOCATION AND COORD. INSTALLATION W /SIGN CONTRACTOR (TYP. AT 3 LOCATIONS) / 3 [— PATCH AND RAIL GLASS DOORS REFER TO DOOR SCHEDULE POSA C3 w w 9' -10 5/5" 1' -0" EXISTING MALL BULKHEAD 4 3/4" CONTINUOUS \ / BLACK METAL REVEAL TENANT SOFFIT -BRAKE METAL FINISH: 0 �"�� GLAZING SYSTEM HEAD S FINISH: CLEAR TEMP. GLASS (;:\ AD MAL FIND MAL S GLAZING SYSTEM INTERMEDIATE FINISH: GLAZING CLIPS CLEAR TEMP. GLASS ENCLOSURE -BRAKE METAL FINISH: REVERSE IMAGE VINYL GRAPHIC (REFER TO DETAIL 3/A2.) AGENT TENANT FINISH L NEUTRAL PIER H AS DIRECTED BY L REPRESENTATIVE 6" GLAZING SYSTEM BASE FINISH: SCALE: 1/2" = 1' -0" STORE NO. z U I REVISIONS 0 Nr) Champs: 14498 E1Ej,,JT "%L t: ECT L l.) A IMO iGAN s, Y l I Z C t•1 C N NO. 1 2 DESCRIPTION LL COMMENTS /OWNER CHANGES LL COMMENTS /OWNER CHANGES DOB COMMENTS DATE 12/03/08 12/1 7/08 RECEIVED DEC 3 ©Z008 PERMIT CENTEF SHEET NUMBER STOREFRONT PLANS & ELEVATION A2.0 Nio Lim i4l FACE OF MALL NEUTRAL FIER 15J-6" TOP OF STOREFRONT 15 TOP OF STOREFRONT 0" INTERIOR G.UJ.B. 10 'DATUM' LINE 10 'DATUM' LINE V T.S. FRAME -REFER TO STRUCTURAL DINGS I! GA. MIN. BRAKE METAL ON 1/2" NON COMB. PLYWOOD DATE: 10 -30 -08 JOB NO: 5857 DRAWN: STAFF ::::E:EA, CM 5,535 SQ. FT. SALES AREA: 3,278 SQ. FT. — _ ' -111----- WALL PURRING REFER TO PARTITION TYPES ri A/ E REFER TO PARTITION TYPES /8" TYPE "x' G.W.B. ON 2 1/2" X 20 GA. METAL FRAMING 16 GA. MIN. BRAKE METAL ON PVT I/2" NON -COMB. LYLUOOp _ NON -COMB. BLOCKING �� Al OVER 3 5/3" x 20 GA. METAL FRAMING; HEAD CHANNEL TEMPERED GLASS ---,..7._=-,=-- A AA JO / ; LEASE LINE -1 *IIIIii e TEMPERED GLASS GLAZING BASE (BEYOND) ®� / I" I" 3/4" METAL REVEAL BLACK 16 GA. MIN. BRAKE METAL OVER I/2" NON COMB. PLYWOOD ON NON -COMB. BLOCK'G AS REQ'D. c 2 " GLAZING \� / EXIST'G MALL NEUTRAL PIER 71 1 N. FIELDER RD. ARLINGTON, TX 76012 PH: (817) 635 -5696 FAX: (817) 635 -5699 0. \\ TEMt ='ERE. GLASS GLAZING BASE (BEYOND) I■ � I' \ I 6 1G GA. METAL JOISTS 11 5/8 ,c 20 GA. TRACKS AND BOTTOM GLAZING HEAD DETAIL SCALE: 6" = 1' - 0" ® � 2 - 4" I I WITH 3 AT TO _� 211 EXIST'G MALL DRINKING FOUNDATION LINE e o . ,-, ,n 1 (t, GLAZING 11 " L 7111 ( li 'll LEASE LINE TEMPERED GLASS I / / / / / / / / / -- .■ NON -COMB. BLOCKING AS REG�'D STYLMARK INC. ' GLAZING VINYL (GRAY) / , \ HEADER FINISH: ]BLACK e GLAZING VINYL (GRAY) 1/4" SETTING ,i Ott 16 GA. MIN. BRAKE METAL ON 16 GA. MIN. BRAKE METAL ON 1/2" NON -COMB. PLYWOOD T.S. FRAME REFER TO / / / s 1/2 CLEAR TEMP GLASS 1/2" NON -COMB. PLYWOOD BLOCK S" GLAZING BASE p `, T.S. FRAME-REFER TO < DWG�S STRUCTURAL PUGS - > p \ EXTEND MALL FLOORING I � 1' ll I /8" V.I.F. ASE LINE SALEA FLOONG, I \' 3' -9 v _ Q ° a a0 Q /\ 4 ° ° EXISTING CONC. S LAB ° O ( e PLAN DETAIL SCALE: 1 -1 /2 " =1' -0" PLAN DETAIL SCALE: 1 -1 /2 " =1' -0" SECTION SCALE: 1 -1 /2 " =1' -0" GLAZING BASE DETAIL SCALE: 6" = 1 -0" STORE NO. ■ Champs. 14498 . sl89I ,. Y.c .a' �, f GI ,t, ' i; � ? It n "M l t O N C, Mi r 1r :;P wASHINGTO REVISIONS ALL BULKHEAD 0 BULKHEAD e EXISTING SAWTOOTH EXISTING MALL SAWTOOTH REMOVED DETAIL TO SE RUCTURE BEAMS V.I.F. � \ + DETAIL' TO BE RUCTURE SEAMS V.I.F. \ � \ � / REMOVED 16 GA. MIN. BRAKE METAL ON 1/2" NON -COMB. PLYWOOD OVER METAL FRAMING. 15' -G " A.F.F. 16 GA. MIN. BRAKE METAL ON 1/2" NON - COMB. PLYWOOD OVER METAL FRAMING. EXISTC� S / EXIST G 5 ILL 15' - 11 A.F.F. 11\ L i I �v�� 15'- 3 "A.F.F. T.S. FRAME -REFER TO STRUCTURAL pUJGS ��� C J �Y� 15'- 3 "A.F.F. T.S. FRAME -REFER TO 1 1 � I ,I. AIlu . Niu STRUCTURAL pUJGS T L .._, m , , e � @ } A . C . T . ill - �...,� In I A.C.T. ■ pi" 14' - r 11 A.F.F. 14' - A.F.F. 3 5/8" X 20GA. DIAGONAL BRACING 48" 0.C. TO STRUCTURE ABOVE. " 'X' 3 5/8" X 20GA. DIAGONAL BRACING 48" O.C. TO STRUCTURE ABOVE. " 'X' �\ �� ` ' l ! 1 \ 4 �. 11, 1 I I I I I I I I + �_ IMMI _ PP o !_►�� �� I ►� ` � � 1� � ■ 1 , o J 5/8 T YPE G.W.B" TO DECK, ABOVE (FIRESTOPPED AT ALL PENETRATIONS (WHERE NOT EXIST'G)• �- 5/8 TYPE G.UJ.B" TO DECK, ABOVE (FIRESTOPPED AT ALL PENETRATIONS � II 9 Pr 1E1 13 -® A.F.F. - 13 -0 A.F.F. I i i ,11 - - - (WHERE NOT EXIST'G) �\ / 5 STOREFRONT SIGN REFER 3' -0" 5 T.S. FRAME REFER TO STRUCTURAL DUJGS 3 -0 TO SIGN MFG. DRAWINGS FOR DETAILS ,_ 10' -0" A.F.F. K SYSTE ET AG.O 1 -0" G.W.B. SOFFIT -PAINT ALL EXPOSED SURFACES FINISH: CF G.W.B. SOFFIT -PAINT ALL EXPOSED SURFACES FINISH: CF 1 /2'I TY 'X' G.W..B. 4' °0" I 2' -S" A2.1 1/2" TYPE ' X ' G.UJ..B. A2.1 SI BANNER TRA REFER TO SN GLAZING SYSTEM ON 3 5/8 X 20GA. METAL FRAMING O 3 / h. 5 X 20GA. t �, METAL FRAMING ®� ` y r I0' -0" A.F.F. 2 l i,. — � 20 fi Iv 2' -6" 1111 A\ q Q� Aa , INTERMEDIATE 1' -10" 1' -Id''' I'-0" LEASE LINE / LEASE LINE NO. DESCRIPTION DATE 0' -4 1 51-41 1 LL COMMENTS /OWNER CHANGES 12/03/08 1 f 9I -611 / / S I -6 11 J I A / 1 4,1_1 I N4 A1 5\ \ 4 . 4 1 NAN I SA 5A1 CLEAR TEMPERED e GLASS (BEYOND), .. .■Add o .-- la l S ig". 1 0 POST ENCLOSURE RECEIVE DEC 3 ®2008 PERMIT CENTER SHEET NUMBER STOREFRONT DETAILS A2 • 1 FINISH: CHT -I PATCH AND RAIL GLASS DOORS j_ ` REFER TO DOOR SCHEDULE POST ENCLOSURE (BEYOND), 8" GLAZING BASE FINISH: CO / 3 STOREFRONT GLAZING SYSTEM (BEYOND) i l.0 0 \A2.1 NOTES: 111 STOREFRONT DOORS TO REMAIN IN AN OPEN AND SECURE POSITION DURING STORE HOURS. FINISHED FLOOR FINISHED FLOOR ■ II \ 1111111111 1I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I1I I I I I I I I I 111I1I I I I I I I I I I II I I I I I I1I I I I I I1I I11I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I1I I I I I I1I I 11 I I I I I I I l II II I II I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Fil1TTTTI TTTI 1 111111 I I I I I I I I I I Ill11111T1I1 i1MIT MALL FLOORING A ,111I TENANT FLOORING MALL FLOORING TENANT FLOORING INSTALL MALL FLOORING TO CLOSURE LINE PROVIDE SMOOTH CONTINUOUS TRANSITION BETWEEN TENANT FLOORING AND MALL FLOORING FLASH PATCH AS REQUIRED. CO SECTION AT GLAZING SCALE: 3/4" = 1' -0" U SECTION AT ENTRANCE SCALE: 3/4" = 1' -0" VINYL GRAPHIC INSTALLATION NOTES TENANT SIGN CONTRACTOR TO SUPPLY AND INSTALL WHITE VINYL REVERSE IMAGE GRAPHIC ON TENANT SIDE OF GLASS WHERE INDICATED ON STOREFRONT ELEVATION. SIGN CONTRACTOR TO SUBMIT (2) SETS OF SIGN DESIGN AND SHOP DRAWINGS FOR APPROVAL BY TENANT. SIGN CONTRACTOR TO SUBMIT (4) SETS OF SIGN SHOP DRAWINGS TO LANDLORD, BUT ONLY AFTER APPROVAL BY TENANT. SIGN CONTRACTOR SHALL OBTAIN A SIGN PERMIT FROM THE LOCAL GOVERNING AUTHORITY PRIOR TO INSTALLATION, SIGN CONTRACTOR MUST NAVE INSURANCE ON FILE WITH MALL TENANT COORDINATOR AT TIME OF CHECK -IN. GLAZING VINYL LOGO DETAIL N.T.S. INTERIOR SIGN NOTES TENANT SIGN CONTRACTOR TO SUPPLY AND INSTALL SINGLE FACED INTERNALLY ILLUMINATED WALL MOUNTED SIGN. SIGN CONTRACTOR TO SUBMIT (2) SETS OF SIGN DESIGN AND SHOP DRAWINGS FOR APPROVAL BY TENANT. SIGN CONTRACTOR TO SUBMIT (4) SETS OF SIGN SHOP DRAWINGS TO LANDLORD, BUT ONLY AFTER APPROVAL BY TENANT. SIGN CONTRACTOR SHALL OBTAIN A SIGN PERMIT FROM THE LOCAL GOVERNING AUTHORITY PRIOR TO INSTALLATION, SIGN CONTRACTOR MUST HAVE INSURANCE ON FILE WITH MALL TENANT COORDINATOR AT TIME OF CHECK -IN. l-0 cL OF SIGN SIGN BY SIGN CONTRACTOR. G.C. TO COORDINATE INSTALLATION. BACKWRAP SIGN ELEVATION DETAIL N.T.S. NOT USED SCALE: 1/2" =1' -0" STOREFRONT SIGN NOTES TENANT SIGN CONTRACTOR TO SUPPLY AND INSTALL PENDANT MOUNTED DOUBLE FACED ILLUMINATED SIGN. SIGN CONTRACTOR TO CHECK ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT PROVIDED FOR EACH TENANT SIGN. SIGN CONTRACTOR TO SUBMIT (2) SETS OF SIGN DESIGN AND SHOP DRAWINGS FOR APPROVAL BY TENANT. SIGN CONTRACTOR TO SUBMIT (4) SETS OF SIGN SHOP DRAWINGS TO LANDLORD, BUT ONLY AFTER APPROVAL BY TENANT. SIGN CONTRACTOR SHALL OBTAIN A SIGN PERMIT FROM THE LOCAL GOVERNING AUTHORITY PRIOR TO INSTALLATION, SIGN CONTRACTOR MUST HAVE INSURANCE ON FILE WITH MALL TENANT COORDINATOR AT TIME OF CHECK —IN. TENANT GC TO INSTALL ALL REQUIRED BLOCKING IN SOFFIT FOR SUPPORT. EQ REFER TO STRUCTURAL SHEETS FOR SIGN SUPPORT. 0 ELECTRICAL FEED 3 - 1 " 9' —m" ' OF SIGN 3' -1" 0 EQ INSTALL 1/2" THREADED ROD. TYPICAL (3) COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION WITH TENANT SIGN VENDOR COVER PLATE ESY SIGN CONTRACTOR TYP. ALL THREE RODS ALUM. PIPE HANGER SIGN 13Y SIGN CONTRACTOR. G.C. TO COORDINATE INSTALLATION. PENDANT MOUNTED STOREFRONT SIGN ELEVATION DETAIL N.T.S. DATE: JOB NO: DRAWN: CHECKED: GROSS AREA: SALES AREA: 10 -30 -08 5857 STAFF CM 5,535 SQ. FT. 3,278 SQ. FT. 711 N. FIELDER RD. ARLINGTON, TX 76012 PH: (817) 635 -5696 FAX: (817) 635 -5699 STORE NO. Champs: 14498 8897 " `"" f� 31. LJ F- z I v U REVISIONS .i D I'.1OR1GAI\J NO. DESCRIPTION DATE RECEIVED DEC 3CNOB PERMIT CENTEF SHEET NUMBER SIGN DETAILS LLJ H- A2.2 ROOM NAME W WALL FINISH 5 BASEBOARD F FLOOR FINISH Cl CEILING TYPE CH CEILING HEIGHT CF CEILING FINISH MISCELLANEOUS 4' -4" NO C -FRP HERE EXIST'G TOILET ROOM 24' -6" EXIST'G GLUE EXIST'G 9 8 - 6 " AFF. W CP -5 ABOVE 4' -0 C -FRP TO 4' -0" 24' -0" WALL BASE TYP. NON -SALES AREA STOCKROOM DO NOT PAINT CVB -I CSC -I ACT 15' -3" PREFIN. CT CH CF CORRIDOR CP -4, CAC -I CVB -I CSC -I ACT 10' -0" AFF. WHITE FINISH W CWC -I, CAC -1 PASSAGE GU E5 10'-0" A.F.F. 24' -0" FITTING ROOM 10' -0" AFF. CP -5 23' -II 1/8" 15' -1" 4' -0" 1'- 10 4' -4 I/4" 4' -10 3/4" 4' -1 3/4" 2' -I I/4" ' -10 1/2" 3' -4 I/2" F CT CH CF SALES AREA CP -I, CP -2, CF-5 CW8 -I CR -1, CR -2 ACT 15' -3" PAINT CF'-3 24' -4 I/8" WALL BASE TYP. SALES AREA 3' -1 1/8" 4' -0" 3' -I 3/8" 3'-4 I/4" 5' -I I/4 5' -10 1/8" S' -3 3/4" 5' -I 1/4" 5' -I 5/8" 23' -II 1/8" 21' -1" 8' -4" r RETURN MALL STANDARD FINISHES INTO SERVICE DOOR VESTIBULE - INCLUDING WALL AND FLOOR COVERINGS. COORDINATE REQUIREMENTS WITH MALL REPRESENTATIVE PASSAGE F CT CH CF CWC -I, CAC -I CW15 -1 CR -2 GWE3 10' -0" AFF. CP -5 153' -8" LEASE DIMENSION 4' -1 I/2" I OPENING CHAMPS FLOOR LOGO GRAPHIC (REFER TO SHEET 42.0 FOR PLACEMENT) C CB) FINISH PLAN ov °a p MARMOLEUM 4 ° MARMOLEUM �/ — MARMOLEUM 0 v P 4. a 4 ° O v ° 4. Q ° 4 4 4. ° ° _4 4 4 v 4 MARMOLEUM � I MARMOLEUM TO MARMOLEUM REFER TO 4A/A5.1 FOR SLATWALL CONDITION GWB WALL (REFER TO ELEVATIONS FOR FINISHES) 1 X 4 POPLAR WOOD BASE TO MATCH CP -3. OUJB -1 SCALE: 3" = 1 LC." WOOD BASE DETAIL SCALE: 3" = BACK OF DOOR JAMB VINYL TILE OR MARMOLEUM VINYL REDUCER CON. SLAB Y.G.T. OR MARMOLEUM 1 SEALED CONC. SLAB �JJ FLOOR TRANSITION GWB WALL (REFER TO ELEVATIONS FOR FINISHES) G.C. TO GLUE VINYL BASE TO PTD. GWB. CVB —I VINYL BASE DETAIL SCALE: 3" = 1 SCALE: 3" = 1' -0" MARMOLEUM CONCRETE TRANSITION (BY G.C.) CONCRETE SLAB MARMOLEUM FLOORING FLASH PATCH MIN. 36" 4 a s MALL TILE 1/4" METAL J - MOLD (TYP.) MALL TILE a TILE TO MARMOLEUM SALES AREA TILE CONCRETE SLAB— NOTE: G.C. TO CREATE SMOOTH, FLUSH TRANSITION BETWEEN TENANT AND MALL FLOORING METAL TRANSITION STRIP SCHLUTER SCHIENE —A TILE FLASH PATCH AS REQ'D MALL TILE MALL FLOORING. EXIST'G CO SODRENCE ONLY O L 4 ILE TO TILE SCALE: 3" = 1 ' -0" 9 D D v o_o q ° - p v 4.c 4.. .p n ° ° v.._ ° o p ° v °°.° ° ° p ° p p ° 4 v - ° ° A � p - . a ° ° ° Q 4 � D P ° D A SCALE: 3" = FINISH NOTES I. ALL PARTITIONS AND SURFACES TO BE PAINTED UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 2. ALL DOORS AND FRAMES TO BE PAINTED ARE TO MATCH COLOUR OF WALL TO ROOM UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED± DOOR FROM PASSAGE TO NON —SALES PAINT AS INDICATED ON DOOR SCHEDULE 3. ALL FINISHES TO BE APPROVED BY OWNER PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. 4. ALL TRANSITIONS BETWEEN DISSIMILAR FLOOR FINISHES SHALL BE SMOOTH AND FLUSH. 5. PROVIDE A WATERPROOF MEMBRANE AT TOILET ROOM UNDER SPECIFIED TILE FLOORING THE MEMBRANE SHOULD CONTINUE UP WALLS A MINIMUM OF 4" AND MUST BE ROLL —OUT TYPE (NOBLESEAL OR EQUAL). 6. PROVIDE A RAISED HANDICAP ACCESSIBLE THRESHOLD AT TOILET ROOM DOOR FOR WATER RETAINING. 1. PAINT TRIM 4 DOOR JAMBS FOR FITTING ROOM 4 PASSAGE: CP -3 MAT SPECIFICATIONS SUPPLY AND INSTALL WALK - OFF MAT MANUFACTURER: C/S PEPISYSTEMS PRODUCT NAME: TREADLINE CARPET INSERT CODE: WROUGHT IRON '1325 VINYL HINGE COLOR: BLACK STYLE: SURFACE MOUNTED FRAME EDGE: TAPERED VINYL CONTACT: SANDY GERGELY GRAND ENTRANCE INC. (888) 424 -6281 G.C. TO VERIFY CLEARANCE BETWEEN DOOR SWING AND FLOOR MAT FINISH KEY SUB -FLOOR PREPARATION REQUIRED MOISTURE TESTS MUST BE PERFORMED ON ALL CONCRETE SUB - FLOORS REGARDLESS OF GRADE LEVEL OR WHETHER OR NOT THE CONCRETE IS FRESHLY POURED OR IS CLASSIFIED AS AN OLDER SLAB. MOISTURE TESTING SHOULD BE PERFORMED BY ASTM F 1869 CALCIUM CHLORIDE TEST WITH MOISTURE LEVELS NOT TO EXCEED FIVE (5) POUNDS PER TWENTY -FOUR (24) HOURS PER ONE THOUSAND (1000) SQUARE FEET OR ASTM F 2110 IN SITE RELATIVE HUMIDITY TEST WITH READINGS WITH MOISTURE LEVELS WHEN MEASURED BY THIS METHOD, NOT EXCEED SEVENTY FIVE (15) PERCENT. A WRITTEN MOISTURE TEST REPORT IS TO BE SUBMITTED TO THE FOOT LOCKER PROJECT MANAGER WITHIN (5) DAYS THE TEST IS ADMINISTERED. CHAMPS FINISH SCHEDULE CALLOUT FAINT CPS M T) CPL��1 C CLUC CwC -2 E. CR -3 C R -4 CR� C CND C v 8 C cwe -I C � �sc -I MANUFACTURER DEVOE/GL IDDEN/ICI PRATT 4 LAMBERT DEVOE/GL IDDEN/ICI DEVOE/GL IDDEN/ICI GLASS WALL FINISH CA C�II CF RP MARLITE TOTAL PLASTICS, INC. VALSPAR PIONITE WOLF GORDON MARL I TE ARCHITECTURAL WALL SYSTFMS FLOORING FORGO, INC. FORGO, INC. CR- I WHISPER BLUE, GENERAL SALES AREA *3113 VAN GOGH YELLOW, SALES AREA ACCENTS CROSSVILLE GRANITI FIANDRE GRANITI FIANDRE INNOVATIVE STONE ARMSTRONG AZROCK JOHNSONITE PER LANDLORD CRITERIA FAR WEST SUPPLY CONTACT I -800 -326 -3128 PROTECT EXIST'G FLOOR FINISHES TO RE DESCRIPTION ICI °40648 GOLDEN WHEAT /EGGSHELL (LIGHT ORANGE) MP #10YY 53/331 PRATT 4 LAMBERT LIB -12 -05 -000 DAYS OF SUN (LT. YELLOW) ICI ''41484 PHANTOM BLUE EGGSHELL (DARK BLUE) MP'1288 01/288 WHITE PRIMER ICI "40013 SWISS COFFEE (OFF WHITE) MP#50YY 83/051 TEMPERED GLASS BUTT- JOINED WITH 1/8" GAPS NELPLAS "42110 - CANYON BLUE - .040" x 45" x 96" KYDEX WALL PANELS. CONTACT: JIM JACKSON 800- 382 -4635 LIGHT GRAY - FIBERGLASS REINFORCED PANEL (FRP -P151) COLOR TO MATCH VALSPAR "136A489 FLUROPON PREMIERE CHAMPS SPORTS BLUE. CONTACT: BILL MATTHEWS 205 - 699 -1114 NEGOTIATING IN GENEVA PFA60 - SUEDE WALL COVERING - TYPE II, CHADWICK, CWK 5 -861 COLOR: STRAW 11 - 0" HIGH 3/4" THICK COLOR NEGOTIATING IN GENEVA CONTACT: JEFF LONG 330- 343 -6621 DRYV - SANDBLAST FINISH, COLOUR: DRIFTWOOD 1 933 (SILVER/GREY) CONTACT: (132) 111 -1131 WIND SURF s'C583 8" X 8" MATTE FINISH (GROUT - CUSTOM BLDG. PROD. '19 PEWTER) *P680 BLUE MATTE FINISH (GROUT - MAPEI *335 WINTER GREY) CONTACT JANET MARTINEZ 0 888- 903 -4263 1 1`123 CASTEL HONED FINISH (GROUT - MAPEI *335 WINTER GREY) CONTACT JANET MARTINEZ 0 888 - 903 -4263 GRANITE: LANCER, 11/4" THK. FLAMED FINISH "19- 000 -0406 CONTACT KAREN NORDLUM 9 800 - 621 -8663, EXT. 1212 VINYL COMPOSITION TILE IMPERIAL TEXTURE STANDARD EXCELON 51915 CHARCOAL 12" X 12" X I /S" VINYL COMPOSITION TILE VS -249 DAISY SOLIDS (YELLOW) 4" VINYL WALL BASE 1 /8"TH. '40 -13LACK 4" HIGH POPLAR WOOD BASE SALES AREA - PAINT TO MATCH CP3 MATCH MALL FLOORING IN COLOR, TEXTURE AND PATTERN. CONCRETE SEALER APPLY (3) COATS OF STARBRITE °15 CLEAR HI -GLOSS SEALER TO CONCRETE SLAB COMMENTS SHOE WALL ONLY WALL ABOVE SLATWALL 4 COLUMNS UNDERSIDE OF DECK, ALL SUSPENDED ITEMS WOOD 4 CASHWRAP STOCK ROOM WALLS GWB CEILINGS, NON -SALES w/ 'CHAMPS.COM' LOGO APPLIED CORRIDOR WALL PROTECTANT TOILET ROOM 4 BEHIND MOP SINK 4 DRINKING FOUNTAIN REFER TO NOTES SHEET 42.0 FEATURE PANEL PLATFORM REFER TO PLANS AND ELEVATIONS REFER TO PLANS AND ELEVATIONS REFER TO PLANS AND ELEVATIONS SEE SHEET GU FOR INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS CERTIFIED FORGO INSTALLER REQ'D. SEE SHEET Gl.l FOR INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS CERTIFIED FORGO INSTALLER REQ'D. FOR USE AT STOREFRONT WHEN REQ'D BY LANDLORD ALTERNATIVE HARD SURFACE FLOORING ALTERNATIVE HARD SURFACE FLOORING GROUT: "91, SLATE GREY, LATICRETE SPECTRALOCK OR EQUAL. GROUT LINE +/- 1/4" TOILET ROOM DEMARKATING EMER EGRESS IN STOCK RM COORDINATE W/ MALL REP. FOR AVAILABILITY INSTALL TO CLOSURE LINE ALL NON -SALES AREAS EXCEPT TOILETRM INSTALL PER ALL MFG SPECIFICATIONS REPAIR CONCRETE SLAB AS REQ'D FOR A SMOOTH LEVFL SURFACE FURNISHED BY TENANT G.C. TENANT G.C. TENANT G.C. TENANT G.C. TENANT G.C. TENANT G.C. TENANT G.C. TENANT G.C. TENANT G.G. TENANT G.C. TENANT TENANT TENANT TENANT TENANT TENANT TENANT TENANT TENANT G.C. TENANT G.C. TENANT G.G. TENANT G.C. TENANT G.G. TENANT G.C. TENANT G.C. MAIN DURING ALL PHASES OF CONSTRUCTION SCALE: 3/1 6" = INSTALLED E3Y TENANT G.C. TENANT G.C. TENANT G.C. TENANT G.C. TENANT G.C. TENANT G.C. TENANT G.C. TENANT G.C. TENANT G.C. TENANT GC. TENANT G.C. TENANT G.C. TENANT G.C. TENANT G.C. TENANT G.C. TENANT G.C. TENANT G.C. TENANT G.C. TENANT G.C. TENANT G.C. TENANT G.C. TENANT G.G. TENANT G.C. TENANT G.C. TENANT G.C. DATE: JOB NO: DRAWN: CHECKED: GROSS AREA: SALES AREA: 711 N. FIELDER RD. ARLINGTON, TX 76012 PH: (817) 635 -5696 FAX: (817) 635 -5699 STORE NO. 10 -30 -08 5857 STAFF CM 5,535 SQ. FT. 3,278 SQ. FT. REVISIONS LU Z U I C (.) SHEET NUMBER FINISH PLAN NO Champs: 14498 NO. 1 2 DESCRIPTION LL COMMENTS /OWNER CHANGES LL COMMENTS /OWNER CHANGES/ DOB COMMENTS DATE 12/03/08 12/17/08 RECEIVE DEC 3 0 2000 PERMIT CENTER A3.0 LSO *II I;lI INTERIOR ELEVATION EXIT SIGN MOUNTED ON WALL, CENTRED ABOVE OPENING s15'-s" A.F.F. 3;)I INTERIOR ELEVATION SLATWALL / FINISH: (CU1C 2 PROVIDE CONTINUOUS METAL STRIP AT TOP OF SLAT WALL SILVER FINISH. SEE DET. 45/A5.1. PAINT FROM FIN. CLG. TO TOP OF SLAT WALL: p PROVIDE CONTINUOUS METAL F ETAL STRIP AT TOP OF SLAT WALL SILVER FINISH. SEE DET. 45/A5.1. 15' - 3" A.F.F PROVIDE CONTINUOUS METAL STRIP AT TOP OF SLAT WALL SILVER FINISH. SEE DET. 45/A5.I. SCALE: 1/4" = 1' - 0" SLATWALL FINISH: INTERIOR ELEVATION BACKSIDE OF SOFFIT PAINTED: EXIT SIGN MOUNTED ON WALL, CENTRED ABOVE OPENING 15' - 3" A.F.F. 13' - m" A.F.F. U/S SOFFIT I5'-3" A.F.F. �r ELEVATION KEY NOTES SCALE: 1/4" = 1' -0" CASED OPENING PAINTED CP -3. REFER TO CONSTRUCTION DETAILS. PERIMETER WALL SYSTEM REFER TO FIXTURE DETAILS. VINYL GRAPHICS REFER TO SIGNAGE DETAILS. BRAKE METAL ENCLOSURE. REFER TO STOREFRONT DETAILS. SCALE: 1/4" = IN -WALL CONTINUOUS BLOCKING FOR PERIMETER WALL SYSTEM. REFER TO FIXTURE DETAILS. NEW SLATWALL TO BE SECURED WITH #S -1S x 1 %" LONG FLAT QUADREX, ZINC PLATED SELF DRILLING SCREWS WITH LIQUID NAILS 0 LN -940, OR EQUAL, STRUCTURAL ADHESIVE BETWEEN SLATUALL AND GLIB. LOCATE AND INSTALL SCREWS AT UALL STUDS AT 16" O.C. HORIZONTALLY AND AT 6" O.C. VERTICALLY (EVERY OTHER REINFORCEMENT INSERT). SLATWALL AND SCREWS ARE SUPPLIED BY TENANT VENDOR. LOCATE PANEL JOINTS AT WALL STUDS. INTERIOR ELEVATION SCALE: 1 /4" = 1' -0" DATE: 10 -30 -08 JOB NO: 5857 DRAWN: STAFF CHECKED: CM GROSS AREA: 5,535 SQ. FT. SALES AREA: 3,278 SQ. FT. 711 N. FIELDER RD. ARLINGTON, TX 76012 PH: (817) 635 -5696 FAX: (817) 635 -5699 STORE NO. 8897 REVISIONS SHEET NUMBER Champs: 14498 REGISTpr r ! S T ;TE i NO. 1 DESCRIPTION LL COMMENTS /OWNER CHANGES DATE 12/03/08 RECEIVED DEG 3 02008 PERMIT CENTER INTERIOR ELEVATIONS A4.0 # ; O) EXIT \ --L, \ \ @ il ----N____J \ / -\ INTERIOR ELEVATION EXIT SIGN MOUNTED ON WALL, CENTRED ABOVE OPENING s15'-s" A.F.F. 3;)I INTERIOR ELEVATION SLATWALL / FINISH: (CU1C 2 PROVIDE CONTINUOUS METAL STRIP AT TOP OF SLAT WALL SILVER FINISH. SEE DET. 45/A5.1. PAINT FROM FIN. CLG. TO TOP OF SLAT WALL: p PROVIDE CONTINUOUS METAL F ETAL STRIP AT TOP OF SLAT WALL SILVER FINISH. SEE DET. 45/A5.1. 15' - 3" A.F.F PROVIDE CONTINUOUS METAL STRIP AT TOP OF SLAT WALL SILVER FINISH. SEE DET. 45/A5.I. SCALE: 1/4" = 1' - 0" SLATWALL FINISH: INTERIOR ELEVATION BACKSIDE OF SOFFIT PAINTED: EXIT SIGN MOUNTED ON WALL, CENTRED ABOVE OPENING 15' - 3" A.F.F. 13' - m" A.F.F. U/S SOFFIT I5'-3" A.F.F. �r ELEVATION KEY NOTES SCALE: 1/4" = 1' -0" CASED OPENING PAINTED CP -3. REFER TO CONSTRUCTION DETAILS. PERIMETER WALL SYSTEM REFER TO FIXTURE DETAILS. VINYL GRAPHICS REFER TO SIGNAGE DETAILS. BRAKE METAL ENCLOSURE. REFER TO STOREFRONT DETAILS. SCALE: 1/4" = IN -WALL CONTINUOUS BLOCKING FOR PERIMETER WALL SYSTEM. REFER TO FIXTURE DETAILS. NEW SLATWALL TO BE SECURED WITH #S -1S x 1 %" LONG FLAT QUADREX, ZINC PLATED SELF DRILLING SCREWS WITH LIQUID NAILS 0 LN -940, OR EQUAL, STRUCTURAL ADHESIVE BETWEEN SLATUALL AND GLIB. LOCATE AND INSTALL SCREWS AT UALL STUDS AT 16" O.C. HORIZONTALLY AND AT 6" O.C. VERTICALLY (EVERY OTHER REINFORCEMENT INSERT). SLATWALL AND SCREWS ARE SUPPLIED BY TENANT VENDOR. LOCATE PANEL JOINTS AT WALL STUDS. INTERIOR ELEVATION SCALE: 1 /4" = 1' -0" DATE: 10 -30 -08 JOB NO: 5857 DRAWN: STAFF CHECKED: CM GROSS AREA: 5,535 SQ. FT. SALES AREA: 3,278 SQ. FT. 711 N. FIELDER RD. ARLINGTON, TX 76012 PH: (817) 635 -5696 FAX: (817) 635 -5699 STORE NO. 8897 REVISIONS SHEET NUMBER Champs: 14498 REGISTpr r ! S T ;TE i NO. 1 DESCRIPTION LL COMMENTS /OWNER CHANGES DATE 12/03/08 RECEIVED DEG 3 02008 PERMIT CENTER INTERIOR ELEVATIONS A4.0 # ; O) FIXTURE SYMBOL CODE EXIST NEW TOTAL C =1 L ING -EIG -T FIXTURE NAME C CH -WF005 _ 2 2 OVAL SHOE TABLE ED GH -WF0S6 _ 4 4 18" ROUND SHOE TABLE CH- 4001/2/3 _ 2 2 3 TIER TABLE SET (NESTING- SMALL,MEDIUM, LARGE) I - - FREESTANDING SHOEWALL DISPLAY PANEL BACBLUE -SIL CH- 4WAYBS 7 4 - 0 CH -BT 1 _ 1 LIFESTYLE TABLE (ROUND) ST CH -BAST H 3 - 3 STACKING TABLE II H „ o- CH -AP -1 WMT -A 2 2 4 AUTO POLE WITH 1 MANNEQUIN NAND ING FORM BAT TABLE CH -CWBW - 2 2 GASH WRAP /BACK WRAP 13 4 17 2 -WAY RACK CH- TSTAND - 2 2 T -STAND - I BACBLUE -FRT _ 1 1 ACCESSIBLE FITTING ROOM BENCH TECH UNIT (NOT SHOWN ON PLANS) . 7 CH- FRDR36 _ 1 1 CH -FRHP _ 1 1 FITTING RM. HOOK PANEL CH- WFf05 - 1 - CH -MHB - 1 1 ROLLING HARDWARE BIN LOCATED IN STOCK ROOM CH-SFR - 2 CH- LSLINES1 _ 1 1 LEASE LINE SIGN HOLDER - 2 2 3-WAY FIXTURE (ROUNDER) (NOT SHOWN ON PLANS) CH- SMIRROR -M - 4 4 FLOOR MIRROR 1 L......J / CH -WF500 1 O I GRAPHICS BIN BIN FIXTURE SYMBOL CODE EXIST NEW TOTAL C =1 L ING -EIG -T FIXTURE NAME 0 \-\ -SWOP 151311 45 45 11' -0" WALL OUTRIGGER POST FP it 11 C - FWPOST H 33 43 43 43 FEATURE WALL POST FEATURE WALL PANELS 0 . CWS- SWOP / I - - FREESTANDING SHOEWALL DISPLAY PANEL BACBLUE -SIL CH- 4WAYBS 7 4 - 0 4 SALES FLOOR BENCH 12 12 4 -WAY RACK CH-WFm52 12 0 12 BAT TABLE CH- 2WAY /P 13 4 17 2 -WAY RACK CH- TSTAND - 2 2 T -STAND - I CH-CWSD I - 1 TECH UNIT (NOT SHOWN ON PLANS) CH -WF D53 4 2 6 METAL SOCK BIN CH- WFf05 - 1 - 4 4 ROLLING RACK (NOT SHOWN ON PLANS) CH-SFR - 2 2 FOOTWEARE / SHOE RACK (NOT SHOWN ON PLANS) CH- ROUNDER - 2 2 3-WAY FIXTURE (ROUNDER) (NOT SHOWN ON PLANS) CHI- WFD53 -B 2 - 2 MINI -BALL BIN (NOT SHOWN ON PLANS) I / SQUARE FOOTAGE CALCULATIONS NUMBER O: PAIRS CALCULATED 31. PAIRS PER LINEAR FOOT =OR 10 =0 =ICS= S4ELVING. 5Q. =T. SQ. FT. RATIO C =1 L ING -EIG -T SALES AREA: 3,215 ?0% 151311 STOCK AR -A: 2,22L 39.50 151311 SUPPORT AREA: 33 .5% N/A UN- UTILIZED AREA: STOREFRONT FRONTAGE: 35'-10 1/2" LEAS/45LE AREA: 5,535 100% NUM5E1R OF PAIRS CALCULATED 3 =.8 PAIRS FER LINEAR SOOT =OR 12 =0 =1G= 5- IELVING. NUMBER O: PAIRS CALCULATED 31. PAIRS PER LINEAR FOOT =OR 10 =0 =ICS= S4ELVING. NUM5ER OF PAIRS CALCULATED e 2S.L PAIRS PER LINEAR FOOT FOR ''-01 -ICS- S ==LYING. NUM5ER O= PAIRS CALCULATED . 25.2 PAIRS PER LINEAR :00T FOR a' =011 FIG= 3- ELVING. 4'X12' 4' 4'X12' 4'X12' 4'X12' 4'X12' 4'X12' 4' 4'X12' 4'X12' 3'X12' FIXTURE PLAN UB 4' POLE 4' 4' 4'X12' 4' 4' 4'X12' 4'X12' 4' X 12' 4' 4' 4'X12' 4'X12' 2'XI2 2'X12' 2'X12 4' X 12' SLATWALL 6 1 /8" 4' -6 1 /8" UTILITY 4!X12' 4'X12' 3' 4' 24' -6" 4' 4' 4'X12' 4'X 12' 4' 4'X12' 4' 4' I 1' X12' 1' 4' 4'X12' 4'X12' 4'X12' X12' 4'X12' 4' 4'X12' 4'X12' 4'X12' 4' T 12' 4'X12' 3' u U 4'X12' 4'X12' 4'X12' 4'X12' 4'-X 12' 4'X \2' 4'X112' 4' X 1' 4' X 12' 4' 4' /4' 4' '' 4' DOUBLE HUNG APP. 4' 4' 4' 4'X12' 3' 4' 2'X12' 4' X 12 4' 4' 24' -0" U 4' 4'X12' U U 1 4'X12' 4 X-1 ' 4' X 12' 4' X 12- 4'X12' 4'X12' 4'X12' 4' 4' 4'X12' 4' X 12' 4'X12' 4' 4'X12' 4'X12' 4' 4'X12' 4' 4'X12' 4'X12' S 4' X 7' 4' X_12' 42. XG 12' -X 12' 4' X 12' ,ii in 11 n I 2 X 12' 4'X12' 4'X12' 4'X12' 3' -2" 24' -0" EXI3T'G CH- 21417P I.UF053e cH- WFm53S CH- 23' -11 1 /8" 3' -1" T'G- WF0533 CH- EXIST'G GASHWRAP /BACKWRA WFO53� EXIST'G WEm53E CH- EX15T'G EXIST'G CH /P CH- TSTAND �TJ EXIST'G CH- 2WAY /P '053 CH- EXIST'G CH TSTAND EX ST'G CH /P CH- 2WAY /P EXIST'G 24' -4 I/8" 30 BAYS o 2' -0" O.C. = 60' -0" 5 EX 5T'G CH 2WAY /P OE WALL 23' -11 1/8" w w CH -FL5R EXIST'G EXIST'G CH - 2t11,4171= EXIST'G CH - 5T 13 BAYS g 2' -0" O.C. = 26' -0" 5I-10E WALL 8' -4" 0 STORE TABULATION STORE PAIRS TABULATION REGULAR 5,-ELF UNITS MO15ILE EL= UNITS L' DOUI5LE ANGROD TOTALS 5 ELVINC PIG =.T 12 =0 10 =0II 10 =0 LINEAR SHELVING 501' 523' PAIRS PER L (NEAR FOOT 3 =.S 31.5 PAIRS 1$4 1S,14 NUM15eR O= PAIRS CALCULATED e 31.S PAIRS PER LINEAR °OOT FOR 12 =0 =,t 5=,ELVING. TARGET PAIRS: 3L,000 FIXTURE NOTES 1. ALL WOODWORK ATTACHED TO THE PREMISES, BLOCKING, GROUNDS, ETC. SHALL BE FIREPROOF AND COMPLY WITH THE LANDLORD'S AND GOVERNING BUILDING CODE REQUIREMENTS. 2. THE CONTRACTOR 51-IALL VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS AND CONDITIONS AT THE JOB SITE AND NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT ,AS TO ANY DISCREPANCIES IMMEDIATELY. 3. ALL CABINET AND DRAWER INTERIORS TO BE CLEAN MAPLE LACQUERED PLYWOOD VENEER, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 4. MILLWORK CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE WITH OTHER TRADES ANP PROVIDE CONCEALED GROUNDS AS REQUIRED. PROVIDE CUTOUTS IN FIELD FOR OUTLETS AND EQUIPMENT AS REQUIRED. VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS PRIOR TO FABRICATION. 5. ALL MILLWORK HARDWARE TO BE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY MILLWORK CONTRACTOR 6. ALL EXPOSED HARDWARE IS TO BE SATIN STAINLESS STEEL 1. ALL MILLWORK 15 TO CONFORM TO A.W.I. PREMIUM STANDARDS. S. MILLWORK CONTRACTOR TO FURNISH 4 INSTALL RUBBER BUMPERS ON ALL DOORS 4 DRAWERS. 9. NO FIELD FINISHING OTHER THAN MINOR TOUCH -UPS OF MILLWORK WILL BE PERMITTED. PROVIDE 2 -1/2" WHITE PLASTIC GROMMETS IN COUNTERTOP AND SATIN ST. STL. AT C451-WRAP AS NOTED ON THIS PLAN AND DETAILS. 10. ALL WOOD MILLWORK SHALL BE FINISHED WITH THREE COATS OF SATIN LACQUER, OPEN PORE. II. UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, ALL FINISHED WOOD 15 TO BE WHITE LACQUERED TO MATCH ARCHITECT'S SAMPLE. MILLWORK CONTRACTOR TO SUBMIT 12 "x12" SAMPLES TO OWNER AND ARCHITECT FOR APPROVAL. 12. MILLWORK 15 TO BE HANDLED UNDER SEPARATE CONTRACT BY TENANT. GENERAL CONTRACTOR IS TO COORDINATE SCHEDULING WITH MILLWORKER AND PROVIDE GENERAL CONDITIONS REQUIRED FOR INSTALLATION AND CLEAN UP. 153' -S" LEASE DIMENSION EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE CO 1 2 3 4 I5I 6 8 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 18 19 20 21 22 DESCRIPTION WALL FIXTURE SYSTEM STOCK SHELVING UNIT 4 ROLLING LADDERS HANG ROD UNIT 4 ROLLING LADDERS MANAGER DESK UNIT FITTING RM FIXTURES BENCH TOP 4 HOOKS STOREFRONT SIGN 4 BACK WRAP SIGN FITTING RM MIRROR FILE CABINET DRINKING FOUNTAIN MOP SINK FIRE EXTINGUISHER 1 /5" MASONITE, FURN BY VENDOR INSTALLED BY G.C. MOUNT TO BACKSIDE OF STOCK FIXTURE VIDEO /AUDIO PLAYER DRAWING STORAGE TUBE MOBILE STOCK SHELVING MANAGER'S CHAIR CCTV SYSTEM DVRX TRAINING DESK LOCKERS STOCK SHELVING UNIT HARDWARE BIN STORAGE GRAPHICS BIN UTILITY CABINET REMARKS REFER TO MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION GUIDE FURN BY TENANT INST. BY G.G. FURN BY TENANT INST. BY G.C. FURN BY TENANT SEE ELECTRICAL SHEETS FURN BY TENANT INST. BY G.C. FURN BY TENANT SEE SHEET A2.2 FURN BY G.G. INST. BY G.C. FURN BY TENANT INST. BY G.C. REFER TO MECHANICAL DRAWINGS REFER TO MECHANICAL DRAWINGS BY G.G. PER CODE - MOUNT AS DIRECTED BY FIRE DEPT. FURN BY TENANT REFER TO E INST. BY TENANT DWGS REFER TO DETAIL 5 / A5.2 NOT USED FURN BY TENANT MOUNTED TO SHELF REFER TO E INST. BY TENANT DWGS FURN BY TENANT INST. BY TENANT GC FURN BY TENANT INST. BY TENANT GC MODIFIED STOCK SHELVING INST. BY TENANT GC REFER TO DETAIL 3E /A5.1 FURN BY TENANT INST. BY TENANT GC FURN BY TENANT INST. BY TENANT GC 0 FIXTURE SCHEDULE NOTE: WHEN NEW STOCKROOM SHELVING IS SPECIFIED,THE TENANT G.C. I5 TO ASSESS MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE SHELVING HEIGHT; MAIN- TAINING MIN. 24 CLEARANCE TO CLG ABOVE; AND REPORT TO FOOTLOCKER CONSTRUCTION MANAGER UPON COMMENCEMENT OF PROJECT. 4t SCALE: 3/16" = 1' -0" DATE: JOB NO: DRAWN: CHECKED: GROSS AREA: SALES AREA: 10 -30 -08 5857 STAFF CM 5,535 SQ. FT. 3,278 SQ. FT. 711 N. FIELDER RD. ARLINGTON, TX 76012 PH: (817) 635 -5696 FAX: (817) 635 -5699 STORE NO. 8897 z 0 1 Champs: 14498 4,PI. QED C( ".;;ORGAN 1 1;0 ‹E REVISIONS NO. 1 2 DESCRIPTION LL COMMENTS /OWNER CHANGES LL COMMENTS /OWNER CHANGES/ DOB COMMENTS DATE 12/03/08 1 2/1 7/08 SHEET NUMBER FIXTURE PLAN RECEIVED DEC 3 PERMIT CENTER A5.0 SHELF QUANTITIES PER UNIT UNIT HEIGHT # OF SHELVES 12' -0" 5 6 1' -6" O.C. 10' -0" 1 9 1' -6" O.C. 5 -0" 6 6 1' -6" O.C. DECK OR CEILING 1 -0" 4 r 10' -0" N SHELVING , DECK OR CEILING j 0 " -0" III C z — HARDWARE BIN CH -MHB 12' -0" N SHELVING 3E SECTION AT SHELF UNIT STOCK SHELVING DETAILS HARDWARE BIN CI-4 -MHB DECK OR CEILING LU w 2 1 -0 " r V z 0 TYPICAL WOOD SHELF G.G. TO WIRE PROVIDED LIGHT FIXTURE LAMINATED MGR DESK SECTION- MGR. DESK DECK OR CEILING \ v, t I' - 10' -0" H HANGROD DECK OR CEILING t 1' -0" t \ t \ 12 -0" I-I HANGROD SECTION HANGROD UNIT SHELF (TYP.) HANGBAR (TYP.) D CKORCEILING 10' -0" H SHELVING DECK OR CEILING 1' -0" Tr 12 -0" N SHELVING SECTION AT SHELF UNIT u Ui O Z F- O a Z z • Ui z 0 0 z Lu w z �LU > tx 3 -0" OR MIN. DIM. ALLOWED BY CODE EQ. 1 EQ. 00 00 2' -0" V 3A TYP. SECTION AT SHELVING UNITS NOTE: REFER TO FIXTURE PLAN FOR STOCK SHELVING UNIT SIZES, QUANTITY AND CONFIGURATION. G.C. TO INSTALL PER MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS. DECK CHAIN SUSPENDED FLUOR. LIGHT FIXTURE CONTINUOUS 12" HORIZONTAL STRAP BRACING SECURED TO TOPS OF UNITS a 45" O.C. KNOCK DOWN STORAGE SYSTEM W/ SHELVING AND HANG ROD (REFER TO FIXTURE PLAN LOCATION AND HEIGHT) INSTALL PER MFG. INSTRUCTIONS TYP. DOUBLE ROW SHELVING G.G. TO PROVIDE I /S" MASONITE SECURED TO THE END OF ANY ROW OF SHELVING INCLUDING THE INTERSECTION OF .ANY ADJACENT ROW. TYP. SINGLE ROW SHELVING G.G. TO PROVIDE 1 /5" MASONITE SECURED TO THE ENTIRE BACKSIDE. ROLLING LADDER AND RAIL, (I) PER AISLE A5 MANUFACTURED BY PUTNAM ROLLING LADDER CO., INC. REFER TO LADDER INSTALLATION MANUAL PRIOR TO INSTALLING. 0' -0" 0 SCALE: 1/2"=1'-0" SLATWALL. SECURED TO WALL 3/4" X 3/4" 10 DEGREE WOOD STARTER. RUN HEIGHT OF SLATWALL. FINISH: BRUSHED ALUM. TOP GOAT — GYP. BD. WALL (TYP.) 3/4" : VENDOR SUPPLIED 5/4" X 5/4" 10 DEGREE TOP METAL MOULDING FINISH: BRUSHED ALUM. SLATWALL. GLUED AND SCREWED TO WALL SLATWALL @ GYP. BD. DETAIL TOP OF SLATWALL DETAIL 01° 095) FREE STANDING SHOE WALL DETAILS SCALE: 6 " =1' -0" SCALE: 6 " =1 -0" SLATWALL WALL FINISHED GLUED AND SCREWED TO WALL. SALES AREA BASE (TYP.) SLATWALL TO START AT 12' -0" A.F.F. GG TO INSTALL BASE OVER TRIMMED SLATWALL FINISH. FINISHED FLOOR SLATWALL @ FINISHED FLOOR DETAIL SLATWALL DETAILS SCALE: 6 " =1 -0" 2�A PLAN VIEW m � SHOE SHELF (TYP.) 2" SQ. TUBE W/ (2) SIDE TWIN SLOTS 3/16" x 5/S" I" O.C. METAL STUD BRACING BACK TO STRUCTURE FIRE TREATED WD. OR METAL BLOCKING AS REQUIRED FINISHED CEILING 2B SECTION STEEL PLATE WELDED TO TOP OF TUBE, 3/16" SCREW HOLE AT EACH CORNER 2 "x 2" 16GA. STEEL TUBE WITH 3/16 "x 5/8" SLOTS 1" O.C. (THRU BOTH SIDES) FREE - STANDING DISPLAY POST: TRIAD MUANIFACTURING, INC. 4321 SEMPLE AVENUE 5T. LOUIS, MO 63120 (314) 361 -5280 LEVELING PLATE WITH I "x 6" THREADED ROD SCALE: 3/4" =1 ' -0" v m 0 2 -0" 1�P PLAN VIEW 00 00 00 0 0 00 00 00 00 0 0 0 0 0 0 00 00 00 00 00 00 0 0 0 0 0 0 00 0 0 00 0 00 0 0 00 00 00 00 00 00 0 0 00 00 0 0 00 0 00 00 0 0 00 00 1 B FRONT ELEVATION 2" SQ. TUBE W/ I SIDE TWIN 5LOTS 3/16" x 5 /S" I" O.C. OF RETURN BRACKET 4 IN -WALL STRAPPING CONT. 12" WIDE METAL STRAPPING BENEATH NEW 5/S" MB 2" SQ. TUBE W/ I SIDE TWIN SLOTS 3/16" x 5/S" 1" O.C. WOOD BASE 1 10 VARIES A.F.F. ROOF DECK dimik FIN. FLOOR 7 I 1' -8" A.F.F. \rt STRAPPING N / / PARTITION SECTION CONTINUOUS 12" WIDE 16 GA. METAL 5 /S" OW15 I a OF BRACKET AND STRAPPING - VERIFY WITH FIXTURE MFG. SECURE MOUNTING BRACKET TO PARTITION WITH EXP. BOLT CONTINUOUS 12" WIDE 16 GA. METAL STRAPPING BENEATH GWB PARTITION BACK OF POST SALES PREFABRICATED/ PREFINISHED WALL FIXTURE SYSTEM - INSTALL PER FIXTURE MFG. INSTRUCTIONS. WALL SYSTEM DETAILS SCALE: 3/4" =1 ' -0" DATE: 10 -30 -08 JOB NO: 5857 DRAWN: STAFF CHECKED: CM GROSS AREA: 5,535 SQ. FT. SALES AREA: 3,278 SQ. FT. 711 N. FIELDER RD. ARLINGTON, TX 76012 PH: (817) 635 -5696 FAX: (817) 635 -5699 STORE NO. Champs: 14498 REGIST1FtD A;r`'im'C 8897 z U I o Nr) (c) i` ,poi C.;.AN �''lri�t�lfs4i REVISIONS ` SHEET NUMBER FIXTURE SECTIONS AND DETAILS 'I NO. 1 DESCRIPTION LL COMMENTS /OWNER CHANGES DATE 12/03/08 ECEIVED DEC 3 0 2008 PERMIT CENTER A5.1 w \ i 3" i 8' -6" BACKWRAP CABINET / A1.2 / , 3" .. S II i damn / all / , D 1 1 s S IUdera A5.2 I IT T -- — TI r IL ti Z JL I 0 ;�1II 1 deam .I i ; Ili . o :IJ:S C::s -:: 0 0 : I C:==ISS 1 o yi M i _ A5.2 I8' -0 1/4" HOLD 5II IS' -0 1/4" HOLD w \ i 3" i 8' -6" BACKWRAP CABINET / 3" 3" a , 3" S II i / / all / , D 1 1 s S \ / 2 A5.2 I IT T -- — TI r IL ti Z JL 1 I_L Li JI 0 5" 5II IS' -0 1/4" HOLD IS' -Im 1/4" , w \ i 3" i 8' -6" BACKWRAP CABINET / 3" 3" 8' -6" BACKWRAP CABINET , 3" S II i / / all / , I IT 1 TI w I 1 0 _IL—JL I IT T -- — TI r IL ti Z JL 1 I_L Li JI 0 =�r 4" 1 -8 'I CASHWRAP REAR ELEVATION 4' -9" WRITING SURFACE 8' -2 3/4" I' -S" 1 - I' -6" 4" 4 " 6 1/4" I' -8" FILLER PANEL FILLER PANEL 4' -9" WRITING SURFACE 8' -2 3/4" 1 1_ 5 „ SCALE: 3/4 " =1' -0" 1T -6" 8' -3" 6 FILLER PANEL FILLER PANEL 8' -3" CASHWRAP PLAN DRAWING TUBE SCALE: 3/4 " =1' -0" 48" APP. ELEVATION PROVIDE HANDLE ON THE TOP CAP TO EASE THE REMOVING OF THE CAP. COORDINATE HANDLE SPEC WITH FOOTLOCKER CONSTRUCTION MANAGER 1/4" DIAMETER THRU BOLT WITH TOGGLE (TYP. OF 2) LABEL 6" DIAMETER PVC TUBE 3/4 "x 2" POPLAR PLYWOOD TRIM PAINT (CP -5) PAN HEAD SCREWS METAL STRAP (TYP. OF 2) 1/2" DIA. HOLE IN 5TM CAP PVC BOTTOM CAP GLUED IN PLACE, G.C. TO DRILL 1/2" DIA. HOLE IN CENTER OF BOTTOM CAP PLAN NOTE: UPON COMPLETION OF PROJECT GENERAL CONTRACTOR MUST RUN A NEW BLUEPRINT SET FOR THE COMPLETED STORE DRAWINGS (ARCHITECTURAL, MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL) AND PLACE BLUEPRINTS INTO THE PLAN TUBE HOLDER. LABEL (WITH CLEAR TAPE) STATING: THIS TUBE CONTAINS STORE DRAWINGS AND IS NOT TO BE REMOVED WITHOUT THE CONSENT OF THE STORE MANAGER TENANT G.C. TO SUPPLY AND INSTALL DRAWING TUBE ASSEMBLY WHERE INDICATED ON PLANS. SCALE: 1 1/2"=1 BACKWRAP SURROUND PLAN 5 1515 5 5G� 1.2 , 1 OPP SCALE: 1/2" = l'-O" CASHWRAP FRONT ELEVATION 4" l' -8" SEE ELECT FOR POWER REQUIREMEI 4' -9" WRITING SURFACE ICAL PLANS 4 SIGNAL TS I' -8" 1-1' -6" 4" 4" 1' - S" SEE ELECT FOR POWER REQUIREMEr 4' -9" WRITING SURFACE ICAL PLANS 4 SIGNAL TS 1' -S" \ x / 4" SCALE: 3/4 " =1' -0" BACKWRAP SURROUND ELEVATIONS 18' -0" WORK SURFACE G.C. TO SCRIBE IN FIELD 3 / / S' -6" BACKWRAP CABINET 3" 3" 8' -6" BACKWRAP CABINET i 3 " i i 2' -1" 2' -2" 2' -2" 2' -1" i 2' -1" 2' -2" 2' -2" 2' -1" i SCALE: 1/2" = l'-O" PLASTIC HANGER CONTAINERS SLIDING DOORS FILLER PANEL G.C. TO SCRIBE ON SITE (QTY. 2) BACKWRAP FRONT ELEVATION SCALE: 3/4 " =1' -0" I8' -0" WORK SURFACE G.C. TO SCRIBE IN Fl 11 I J L 2 -1/2" GROMMETS (TYP. BOTH SIDES) P.LAM. CLAD WORK SURFACE BASE CAB. SIDE 1/2" FILLER KICK BASE BACKWRAP PLAN SCALE: 3/4"=1 DATE: 10 -30 -08 JOB NO: 5857 DRAWN: STAFF CHECKED: CM GROSS AREA: 5,535 SQ. FT. SALES AREA: 3,278 SQ. FT. 711 N. FIELDER RD. ARLINGTON, TX 76012 PH: (817) 635 - 5696 FAX: (817) 635 - 5699 STORE NO. REVISIONS LU MIORGAN ' JASH Jr;101 I SHEET NUMBER Champs: 14498 NO. 1 DESCRIPTION LL COMMENTS /OWNER CHANGES DATE 12/03/08 RECEWED DEC 3 0 2008 PERMIT CENTEF CASHWRAP & BACKWRAP DETAILS A5.2 •• ## ars REFER TO PLAN BANNER TRACK DETAIL TOGGLE -BOLT AND NUT G.W.B.. CLG SCALE: 3/16" = 1' -0" SCALE: 1 1 /2 " =1' -0" DATE: 10 -30 -08 JOB NO: 5857 DRAWN: STAFF CHECKED: CM GROSS AREA: 5,535 SQ. FT. SALES AREA: 3,278 SQ. FT. 711 N. FIELDER RD. ARLINGTON, TX 76012 PH: (817) 635 -5696 FAX: (817) 635 -5699 STORE NO. 8897 REVISIONS r, ;•,i D IM ,CAN 6 (Jr Wiabtf1 i" (1 1 SHEET NUMBER REFLECTED CEILING PLAN Champs: 14498 DESCRIPTION LL COMMENTS /OWNER CHANGES LL COMMENTS /OWNER CHANGES/ DOB COMMENTS 12/03/08 1 2/1 7/08 RECEIVED DEC 3 0 2006 PERMIT CENTER 1 -- - - -- - ---I------ 1 - -J -- J— — —� - - - BODINE - - -- - - - --� 4' -6" 10'-0 SECURITY SYST MONI - OR REFE TO DETAIL 13 /A r4 =6'rD:C -TYh' 10 6 1/8" 24'-6" EXISTING CEILING CL -2 6 10' -0" AFF CL -2 13' -0" FF CL 57 15' -2" AFF — E OPENING REFLECTED CEILING PLAN REFLECTED CEILING PLAN NOTES EMERGENCY LIGHTS TO BE INSTALLED ON SEPARATE CIRCUIT. SMOKE /HEAT DETECTOR SPACING SHALL COMPLY WITH THE REQUIREMENT OF NFPA 12 -E. THE INSTALLING CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT A CEILING PLAN SHOWING THE LOCATION OF THE DETECTORS TO THE FIRE MARSHALL FOR APPROVAL BEFORE STARTING WORK, IF REQUIRED BY LOCAL AUTHORITIES. REFER TO FINISH SCHEDULE SPEC 4 INTERIOR ELEVATIONS FOR FINISHING 4 PAINTING REQUIREMENTS. THE POSITION OF THE TRACK IS TYPICALLY SET OUT FROM PERIMETER WALL AS INDICATED. UPON COMPLETION OF JOB, CONTRACTOR SHALL BALANCE THE AIR AND SUBMIT CERTIFIED COPY OF AIR BALANCE REPORT TO THE TENANTS PROJECT MANAGER G.C. TO ADVISE TENANT PROJECT MANAGER OF MAX. CLEAR HEIGHT IN STOCK ROOM PRIOR TO PROJECT COMMENCING. THIS IS TO ALLOW THE HEIGHT OF THE STOCK ROOM SHELVING TO BE MAXIMIZED WHEN ALLOWABLE BY CODE, EC TO USE LIGHTING UNISTRUT AS CONDUIT FOR WIRING. FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEM: EXISTING SPACE FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEM TO BE MODIFIED PER NEW TENANT SPACE DRAWINGS AS REQUIRED BY NFPA STANDARDS AND LOCAL CODES. ALL AREAS TO BE ORDINARY HAZARD GROUP II OCCUPANCY WITH FIRE SPRINKLER FABRICATION DRAWINGS TO 5E SUBMITTED BY TENANT FIRE PROTECTION CONTRACTOR TO BUILDING DEPARTMENT BEFORE WORK COMMENCES. ALL SPRINKLER HEADS WILL BE SEMI - RECESSED CHROME TYPE CENTRED IN 2X2 CEILING GRID. SPRINKLER HEADS - NOTE: SYMMETRICAL PATTERN TO ALIGN W/ CEILING ELEMENTS. CALLOUT CL -1 CL -2 CL 1 4) CL -4 CL -5 CL0O CL -4 e 10' -0" AFF CL -5 e 15' -3" AFF PREFIN. THIS DASHED LINE INDICATES THE 2" ANGLE ENCLOSURE - REFER TO 3/460 DESCRIPITION 2 fFAnntj WALL 24'-0" 24' -0" CEILING TYPE SCHEDULE 2 ' x 2 WIRECTIONAL ACOUST. TILE: ARMSTRONG FINE FISSURED MEDIUM TEXTURE * n D TEGULAR EDGE, FIRE GUARD CLASS 'A' PANEL ON NEW PRELUDE 15/16" EXPOSED TEE GRID 6 HEIGHT INDICATED ON PLANS. 1 -HR RATED CEILING, INSTALLED BY TENANT G.C. 5/8" TYPE 'X' G.W.B.. ON MTL. FRAMING AT HEIGHT INDICATED ON PLAN. TAPE, SPACKLE, SAND, SMOOTH AND PAINT. ONE COAT SEALER, TWO COATS FINISH PER FINISH PLAN N- C r � L OPEN TO DECK AND STRUCTURE ABOVE 5/5" TYPE 'X' G.W.B. ON MTL. JOISTS AT HEIGHT INDICATED ON PLAN. TAPE, SPACKLE, SAND, SMOOTH AND PAINT. ONE COAT SEALER, TWO COATS FINISH PER FINISH PLAN FURNISH 4 INSTALL BY TENANT G.C. UL RATED 1 -HOUR 2' x 4' NON - DIRECTIONAL ACOUST. TILE: ARMSTRONG CORTEGA 4 '523± FIRE GUARD CLASS 'A' PANEL ON NEW PRELUDE 15/16" EXPOSED TEE GRID 6 HEIGHT INDICATED ON PLANS. INSTALLED BY TENANT G.C. PAINT GRID AND PANELS CP -3 2' x ' IRECTIONAL ACOUST. TILE: ARMSTRONG FINE FISSURED MEDIUM TEXTURE L• •OK *1861, ANGLED TEGULAR EDGE, FIRE GUARD CLASS 'A' PANEL ON NEW PRELUDE 15/16" EXPOSED TEE GRID ' HEIGHT INDICATED ON PLANS. I -HR RATED CEILING. INSTALLED BY TENANT G.G. NO COMBUSTIBLE MATERIALS ARE ALLOWED TO BE INSTALLED ABOVE ANY FINISHED CEILINGS. f6"""y al: waV.s[lw3 walls CL -5 e 10' -0" AFF CEILING TRACK DETAIL Welt them c aW`'a ' adirg sort CL -X a X' -XX" AF.F. I Wall moldings (perimeter closure angles) are required to have a horizontal flange 2 inches wide, unless alternate methods are approved prior to instal- lation by the local building department and the designer of record_ One end of the ceiling grid shall be attached to the wall molding, the other end shall have a 3 / inch clearance from the wall and free to slide. SourceASCE 7- 02 sECUon .9.6.2.6.2.2 b • The grid shall be attached at two adacent walls (pop rivets or approved method). Sa.lrcg COCA Seismic Hanes 3 -4 • There shalt be a minimum Y.i inch clearance from the end of the grid system at un- attached vualls. s©tirceASCE 7 -02 section 9.6.2.6,2.2 n b CL -2 I0' -0" AFFI i LIGHT FIXTURE SCHEDULE TYPE Fl FI -4 F2 F2 /EM F3 RD CD A4 TF2 TF SYMBOL 153' -8" LEASE DIMENSION CD THREADED ROD (TYP) --- METAL HALIDE PENDANT FIXTURE IN/JUNCTION BOX MOUNTED DIRECTLY ON UNISTRUT TRACK NEW UNISTRUT TRACK SECURE TO UNISTRUT 13' -2" A.F.F. CL -5 15' -3" AFF MANUFACTURER SIMKAR SIMKAR MERCURY MERCURY CZI20SSG- 100 - EX -SM -PT COMFORT ZONE "STRONG" PENDANT MOUNTED FIXTURE SILVER FINISH w SPECTRUM JUNO JUNO CON -TECH CON -TECH CON -TECH EXISTING LIGHT TO REMAIN - VERIFY EXISTING QUANTITIES PAINT CP -3 23' -II 1/8" SALES AREA CLG TO BE AT 15' -3" AFF. OR MAX. ALLOWABLE BY EXIST'G CONDITIONS DESCRIPTION CH2132511 -UNV 8' - 2 LITE TANDEM FLUORESCENT STRIP WHEN BODINE BALLAST REQUIRED ADD -ELS TO ITEM CODE BEFORE 511 CH132511-UNV 4' WHEN BODINE CODE BEFORE 54E340- BIAX -9 -ELS 2'x2' PARABOLIC ELECTRONIC BALLAST RECESSED FIXTURE 54E340- BIAX- 9- ELB /EM NIGHT /EMERGENCY LIGHT 2'x2' PARABOLIC I ' Lam +F.AiL'■IG. CH6- 226Q- 650CWIN 2 -26W COMPACT FLUORESCENT DOWNLIGHT TC920- 626C -WH PAR38 DOWNLIGHT CTL838 /2 -S TRACKHEAD: SILVER FINISH PAR38 GIMBLE RING CTL10011WW -S SILVER WALL WASH TRACK HEAD CHANNEL TRACK =71=17 LIGHT FIXTURE HEIGHT PLA EMENT DETAIL T8NA -8' TRACK, NATURAL ALUMINUM T6NA -6' TRACK, NATURAL ALUMINUM T4NA -4' TRACK, NATURAL ALUMINUM T2NA -2' TRACK, NATURAL ALUMINUM UNDERSIDE OF di STRUCTURE, VIF EXISTING STRUCTURE ABOVE V -3' AFF A.G.T. CEILING NEW UNISTRUT TRACK SECURE TO STRUCTURE ABOVE AFF VIF TRACK HEIGHT THREADED ROD (TYP) 12' - AFF LIGHT+ MOUNTING TRACK HEAD AND LIGHT TRACK ATTACHED TO UNISTRUT ® I2'-O" A.F.F LUORESCENT STRIP BALLAST REQUIRED ADD -ELS TO ITEM N.T.S. OF UNISTRUT FOR LIGHTING PAINT FINIISH: CP -3 24' -4 I/8" THIS DASHED LINE INDICATES THE 2" ANGLE ENCLOSURE - REFER TO 3/46.0 FLAT SREEN MONITOR AND MOUNT. (TYP.) - REFER TO DETAIL 134/41.2 LAMP C PH24661 - 32W 1 FLUORESCENT LAMP. TENANT TO SUPPLY AND G.C. TO INSTALL ALP -PAL 40T8C PROTECT -A -LAMP CLEAR CRUSH GUARDS SAFETY SLEEVE W/ PAL TO CAPS ON ALL STRIP LIGHTS. F4OBXSPX35 40W BIAX LAMP F40BXSPX35 40W BIAX LAMP (I) PHILIPS PH23368 MCH100 /U/MP /3K (2) PHILIPS PH38336 PL -C 26W/835/4P (1) PHILIPS PH14418 CDMI -25W /830 /PAR38/FL (I) PHILIPS PH14415 CDMI - 25W /830/PAR38/FL (I) PHILIPS PH23368 MHC100 /U/MP /3K TRACK, SUPPLIED BY OWNER AND INSTALLED 5Y GC, TO BE HUNG AT 12' -0" A.F.F. MTD ON UNISTRUT SYSTEM SUSPENDED FROM STRUCTURE. R = EXISTING LIGHT TO BE RELOCATED - VERIFY EXISTING QUANTITIES NL = DENOTES NIGHT /EMERGENCY LIGHT A- INSTALL BANNER TRACK SYSTEM WHERE INDICATED ON PLANS PER MANUFACTURES INSTRUCTIONS B- REFER TO PLANS FOR SIZE AND LOCATIONS. TRACK IS SUPPLIED IN 8' -0" LENGTHS AND CUT IN FIELD AS REQUIRED TO ACHIEVE SPECIFIED LENGTH. PAINT ANY CUT ENDS WHITE C- INSTALL MOUNTING HARDWARE 24" O.C. MAX. AND WITHIN 12" OF ENDS D- AT SUSPENDED GRID CEILINGS SYSTEMS INSTALL MOUNTING HARDWARE DIRECTLY INTO GRID SYSTEM AND TIE WIRE TO MALL STRUCTURE ABOVE BANNER TRACK NOTES REFER TO DETAIL 2/46.0 FOR LIGHT FIXTURE MOUNTING HEIGHTS S EF E3 ES 23' -11 1/8" SYMBOL B BANNER TRACK SYSTEM, REFER TO DETAIL THIS SHEET MANUFACTURER JBL HIGHLIGHT ASTRAL - I NUTONE JUNO ASTRALITE -4 CCTV SYSTEM: G.C. TO MOUNT ELECTRICAL BOX, PAINTED BLACK, AT UNDERSIDE OF UNISTRUT WITH 3/4" DIA. BLACK CONDUIT TO ELECTRICAL BOX, PAINTED BLACK AT 12' -0" AFF. FOR EACH CAMERA LOCATION. CCTV VENDOR TO ENSURE ALL WIRES ARE BLACK AND TIED WITH BLACK NYLON TIES. VERIFY LOCAL CODE REQUIREMENTS FOR LOW VOLTAGE CCTV. DESCRIPTION SOUNDTUBE HANGING SPEAKER - 10 VOLT - WHITE BP- PLED -5 -R LED UNIVERSAL EXIT SIGN AT 12' -6 AFF OR MAX ALLO SMOKE DETECTOR SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED BY TENANT'S' G.C. VIDEO DOME QTRNIIOL RECESSED 110 CFM FAN /LIGHT UNIT WITH (I) 100 W BULB PROVIDED BY G.C. BANNER TRACK SYSTEM CH6 -226Q, 650CWH 2 -26W PLK -E COMPACT FLUORESCENT DOWNLIGHT - EMERGENCY LIGHT ASQ- R -MR16 - 30-6 -10 tom lk a 1. ME DELAY MOUNTED (2) PHILIPS PH38336 PL -C 26W/535/4P DIVISION XV MECHANICAL SEC. 15000 - MECHANICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS A. SLEEVES 1. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE SLEEVES TO PROTECT EQUIPMENT OR FACILITIES IN THE INSTALLATION. EACH SLEEVE SHALL EXTEND THROUGH IT'S RESPECTIVE FLOOR, WALL OR PARTITION AND SHALL BE CUT FLUSH WITH EACH SURFACE EXCEPT SLEEVES THAT PENETRATE THE FLOOR, WHICH SHALL EXTEND 2' ABOVE THE FLOOR 2. ALL SLEEVES AND OPENINGS THROUGH FIRE RATED WALLS AND /OR FLOORS SHALL BE FIRE SEALED WITH CALCIUM SILICATE, SILICONE 'RTV' FOAM, '3M' FIRE RATED SEALANTS OR EQUAL, 50 AS TO RETAIN THE FIRE RATING OF THE FLOOR OR WALL. CONFORM TO UL. ASSEMBLY RATING OF FLOOR OR WALL. 3. SLEEVES IN BEARING AND MASONRY WALLS, FLOORS, AND PARTITIONS SHALL BE STANDARD WEIGHT STEEL PIPE FINISHED WITH SMOOTH EDGES. FOR OTHER THAN MASONRY PARTITIONS, THROUGH SUSPENDED CEILINGS, OR FOR CONCEALED VERTICAL PIPING, SLEEVES SHALL BE NO. 22 U.S.G. GALVANIZED STEEL MINIMUM. 4. DUCT SLEEVES TO BE MINIMUM 14 GAUGE STEEL. B. HANGERS: 1. HANGERS SHALL INCLUDE ALL MISCELLANEOUS STEEL SUCH AS ANGLE IRON, BANDS, C- CLAMPS WITH RETAINING CLIPS, CHANNELS, HANGER RODS, ETC., NECESSARY FOR THE INSTALLATION OF WORK. 2. HANGERS SHALL BE FASTENED TO BUILDING STEEL, CONCRETE, OR MASONRY, BUT NOT TO PIPING OR DUCTWORK. HANGING FROM METAL DECK IS NOT PERMITTED. HANGERS MUST BE ATTACHED TO UPPER CHORD OF BAR JOIST. WHERE INTERFERENCES OCCUR, IN ORDER TO SUPPORT DUCTWORK OR PIPING, THE CONTRACTOR MUST INSTALL TRAPEZE TYPE HANGERS OR SUPPORTS WHICH SHALL BE LOCATED WHERE THEY DO NOT INTERFERE WITH ACCESS TO FIRE DAMPERS, VALVES, ACCESS DOORS AND OTHER EQUIPMENT SERVICE REQUIREMENTS AND /OR OTHER TRADES. HANGER TYPES AND INSTALLATION METHODS ARE SUBJECT TO LANDLORD CRITERIA 3. HANGERS FOR ALL INSULATED PIPING SHALL BE SIZED AND INSTALLED FOR THE OUTER DIAMETER OF INSULATION. INSTALL 6' LONG SPLIT CIRCLE GALVANIZED SADDLE BETWEEN THE HANGER AND THE PIPE INSULATION. 4. HANGERS AND PIPING OF DISSIMILAR METALS SHALL BE DI- ELECTRICALLY SEPARATED FROM ONE ANOTHER C. ELECTRICAL MOTORS: 1. FURNISH, INSTALL AND ALIGN ALL MOTORS REQUIRED FOR THIS EQUIPMENT. UNLESS THEY ARE FACTORY INSTALLED ON THE UNIT, ALL STARTERS AND ASSOCIATED WIRING AND SAFETY SWITCHES FOR SUCH MOTORS SHALL BE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR STARTERS SHALL MEET ALL REQUIREMENTS AS DEFINED IN THE ELECTRICAL DIVISION OF THE SPECIFICATIONS. 2. DESIGN, CONSTRUCTION AND PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS OF MOTORS SHALL CONFORM TO ALL APPLICABLE PROVISIONS OF LATEST NEMA, ANSI, 'SEE STANDARDS FOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT. ALL MOTORS SHALL BE SUITABLE FOR OPERATION ON VOLTAGE VARIATION OF PLUS OR MINUS 10%, 40 DEGREES C AMBIENT TEMPERATURE* HAVE A SERVICE FACTOR OF NOT LESS THAN I.I. D. LOW VOLTAGE (24 VOLT) WIRING: 1. THE CONTRACTOR IS TO INSTALL ALL LOW VOLTAGE WIRING REQUIRED FOR HIS EQUIPMENT. THIS WORK INCLUDES ALL TRANSFORMERS AND DEVICES TO MAKE THIS A COMPLETE FUNCTIONAL SYSTEM. 2. 3. 4. ALL WORK IS TO CONFORM TO THE LATEST ADDITION N.E.0 AND TO DIVISION 16 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS. ANY CONDUIT REQUIRED BY CODE OR THE LANDLORD WILL BE INSTALLED BY THE ELECTRICAL SUBCONTRACTOR FLASHING SHALL BE SEALED WATERTIGHT AND PERFORMED IN ACCORDANCE TO THE LANDLORD'S CRITERIA. USE A LANDLORD APPROVED ROOFING CONTRACTOR WHERE APPL ICABLE. E. RELOCATION OF EQUIPMENT: 1. RELOCATION OF EXISTING WATER, GAS, WASTE, VENT, OR DRAINAGE LINES TO FACILITATE STORE DESIGN CRITERIA MUST BE INCLUDED IN BID PROPOSAL. SEC. 15300 - SPRINKLER SYSTEMS A SPRINKLER SYSTEM: C. PIPING: 1. SUBMITTALS: a. PROVIDE DATA ON SPRINKLERS, VALVES, AND SPECIALTIES, INCLUDING MANUFACTURERS CATALOG INFORMATION. SUBMIT PERFORMANCE RATINS, ROUGH -IN DETAILS, WEIGHTS, SUPPORT REQUIREMENTS, AND PIPING CONNECTIONS. b. SHOP DRAWINGS: 1. SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS OF FINISHED CEILING AREAS INDICATING ONLY SPRINKLER LOCATIONS COORDINATED WITH CEILING INSTALLATION. 2. INDICATE HYDRAULIC CALCULATIONS, DETAILED PIPE LAYOUT, HANGERS SUPPORTS, AND PPOR S, SPRINKLERS, COMPONENTS AND ACCESSORIES. INDICATE SYSTEM CONTROLS. c. SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA, HYDRAULIC CALCULATIONS TO AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE FIRE MARSHALL AND LANDLORD) FOR APPROVAL. SEC. 15400 - PLUMBING A PLUMBING EQUIPMENT: 1. REFER TO M SHEETS FOR EQUIPMENT AND FIXTURE SCHEDULES. B. GENERAL PIPING REQUIRMENTS: 1. GENERALLY, SANITARY AND POTABLE WATER TAPS WILL BE PROVIDED BY THE LANDLORD. FIELD VERIFY EXACT CONNECTION POINTS PRIOR TO SUBMITTING BID AND NOTIFY THE TENANT'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER IF CONDITIONS ARE NOT AS SHOWN ON THE PLANS OR AS STATED IN THE SPECIFICATIONS. CONTRACTOR MUST VERIFY THE OPERABILITY OF ENTIRE SYSTEM PRIOR TO TIE IN AS FOLLOWS: a. SNAKE SANITARY FOR A DISTANCE OF 100 FEET AND REPORT ANY BLOCKAGE. b. TEST WATER PRESSURE TO INSURE MINIMUM OF 50 PSI. 2. INSTALL ALL NECESSARY PIPE HANGERS, SADDLES, AND CARRIERS TO PROPERLY SUPPORT ALL PIPING AND FIXTURES. HANGERS SHALL SUIT TYPE OF PIPING PROVIDED AND BE SPACED AT A MAXIMUM SPAN OF 5 FEET. PROVIDE SWAY AND SEISMIC BRACING WHERE REQUIRED BY CODES. 3. ESCUTCHEONS SHALL BE CHROME PLATED, SIZE AS REQUIRED AND PLACED AT ALL PIPE PENETRATIONS AT WALLS, FLOORS, AND CEILINGS IN FINISHED AREAS. 4. FLASHING SHALL 5E SEALED WATERTIGHT AND PERFORMED IN ACCORDANCE TO THE LANDLORD'S CRITERIA USE A LANDLORD APPROVED ROOFING CONTRACTOR WHERE APPL 'CABLE. 1. SANITARY PIPING - NO PVC ALLOWED (STORM PIPING AS REQUIRED). a. WASTE, DRAIN AND VENT PIPING SHALL BE SERVICE WEIGHT, CAST IRON SOIL PIPE. VENT PIPING ABOVE FLOOR 2' OR SMALLER MAY BE GALVANIZED STEEL. b. JOINTS: BELOW FLOOR SLAB - COMPRESSION TYPE PLASTIC SEAL (HUB AND SPIGOT). ABOVE FLOOR SLAB - NEOPRENE SEALING SLEEVE WITH STAINLESS STEEL SHIELD AND CLAMP WITH APPROVED NEOPRENE - BASED LUBRICANT, (HUBLESS). GALVANIZED VENT - SCREWED JOINTS WITH TEFLOW TAPE ON MALE THREADS. c. PITCH WASTE LINES 2' AND SMALLER NOT LESS THAN 1/4' PER FOOT. PITCH LARGER MAINS NOT LESS THAN 1/8' PER FOOT. d. INSTALL A CLEANOUT AT BASE OF EACH SOIL STACK, AT EACH CHANGE IN DIRECTION, AT INTERVALS NOT OVER 50 FEET, AND ELSEWHERE AS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS OR REQUIRED BY LOCAL CODE. CLEANOUTS SHALL NOT BE INSTALLED IN PUBLIC AREAS WITHOUT SPECIFIC PERMISSION BY TENANT'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER* BUT WHERE NECESSARY, THE WALL COVERS ARE TO BE STAINLESS STEEL AND THE FLOOR COVERS ARE TO BE BRASS (FLUSH WITH FINISHED FLOOR). PROVIDE COVERS WITH INSET AREA FOR CARPETED FLOOR LOCATIONS. ALL CLEAN -OUT LOCATIONS SHALL BE APPROVED BY THE TENANT'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER e. INSULATE ALL HORIZONAL RUNS OF PIPING LOCATED IN CEILING SPACES WHEN APPLICABLE. INSULATION TO BE AS SPECIFIED FOR WATER PIPING. f. INSULATE THE TRAP, SANITARY AND SUPPLY PIPES UNDER LAVATORY WITH 1/2' ARMSTRONG 'ARMAFLEX' PIPING INSULATION OR TRUEBRO MODEL 102W 'HAND! LAY GUARD' INSULATION KIT. 2. CONDENSATE PIPING: 4. GAS PIPING: a. CONDENSATE PIPING SHALL BE TYPE 'L' DRAWN COPPER TUBE WITH 95 -5 TIN - ANTIMONY SOLDERED JOINTS AND WROUGHT COPPER FITTINGS WITH DIELECTRIC SEPARATION BETWEEN DISSIMILAR METALS. 3. POTABLE WATER PIPING: f. g• a. BELOW GRADE: TYPE 'K', ANNEALED TEMPERED COPPER TUBE FOR PIPE SIZES 2 INCHES AND SMALLER BRAZE ALL JOINTS. b. ABOVE GRADE: TYPE 'L' DRAU '4 COPPER TUBE WITH WROUGHT COPPER FITTINGS AND 95 -5 TIN - ANTIMONY SOLDER c. INSTALL AIR CHAMBER SHOCK ABSORBERS IN PIPING SYSTEM TO PREVENT NOISE AND DAMAGE DUE TO WATER HAMMER d. ALL BRANCH PIPING SYSTEM SHALL HAVE ACCESSIBLE SERVICE VALVE. PROVIDE SHUT OFF VALVES IN THE SUPPLY PIPING TO EVERY FIXTURE. PROVIDE ACCESS DOORS WHERE NECESSARY. e. PROVIDE WATER METER AND REMOTE READER PER LANDLORD'S CRITERIA OR LOCAL UTILITIES REQUIREMENTS IF APPLICABLE. REFER TO PLANS TO DETERMINED IF WATER METER IS REQUIRED. SECURE PIPE AT ANGLE STOPS. PROVIDE FLEXIBLE INSERTS AT ALL PIPE PENETRATIONS THROUGH FRAMING TO KEEP PIPES FROM HITTING FRAME WHEN IN OPERATION. a. PROVIDE A COMPLETE GAS PIPING SYSTEM IF APPLICABLE. REFER TO PLANS TO DETERMINE IF A GAS SYSTEM IS REQUIRED. b. LOW PRESSURE (14' W.C. AND BELOW) GAS LINES SHALL BE BLACK STEEL, SCHEDULE 40, ASTM A -I20, WITH MALLEABLE THREADED FITTINGS FOR 2' AND SMALLER, AND WITH WELDED JOINTS FOR 2 -1/2' AND LARGER MEDIUM PRESSURE (ABOVE 14' WC.) SHALL HAVE WELDED JOINTS. c. PROVIDE A GAS COCK, DIRT LEG, AND UNION CONNECTION TO EACH PIECE OF EQUIPMENT. PROVIDE GAS METER AND /OR REGULATOR AS REQUIRED. REGULATOR TO BE VENTED TO THE EXTERIOR d. PITCH PIPING AT A UNIFORM GRADE OF 1/4' IN 15 FEET UPWARD IN DIRECTION OF FLOW. SUPPORT PIPING EVERY 5 FEET. SUPPORT AS REQUIRED BY LANDLORD CRITERIA, AS DETAILED ON DRAWINGS, OR BY STANDARD INDUSTRY PRACTICE, WHICHEVER IS MORE STRINGENT. e. GAS PIPING EXPOSED ON ROOF MUST BE PAINTED WITH RUST- INHIBITING PAINT. f. INSTALLATION, TESTING AND PURGING OF GAS PIPING SHALL BE DONE PER THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE LOCAL GAS COMPANY, LOCAL CODES, AND APPLICABLE NFPA 54 CODES. CONTACT AND COORDINATE GAS SERVICE AND METER REQUIREMENTS WITH THE LOCAL GAS COMPANY AND THE MALL'S MANAGER PRIOR TO BID. SPECIFICATIONS DIVISION XV MECHANICAL (CONT.) SEC. 15400 - PLUMBING (CONT.) C. PIPING (CONT.): 5. INSULATION: a. INSULATE ALL WATER AND INTERIOR CONDENSATE PIPING WITH I' THICK (K =023 0 15 F) SNAP -ON FIBERGLASS PIPE INSULATION WITH AN ALL SERVICE JACKET TO MEET LOCAL CODES AND UL FLAME SPREAD RATING OF 25 AND SMOKE DEVELOPED RATINGS OF 50. APPROVED MANUFACTURER: MANVILLE MICRO -LOK 6. TEST 4 STERILIZATION: a. LEAKAGE TESTS SHALL BE PER LOCAL CODES, MINIMUM AS FOLLOWS: I. TEST POTABLE WATER PIPING AND CONDENSATE PIPING AT 125 PSIG FOR SIX HOURS. 2. TEST DRAIN, WASTE, VENT PIPING BY A 10' WATER COLUMN FOR TWO HOURS. ALL JOINTS SHALL BE GAS AND WATER TIGHT. 3. TEST GAS PIPING PER NFPA 54 CODES. 4. STERILIZE POTABLE HOT AND COLD WATER LINES UPON COMPLETION OF SYSTEM. STERILIZE WATER SYSTEM IN ACCORDANCE WITH LOCAL CODES. SEC. 1500 - HEATING, VENTILATION 4 AIR CONDITIONING A HVAC EQUIPMENT: I. PRIMARY HEATING, VENTILATION AND AIR CONDITIONING UNITS: a. PRIMARY HEATING, VENTILATION, AND AIR CONDITIONING UNITS ARE TO BE BY TRANE CORPORATION AS SCHEDULED. ALL COMPRESSORS ARE TO INCLUDE A 5 -YEAR EXTENDED WARRANTY. b. EQUALS EQUIPMENT AS MANUFACTURED BY CARRIER OR YORK IF NOT AVAILABLE THROUGH REASONABLE EFFORT. c. ALL EQUIPMENT SHALL BE COMPLETE IN EVERY RESPECT WITH ALL DEVICES, APPURTENANCES, AND ACCESSORIES PROVIDED TO MEET THE DESIGN INTENT AND OPERATION OF THE SYSTEMS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFIED HEREIN. d. EQUIPMENT SHALL BE INSTALLED IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. ALL AIR CONDITIONING EQUIPMENT MUSTHAVE A CONDENSATE DRAIN AND BE TRAPPED IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURERS DATA SEE DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL DETAILS. e. SECONDARY DRAIN PANS ARE REQUIRED TO BE INSTALLED BENEATH ALL INDOOR AIR CONDITIONING EQUIPMENT WITH THE EXCEPTION OF VAV BOXES. SECONDARY PANS ARE TO PROTECT ENTIRE UNIT. PROVIDE CONDENSATE PUMPS, AS REQUIRED. CONDENSATE SHALL BE DIRECTED TO MOP SINK OR AS SPECIFIED ON PLANS. 2. VARIABLE AIR VOLUME BOXES (VAV): a. WHERE SHOWN ON DRAWINGS, PROVIDE VAV BOXES COMPLETE WITH CONTROLS, HEATING COILS (FANS AS REQUIRED). ALL DUCT CONNECTIONS FLEXIBLE DUCT/PIPE CONNECTIONS SHALL BE PROVIDED BY THE CONTRACTOR. 3. TOILET EXHAUST FANS: a. WHERE SHOWN ON DRAWINGS, PROVIDE A TOILET EXHAUST FAN UNIT COMPLETE WITH GRAVITY BACK DRAFT DAMPERS. ALL DUCTWORK, ROOF OPENINGS AND CAPS NECESSARY TO PROVIDE A COMPLETE EXHAUST SYSTEM SHALL BE PROVIDED BY THE CONTRACTOR REFER TO PLANS FOR APPLICABILITY. 4. BASEBOARD, CABINET, AND UNIT HEATERS: a. WHERE SHOWN ON DRAWINGS, PROVIDE ELECTRIC HEATERS COMPLETE WITH ELECTRIC HEATING COIL, CONTROLS, AND INTEGRAL THERMOSTAT. 5. INLINE PUMPS: a. WHERE SHOWN ON DRAWINGS PROVIDE AN INLINE CLOSE COUPLED PUMP(S), BRONZE FITTED, PUMPS SHALL BE FURNISHED WITH BRONZE CASE WEARING RINGS, BRONZE SHAFT SLEEVE AND MECHANICAL SHAFT SEAL RATED FOR PUMPS TO BE SO CONSTRUCTED THAT THEY MAY BE MOUNTED IN A HORIZONTAL OR VERTICAL PIPE LINE. MOTOR TO BE 1150 RPM UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 6. IBRATION ISOLATION DEVICES: a. VIBRATION ISOLATION DEVICES SHALL BE PROVIDED IN ALL SUPPORTS BETWEEN VIBRATING EQUIPMENT (FANS, ROOFTOP UNITS, AIR HANDLERS, FAN POWERED VAV BOXES, ETC.) AND STRUCTURE. b. VIBRATING EQUIPMENT HUNG FROM STRUCTURE SHALL BE ISOLATED WITH RUBBER AND SPRING DEVICES. VIBRATING EQUIPMENT SUPPORTED FROM FLOOR OR DECK SHALL BE ISOLATED WITH HOUSED SPRING MOUNT DEVICES. C. EXAMINE DEAD LOAD AND OPERATING LOAD CONDITIONS WHEN SELECTING DEVICES. ADJUST FOR PROPER ALIGNMENT AND LOADING. AVOID 'GROUNDING' THE ISOLATOR d. CHECK HANGER ROD SIZE FOR ALLOWABLE LOADS AT THE ISOLATING DEVICE AND AT THE UPPER AND LOWER ATTACHMENTS TO STRUCTURES, DUCTS, EQUIPMENT, ETC. e. CONSULT MANUFACTURER FOR APPLICATION DATA. 1 CURBS AND STEEL FRAMING FOR SUPPORT: a. THIS CONTRACTOR WILL PROVIDE ALL NECESSARY CURBS AND STEEL FRAMING REQUIRED TO INSTALL ALL HVAC EQUIPMENT AS DESCRIBED OR IMPLIED ON THE DRAWINGS. CURBS SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 14' HIGH, OF THE SAME MANUFACTURER OF THE EQUIPMENT SUPPORTED. INSULATE UNDER THE COMPRESSOR SECTION TO PREVENT CONDENSATION. ALL CURBS MUST BE INSTALLED SO THAT TOP OF CURBS ARE 'DEAD' LEVEL. ALL PENETRATIONS OF EXISTING STRUCTURE SHALL BE DONE IN ACCORDANCE TO THE LANDLORD'S GUIDELINES AT THIS CONTRACTOR'S EXPENSE. 8. METAL DUCTWORK: a. NO FIBERGLASS DUCT ALLOWED. b. NO DUCTWORK SHALL BE FABRICATED PRIOR TO APPROVAL BY THE TENANT'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER SIGNIFICANT DEVIATIONS FROM DESIGN MUST BE APPROVED BY TENANT'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER PRIOR TO FABRICATION OR INSTALLATION. ALL DUCT MAINS ARE TO BE RECTANGULAR UNLESS NOTES OTHERWISE. ALL DUCT BRANCHES TO DIFFUSERS ARE TO BE ROUND RIGID DUCT. (FLEXIBLE DUCT CONNECTIONS TO THE DIFFUSER ARE NOT TO EXCEED 5' -0'). c. EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE INDICATED, FABRICATE AND INSTALL RECTANGULAR DUCTS WITH GALVANIZED SHEET STEEL, IN ACCORDANCE WITH SMACNA 'HVAC DUCT CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS' OF THE LATEST EDITION. CONFORM TO THE REQUIREMENTS IN THE REFERENCED STANDARD FOR METAL THICKNESS, REINFORCING TYPES AND INTERVALS, TIE ROD APPLICATIONS, AND JOINT TYPES AND INTERVALS. d. EXCEPT WHERE OTHERWISE INDICATED, CONSTRUCT DUCT SYSTEMS TO THE FOLLOWING PRESSURE CLASSIFICATIONS: (VERIFY WHETHER RETURN OR EXHAUST DUCT IS POSITIVE OR NEGATIVE PRESSURE). I. SUPPLY DUCTS: 2 INCHES WATER GAUGE, POSITIVE PRESSURE. 2. RETURN AND EXHAUST DUCTS: 2 INCHES WATER GAUGE, NEGATIVE PRESSURE. PRESSURE TEST DUCTS FOR LEAKAGE. REMAKE LEAKING JOINTS AND APPLY SEALANTS AS REQUIRED TO FABRICATE A SYSTEM THAT DOES NOT EXCEED 5% LEAKAGE OR LESS AS STATED BY PRESSURE CLASS RATINGS IN SMACNA STANDARDS. e. AS A MINIMUM, CROSSBREAK ALL FLAT SURFACES OR REINFORCE WITH A BEAD APPROXIMATELY 3/8' WIDE X 3/I6' DEEP ON 12' CENTERS TO PREVENT VIBRATIONS. INSTALL DOUBLE THICKNESS TURNING VANES IN ALL RIGHT ANGLE ELBOWS. INSTALL RIGID ROUND AND RECTANGULAR METAL DUCT WITH SUPPOR SYSTEMS INDICATED IN SMACNA STANDARDS. SUPPORT HORIZONTAL DUCTS WITHIN 2 FEET OF EACH ELBOW AND WITHIN 4 FEET OF EACH BRANCH INTERSECTION USING DOUBLE STRAP HANGERS ON EACH SIDE OF FITTING. SUPPORT VERTICAL DUCTS AT A MAXIMUM INTERVAL OF 16 FEET AND AT EACH FLOOR NO WOOD SHALL BE USED TO SUPPORT OR BRACE DUCTS. PROVIDE SWAY AND SEISMIC BRACING AS REQUIRED BY STATE AND LOCAL CODES OR BY LANDLORD. WHERE DUCTS PASS THROUGH ROOFS AND FLOORS, PROVIDE AS MINIMUM I- 1/2'X1 -I/2' X1/8' STEEL ANGLE FRAMES AT EACH SIDE OF OPENING. THE ANNULAR SPACE BETWEEN DUCT AND ANGLE FRAMES SHALL BE CAULKED WITH SILICONE SEALANT OR FIREPROOFED AS REQUIRED BY ASSEMBLY FIRE RATING. I. ALL TRAVERSE JOINTS AND SEAMS IN SUPPLY AIR DUCT SHALL BE SEALED AIR TIGHT WITH DAP CMC DUCT SEALER JOINTS ALSO SHALL BE RIVETED OR CONNECTED WITH SHEET METAL SCREWS. J. SOFT ELASTOMER BUTYL GASKET WITH ADHESIVE BACKING SHALL BE USED TO SEAL FLANGED JOINTS. k DUCT TRANSITIONS SHALL NOT EXCEED 30 DEGREES SLOPE EXCEPT AS SPECIFICALLY NOTED OTHERWISE. I. PROVIDE ACCESS TO ALL MOTORIZED DAMPERS, FIRE DAMPERS, CONTROLS, AND OTHER ITEMS IN DUCTWORK THAT REQUIRE SERVICE OR INSPECTION. IF THE ACCESS PANEL LOCATION IS EXPOSED TO THE SALES AREA, IT MUST BE APPROVED BY THE TENANT'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. LAY -IN SUPPLY AND RETURN AIR DIFFUSERS, GRILLES AND REGISTERS WITH PLASTER FRAMES MAY BE USED AS ACCESS LOCATIONS. m. FLEXIBLE CONNECTIONS: F. g• I. FLEXIBLE COLLARS SHALL BE PROVIDED IN ALL CONNECTIONS BETWEEN VIBRATING EQUIPMENT (FANS, ROOFTOP UNITS, AIR HANDLERS, FAN POWERED VAV BOXES, ETC.) AND DUCTS OR CASINGS. ALSO, PROVIDE FLEXIBLE CONNECTIONS WHERE DUCTS CROSS BUILDING EXPANSION JOINTS. 2. FLEXIBLE CONNECTIONS SHALL CONSTRUCTED OF NEOPRENE- COATED FLAMEPROOF FABRIC. PROVIDE ADEQUATE JOINT FLEXIBILITY TO ALLOW FOR MOVEMENT AND PREVENT THE TRANSMISSION OF VIBRATION. 3. FLEXIBLE CONNECTION IS TO BE RATED FOR THE OPERATING PRESSURE OF THE SYSTEM. n. FIRE DAMPERS: 1. PROVIDE PRIMARY FIRE DAMPERS WHERE INDICATED OR REQUIRED BY CODES. DAMPERS SHALL BE DESIGNED FOR HORIZONTAL OR VERTICAL FLOW OF AIR AS REQUIRED. FIRE DAMPERS SHALL BE UL LABELED. 2. FIRE DAMPERS SHALL HAVE THE BLADES OUT OF THE AIRSTREAM AND A 1650F FUSIBLE LINK, TYPE A, AS MINIMUM. 3. PROVIDE ALL NECESSARY FRAMING AND SLEEVES FOR DAMPER MOUNTING PER UL AND CODE REQUIREMENTS. 4. PROVIDE DUCT ACCESS DOORS IN AN ACCESSABLE LOCATION FOR ALL FIRE DAMPERS. DOOR IS TO BE 20 GA GALVANIZED DOOR WITH QUICK- OPENING LATCH AND PIANO HINGE. DIVISION XV MECHANICAL (CONT.) o. FLEXIBLE AIR DUCT: P- I. FLEXIBLE AIR DUCT SHALL BE I' INSULATED CLASS 1 AND RATED FOR THE OPERATING PRESSURE OF THE SYSTEM. DUCT CONSTRUCTION MATERIAL (PLASTIC, CLOTH, ALUMINUM) MUST ADHERE TO LOCAL CODES AND LANDLORD'S REQUIREMENTS AND BE INCLUDED AS SUCH IN THE BID. 2. FLEXIBLE AIR DUCT MAY ONLY BE USED IN VERTICAL APPLICATIONS WITH PRIOR APPROVAL FROM TENANT'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER 3. FLEXIBLE DUCT SHALL NOT EXTEND OVER 5' -0' IN LENGTH AT ANY ONE LOCATION. SUPPLY AIR TAKE -OFF FITINGS: 1. PROVIDE CONICAL OR 'BELL - MOUTH' TAKE -OFFS FROM MAIN DUCTWORK TO ROUND BRANCHES. INSTALL PER MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. 2. PROVIDE 45. RECTANGULAR TAKE -OFFS FROM MAIN DUCTWORK TO RECTANGULAR BRANCHES. DAMPERS: I. PROVIDE MANUAL LOCKING QUADRANT VOLUME CONTROL DAMPERS WITH HANDLE OPERATORS IN EACH BRANCH DUCT AND AS SHOWN ON PLANS TO FACILITATE AIR BALANCING. 2. WHERE ACCESS TO BALANCING DAMPER IS RESTRICTED, YOUNG'S REGULATORS SHALL BE USED. 3. ALL RECTANGULAR DAMPERS IN OUTSIDE AIR, RELIEF AIR, OR RETURN AIR DUCTS ARE TO BE OF OPPOSED BLADE TYPE. ALL OUTSIDE AIR DUCT DAMPERS MUST ALSO BE OF THE LOW LEAKAGE TYPE. 4. ALL MOTORIZED DAMPERS NOT FURNISHED WITH EQUIPMENT ARE TO BE HONEYWELL DAMPERS. r. DIFFUSERS, GRILLES AND REGISTERS: 1. PROVIDE DIFFUSERS GRILLES AND REGISTERS AS SCHEDULED. DEVICES TO BE COMPLETE WITH DAMPERS FRAMES AND ALL ACCESSORIES. FINISH AS INDICATED. 2. INSTALL ALL AIR DEVICES AS LOCATED ON THE ARCHITECTURAL REFLECTED CEILING PLAN. 3. APPROVED MANUFACTURERS: TITUS IS SPECIFIED, EQUALS BY METALAIRE OR KRUEGER IS ACCEPTABLE. e. MEDIUM PRESSURE DUCT I. WHERE DUCTWORK IS SPECIFICALLY NOTED AS MEDIUM PRESSURE, IT SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SMACNA STANDARDS FOR A PRESSURE RATING OF 3 INCHES WATER COLUMN MINIMUM OR LARGER AS REQUIRED BY LANDLORD. 2. ALL GAUGES AND REINFORCEMENT MUST MEET WITH THE LATEST EDITION OF SMACNA STANDARDS FOR MEDIUM PRESSURE DUCT AND WITH THE LANDLORD'S CRITERIA 3. ALL OTHER ITEMS FROM METAL DUCTWORK SPECIFICATION SECTION APPLY TO THIS SECTION SEC. WOO - HEATING, VENTILATION 4 AIR CONDITIONING (CONT.) S. METAL DUCTWORK (CONT.): t. DUCTWORK INSULATION I. INSTALL INSULATION PRODUCTS IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS, AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH RECOGNIZED INDUSTRY PRACTICES. INSULATION MUST COMPLY WITH NFPA S0A 2. DUCT SIZES SHOWN ON DRAWINGS ARE INSIDE CLEAR DIMENSIONS. INSULATE SUPPLY AND RETURN AIR RECTANGULAR DUCTWORK WHERE SHOWN ON PLAN. DUCTWORK SHALL BE INTERNALLY INSULATED WITH I' THICK, 1 -1/2 LB. DENSITY LINER (C.025 15F). LINER IS TO HAVE A COATED SURFACE EXPOSED TO AIRSTREAM TO PREVENT EROSION. APPLY ADHESIVES AND MECHANICAL FASTENERS AS RECOMMENDED BY SMACNA AND THE MANUFACTURER TO PREVENT LINER SEPARATION FROM THE DUCT. ALL TRANSVERSE EDGES TO BE COATED WITH ADHESIVE. 3. ALL ROUND AND OUTSIDE AIR DUCTWORK ABOVE THE CEILING SHALL BE EXTERNALLY INSULATED WITH A MINIMUM OF 1'THICK, 1 -1/2 LB. DENSITY (R =5.6) DUCT WRAP WITH VAPOR BARRIER VAPOR BARRIER IS TO BE MAINTAINED THROUGHOUT DUCT SYSTEM. ALL JOINTS MUST BE TAPED SO THAT NO INSULATION FIBER IS VISIBLE. EXTEND DUCTWORK INSULATION WITHOUT INTERRUPTION THROUGH WALLS, FLOORS, AND SIMILAR PENETRATIONS. 4. ALL INSULATION SHALL HAVE A FLAME SPREAD RATING OF NOT MORE THAN 25 AND A SMOKE DEVELOPED RATING OF NO HIGHER THAT 50 WHEN TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM C 411, OR AS REQUIRED BY LOCAL CODES. u. SYSTEM CLEANOUT I. DUCTWORK AND AIR HANDLING EQUIPMENT IS TO BE CLEANED OUT AND BLOUJN OUT BEFORE PAINTING IS STARTED BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR 2. FILTERS MUST BE IN UNITS AT ANY TIME FANS ARE OPERATED. 9. HYDRONIC PIPING: a. PROVIDE A COMPLETE HYDRONIC PIPING SYSTEM IF APPLICABLE. REFER TO PLANS TO DETERMINE IF A HYDRONIC SYSTEM IS REQUIRED. b. HYDRONIC PIPING FOR CHILLED WATER AND /OR HEATING WATER AND /OR CONDENSER WATER SHALL BE ASTM A -I20, SCHEDULE 40, ERW, BLACK STEEL PIPE WITH PLAIN ENDS. INSTALL STEEL PIPE WITH WELDED JOINTS WHERE PIPE IS 2 -1/2 INCH AND LARGER INSTALL STEEL PIPE WITH THREADED JOINTS AND FITTINGS OR INSTALL TYPE 'K' ANNEALED TEMPERED COPPER TUBE WITH SILFOS JOINTS FOR 2 INCH AND SMALLER PIPE. PROVIDE DIELECTRIC UNIONS BETWEEN DISSIMILAR METALS. ALL PIPING SHALL BE IN STRICT CONFORMANCE WITH ASTM, ASA, AND LANDLORD'S REQUIREMENTS, WHICHEVER IS MOST STRINGENT. UNIONS OR FLANGES MUST BE USED AT EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS WHERE SERVICE OR REMOVAL MAY BE REQUIRED. C. ALL PIPING AND EQUIPMENT SHALL BE PRESSURE TESTED WITHOUT LEAKAGE AT A MINIMUM PRESSURE OF 125 PSI. d. ALL HYDRONIC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT CONNECTED TO THE HVAC PIPING SYSTEM SHALL BE CLEANED AND FLUSHED. REMOVE, CLEAN, AND REPLACE STRAINER SCREENS. FILL TENANT'S SYSTEM WITH DOMESTIC WATER AND VENT ALL PIPING AND EQUIPMENT PRIOR TO CONNECTION TO THE LANDLORD'S SYSTEM. CONTRACTOR SHALL NOT FILL TENANT'S SYSTEM WITH WATER FROM THE LANDLORD'S SYSTEM UNLESS SPECIFICALLY INSTRUCTED TO DO SO FROM THE LANDLORD'S FIELD REPRESENTATIVE. e. PRIOR TO CONNECTION TO THE LANDLORD'S SYSTEM, CONTRACTOR SHALL OBTAIN WRITTEN CONFIRMATION FROM THE LANDLORD'S FIELD REPRESENTATIVE, THAT ALL TESTING, FLUSHING, AND PROPER FILLING OF THE TENANT'S SYSTEM HAS BEEN COMPLETED IN ACCORDANCE TO THE LANDLORD'S REQUIREMENTS AND THAT THE TENANT'S SYSTEM IS READY TO BE CONNECTED TO THE LANDLORD'S SYSTEM. f. VALVES: I. GATE VALVES, 2 -INCH AND SMALLER: CLASS 150, BODY AND UNION BONNET OF ASTM B 62 CAST BRONZE WITH THREADED OR SOLDER ENDS, INTEGRAL SEAT, RENEWABLE SOLID BRONZE WEDGE DISC, RISING STEM, SCREWED BONNET AND RE- PACKABLE UNDER PRESSURE. BALL VALVES ARE ACCEPTED AS AN EQUAL SUBSTITUTION. 2. GATE VALVES, 2 -1/2 INCH AND LARGER: CLASS 125 CAST IRON BODY, RENEWABLE BRONZE SEATS AND SOLID WEDGE DISC, RISING STEM, FLANGED ENDS, AND RE- PACKABLE UNDER PRESSURE. 3. SWING CHECK VALVES, 2 -INCH AND SMALLER CLASS 150, CAST BRONZE BODY AND CAP CONFORMING TO ASTM B 62 WITH HORIZONTAL SWING, Y- PATTERN, RENEWABLE BRONZE DISC, AND HAVING THREADED OR SOLDERED ENDS. 4. SWING CHECK VALVE, 2 -1/2 INCH AND LARGER: CLASS 125 CAST IRON BODY AND BOLTED CAP, HORIZONTAL SWING, RENEWABLE BRONZE DISC, FLANGED ENDS AND CAPABLE OF BEING REFITTED WHILE THE VALVE REMAINS IN THE LINE. 5. COMBINATION BALANCING AND SHUT - OFF VALVES: BELL 4 GOSSETT CIRCUIT SETTER WITH LOCKING SETPOINT. A CIRCUIT SETTER BALANCE WHEEL MUST BE INCLUDED WITH 0 4 M MANUAL. 6. FLOW METER: BELL AND GOSSETT THERIOFLO INDICATOR MODEL TFI. PIPING SPECIALTIES: I. PRESSURE/TEMPERATURE TEST PLUGS ( PETE'S PLUG) - 1/4 INCH NPT FITTINGS TO RECEIVE EITHER A TEMPERATURE OR PRESSURE PROBE, 1/8 INCH O.D. FITTING AND CAPS SHALL BE BRASS WITH VALVE CORE OF NORDEL, RATED AT 400 PSIG, O.F TO 20O•F. 2. STRAINERS - 'Y' PATTERN STRAINERS, 125 PSIG, CAST IRON BODY WITH PERFORATED STAINLESS STEEL SCREEN, THREADED FOR 2 INCHES AND SMALLER, FLANGED FOR 2 -1/2 INCHES AND LARGER SCREEN OPENING SIZE AT 0.033 INCH FOR HEATING AND 1/8 INCH FOR CHILLED OR CONDENSER WATER PROVIDE WITH SLOWDOWN VALVE WITH HOSE END FITTING. 3. THERMOMETERS - DIE CAST ALUMINUM, 9' INDUSTRIAL MERCURY THERMOMETER, FULLY ADJUSTABLE WITH CLEAR ACRYLIC WINDOW AND BRASS SEPARABLE SOCKET. 4. MANUAL AIR VENTS - 1/8' COIN - OPERATED VENT. PROVIDE AN AIR CHAMBER CONSISTING OF A 3/4' NIPPLE AND BUSHINGS. In. GENERAL INSTALLATION: I. INSTALL WATER MAINS WITHOUT PITCH. USE ECCENTRIC REDUCING COUPLINGS AT CHANGES IN SIZE WITH THE TOP OF PIPES AT SAME ELEVATION. MAKE CHANGES IN DIRECTION WITH FITTINGS. 2. BRANCHES TO UNITS BELOW MAINS TO BE TAKEN FROM BOTTOM OF MAINS AT A 45 DEGREE ANGLE, PITCH DOWNWARD TOWARD UNITS. BRANCHES TO UNITS ABOVE MAINS TO BE TAKEN FROM TOP OF MAINS AT A 45 DEGREE ANGLE PITCHED UPWARD TOWARDS UNITS. PITCH NOT LESS THAN I' TO 10 FEET. 3. HANGERS SHALL BE SIZED AND INSTALLED FOR THE OUTSIDE DIAMETER OF THE INSULATED PIPE. INSTALL 6' LONG SPLIT CIRCLE GALVANIZED SADDLE BETWEEN THE HANGER AND PIPE INSULATION. 4. HANGERS AND PIPING OF DISSIMILAR METALS SHALL BE DIELECTRICALLY SEPARATED FROM ONE ANOTHER 5. SEE PLANS FOR APPLICABLE DETAILS. 6. ALL PRESSURE PIPING SYSTEMS INSTALLED SHALL CONFORM TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE STATE PIPING AND WELDING CODES. 1. INSTALL VALVES AT LOW POINTS FOR DRAINING EACH SYSTEM AND INSTALL MANUAL VENTS AT ALL HIGH POINTS OF EQUIPMENT AND PIPING IN THE SYSTEM TO PROPERLY REMOVE ENTRAPPED AIR 1. INSULATION: 1. ALL HYDRONIC PIPING FOR CHILLED WATER AND /OR HEATING WATER, VALVES, FITTINGS, AND ACCESSORIES SHALL BE INSULATED. FOR PIPE SIZES UP TO 2 INCHES, INSULATE WITH 1 INCH THICK (K =023 * 15.F FIBERGLASS INSULATION WITH ALL SERVICE JACKET AND VAPOR BARRIER FOR PIPE SIZES 2 -1/2 INCHES AND LARGER, INSULATE WITH 1 -1/2 INCH THICK (K =023 * 15F) FIBERGLASS INSULATION WITH ALL SERVICE JACKET AND VAPOR BARRIER 2. INSULATION AT ALL HANGERS FOR PIPING 2 -1/2 INCHES AND LARGER SHALL BE HARD AND NON - COMPRESSIBLE. 3. ALL INSULATION SHALL HAVE A FLAME SPREAD RATING OF NOT MORE THAN 25 AND A SMOKE DEVELOPED RATING OF NO HIGHER THAT 50 TO CONFORM WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE NFPA. DIVISION XV MECHANICAL (CONT.) 10. REFRIGERANT PIPING: a. b. PROVIDE A COMPLETE REFRIGERANT PIPING SYSTEM BETWEEN INDOOR FAN UNITS AND OUTDOOR CONDENSING UNITS, IF APPLICABLE. PROVIDE OIL, REFRIGERANT CHARGE AND TEST SYSTEM. REFER TO PLANS TO DETERMINE IF A REFRIGERANT PIPING SYSTEM IS REQUIRED. MATERIALS: I. REFRIGERANT PIPING SHALL BE TYPE 'L' DRAWN COPPER TUBING (ASTM 588), WROUGHT COPPER OR CAST BRONZE FITTINGS (ANSI BI622), WITH SILFOS -5 SOLDERED JOINTS. 2. SERVICE VALVES, CHARGING PORTS, FILTER - DRIER, SIGHT GLASS, AND A THERMOSTATIC EXPANSION VALVE (TXV) SHALL BE INSTALLED FOR EACH SYSTEM AS A MINIMUM. c. INSTALLATION: 1. SIZE LINES WITH ADEQUATE LIFT TRAPS AND DOUBLE SUCTION RISERS AS NECESSARY TO MEET THE NEEDS OF EQUIPMENT SPECIFIED, FIELD CONDITIONS, AND EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. 2. PRESSURE TEST FOR LEAKS WITH AN INERT GAS AT 250 PSIG. REDO LEAKING JOINTS AND RETEST UNTIL SYSTEM IS TIGHT. EVACUATE GAS AND CHARGE SYSTEM. RE -TEST SYSTEM AND CHECK FOR LEAKS WITH HALIDE LEAK DETECTOR ALL LEAKING JOINTS MUST BE COMPLETELY RE -DONE UNTIL NO LEAKS EXIST. 3. UPON COMPLETION OF TESTING, BUT BEFORE INSULATION IS APPLIED, PIPING MUST BE INSPECTED BY A REPRESENTATIVE OF THE LOCAL GOVERNING AUTHORITY AS NECESSARY. 4. REFRIGERANT LINES SHALL BE INSULATED WITH I INCH THICK RUBATEX OR ARMSTRONG REFRIGERANT PIPE INSULATION IN ACCORDANCE WITH INDUSTRY STANDARDS. SEC. 15920 - TESTING, ADJUSTING 4 BALANCING A SYSTEM TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING: 1. TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING OF ALL WORK SHALL BE MADE BY AN INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR WHO IS CURRENTLY LICENSED ASSOCIATED AIR BALANCING COUNCIL (AABC) OR NATIONAL ENVIRONMENTAL BALANCING BUREAU (NEBB) BALANCING CONTRACTOR NO OTHER BALANCE REPORTS WILL BE REVIEWED OR ACCEPTED. ALL BALANCING WORK MUST BE COMPLETE AND DONE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE MOST RECENT STANDARDS OF THEIR SOCIETY. PAYMENT OF ALL COSTS FOR TESTING SHALL BE MADE BY THE HVAC CONTRACTOR 2. INSTALL NEW FILTERS IN ALL UNITS PRIOR TO THE AIR BALANCE. THE COMPLETE AIR BALANCE SHALL TAKE PLACE WITH OUTSIDE AIR DAMPERS IN MINIMUM POSITION. 3. BALANCE AIR AND WATER QUANTITIES TO WITHIN + 5% OF THAT INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. ANY REQUIRED CHANGES IN SHEAVES, BELTS, PULLEYS, OR THE ADDITION OF DAMPERS REQUIRED TO ACHIEVE SPECIFIED FLOW RATES SHALL BE PERFORMED BY THE HVAC CONTRACTOR WITH NO ADDITIONAL COST TO THE TENANT. 4. THE BALANCE REPORT SHALL INCLUDE AS A MINIMUM THE FOLLOWING INFORMATION: a. AABC OR NEBB CERTIFICATION NUMBER AND SIGNATURE OF BALANCING CONTRACTOR b. INSTRUMENTATION LIST WITH LAST CALIBRATION DATES. C. MAKE AND MODEL NUMBERS OF ALL HVAC EQUIPMENT TESTED. d. AIR CFM AND STATIC PRESSURE READINGS (DISCHARGE AND SUCTION) AS MEASURED BY PITOT TUBE DUCT TRAVERSE AT THE UNIT. e. MOTOR NAMEPLATE DATA WITH ACTUAL FIELD VOLTAGE AND AMPERAGE READINGS FOR EACH LEG. f. MOTOR AND FAN RPMS, SHEAVE SIZES AND BELT SIZES. g. OUTSIDE, RETURN, MIXED AND SUPPLY AIR TEMPERATURES AT FULL COOLING. Ft WATER BALANCE DATA INCLUDING GPM WITH INLET AND OUTLET TEMPERATURE AND PRESSURE READINGS (WHERE APPLICABLE). i. MAKE AND MODEL NUMBERS OF ALL AIR DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT. J. FINAL BALANCED AIR VOLUMES AT ALL OUTLETS (INCLUDING RETURNS WHERE DUCTED). k INDEXED PLAN WITH DIFFUSER AND RETURN LOCATIONS. 5. ALL CONTROL SEQUENCES SHALL BE TESTED (INTERLOCKED EQUIPMENT, SMOKE DETECTORS, SMOKE EVACUATION, ECONOMIZER, ETC.) AND OPERATING STATUS RECORDED IN THE REPORT. 6. THREE COPIES OF THE BALANCE REPORT SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO THE TENANT'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER FOR APPROVAL. SEC. 15920 - TESTING, ADJUSTING 4 BALANCING (CONT.) A SYSTEM TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING (CONT.): 1. PERFORM ALL APPLICABLE TESTING AND BALANCING FUNCTIONS REQUIRED FOR THE SYSTEM DESIGNED IN THESE DRAWINGS. RECHECK ANY ITEMS THAT THE TENANT DEEMS NECESSARY AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO THE TENANT. S. FINAL BALANCE REPORT SHALL BE INCLUDED IN THE OPERATION 4 MAINTENANCE MANUALS. B. FINAL HVAC INSPECTION: I. ASIDE FROM NORMAL INTERIM INSPECTIONS OF WORK IN PLACE, THE TENANT SHALL HAVE THE RIGHT TO AN INDEPENDENT HVAC CONTRACTOR INSPECT THE FINISHED HVAC INSTALLATION UPON COMPLETION FOR COMPLIANCE WITH THE PLANS, SPECIFICATIONS, AND CODES. THE INSTALLING CONTRACTOR G ONTRACTOR WILL BE RESPONSIBLE TO BRING ALL ITEMS REPORTED BY THE INDEPENDENT HVAC CONTRACTOR UP TO PLANS AND SPECIFICATION REQUIREMENTS AT NO COST TO TENANT. DIVISION XVI ELECTRICAL SEC. 16050 - BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS 4 METHODS A WIRE DEVICES: I. COLOR OF WIRING DEVICES AND COVERPLATES SHALL BE SELECTED BY OWNER (SEE PLAN NOTES FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION). a. b. e. e. f. B. PANEL BOARDS AND SAFETY SWITCHES: I. PROVIDE BRANCH CIRCUIT PANELS WHICH SHALL BE OF THE BOLTED CIRCUIT BREAKER TYPE WITH SOLID COPPER BUSSING FULL SIZED NEUTRAL, 25% GROUND BUSSING, OVERALL HINGED /LOCKABLE DOOR, AND TYPWRITTEN DIRECTORY INSIDE DOOR ALL SERVICE ENTRANCE EQUIPMENT SHALL BEAR THE MANUFACTURER'S LABEL WHICH SHALL STATE THAT THE EQUIPMENT IS RATED FOR SERVICE ENTRANCE APPLICATION IN ACCORDANCE WITH NE.C. *230 - 10. LOAD BALANCE ALL ELECTRICAL PHASES AT PANELS AND SWITCHBOARDS. TWO AND THREE POLE BREAKERS SHALL BE COMMON TRIP TYPE. WHEN USED AS SWITCHES IN I20V. AND 211V. LIGHTING CIRCUITS, FURNISH TYPE 'SWD' BREAKERS IN ACCORDANCE WITH N.E.C. •240 -838. SQUARE D OR EQUAL BY GOULD ITE, CUTLER - HAMMER WESTINGHOUSE, CHALLENGER, FEDERAL PACIFIC OR GENERAL ELECTRIC (OR APPROVED EQUAL) 2. PROVIDE SAFETY AND DISCONNECT SWITCHES, FUSED OR NONFUSED, AS CALLED FOR ON DRAWINGS AND AS REQUIRED BY CODE. (FUSES AS MANUFACTURED BY BUSSMAN, CHASE SHAUJMUT, WESTINGHOUSE, ECONOMY FUSE CO., OR LITTLE FUSE CO. ARE ACCEPTABLE.) DISCONNECT SWITCHES THAT ARE INSTALLED AT AIR CONDITIONING EQUIPMENT, HEAT PUMPS, ETC. SHALL BE FUSED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE EQUIPMENT'S NAME PLATE REQUIRMENTS PER N.E.C. 440 -21 4 110 -35. SWITCHES SHALL BE HEAVY DUTY, QUICK MAKE /QUICK BREAK TYPE, FUSIBLE OR NON - FUSIBLE, WEATHERPROOF AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS, OR AS REQUIRED BY LOCAL CODES. LOAD AND HORSEPOWER RATED AS MANUFACTURED BY SQUARE D, GOULD ITE, CHALLENGER, CUTLER HAMMER, WESTINGHOUSE, FEDERAL PACIFIC, OR GENERAL ELECTRIC (OR APPROVED EQUAL). 3. MANUAL MOTOR STARTERS WITH OVERLOAD PROTECTION MAY BE USED FOR FRACTIONAL HORSEPOWER MOTORS THAT DO NOT REQUIRE AUZILIARY CONTROL. SINGLE PHASE STARTERS SHALL BE SQUARE P OR EQUAL. THREE PHASE STARTERS SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH OVERLOAD DEVICE IN EACH PHASE MATCHED TO MOTOR NAMEPLATE RATING. MAGNETIC MOTOR STARTERS (MINIMUM SIZE *1) SHALL BE USED FOR ALL SINGLE PHASE AND THREE PHASE MOTORS RATED ABOVE 1/2 HP OR THAT REQUIRED AUZILIARY CONTROL. PROVIDE CONTROL DEVICES (CONTACTS, TRANSFORMERS, ETC.) IN STARTERS AS REQUIRED FOR INTERLOCKS. COMBINATION STARTERS)UI -IEN USED, SHALL CONTAIN FUSIBLE SWITCHES. C. BOXES: E. 1. 2. RECEPTACLES SHALL BE 20 AMP, 3 -WIRE GROUNDING TYPE EQUAL TO HUBBELL 5362. SWITCHES SHALL BE 20 AMP SPECIFICATION GRADE, RATED AT 120 OR 211 VOLT AS REQUIRED. SPECIAL DEVICES SHALL BE A SPECIFICATION GRADE. ALL DEVICE COVERPLATES SHALL BE STAINLESS STEEL. FLOOR BOXES TO BE HUBBEL 1 8- 2521/29 WITH S -3925 BRASS COVER (OR EQUAL BY 'STEEL CITY') AND HUBBELL 5362 RECEPTACLE (UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED). EQUAL BY ARROW -HART, GENERAL ELECTRIC, BRYANT, PASS 4 SEYMOUR, OR SIERRA. OUTLET BOXES AND COVERS SHALL BE GALVANIZED, ONE -PIECE PRESSED STEEL KNOCKOUT. JUNCTION, PULL BOXES AND COVERS SHALL BE GALVANIZED STEEL, CODE GAUGE SIZE. 3. INSTALL BOXES RIGIDLY ON BUILDING STRUCTURE AND SUPPORT INDEPENDENTLY OF THE CONDUIT SYSTEM. ALSO PROVIDE SUITABLE/PROPER BOX ENTENSIONS TO EXTEND BOXES TO FINISHED FACES OF WALLS ETC. ALL OUTLET BOXES TO HAVE SUITABLE BLOCKING BEHIND THEM TO MINIMIZE THE DEFLECTION THAT OCCURS WHEN PLUGGING/UNPLUGGING INTO THESE DEVICES. 4. WHERE A 211 VOLT LIGHT SWICH IS GANGED WITH A 120 VOLT RECEPTACLE PROVIDE A SUITABLE DIVIDER OR SEPARATE JUNCTION BOXES IN ACCORDANCE WITH N.E.C. AND LOCAL CODES. D. STEP -DOWN TRANSFORMER: 1. PROVIDE A DRY -TYPE TRANSFORMER OF THE ENCLOSED VENTILATED TYPE WITH KVA AND VOLTAGE RATINGS AS CALLED FOR ON THE DRAWINGS AND WITH COILS DESIGNED FOR 150 DEGREES C. RISE ABOVE A 40 DEGREE C. AMBIENT WITH 100 % OF RATED LOAD CONNECTED TO THE SECONDARY, CLASS H INSULATION AND MINIMUM OF SIX STANDARD FULL CAPACITY TAPS (TWO ABOVE AND FOUR BELOW NORMAL) SOUND LEVEL/DECIBELS SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH 'NEMA' STANDARDS, AND INSTALLATION SHALL INCLUDE KORFOUND OR EQUAL VIBRATION - DAMPENING MOUNTS AND FLEXIBLE STEEL CONDUIT FOR PRIMARY AND SECONDARY CONNECTIONS TO MINIMIZE SOUND TRANSMISSION. (MOUNT TRANSFORMER ON SEPARATE VIBRATION ISOLATORS, THESE ARE ADDITONAL VIBRATION ISOLATORS AND ARE USED IN CONJUNCTION WITH ANY INTEGRAL FACTORY INSTALLED VIBRATION ISOLATORS.) AS MANUFACTURED BY SQUARE D, HEAVY DUTY, ACME, GENERAL ELECTRIC OR WESTINGHOUSE. LIGHTING CONTACTORS: CONTACTORS FOR CONTROL OF LIGHTING AND SIGNS SHALL BE SQUARE 'D', CLASS 5903, TYPE 'L', ELECTRICALLY HELD. EQUIVALENT PRODUCTS BY OTHER MANUFACTURERS ARE PERMITTED. TIME SWITCHES SHALL BE USED FOR CONTROL OF SHOW WINDOW LIGHTING, SIGNS, AND IF REQUIRED/DESIRED OTHER LIGHTING. THE ELECTRONIC DIGITAL TIME SWITCH SHALL BE A TORK MODEL DWZ100A OR EQUIVALENT WITH A 1 -DAY FORMAT, 365 DAY ADVANCED HOLIDAY SCHEDULE, CAPABLE OF DIFFERENT SETTINGS EACH DAY OF THE WEEK, AND HAVE AN ASTRONOMIC FEATURE, OR EQUIVALENT PRODUCTS BY OTHER MANUFACTURERS ARE PERMITTED DIVISION XVI ELECTRICAL (CONT.) F. INSTALLATION: 1. ALL ELECTRIC WORK SHALL BE INSTALLED SO AS TO BE READILY ACCESSIBLE FOR OPERATING, SERVICING, MAINTAINING, AND REPAIRING. HANGERS SHALL INCLUDE ALL MISCELLANEOUS STEEL SUCH AS CHANNELS, RODS, ETC., NECESSARY FOR THE INSTALLATION OF WORK AND SHALL BE FASTENED TO BUILDING STEEL, CONCRETE OR MASONRY, BUT NOT PIPING OR DUCTWORK. ALL CONDUIT SHALL BE CONCEALED WHEREVER POSSIBLE. EXPOSED CONDUITS SHALL BE IN STRAIGHT LINES PARALLEL WITH OR AT RIGHT ANGLES TO COLUMN LINES OR BEAMS AND SEPARATED AT LEAST 3 INCHES FROM WATER LINES WHEREVER THEY RUN ALONGSIDE OR ACROSS SUCH LINES. ALL CONDUCTORS SHALL BE IN CONDUIT, DUCTS OR OTHER CODE APPROVED RACEWAYS. 2. ALL LINE AND LOW VOLTAGE POWER AND CONTROL WIRING (EXCEPT HVAC LOW VOLTAGE WIRING) INCLUDING CONNECTIONS TO MOTORS, DAMPERS, INTERLOCKING, ETC., SHALL BE PROVIDED. (RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL LINE VOLTAGE WIRING, CONDUIT, AND FINAL CONNECTIONS FROM THE POWER SOURCE T1-IRU THE STARTER/DISCONNECT ETC. TO THE MOTOR OR EQUIPMENT. ALL HVAC RELATED LOW VOLTAGE CONTROL WIRING, CONDUIT AND INAL CONNECTIONS IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE MECHANICAL/TEMPERATURE CONTROL CONTRACTOR, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED ON THE PLANS). 3. DO ALL CUTTING, CHASING OR CHANNELING AND PATCHING REQUIRED FOR ANY WORK UNDER THE ELECTRICAL DIVISION, AND CUTTING SHALL HAVE PRIOR APPROVAL OF THE LANDLORD. SLEEVES SHALL EXTEND AT LEAST TWO (2') INCHES ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR AND ALL SLEEVES, OPENINGS, ETC., THRU FIRE RATED WALLS AND FLOORS SHALL BE FIRE SEALED WITH CALCIUM SILICATE, SLICONE 'RTV' FOAM, '3M' FIRE RAID SEALANTS OR EQUAL BY HILTI AFTER CONDUIT /CABLES INSTALLATION SO AS TO RETAIN THE FIRE RATING. 4. THE FOLLOWING EQUIPMENT SHALL BE IDENTIFIED WITH ENGRAVED BAKELITE NAMEPLATES AS TO NAME AND /OR FUNCTION* DISTRIBUTION PANELS, LIGHTING PANELS, MOTOR STARTERS AND DISCONNECT SWITCHES. NAMEPLATES TO BE APPROXIMATELY I' X 2' IN SIZE AND BE FASTENED WITH POP RIVETS OR SCREWS. 5. THE LOCATION OF OUTLETS AND EQUIMENT SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS ARE APPROXIMATE AND THE ARCHITECT/TENANT PROJECT MANAGER SHALL HAVE THE RIGHT TO RELOCATE ANY OUTLETS OR FIXTURES BEFORE THEY ARE INSTALLED WITHOUT ADDITIONAL COST. 6. PROTECT ALL FIXTURES/EQUIPMENT AGAINST DAMAGE FROM LEAKS, ABUSE, ETC., AND PAY COST OF REPAIR OR REPLACMENT OF FIXTURES OR EQUIPMENT MADE NECESSARY BY FAILURE TO PROVIDE SUITABLE SAFEGUARDS OR PROTECTION. 1. MAKE ALL FINAL ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS AS REQUIRED FOR A COMPLETE AND OPERATING SYSTEM. AFTER ALL EQUIPMENT HAS BEEN INSPECTED AND APPROVED, THOROUGHLY CLEAN ALL EQUIPMENT PROVIDED UNDER THIS WORK JUST PRIOR TO COMPLETION OF PROJECT. S. PERFORM ANY /ALL NECESSARY ELECTRICAL DEMOLTION WORK THAT IS REQUIRED TO FACILITATE THE NEW INSTALLATION FIELD COORDINATE PRIOR TO BIDS. REMOVE AND /OR MODIFY EQUIPMENT, ETC. AS REQUIRED FOR A COMPLETE INSTALLATION. ANY EQUIPMENT OR DEVICE REMAINING IN USE AFTER PART OF THE EQUIPMENT OR DEVICES HAVE BEEN REMOVED ARE TO BE RECONNECTED TO EXISTING OR NEW CIRCUITS AND LEFT IN WORKING ORDER. FEEDERS TO PANELS AND WIRING TO OTHER EQUIPMENT TO BE ROUTED CONCEALED IN FINISHED AREAS. COORDINATE ANY DISRUPTION OF ELECTRICAL OR TELEPHONE SERVICES WITH LANDLORD AND TENANT PROJECT MANAGER TO AVOID CONFLICTS. SEC. 16100 - WIRING METHODS A CONDUITS: 3. THE USE OF ROMEX OR BX IS NOT PERMITTED. 4. MANIMUM CONDUIT HANGER SPACING SHALL BE 8' -0' FOR 3/4' THRU 1 -1/4' AND 10' -0' FOR 1 -1/2' THRU 4' CONDUITS. DO NOT SUPPORT CONDUIT FROM THE CEILING SYSTEM. 5. LEAVE A 310 AWG PULL WIRE OR NYLON PULL STRING IN ALL EMPTY CONDUITS. 6. SECURE ALL RACEWAYS TO THE BUILDING STRUCTURE IN A RIGID AND SECURE MANNER, USING FASTENERS SUCH AS 'CADDY CLIPS' OR EQUAL. B. WIRE: 2. FLEXIBLE CONDUIT OR TYPE MC CABLE SHALL BE USED FOR FINAL CONNECTIONS TO LIGHT FIXTURES, MOTORS AND VIBRATING EQUIPMENT ONLY* AND WHERE SO USED TO BE GROUNDED WITH A SEPARATE PULL SIZED GREEN GROUNDING CONDUCTOR FINAL TYPE MC/FLEX CONNECTIONS SHALL BE LIMITED TO 8' -0' IN LENGTH (ARRANGE CIRCUITS SO AS TO AVOID THE USE OF JUNCTION BOXES ABOVE DRYWALL CEILING AREAS, JUNCTION BOXES LOCATED ABOVE LAY -IN CEILINGS ARE ACCEPTABLE). 1. I. CONDUIT SHALL BE STANDARD STEEL RIGID, IMC OR EMT (THIN WALL) ACCORDING TO LOCAL CODE AND LANDLORD REQUIREMENTS. CONDUIT SHALL BE CONCEALED IN FINISHED AREAS, EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE APPROVED BY ARCHITECT. EMT CONNECTIONS SHALL BE COMPRESSION OR SET SCREW TYPE. B. SERVICES: A LIGHTING: a. MINIMUM SIZES OF CONDUITS SHALL BE 3/4' FOR STANDARD CONDUIT, AND 1/2' FOR FLEX CONDUIT (1/2' STANDARD CONDUIT AND 3/8' MC CABLE MAY BE USED AS SPECIFIED ABOVE, IF ACCEPTABLE WITH LANDLORD AND LOCAL CODES, ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD COORDINATE WITH LANDLORD 4 INSPECTION AGENCIES PRIOR TO INSTALLATION). ELECTRIC METALLIC TUBING (EMT) SHALL BE GALVANIZED OR ELECTRO - GALVANIZED. FITTINGS SHALL BE SET SCREW OR COMPRESSION TYPE, FITTING SHALL BE AS MANUFACTURED BY REGEL, STEEL CITY, RACO, T 4 5, EFCOR OR EQUAL. EMT SHALL BE USED FOR FEEDERS AND BRANCH CIRCUITS RUN ABOVE SUSPENDED CEILINGS OR CONCEALED IN INTERIOR PARTITIONS. b. PAINT ELECTRICAL CONDUITS, ETC., IF REQUIRED, FLASH AND COUNTER FLASH ALL RACEWAYS WHICH PENETRATE THE ROOF OR USE PITCH POCKETS. INSURE THAT PENETRATIONS ARE COMPETELY WEATHERPROOF. ALL RACEWAY SYSTEMS EXPOSED TO THE WEATHER SHALL BE WEATHERPROOF. PRIOR APPROVAL BY LANDLORD IS REQUIRED TO ADD ADDITIONAL EQUIPMENT LOADS TO STRUCTURE OR TO MAKE HOLES IN EXISTING ROOF. NOTIFY LANDLORD'S ROOFING CONTRACTOR AT LEAST 12 HOURS PRIOR TO ANY REQUIRED ROOF WORK. WIRE SHALL BE SINGLE CONDUCTOR COPPER WITH 600 VOLT INSULATION. MINIMUM WIRE SIZE SHALL BE *12 AUJG, ALL WIRE AND CABLE SHALL BE NEW AND SHALL BE BROUGHT TO THE SITE IN UNBROKEN PACKAGES. ALL WIRING OF ANY TYPE SHALL BE IN CONDUIT. NO STRANDED WIRE ALLOWED FOR *10 AND *12 AWG SIZES. (INCREASE CONDUCTOR BY ONE SIZE FOR EVERY 150' INCREMENT OF DISTANCE FROM THE PANEL BOARD FOR 120 VOLT CIRCUITS.) a. GENERAL WIRING SHALL BE THUJN OR TI-114N. ALUMINUM CONDUCTORS ARE NOT PERMITTED. 2. WIRE CONNECTORS SHALL BE EQUAL TO SCOTHLOCK FOR *8 AND SMALLER, AND EQUAL TO T 4 5 'LOCK -TITE' FOR *6 AND LARGER 3. THE USE OF SHARED NEUTRALS IS ACCEPTABLE FOR LIGHTING AND RECEPTACLE CIRCUITS IF INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH N.E.C. *310, AND LOCAL CODES. SEC. 16300 - TRANSMISSION 4 DISTRIBUTION A WIRED GROUND SYSTEM: FURNISH AND INSTALL A COMPLETE WIRED GROUNDING SYSTEM FOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT AND CIRCUITS AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS AND DESCRIBED GENERALLY BELOW. 2. ALL GROUNDING CONDUCTORS SHALL BE GREEN, WHERE EXPOSED IN PANEL, SWITCHBOARD, OUTLET, BOXES, ETC. 3. ALL ENCLOSURES AND NON - CURRENT CARRYING METALS TO BE GROUNDED. CONDUIT SYSTEM TO BE ELECTRICALLY CONTINUOUS. ALL LOCK NUTS MUST CUT THROUGH ENAMELED OR PAINTED SURFACES ON ENCLOSURES. WHERE ENCLOSURES AND NON - CURRENT CARRYING METALS ARE ISOLATED FROM THE CONDUIT SYSTEM, USE BONDING JUMPERS WITH APPROVED CLAMPS. 4. RUN A SEPARATE GROUNDING CONDUCTOR IN EACH CONDUIT, *12 MINIMUM, OR AS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS. FOR PANEL FEEDERS BOND THE GROUNDING CONDUCTOR TO THE CONDUIT, WHERE ENTERING AND LEAVING THE CONDUIT. ALL GROUND CLAMPS SHALL BE PENN -UNION OR EQUAL, SIMILAR TO 'GPL' TYPE. CONDUIT GROUND BUSHINGS SHALL BE THOMAS 4 SETTS OR EQUAL, SIMILAR TO *3800 SERIES WITH NYLON INSULATED THROAT. 5. ALL DEVICES SHALL BE BONDED TO THE CONDUIT SYSTEM. USE A BONDING JUMPER BETWEEN THE OUTLET BOX AND THE DEVICE GROUNDING TERMINAL. METAL TO METAL CONTACT BETWEEN THE DEVICE YOKE AND THE OUTLET BOX IS NOT ACCEPTABLE AS A BOND FOR EITHER SURFACE MOUNTED BOXES OR FLUSH TYPE BOXES. ALL JUNCTION BOXES, OUTLET BOXES AND PULL BOXES SHALL BE BONDED TO THE CONDUIT SYSTEM. ALL FLEXIBLE CONDUIT SHALL BE JUMPERED WITH A GROUND CONDUCTOR. SHALL PROVIDE TEMPORARY SERVICE FROM LANDLORD'S DESIGNATED LOCATION AND PROVIDE LIGHTING, POWER AND WIRING AS REQUIRED TO FACILITATE APPLICABLE TEMPORARY WIRING, FUSES, ETC., SHALL BE REMOVED UPON COMPLETION OF THE PROJECT. PROVIDE GROUND FAULT PROTECTION AS REQUIRED BY N.E.C. AND LOCAL CODES. 2. PROVIDE ELECTRICAL SERVICE AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS, FIELD VERIFY EXACT REQUIRMENTS PRIOR TO BIDS. RESPONSIBLE TO PROVIDE ALL WORK NOT SPECIFICALLY NOTED AS BEING BY THE LANDLORD OR POWER COMPANY. CLOSELY COORDINATE ENTIRE INSTALLATION WITH LANDLORD AND POWER COMPANY AS REQUIRED. (PROVIDE EQUIPMENT THAT IS COMPATABLE WITH AVAILABLE FAULT CURRENT LEVELS, PROVIDE 'CABLE LIMITERS' IF NECESSARY FOR SYSTEM COORDINATION). FIELD VERIFY EXACT TYPE, SIZE, LOCATION, REQUIREMENTS, ETC. OF EXISTING POWER AND TELEPHONE FACILITIES PRIOR TO BIDDING PROJECT. 3. MAKE PROVISIONS FOR NEW TELEPHONE SERVICE AS REQUIRED, AND AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. D. CONDUIT SYSTEM FOR TELEPHONE DISTRIBUTION WITHIN TENENT'S PREMISES SHALL BE PROVIDED AS REQUIRED FOR A COMPLETE TELEPHONE SYSTEM. OUTLET BOXES SHALL BE 4' SQUARE MINIMUM WITH SINGLE DEVICE COVER AND TELEPHONE PLATE. CLOSELY FIELD COORDINATE WITH TENANT'S PROJECT MANAGER TO AVOID CONFLICTS. SEC. 16.500 - LIGHTING I. LIGHTING FIXTURES AND LAMPS SHALL BE FURNISHED AS SCHEDULED. INSTALL ALL FIXTURES AND LAMPS. FLUORESCENT FIXTURES SHALL HAVE HPF BALLASTS WITH EFFICIENCY FACTORS IN ACCORDANCE WITH 'NATIONAL APPLIANCE ENERGY CONSERVATION ACT OF 1981, AMENDMENTS OF I988'. 2. LIGHT FIXTURES SHALL BE SUPPORTED FROM THE BUILDING STRUCTURE VIA ALL THREAD AND UNI- STRUT, AND NOT SUPPORTED BY CEILING SYSTEM. DESIGN DRAWINGS ARE SCHEMATIC. VISIT THE SITE PRIOR TO BIDDING OR AWARD OF CONTRACT TO INSPECT EXISTING FIELD CONDITIONS. THIS CONTRACT SHALL INCLUDE ALL LABOR AND MATERIALS NECESSARY FOR FIELD MODIFICATIONS DUE TO EXISTING CONDITIONS. CONTACT THE OWNER PRIOR TO BIDDING FOR INTERPRETATIONS AND CLARIFICATIONS OF THE DESIGN AND INCLUDE IN HIS BID ALL COSTS TO MEET THE DESIGN INTENT. CLARIFICATIONS MADE BY THE OWNER AFTER BIDDING WILL BE FINAL AND SHALL BE IMPLEMENTED AT CONTRACTORS COST. HAVE A WORKING KNOWLEDGE OF LOCAL CODES AND ORDINANCES. INCLUDED IN BIDS, THE COSTS FOR ALL WORK INSTALLED IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH GOVERNING CODES, THE PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS NOT WITHSTANDING. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL ALERT OWNER OF ANY APPARENT DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN GOVERNING CODES AND DESIGN INTENT. ENSURE THAT ALL EQUIPMENT, PIPING AND DUCTWORK, NOT SHOWN TO REMAIN IS FULLY REMOVED AND NOT ABANDONED. FIELD VERIFY ALL CONDITIONS DATE: 10 -30 -08 JOB NO: 0813130 DRAWN: CHECKED: GROSS AREA: 5,535 SQ. FT. SALES AREA: 3,278 SQ. FT. Retail Emphasis On Excellence M • M • Retail Engineering, Inc. 750 Brooksedge TEL: 614. FAX: 614 750 Brooksedge Blvd. Westerville, Ohio 43081 TEL: 614.818.2323 FAX: 614.818.2337 STORE NO. Champs: 14498 ./,4o itj I REVISIONS SHEET NUMBER NO. DESCRIPTION DATE RECEWED DEC 3 0 2008 PERMIT CENTER MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS G1.2 I 1 I ► • COMPUTE SOUND SYSTEM FAX PHONE MODEM OMPUTER RAINING �a OUNTER E1.0 SHOWN HERE FOR INTENT) ONLY 18 ACLU -I C E4.1 EXISTII`r I )ILET ROOM WP GFI 0 215 - 00 0 B -8 lI► ®© war 8 -12 UTILIT 8 -20 E4.0 8 - lI► •❑ 8 -30 a M AHU B -3 0 -14 r W L 51 OC<ROc (TYP) I!l I 48 ( 4 17_7, 7 EGG E5 GOPaPOR r PASSAGE L c PASSAGE 1 S4490. }FON 3.181 L \\ \ NOTE: IN HANDICAPPED AREAS, THE RECEPTACLES AND TELEPHONE OUTLETS SHALL BE MOUNTED AT 24' AFF.± THE TOGGLE SWITCHES, THERMOSTATS AND MANUAL MOTOR STARTERS SHALL BE MOUNTED AT 42' AFF. l sa ESa P n A (f1 r I (TYP -A -2 F'OWEIR PLAN SYMBOL 0 DZIGPI 6? 0 a 3 4 DESCRIPTION WIRED JUNCTION BOX DUPLEX RECEPTACLE, 3 WIRE GRD. TYPE, 20A DUPLEX RECEPTACLE, WEATHERPROOF,20A GROUND FAULT PROTECTED DUPLEX RECEPTACLE, 20A QUADRAPLEX WALL RECEPTACLE, 20A G.F.I. W /LIGHT 4 SWITCH PUSHBUTTON STATION LOW VOLTAGE BUZZER TRANSFORMER DooR BUZZER TOGGLE SWITCH - SINGLE, 3 -WAY 4 4 -WAY MOUNTING HGT. TO CENTERLINE UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED SEE DRAWINGS I&' AFF. (TYP) 18' AFF. (TYP) 18' AFF. (TYP) 18' AFF. (TYP) AS REQUIRED 48' AFF. (TYP) AS REQUIRED 54' AFF. (TYP) 48' APP. (TYP) O 20AMP, 120V., ISOLATED GROUND/DEDICATED CIRCUIT RECEPTACLE (HUBBELL *IG -5362) FOR CASH REGISTERS. DO NOT INSTALL WITH ANY OTHER CIRCUITS. LOCATE RECEPTACLES AT CASH/WRAP COUNTER AS DIRECTED BY OWNER/ARCHITECT. RUN 2 *12 THWN,I *12 GRD AND 1 *12 ISOLATED GRD. PER CIRCUIT IN 1 CONDUIT IN FLOOR SLAB TO WALL, RUN UP WALL TO J -50X AND CONNECT TO CIRCUIT INDICATED. O 1' CONDUITS RUN UNDER FLOOR CORE AND PATCH FLOOR AS REQUIRED. COORDINATE FLOOR CORING WITH LANDLORD PRIOR TO STARTING WORK. SEE DETAIL 'F' ON SHEET E1.0. O J -BOX FOR MONITOR VERIFY INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS PRIOR TO BID. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION WITH CONSTRACTION MGR IN FIELD. ® SEE DETAIL 'K' ON SHEET E4.I FOR TELEPHONE REQUIREMENTS. 20AMP, 120V., DUPLEX RECEPTACLE AT CASH WRAP COUNTER FOR UTILITY O POWER LOCATE RECEPTACLES AT CASH WRAP COUNTER AS DIRECTED BY OWNER RUN 2 *12 THWN AND I *12 GRD IN 1' CONDUIT IN FLOOR SLAB TO WALL, RUN UP WALL TO JUNCTION BOX AND CONNECT TO CIRCUIT INDICATED. 0 20AMP, 120V., ISOLATED GROUND/DEDICATED CIRCUIT, RECEPTACLE (HUBBELL *IG -5362) MOUNTED AT 18' AFF. DO NOT INSTALL WITH ANY OTHER CIRCUITS RUN 2 *12 THWN, 1 •12 GRD AND I *12 ISOLATED GRID. IN SINGLE 3/4' CONDUIT BACK TO PANEL FOR COMPUTER TERMINAL. O SEE DETAIL 'K' ON SHEET E4.I FOR TELEPHONE RISER DIAGRAM O 8 1' CONDUIT FOR CASH REGISTER WIRELESS ACCESS POINT. RUN 3/4' CONDUIT FROM CASH WRAP COUNTER TO DATA OUTLET /JUNCTION BOX AT MANAGER'S DESK COORDINATE REQUIREMENTS WITH OWNER/ARCHITECT. REFER TO GABLE BLOCK DIAGRAM DETAIL A ON SHEET E4.0. O FLUSH MOUNT IN CEILING (1) 20 AMP. (In. HOSPITAL GRADE) DUPLEX RECEPTACLE. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION WITH ARCHITECTURAL FLANS. SEE DETAIL G ON SHEET E4.1. 10 REFER TO POWER RISER ON SHEET E3.0 FOR MORE INFORMATION. II RECEPTACLES AND COVERPLATES WITH AN 'SF' DESIGNATION SHALL BE FLUSH MOUNTED IN CEILING AT STOREFRONT, PARALLEL TO STOREFRONT GLASS. CIRCUIT TO PANEL AS INDICATED. (NEC ART. 210 -62) 13 14 15 16 24 SYMBOL -f N N a 112 ==i- ®-I DESCRIPTION MANUAL MOTOR STARTING SWITCH W/ PILOT LIGHT TELEPHONE OUTLET TELEPHONE OUTLET - DUPLEX DATA OUTLET - CATEGORY 5 DATA OUTLET - DUPLEX CATEGORY 5 SAFETY SWITCH MAGNETIC MOTOR STARTER COMBINATION STARTER/SAFETY SWITCH MOTOR OUTLET - 1 PHASE MOTOR OUTLET - 3 PHASE 12 MOUNT SALES AREA DUPLEX RECEPTACLES AND COVERPLATES AT 18' AFF_ WHERE RECEPTACLES ARE LOCATED BEHIND WALL PANELS, MOUNT HORIZONTALLY AT 8' A.F.F.. CIRCUIT TO PANEL AS INDICATED. RECEPTACLE SHOULD BE MOUNTED AT 6' -0' AFF FOR CCTV. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION WITH CONSTRACTION MGR IN FIELD. DEDICATED RECEPTACLE FOR SOUND SYSTEM MOUNTED ON SHELF. VERIFY EXACT REQUIREMENTS WITH SOUND SYSTEM COMPANY 'CROWS NEST' AT (425) 643 -5033. SEE DETAIL 'I' ON SHEET E4.1 FOR REAR DOOR BUZZER SYSTEM. COORDINATE THE EXACT LOCATION WIT THE PROJECT MANAGER SEE DETAIL 'J' ON SHEET E4.1 FOR PANIC EXIT DEVICE. 3/4' EMPTY CONDUIT WITH FULL STRING FROM AHU -1 TO THERMOSTAT. REFER TO MECHANICAL DRAWINGS FOR EXACT LOCATION AND DETAIL 113/E4.1- 18 REFER TO HVAC ELECTRICAL CONNECTION SCHEDULE ON SHEET E3.0 FOR WIRING, CONDUIT, AND CIRCUIT REQUIREMENTS AND DETAIL 'B' ON SHEET E4.1. 1 PROVIDE JUNCTION BOX, TOGGLE DISCONNECT SWITCH IN CONCEALED LOCATION AND FINAL CONNECTION FOR 120 VOLT SIGN. SIGN FURNISHED BY TENANT. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATIONS WITH TENANT'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER WIRE THROUGH TIME CLOCK REFER TO LTG CODED NOTE *2 ON SHEET E2.0 AND POWER RISER ON SHEET E3.0 FOR MORE INFORMATION. 21 MOUNT DUPLEX RECEPTACLES VERTICALLY BELOW COUNTER 18' AFF. RIGHT. A 22 RECEPTACLES AND COVERPLATES IN NON -SALES AREA SHALL BE MOUNTED AT 18' A.P.F. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. CIRCUIT TO PANEL AS INDICATED. 23 CAMERA * 1 FRONT ENTRANCE PUBLIC VIEW (MINI DOME)ADVANCED PUBLIC VIEW (PENDANT MOUNT)COLOR CAMERA w /4 -8.0mm AIVF LENS FIXED CAMERA (MINI DOME)SALES FLOOR - REFER TO CAMERA DIRECTIONAL ARROW ON PLAN - COLOR CAMERA w /4 -8.0mm AIVF LENS EXISTING WATER HEATER TO REMAIN. MOUNTING HGT. TO CENTERLINE UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED 48' A.F.P. (TYP) 18' AFF. (TYP) IS' AFF. (TYP) 18' A.P.P. (TYP) IS' A.F.F. (TYP) AS REQUIRED AS REQUIRED AS REQUIRED AS REQUIRED AS REQUIRED SYMBOL to 04 0 O- 0 0- 0- DESCRIPTION FIRE ALARM BREAK STATION FIRE ALARM AUDIO/VISUAL SIGNAL DEVICE SMOKE DETECTOR FIRE ALARM VISUAL SIGNAL DEVICE PANIC EXIT DOOR LOCK DUCT SMOKE DETECTOR TERMOSTAT ZONE DAMPER MOTOR OPERATED DAMPER MOUNTING I4GT. TO CENTERLINE UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED 48' AFF. (TYP) 80' AFF. (TYP) AT FINISH CEILING 80' A.F.F. (TYP) ELECTRICAL SYMBOLS SCHEDULE ALL SYMBOLS DO NOT NECESSARILY APPLY • PROVIDE JUNCTION BOX, TOGGLE DISCONNECT SWITCH IN CONCEALED LOCATION AND FINAL CONNECTION FOR 120 VOLT SIGN. SIGN FURNISHED BY TENANT. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATIONS WITH TENANT'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER J -BOX WILL BE MOUNTED AT 10' - A.F.F.. MOUNT DUCT SMOKE DETECTOR IN RETURN AIR DUCT IN ACCORDANCE WITH LOCAL CODES. PROVIDE A RELAY TO SHUT DOWN HVAC EQUIPMENT UPON ACTIVATION OF DUCT DETECTOR OR FIRE ALARM (IF PRESENT). CONNECT DUCT DETECTOR TO FIRE ALARM SYSTEM (IF PRESENT). 28 MOTOR OPARETEP DAMPER (MOD), 120 VOLT, IPH. FRAC. HP.. MAKE 120V., 1PH., POWER CONNECTION TO LOCAL CIRCUIT 8 -16 29 ZONE DAMPER (ZD -1): 120 VOLT FRACTIONAL H.P. MAKE 120 VOLT, POWER CONNECTION TO CIRCUIT 8 -16. RUN 1/2' EMPTY CONDUIT (WITH PULL WIRE) BETWEEN ZD AND THERMOSTAT PER MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR REQUIREMENTS. DEVICES AND ALL ASSOCIATED LOW VOLTAGE WIRE CONNECTIONS ARE BY MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR FIELD VERIFY EXACT INSTALLATION AND MOUNTING HEIGHT REQUIREMENTS ® INCLUDE IN BID THE COST FOR A COMPLETE OPERATIONAL FIRE ALARM SYSTEM. THIS SYSTEM SHALL INCLUDE, BUT NOT BE LIMITED TO, AUDIOVISUAL DEVICES, PULL STATIONS, DUCT DETECTORS, CEILING SMOKE DETECTORS, FLOW SWITCH AND TAMPER SWITCH. A LICENSED FIRE ALARM CONTRACTOR SHALL PREPARE AND SUBMIT, TO THE LANDLORD FOR APPROVAL, A COMPLETE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM DRAWING AND MATERIALS LIST, PRIOR TO COMMENCING ANY WORK.. POWER CODED NOTES COMPUTER MODEM QUAD RAPLEX RECEPTACLE SCALE: N.T.S. POWER AT TRAINING COUNTER DATA CONDUIT SPARE ISOLATED GROUND CIRCUIT CONDUIT UTILITY POWER CONDUIT 1 ,. 11 1. II 11 11 SCALE: N.T.S. T(F. CONDUIT 511.115-UP 6 CAST- IUJfiRAP SCALE: 3/1&" = 1 I. REFER TO MECHANICAL PLAN FOR LOCATION OF MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT. FIELD VERIFY EXACT LOCATIONS. 2. PROVIDE AND INSTALL AT PANELS DIRECTORY WITH ALL CIRCUITS ACCURATELY DESCRIBED PRIOR TO STORE OPENING. 3. ALL RECEPTACLES AND SWITCH PLATES IN SALES AND NON -SALES AREAS TO MATCH WALL OR CEILING FINISH UNLESS DI RECTED OTHERWISE. TYPICAL MOUNTING HEIGHT IS 18' A.F.F. EXCEPT AT COUNTERS OR IF DIRECTED OTHERWISE. 4. ALL CONDUITS SHALL BE CONCEALED IN WALLS AND OUTLET BOXES SHALL BE FLUSH WITH FINISHED WALL UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 5. ALL WORK SHALL BE IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH NATIONAL ELECTRIC CODE AND ALL LOCAL CODES AND ORDINANCES AND LANDLORD'S TENANT DESIGN CRITERIA. GENERAL POWER NOTES DESIGN DRAWINGS ARE SCHEMATIC. VISIT THE SITE PRIOR TO BIDDING OR AWARD OF CONTRACT TO INSPECT EXISTING FIELD CONDITIONS. THIS CONTRACT SHALL INCLUDE ALL LABOR AND MATERIALS NECESSARY FOR FIELD MODIFICATIONS DUE TO EXISTING CONDITIONS. CONTACT THE OWNER PRIOR TO BIDDING FOR INTERPRETATIONS AND CLARIFICATIONS OF THE DESIGN AND INCLUDE IN HIS BID ALL COSTS TO MEET THE DESIGN INTENT. CLARIFICATIONS MADE BY THE OWNER AFTER BIDDING WILL BE FINAL AND SHALL BE IMPLEMENTED AT CONTRACTORS COST. HAVE A WORKING KNOWLEDGE OF LOCAL CODES AND ORDINANCES. INCLUDED IN BIDS, THE COSTS FOR ALL WORK INSTALLED IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH GOVERNING CODES, THE PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS NOT WITHSTANDING. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL ALERT OWNER OF ANY APPARENT DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN GOVERNING CODES AND DESIGN INTENT. ENSURE THAT ALL EQUIPMENT, PIPING AND DUCTWORK, NOT SHOWN TO REMAIN IS FULLY REMOVED AND NOT ABANDONED. FIELD VERIFY ALL CONDITIONS DATE: 10 -30 -08 JOB NO: 0813130 DRAWN: CHECKED: GROSS AREA: 5,535 SQ. FT. SALES AREA: 3,278 SQ. FT. Emphasis On Excellence M • Retail Engineering, Inc. 750 Brooksedge Blvd. Westerville, Ohio 43081 TEL: 614.818.2323 FAX: 614.818.2337 STORE NO. Champs: 14498 _J /y M�w 00 r LU M � 00 REVISIONS NO. 2 DESCRIPTION LL COMMENTS /OWNER CHANGES L.L./DOB COMMENTS 4 OWNER CHANGES DATE 12/03/08 12 /II /08 SHEET NUMBER POWER PLAN RECEIVED DEC 3 0 2008 PERMIT CENTEI E1.0 1- --1 - 1-----1- - 7 I 1 I ► • COMPUTE SOUND SYSTEM FAX PHONE MODEM OMPUTER RAINING �a OUNTER E1.0 SHOWN HERE FOR INTENT) ONLY 18 ACLU -I C E4.1 EXISTII`r I )ILET ROOM WP GFI 0 215 - 00 0 B -8 lI► ®© war 8 -12 UTILIT 8 -20 E4.0 8 - lI► •❑ 8 -30 a M AHU B -3 0 -14 r W L 51 OC<ROc (TYP) I!l I 48 ( 4 17_7, 7 EGG E5 GOPaPOR r PASSAGE L c PASSAGE 1 S4490. }FON 3.181 L \\ \ NOTE: IN HANDICAPPED AREAS, THE RECEPTACLES AND TELEPHONE OUTLETS SHALL BE MOUNTED AT 24' AFF.± THE TOGGLE SWITCHES, THERMOSTATS AND MANUAL MOTOR STARTERS SHALL BE MOUNTED AT 42' AFF. l sa ESa P n A (f1 r I (TYP -A -2 F'OWEIR PLAN SYMBOL 0 DZIGPI 6? 0 a 3 4 DESCRIPTION WIRED JUNCTION BOX DUPLEX RECEPTACLE, 3 WIRE GRD. TYPE, 20A DUPLEX RECEPTACLE, WEATHERPROOF,20A GROUND FAULT PROTECTED DUPLEX RECEPTACLE, 20A QUADRAPLEX WALL RECEPTACLE, 20A G.F.I. W /LIGHT 4 SWITCH PUSHBUTTON STATION LOW VOLTAGE BUZZER TRANSFORMER DooR BUZZER TOGGLE SWITCH - SINGLE, 3 -WAY 4 4 -WAY MOUNTING HGT. TO CENTERLINE UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED SEE DRAWINGS I&' AFF. (TYP) 18' AFF. (TYP) 18' AFF. (TYP) 18' AFF. (TYP) AS REQUIRED 48' AFF. (TYP) AS REQUIRED 54' AFF. (TYP) 48' APP. (TYP) O 20AMP, 120V., ISOLATED GROUND/DEDICATED CIRCUIT RECEPTACLE (HUBBELL *IG -5362) FOR CASH REGISTERS. DO NOT INSTALL WITH ANY OTHER CIRCUITS. LOCATE RECEPTACLES AT CASH/WRAP COUNTER AS DIRECTED BY OWNER/ARCHITECT. RUN 2 *12 THWN,I *12 GRD AND 1 *12 ISOLATED GRD. PER CIRCUIT IN 1 CONDUIT IN FLOOR SLAB TO WALL, RUN UP WALL TO J -50X AND CONNECT TO CIRCUIT INDICATED. O 1' CONDUITS RUN UNDER FLOOR CORE AND PATCH FLOOR AS REQUIRED. COORDINATE FLOOR CORING WITH LANDLORD PRIOR TO STARTING WORK. SEE DETAIL 'F' ON SHEET E1.0. O J -BOX FOR MONITOR VERIFY INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS PRIOR TO BID. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION WITH CONSTRACTION MGR IN FIELD. ® SEE DETAIL 'K' ON SHEET E4.I FOR TELEPHONE REQUIREMENTS. 20AMP, 120V., DUPLEX RECEPTACLE AT CASH WRAP COUNTER FOR UTILITY O POWER LOCATE RECEPTACLES AT CASH WRAP COUNTER AS DIRECTED BY OWNER RUN 2 *12 THWN AND I *12 GRD IN 1' CONDUIT IN FLOOR SLAB TO WALL, RUN UP WALL TO JUNCTION BOX AND CONNECT TO CIRCUIT INDICATED. 0 20AMP, 120V., ISOLATED GROUND/DEDICATED CIRCUIT, RECEPTACLE (HUBBELL *IG -5362) MOUNTED AT 18' AFF. DO NOT INSTALL WITH ANY OTHER CIRCUITS RUN 2 *12 THWN, 1 •12 GRD AND I *12 ISOLATED GRID. IN SINGLE 3/4' CONDUIT BACK TO PANEL FOR COMPUTER TERMINAL. O SEE DETAIL 'K' ON SHEET E4.I FOR TELEPHONE RISER DIAGRAM O 8 1' CONDUIT FOR CASH REGISTER WIRELESS ACCESS POINT. RUN 3/4' CONDUIT FROM CASH WRAP COUNTER TO DATA OUTLET /JUNCTION BOX AT MANAGER'S DESK COORDINATE REQUIREMENTS WITH OWNER/ARCHITECT. REFER TO GABLE BLOCK DIAGRAM DETAIL A ON SHEET E4.0. O FLUSH MOUNT IN CEILING (1) 20 AMP. (In. HOSPITAL GRADE) DUPLEX RECEPTACLE. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION WITH ARCHITECTURAL FLANS. SEE DETAIL G ON SHEET E4.1. 10 REFER TO POWER RISER ON SHEET E3.0 FOR MORE INFORMATION. II RECEPTACLES AND COVERPLATES WITH AN 'SF' DESIGNATION SHALL BE FLUSH MOUNTED IN CEILING AT STOREFRONT, PARALLEL TO STOREFRONT GLASS. CIRCUIT TO PANEL AS INDICATED. (NEC ART. 210 -62) 13 14 15 16 24 SYMBOL -f N N a 112 ==i- ®-I DESCRIPTION MANUAL MOTOR STARTING SWITCH W/ PILOT LIGHT TELEPHONE OUTLET TELEPHONE OUTLET - DUPLEX DATA OUTLET - CATEGORY 5 DATA OUTLET - DUPLEX CATEGORY 5 SAFETY SWITCH MAGNETIC MOTOR STARTER COMBINATION STARTER/SAFETY SWITCH MOTOR OUTLET - 1 PHASE MOTOR OUTLET - 3 PHASE 12 MOUNT SALES AREA DUPLEX RECEPTACLES AND COVERPLATES AT 18' AFF_ WHERE RECEPTACLES ARE LOCATED BEHIND WALL PANELS, MOUNT HORIZONTALLY AT 8' A.F.F.. CIRCUIT TO PANEL AS INDICATED. RECEPTACLE SHOULD BE MOUNTED AT 6' -0' AFF FOR CCTV. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION WITH CONSTRACTION MGR IN FIELD. DEDICATED RECEPTACLE FOR SOUND SYSTEM MOUNTED ON SHELF. VERIFY EXACT REQUIREMENTS WITH SOUND SYSTEM COMPANY 'CROWS NEST' AT (425) 643 -5033. SEE DETAIL 'I' ON SHEET E4.1 FOR REAR DOOR BUZZER SYSTEM. COORDINATE THE EXACT LOCATION WIT THE PROJECT MANAGER SEE DETAIL 'J' ON SHEET E4.1 FOR PANIC EXIT DEVICE. 3/4' EMPTY CONDUIT WITH FULL STRING FROM AHU -1 TO THERMOSTAT. REFER TO MECHANICAL DRAWINGS FOR EXACT LOCATION AND DETAIL 113/E4.1- 18 REFER TO HVAC ELECTRICAL CONNECTION SCHEDULE ON SHEET E3.0 FOR WIRING, CONDUIT, AND CIRCUIT REQUIREMENTS AND DETAIL 'B' ON SHEET E4.1. 1 PROVIDE JUNCTION BOX, TOGGLE DISCONNECT SWITCH IN CONCEALED LOCATION AND FINAL CONNECTION FOR 120 VOLT SIGN. SIGN FURNISHED BY TENANT. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATIONS WITH TENANT'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER WIRE THROUGH TIME CLOCK REFER TO LTG CODED NOTE *2 ON SHEET E2.0 AND POWER RISER ON SHEET E3.0 FOR MORE INFORMATION. 21 MOUNT DUPLEX RECEPTACLES VERTICALLY BELOW COUNTER 18' AFF. RIGHT. A 22 RECEPTACLES AND COVERPLATES IN NON -SALES AREA SHALL BE MOUNTED AT 18' A.P.F. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. CIRCUIT TO PANEL AS INDICATED. 23 CAMERA * 1 FRONT ENTRANCE PUBLIC VIEW (MINI DOME)ADVANCED PUBLIC VIEW (PENDANT MOUNT)COLOR CAMERA w /4 -8.0mm AIVF LENS FIXED CAMERA (MINI DOME)SALES FLOOR - REFER TO CAMERA DIRECTIONAL ARROW ON PLAN - COLOR CAMERA w /4 -8.0mm AIVF LENS EXISTING WATER HEATER TO REMAIN. MOUNTING HGT. TO CENTERLINE UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED 48' A.F.P. (TYP) 18' AFF. (TYP) IS' AFF. (TYP) 18' A.P.P. (TYP) IS' A.F.F. (TYP) AS REQUIRED AS REQUIRED AS REQUIRED AS REQUIRED AS REQUIRED SYMBOL to 04 0 O- 0 0- 0- DESCRIPTION FIRE ALARM BREAK STATION FIRE ALARM AUDIO/VISUAL SIGNAL DEVICE SMOKE DETECTOR FIRE ALARM VISUAL SIGNAL DEVICE PANIC EXIT DOOR LOCK DUCT SMOKE DETECTOR TERMOSTAT ZONE DAMPER MOTOR OPERATED DAMPER MOUNTING I4GT. TO CENTERLINE UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED 48' AFF. (TYP) 80' AFF. (TYP) AT FINISH CEILING 80' A.F.F. (TYP) ELECTRICAL SYMBOLS SCHEDULE ALL SYMBOLS DO NOT NECESSARILY APPLY • PROVIDE JUNCTION BOX, TOGGLE DISCONNECT SWITCH IN CONCEALED LOCATION AND FINAL CONNECTION FOR 120 VOLT SIGN. SIGN FURNISHED BY TENANT. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATIONS WITH TENANT'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER J -BOX WILL BE MOUNTED AT 10' - A.F.F.. MOUNT DUCT SMOKE DETECTOR IN RETURN AIR DUCT IN ACCORDANCE WITH LOCAL CODES. PROVIDE A RELAY TO SHUT DOWN HVAC EQUIPMENT UPON ACTIVATION OF DUCT DETECTOR OR FIRE ALARM (IF PRESENT). CONNECT DUCT DETECTOR TO FIRE ALARM SYSTEM (IF PRESENT). 28 MOTOR OPARETEP DAMPER (MOD), 120 VOLT, IPH. FRAC. HP.. MAKE 120V., 1PH., POWER CONNECTION TO LOCAL CIRCUIT 8 -16 29 ZONE DAMPER (ZD -1): 120 VOLT FRACTIONAL H.P. MAKE 120 VOLT, POWER CONNECTION TO CIRCUIT 8 -16. RUN 1/2' EMPTY CONDUIT (WITH PULL WIRE) BETWEEN ZD AND THERMOSTAT PER MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR REQUIREMENTS. DEVICES AND ALL ASSOCIATED LOW VOLTAGE WIRE CONNECTIONS ARE BY MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR FIELD VERIFY EXACT INSTALLATION AND MOUNTING HEIGHT REQUIREMENTS ® INCLUDE IN BID THE COST FOR A COMPLETE OPERATIONAL FIRE ALARM SYSTEM. THIS SYSTEM SHALL INCLUDE, BUT NOT BE LIMITED TO, AUDIOVISUAL DEVICES, PULL STATIONS, DUCT DETECTORS, CEILING SMOKE DETECTORS, FLOW SWITCH AND TAMPER SWITCH. A LICENSED FIRE ALARM CONTRACTOR SHALL PREPARE AND SUBMIT, TO THE LANDLORD FOR APPROVAL, A COMPLETE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM DRAWING AND MATERIALS LIST, PRIOR TO COMMENCING ANY WORK.. POWER CODED NOTES COMPUTER MODEM QUAD RAPLEX RECEPTACLE SCALE: N.T.S. POWER AT TRAINING COUNTER DATA CONDUIT SPARE ISOLATED GROUND CIRCUIT CONDUIT UTILITY POWER CONDUIT 1 ,. 11 1. II 11 11 SCALE: N.T.S. T(F. CONDUIT 511.115-UP 6 CAST- IUJfiRAP SCALE: 3/1&" = 1 I. REFER TO MECHANICAL PLAN FOR LOCATION OF MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT. FIELD VERIFY EXACT LOCATIONS. 2. PROVIDE AND INSTALL AT PANELS DIRECTORY WITH ALL CIRCUITS ACCURATELY DESCRIBED PRIOR TO STORE OPENING. 3. ALL RECEPTACLES AND SWITCH PLATES IN SALES AND NON -SALES AREAS TO MATCH WALL OR CEILING FINISH UNLESS DI RECTED OTHERWISE. TYPICAL MOUNTING HEIGHT IS 18' A.F.F. EXCEPT AT COUNTERS OR IF DIRECTED OTHERWISE. 4. ALL CONDUITS SHALL BE CONCEALED IN WALLS AND OUTLET BOXES SHALL BE FLUSH WITH FINISHED WALL UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 5. ALL WORK SHALL BE IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH NATIONAL ELECTRIC CODE AND ALL LOCAL CODES AND ORDINANCES AND LANDLORD'S TENANT DESIGN CRITERIA. GENERAL POWER NOTES DESIGN DRAWINGS ARE SCHEMATIC. VISIT THE SITE PRIOR TO BIDDING OR AWARD OF CONTRACT TO INSPECT EXISTING FIELD CONDITIONS. THIS CONTRACT SHALL INCLUDE ALL LABOR AND MATERIALS NECESSARY FOR FIELD MODIFICATIONS DUE TO EXISTING CONDITIONS. CONTACT THE OWNER PRIOR TO BIDDING FOR INTERPRETATIONS AND CLARIFICATIONS OF THE DESIGN AND INCLUDE IN HIS BID ALL COSTS TO MEET THE DESIGN INTENT. CLARIFICATIONS MADE BY THE OWNER AFTER BIDDING WILL BE FINAL AND SHALL BE IMPLEMENTED AT CONTRACTORS COST. HAVE A WORKING KNOWLEDGE OF LOCAL CODES AND ORDINANCES. INCLUDED IN BIDS, THE COSTS FOR ALL WORK INSTALLED IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH GOVERNING CODES, THE PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS NOT WITHSTANDING. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL ALERT OWNER OF ANY APPARENT DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN GOVERNING CODES AND DESIGN INTENT. ENSURE THAT ALL EQUIPMENT, PIPING AND DUCTWORK, NOT SHOWN TO REMAIN IS FULLY REMOVED AND NOT ABANDONED. FIELD VERIFY ALL CONDITIONS DATE: 10 -30 -08 JOB NO: 0813130 DRAWN: CHECKED: GROSS AREA: 5,535 SQ. FT. SALES AREA: 3,278 SQ. FT. Emphasis On Excellence M • Retail Engineering, Inc. 750 Brooksedge Blvd. Westerville, Ohio 43081 TEL: 614.818.2323 FAX: 614.818.2337 STORE NO. Champs: 14498 _J /y M�w 00 r LU M � 00 REVISIONS NO. 2 DESCRIPTION LL COMMENTS /OWNER CHANGES L.L./DOB COMMENTS 4 OWNER CHANGES DATE 12/03/08 12 /II /08 SHEET NUMBER POWER PLAN RECEIVED DEC 3 0 2008 PERMIT CENTEI E1.0 — ;— -T-777771-77— ,LE AR E' sRE \ \ 1 \ \` \ \ \. \ / IGI-IT INCA FLAN REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR LIGHTING FIXTURE SCHEDULE IC 4T FIXTURE SCHEDULE THREADED ROD (TYP.) METAL HALIDE PENDANT FIXTURE kV/JUNCTION BOX MOUNTED DIRECTLY ON UNISTRUT TRACK NEW UNISTRUT TRACK SECURE TO UNISTRUT 13' -2" A.F.F. ALI% / UNDERSIDE OF STRUCTURE, VIF EXISTING STRUCTURE ABOVE 15' -3" AFF A.G.T. CEILING NEW UNISTRUT TRACK SECURE TO STRUCTURE ABOVE 13' -2" AFF VIF TRAG HEIGHT THREADED ROD (TYP.) 12' -0" AFF LIGHT MOUNTING TRACK HEAD AND LIGHT TRACK ATTACHED TO UNISTRUT @ 12' -0" A.F.F IC SIT FIXTURE HE IGHT PLACEMENT ID 14GR4M 1. THE CONTRACTOR FOR THIS WORK IS REQUIRED TO READ THE SPECIFICATIONS AND REVIEW DRAWINGS OF ALL DIVISIONS OF WORK AND IS RESPONSIBLE FOR THE COORDINATION OF THIS WORK AND THE WORK OF ALL SUBCONTRACTORS WITH ALL DIVISIONS OF WORK IT IS T1-415 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY TO PROVIDE ALL SUBCONTRACTORS WITH A COMPLETE SET OF BID DOCUMENTS. 2. LIGHTING SHALL BE CIRCUITED EXACTLY AS SHOWN ON PLANS. 3. GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO INSTALL TENANT FURNISHED CRUSH GUARD SAFETY SLEEVES TO ALL STOCKROOM FLOURESCENT LIGHTING. 4. SEE ARCHITECTURAL REFLECTED CEILING PLAN FOR EXACT LOCATION AND QUANTITY OF LIGHTING FIXTURES. 5. EMERGENCY AND EXIT LIGHTS 5HALL BE INSTALLED AND CIRCUITED PER THE LATEST NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE AND ALL LOCAL CODES. ALL EMERGENCY AND EXIT FIXTURES SHALL BE DUAL VOLTAGE (120/211 VOLT INPUT) WITH BATTERY BACKUP. 6. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL MAKE ALL FINAL CONNECTIONS AS REQUIRED FOR A FULLY COMPLETE AND OPERABLE SYSTEM. �. IG4TINC- GENERAL NOTES O FURNISH AND INSTALL CONDUIT AND PULL WIRE TO ALL A/V LOCATIONS AS REQUIRED BY A/V VENDOR CONFIRM REQUIREMENTS AND LOCATIONS WITH OWNER PRIOR TO BID. SEE DETAIL D/E4.1. O WIRE THROUGH A 6 POLE CONTACTOR CONTROLLED BY A TIME CLOCK CONTACTOR AND TIME CLOCK SHALL BE AS SPECIFIED IN SPECIFICATIONS AND MOUNTED ADJACENT TO LIGHTING PANEL. REFER TO SHEET E3.0 AND SPECIFICATIONS FOR MORE INFORMATION. O HOMERUN THROUGH A 4 POLE CONTACTOR CONTROLLED BY SWITCH 'c'. CONTACTOR SHALL BE AS SPECIFIED IN SPECIFICATIONS AND MOUNTED ADJACENT TO LIGHTING PANEL. SEE MASTER LIGHTING SWITCH BANK DETAIL ON THIS SHEET AND 'POWER RISER' ON SHEET E3.0. ® HOMERUN THROUGH A 2 POLE CONTACTOR CONTROLLED BY SWITCH 'd'. CONTACTOR SHALL BE AS SPECIFIED IN SPECIFICATIONS AND MOUNTED ADJACENT TO LIGHTING PANEL. SEE MASTER LIGHTING SWITCH BANK DETAIL ON THIS SHEET AND 'POWER RISER' ON SHEET E3.0. O INOMERUN THROUGH A 4 POLE CONTACTOR CONTROLLED BY SWITCH 'e'. CONTACTOR SHALL BE AS SPECIFIED IN SPECIFICATIONS AND MOUNTED ADJACENT TO LIGHTING PANEL. SEE MASTER LIGHTING SWITCH BANK DETAIL ON THIS SHEET AND 'POWER RISER' ON SHEET E3.0. MASTER LIGHTING SWITCH BANK TO BE LOCATED AT REAR DOOR TO SALES AREA. SEE DETAIL 'F' ON THIS SHEET. CONNECT EMERGENCY, EXIT, AND NIGHT LIGHTING FIXTURES TO CIRCUIT A -22 (TYPICAL). O PROVIDE AND INSTALL A SCREW TYPE LOCK -ON DEVICE AT THE CIRCUIT BREAKER �. IC4TING CODED NOTES SCALE: 3/1 &" = 11_oii DESIGN DRAWINGS ARE SCHEMATIC. VISIT THE SITE PRIOR TO BIDDING OR AWARD OF CONTRACT TO INSPECT EXISTING FIELD CONDITIONS. THIS CONTRACT SHALL INCLUDE ALL LABOR AND MATERIALS NECESSARY FOR FIELD MODIFICATIONS DUE TO EXISTING CONDITIONS. CONTACT THE OUJNER PRIOR TO BIDDING FOR INTERPRETATIONS AND CLARIFICATIONS OF THE DESIGN AND INCLUDE IN HIS BID ALL COSTS TO MEET THE DESIGN INTENT. CLARIFICATIONS MADE BY THE OWNER AFTER BIDDING WILL BE FINAL AND SHALL BE IMPLEMENTED AT CONTRACTORS COST. I-IAVE A WORKING KNOWLEDGE OF LOCAL CODES AND ORDINANCES. INCLUDED IN BIDS, THE COSTS FOR ALL WORK INSTALLED IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH GOVERNING CODES, THE PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS NOT WITHSTANDING. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL ALERT OWNER OF ANY APPARENT DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN GOVERNING CODES AND DESIGN INTENT. ENSURE THAT ALL EQUIPMENT, PIPING AND DUCTWORK, NOT SHOWN TO REMAIN IS FULLY REMOVED AND NOT ABANDONED. FIELD VERIFY ALL CONDITIONS SALES AREA O DOWN LIGHTS SALES AREA n 0 DOWN LIGHTS SALES AREA TRACK LIGHTS I I ' d ' 'e' SCALE: N.T.S. MASTER L IC HIT INCA SWITCH IBANK DATE: 10 -30 -08 JOB NO: 0813130 DRAWN: CHECKED: GROSS AREA: 5,535 SQ. FT. SALES AREA: 3,278 SQ. FT. Emphasis On Excellence M • Retail Engineering, Inc. 750 Brooksedge Blvd. Westerville, Ohio 43081 TEL: 614.818.2323 FAX: 614.818.2337 STORE NO. 00 J W 00 Q w N (7) z � W W O U O LO � Champs: 14498 REVISIONS NO. 2 DESCRIPTION LL COMMENTS /OWNER CHANGES L.L./DOB COMMENTS 4 OWNER CHANGES DATE 12/03/08 12/1 RECEIVED DEC 3 0 2000 PERMIT CENTER SHEET NUMBER LIGHTING PLAN E2.0 ELECTRICAL CONNECTION SCHEDULE UNIT VOLTAGE FLA MCA MOCP A/POLE GROUNDED AND UNGROUNDED CONDUCTORS CONDUIT SWITCH DISCONNECT AT UNIT CIRCUIT CONNECTION NOTES AHU -1 208V, 3 PHASE 73.4 87.6 90/3 (3) #3 THWN & (1) #8 GND 1 -1/4" 100A, 3 -POLE, NONFUSED A- 31/33/35 0.693 ACCU -1 208V, 3 PHASE 73.6 81.6 90/3 (3) #4 THWN & (1) #8 GND 1 -1/4" 100A, 3 -POLE, NONFUSED, WP A- 37/39/41 4.100 UH -1 208V, 3 PHASE 13.8 17.3 20/3 (3) #12 THWN & (1) #12 GND 3/4" MANUAL MOTOR STARTER A- 19/21/23 42.988 UH -2 208V, 3 PHASE 13.8 17.3 20/3 (3) #12 THWN & (1) #12 GND 3/4" MANUAL MOTOR STARTER A- 25/27/29 1.500 MISCELLANEOUS 4.635 - 1.0 4.635 N.E.C. DEM. KVA X 1000 60.830 FEEDER AMPERAGE AMPS 79.136 = MINIMUM ELECTRIC LOAD SUMMARY 208Y/120V SERVICE DESCRIPTION N.E.C. CONNECTED kVA NEC DEMAND NOTES N.E.C. DEMAND FACTOR N.E.C. DEMAND kVA LIGHTING (CONTINUOUS) 14.156 [1] 1.25 17.695 TRACK LIGHT DEMAND ALLOWANCE - [2] - 7.525 SHOW WINDOW DEMAND ALLOWANCE - [3] - 0.693 KIT APPLIANCE 0.000 [4 1.00 0.000 RECEPTACLES 4.100 [5] - 4.100 MOTORS 0.000 [6] - 0.000 FIXED ELECTRIC SPACE HEATING 36.439 [6],[7] - 42.988 AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM 26.511 [6],[7] - 0.000 ELECTRIC WATER HEATER 1.500 - 1.0 1.500 MISCELLANEOUS 4.635 - 1.0 4.635 N.E.C. DEM. KVA X 1000 60.830 FEEDER AMPERAGE AMPS 79.136 = MINIMUM SYS. VOLTAGE X 1.732 79.136 X 1000 = 219.7 208 X 1.732 Ckt. No. Zone Load Description Brkr. Size * Brkr. Opts. N.E.C. kVA ** Phase N.E.C. kVA ** Brkr. Opts. Brkr. Size * Load Description Zone Ckt. No. 1 S.F. RECEPT. 15/1 Lo 0.360 A 0.000 Lo SPARE 2 3 WC 15/1 0.600 B 0.000 Lo SPARE 4 5 L SPARE 15/1 0.000 C 0.165 Lo SOUND SYSTEM z1 6 7 VIDEO MONITOR Lo 1.400 A 0.720 Lo COMPUTERS 8 9 SALES RECEP. 0.540 B 0.360 MGR DESK RECEPT. 10 11 SALES RECEP. 0.540 C 0.100 LO EXIST. PHONE BOARD 12 13 CASH REGISTER Lo 0.275 A 0.360 HVAC LTS /REC 14 15 CASH REGISTER LO 0.275 B 1.400 LO N.S. RECEP. 16 17 CASH REGISTER LO 0.275 C 1.500 WH 18 19 CASH REGISTER 20/3 Lo 0.275 A 0.350 LO VGA MONITOR 20 21 CASH WRAP REC B 1.142 0.540 B 0.000 22 SPARE 22 23 0.000 BUZZER/PANIC ALARM LO 0.100 C 0.000 UH -2 SPARE 24 25 0.000 SPARE SPARE 0.000 A 0.000 1.667 SPARE 0.000 26 27 SPARE SPARE 28 29 0.000 B 0.000 0.000 SPARE SPARE 28 29 31 SPARE AHU -1 90/3 0.000 C 0.100 3.740 FACP PANEL "B" 30 Ckt. No. Zone Load Description Brkr. Size * Brkr. Opts. N.E.C. kVA ** Phase N.E.C. kVA ** Brkr. Opts. Brkr. Size * Load Description Zone Ckt. No. 1 TRACK LTS 15/1 0.660 A 1.200 Lo SIGN 2 3 TRACK LTS 15/1 1.760 B 0.616 Lo S.F. LTS 4 5 TRACK LTS 15/1 1.760 C 0.750 Lo S.F. TRACK 6 7 SPARE 0.000 A 0.764 SALES LTS 8 9 SPARE 0.000 B 0.822 SALES LTS 10 11 SPARE 0.000 C 0.660 SALES LTS 12 13 SPARE 0.000 A 0.654 SALES LTS 14 15 SPARE 0.000 B 1.200 LO SIGN 16 17 SPARE 0.000 C 0.660 SALES LTS 18 19 UH -1 20/3 1.666 A 1.508 N.S. LTS 20 21 1.667 B 1.142 Lo NUEX/EM LTS 22 23 1.667 C 0.000 SPARE 24 25 UH -2 20/3 1.667 A 0.000 SPARE 26 27 1.667 B 0.000 SPARE 28 29 1.666 C 0.000 SPARE 30 31 AHU -1 90/3 8.813 A 3.740 100/3 PANEL "B" 32 33 z 1 8.813 B 3.715 34 35 8.813 C 2.780 36 37 ACCU -1 90/3 HACR 8.837 A 0.000 SPARE 38 39 8.837 B 0.000 SPARE 40 41 8.837 C 0.000 SPARE 42 Panel Wiring Schedule (3- Phase) Panelboard Panel Type NEMA Type ** " NQOD 1 Voltage OCPD Mounting 208Y/120 250A M.C.B. SURFACE Phase Wire Buss Notes * All circuit breakers to be 20 -Amp, 1 -Pole unless otherwise noted. All Phases to be balanced to within 10% using Actual Load Totals. N.E.C. Connected Totals: Ph.A 29.509 N.E.C. Connected Totals: Ph.B 30.239 N.E.C. Connected Totals: Ph.0 27.593 Total 87.341 E Existing Circuit to remain IG Isolated Ground Circuit Connected Load: 242.4 NEC 2005 Demand Feeder Load: 219.7 3 4 250A kVA kVA kVA kVA amps amps Options/Notes AIC Rating Breaker Options: AS Powerlink AS Breaker LO Handle lock -on device ST Shunt Trip Type AUX Auxiliary Contacts PA Handle Padlock Attachment GFCI Ground Fault Circuit Interrupter HACR Heating, A/C & Refrigeration SF Subfeed AFCI Arc Fault Circuit Interrupter 10,000 Panelboard Panel Type NEMA Type ** FURNISH AND INSTALL 4 •250MCM THWN AND 1 N. GIRD. AND 2 1/2' CONDUIT. TO EXISTING 120/208V., 3PH, 4W. ELECTRICAL SERVICE. VERIFY ALL REQUIREMENTS PRIOR TO BIDS FIELD VERIFY EXACT DISTANCE ---- Panel Wiring Schedule (3- Phase) NQOD 1 Notes * All circuit breakers to be 20 -Amp, 1 -Pole unless otherwise noted. All Phases to be balanced to within 10% using Actual Load Totals. N.E.C. Connected Totals: Ph.A 3.740 N.E.C. Connected Totals: Ph.B 3.715 N.E.C. Connected Totals: Ph.0 2.780 Total 10.235 E Existing Circuit to remain IG Isolated Ground Circuit Connected Load: NEC 2005 Demand Feeder Load: NOTE: VERIFY EXACT OVER CURRENT PROTECTION /DISCONNECT REQUIREMENTS (PER N.E.C. #440) WITH EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURER NAMEPLATE DATA UPON RECEIPT AT JOB SITE. CONTACT ENGINEER WITH ANY DISCREPANCIES. LL'S ELECTRICAL LEASE LINE Voltage OCPD Mounting CHAMPS SPACE *324 208Y/120 M.L.O. SURFACE Phase Wire Buss 28.4 29.5 kVA kVA kVA kVA NEW PANEL "A" 120/208V 30 4W 250A M.C.B. 3 4 100A amps amps Options/Notes AIC Rating Breaker Options: AS Powerlink AS Breaker LO Handle lock -on device ST Shunt Trip Type AUX Auxiliary Contacts PA Handle Padlock Attachment GFCI Ground Fault Circuit Interrupter HACR Heating, A/C & Refrigeration SF Subfeed AFCI Arc Fault Circuit Interrupter 5 10,000 REFER TO 14VAC ELECTRICAL CONNECTION SCHEDULE FOR EXISTING CIRCUITING/WIRE SIZE /CONDUIT SIZE OF 1-MAC EQUIPMENT. REFER TO SHEET E1.0 AND E2.0 FOR TIME CLOCK CONTROLLED CIRCUITS. EXISTING 1 DAY, 24 HOUR TIMECLOCK TO CIRCUITS INDICATED ON PLANS. NEW PANEL "B" 120/208V 30 4W 100A M.L.O. FURNISH AND INSTALL 4 *3 THWN AND 1 *8 GRD. AND I I /4' CONDUIT. LOAD SUMMARY NOTES: [1] POWER FACTOR IS ALREADY INCLUDED IN LIGHTING LOAD. [2] 150VA/2FT OF LINE VOLTAGE TRACK + SUM LOW VOLTAGE XFRMS - CONNECTED LOAD [3] 200VA/LF - ACTUAL CONNECTED LOAD [4] KIT APPLIANCE DEMAND FACTOR PER NEC 220-56 [5] 0.0 < 10KW = 100 %, REMAINING - 50% [ 125% OF THE LARGEST MOTOR OR COMPRESSOR IN SYSTEM APPLIED ON ONE UNIT. [ USE GREATER VALUE OF THESE TWO CATEGORIES POWER WISER AND SCHEDULES 1. HVAC CIRCUIT BREAKERS SHALL BE 'HACR' TYPE WHERE REQUIRED BY EQUIPMENT NAMEPLATE PER NEC. 2. FIELD VERIFY EXACT A.I.C. RATING OF LANDLORDS DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT, FURNISH AND INSTALL TENANTS SYSTEM TO MATCH. 3. BALANCE ALL PANELS AND ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT TO 1094 BETWEEN PHASES: A/B, B /C, A/C REGARDLESS OF CIRCUITING INDICATED. 4. PROPER CLEARANCE MUST BE MAINTAINED ABOUT ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT PER NEC. FIELD VERIFY EXACT MOUNTING SPACE AVAILABLE IN ELECTRICAL ROOM /AREA PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT. 5. MAKE ALL FINAL ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS FOR A COMPLETE ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM. 6. BOND NEUTRAL TO GROUND AT DISCONNECT SWITCH IF NOT BONDED ON LINE SIDE OF DISCONNECT SWITCH. IF NEUTRAL IS BONDED ON LINE SIDE OF DISCONNECT SWITCH, DO NOT BOND AT DISCONNECT SWITCH. 1. MAXIMUM LENGTH OP TAP CONDUCTORS ON TRANSFORMER SECONDARY SHALL NOT EXCEED 10' -0' IN LENGTH. O. FIELD VERIFY EXACT MOUNTING SPACE AVAILABLE IN ELECTRICAL ROOM/AREA PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT. 9. EQUIPMENT NAMEPLATE PER N.E.C. POLDER RISER GENERAL 4L NOTE S DESIGN DRAWINGS ARE SCHEMATIC. VISIT THE SITE PRIOR TO BIDDING OR AWARD OF CONTRACT TO INSPECT EXISTING FIELD CONDITIONS. THIS CONTRACT SHALL INCLUDE ALL LABOR AND MATERIALS NECESSARY FOR FIELD MODIFICATIONS DUE TO EXISTING CONDITIONS. CONTACT THE OWNER PRIOR TO BIDDING FOR INTERPRETATIONS AND CLARIFICATIONS OF THE DESIGN AND INCLUDE IN 14I5 BID ALL COSTS TO MEET THE DESIGN INTENT. CLARIFICATIONS MADE BY THE OWNER AFTER BIDDING WILL BE FINAL AND SHALL BE IMPLEMENTED AT CONTRACTORS COST. HAVE A WORKING KNOWLEDGE OF LOCAL CODES AND ORDINANCES. INCLUDED IN BIDS, THE COSTS FOR ALL WORK INSTALLED IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH GOVERNING CODES, THE PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS NOT WITHSTANDING. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL ALERT OWNER OF ANY APPARENT DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN GOVERNING CODES AND DESIGN INTENT. ENSURE THAT ALL EQUIPMENT, PIPING AND DUCTWORK, NOT SHOWN TO REMAIN IS FULLY REMOVED AND NOT ABANDONED. FIELD VERIFY ALL CONDITIONS DATE: 10 -30 -08 JOB NO: 0813130 DRAWN: CHECKED: GROSS AREA: 5,535 SQ. FT. SALES AREA: 3,278 SQ. FT. Emphasis On Excellence M • Retail Engineering, Inc. 750 Brooksedge Blvd. Westerville, Ohio 43081 TEL: 614.818.2323 FAX: 614.818.2337 STORE NO. NO. DESCRIPTION DATE ELECTRICAL POWER RISER AND SCHEDULES Champs: 14498 REVISIONS SHEET NUMBER a ECEWED AEG 30 B PERMIT CENTEF E3.0 DESCRIPTION PRODUCT MATERIAL ID LENGTHNVIRING SCHEME PACKAGING COLOR SYSTIMAX PLENUM VOICE CAT 3 201000045WH 101018388 305M (1000 FT.) WE TOTE WHITE SYSTIMAX DATA CAT 3 OUTLET M1BH -H -246 101321121 N/A 1 /PKG IVORY SYSTIMAX SURFACE MOUNTED BOX MI04SMB -A -246 101952442 4 PORTS I /PKG IVORY J L LI 2 3 I r J L LI 2 3 I 7 2 L LI 2 I T SECONDARY REGISTER • - •. • 2 L L L . u # CASH WRAP PRIMARY REGISTER ♦ n n J 1 # 3 O i r TO DEMARC C a -1 * • - • v f] O • r n d i r O Y n n - lb 4 r b MANAGER'S DESK L S DSL Line Phone Line to e T a:ac C C C C C F E C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C 25 Pair 66 Block — o 1 1 l • 1 1 C 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 To Cash U rap To Back Office CAT 3 Cable AT4T 2010 (Plenum) 20100004BWN W 1000 (101015388) J CA _ ON C1 N N w 1 ®a MEM IIIEE E 1 • c� BACK OFFICE SURFACE -MOUNT BOX M104SMB (4 PORT) MI04SMB -A -246 (101952442) 4) ' r dJ N 4 :n �4 r Phone DSL CA — ' (P CA —I ON Uc N MET 12 1 • 1 0 • CASH WRAF) Surface -Mount Box M104SMB (4 Port) M1045M5-A -246 (101952442 ) in r cA :n ' r cA CABLE IBLOCK WIRING D IAGRAM SCALE: N.T.S. VOICE LINE I (CASH WRAP 4 BACK OFFICE) DSL ONLY (CASH WRAP ONLY) DSL PHONE CAT 3 JACK M154-1-1-1-246 (10132112I ) N N w PHONE OUTLET WIRING DETAIL J1 ORANGE PAIR BLUE PAIR &? BLOCK WIRING DETAIL 25 PAIR 66 BLOCK BROWN PAIR GREEN PAIR SURFACE -MOUNT BOX MI04SM5 (4 PORT) M104SMB -4-246 (101952442 ) WIRING MUST BE CLEAN TO INOMERUN WITH OUT ANY CRIMPING AND MUST NOT NAVE ANY ADDITION CONNECTIONS. Yl N fn N r ep r cA FUTURE VOICE LINE 2 (CASH WRAP 4 BACK OFFICE) CABLE TO CASH WRAP CABLE TO BACK OFFICE WIRING DETAIL SCALE: N.T.S. VERIFY WITH TENAT CONSTRUCTION MANAGER THE INSTALL OF THE CAT 3 CABLES. NOTE: DO NOT TERMINATE CABLE NEAR OR ON METAL POLES OR RACKS. 2. LABEL JACK AT MANAGER'S DESK AS 'BACK OFFICE JACK'. 3. INSTALL A CAT 3 CABLE (SEE PART LIST BELOW FOR PART NUMBER) FROM THE CASH WRAP TO THE STORE DEMARC THROUGH DATA CONDUIT, AND TERMINATE CABLE AT CASH WRAP PER WIRING DETAIL (F) 4. LABEL JACK AT CASH WRAP AS 'CASH WRAP JACK'. 5. MAINTAIN A MINIMUM CLEARANCE OF 18 INCHES FROM ALL NOISE EMANATING ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT (e.g. BALLASTS, POWER FEEDER CABLES, ETC.) FOR ENTIRE CABLE RUN. 6. PERFORM A CONTINUITY CHECK FOR EACH CONDUCTOR TERMINATED AT EACH END OF THE INSTALLED CABLES, INCLUDING CABLE SHIELD. 1. LEAVE ONE AS BUILT COPY OF THIS DRAWING WITH STORE MANAGER(S). GENERAL NOTES WIRING DETAIL FOR JACKS. EACH JACK IS TO HAVE ONE CAT 3 CABLE. BLUE PAIR ON PINS 4 AND 5 ON JACK IN OUTLET POSITION +'I ORANGE PAIR ON PINS 4 AND 5 ON JACK IN OUTLET POSTION "2 GREEN PAIR ON PINS 4 AND 5 ON JACK IN OUTLET POSTION "3 BROWN PAIR ON PINS 4 AND 5 ON JACK IN OUTLET POSTION "4 BLUE PAIR FOR DSL ONLY ORANGE PAIR FOR PHONE 4 1 GREEN PAIR FOR PHONE 412 BROWN PAIR FOR FUTURE OUTLET COLOR CODE. BLUE - WHITE PIN 5 ON JACK *1 SOLID BLUE PIN 4 ON JACK "1 ORANGE - WHITE PIN 5 ON JACK c'2 SOLID ORANGE PIN 4 ON JACK M2 GREEN - WHITE PIN 5 ON JACK +'3 SOLID GREEN PIN 4 ON JACK "3 BROWN - WHITE PIN 5 ON JACK 0 4 SOLID BROWN PIN 4 ON JACK *4 MATERIAL LIST: WIRING DETAIL FOR 66 BLOCK CAT 3 CABLE TO CASH WRAP WILL BE TERMINATED FIRST ON THE 66 BLOCK CAT 3 CABLE TO THE BACK OFFICE WILL BE TERMINATED SECOND ON THE 66 BLOCK DSL WILL BE BRIDGED TO THE BLUE PAIR ON THE CASH WRAP CABLE ONLY. PHONE LINE WILL BE BRIDGED TO THE ORANGE PAIR ON THE CASH WRAP CABLE. THEN JUMPERED TO THE BACK OFFICE ORANGE PAIR IF SECOND PHONE LINE IS REQUIRED IT WILL BE BRIDGED TO THE GREEN PAIR ON THE CASH WRAP CABLE THEN JUMPERED TO TI-4E BACK OFFICE CABLE GREEN PAIR 66 BLOCK COLOR CODE CASH WRAP CABLE 66 BLOCK COLOR CODE BACK OFFICE CABLE BLUE - WHITE POSTION SOLID BLUE POSITION 2 ORANGE - WHITE POSITION 3 SOLID ORANGE POSITION 4 GREEN - WHITE POSTION 5 SOLID GREEN POSITION 6 BROWN - WHITE POSITION 1 SOLID BROWN POSITION 8 BLUE - WHITE POSTION SOLID BLUE POSITION 10 ORANGE - WHITE POSITION 11 SOLID ORANGE POSITION 12 GREEN - WHITE POSTION 13 SOLID GREEN POSITION 14 BROWN - WHITE POSITION 15 SOLID BROWN POSITION 16 TYPICAL WOOD 5HELF INSTALL AND PLUG IN PROVIDED LIGHT FIXTURE UNDER WOOD SHELF. LAMINATED MGR DESK QUAD OUTLET RECEPTACLE MANAGER'S DESK BUZZER FOR AUDIO SYSTEM. VERIFY EXACT LOCATION WITH A/V CONTRACTOR 3' GROMMET IN TOP OF COUNTER DEDICATED QUAD OUTLET RECEPTACLE DUPLEX OUTLET FOR PRINTER PHONE OUTLET (SEE WIRING DETAIL F FOR PIN OUT) 40 MANAGER DESK WIRING DETAIL SCALE: N.T.S. FURNISH AND INSTALLFOUR (4) 1' CONDUITS TO WRAPPER: r PRIMARY1 REGISTER el WELL (1) I I 04684) I 1. FOR TELEPHONE 2. FOR SPARE 3. FOR DEDICATEDELECTRICAL OUTLETS 4. FOR GENERAL ELECTRICAL POWER ET ®® ®® 3' GROMMET HOLE (TYP.) = = = = BUZZER RJIIC PHONE, JACK (LINE 1) E C ON DARECONDAR REGISTER' REGISTER WELL WELL 1 (2 ) I (3) 1 (46 ) 1 (4684) 3' GROMMET HOLE (TYP.) ®® ®® F – CO — ND - 741 7 i - REGISTER (4) 1 (4684) 1 O G.G. TO FURNISH AND INSTALL ONE DEDICATED DUPLEX OUTLET, WIRED TO PANEL BOARD. O G.G. TO FURNISH AND INSTALL ONE DEDICATED CIRCUIT WITH ISOLATED GROUND (SEPARATE HOT, NEUTRAL, 120 VOLT, 20 AMP CIRCUIT WITH QUAD OUTLET UNDER EACH WELL, 2 HUBBEL I.G.*5352 OR APPROPRIATE EQUIVALENT, WIRED TO PANEL BOARD FOUR CASk REGISTER WIRING DETAIL SCALE: N.T.S. DATE: 10 -30 -08 JOB NO: 0813130 DRAWN: CHECKED: GROSS AREA: 5,535 SQ. SALES AREA: 3,278 SQ. Emphasis On Excellence M• Retail Engineering, Inc. 750 Brooksedge Blvd. Westerville, Ohio 43081 TEL: 614.818.2323 FAX: 614.818.2337 STORE NO. FT. FT. oo J � 00 Q W N eL U M Q - Z � w U O Q Q O ( � � n Champs: 14498 REVISIONS NO. DESCRIPTION DATE ECE IFr DEC 3 0 2008 PERMIT CENTEi SHEET NUMBER MISCELLANEOUS ELECTRICAL DETAILS fri • E4.0 L LI 2 I r SECONDARY REGISTER • - •. • 2 L L L . u # CASH WRAP PRIMARY REGISTER ♦ n n J 1 # 3 O i r TO DEMARC C a -1 * • - • v f] O • r n d i r O Y n n - lb 4 r b MANAGER'S DESK L S DSL Line Phone Line to e T a:ac C C C C C F E C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C 25 Pair 66 Block — o 1 1 l • 1 1 C 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 To Cash U rap To Back Office CAT 3 Cable AT4T 2010 (Plenum) 20100004BWN W 1000 (101015388) J CA _ ON C1 N N w 1 ®a MEM IIIEE E 1 • c� BACK OFFICE SURFACE -MOUNT BOX M104SMB (4 PORT) MI04SMB -A -246 (101952442) 4) ' r dJ N 4 :n �4 r Phone DSL CA — ' (P CA —I ON Uc N MET 12 1 • 1 0 • CASH WRAF) Surface -Mount Box M104SMB (4 Port) M1045M5-A -246 (101952442 ) in r cA :n ' r cA CABLE IBLOCK WIRING D IAGRAM SCALE: N.T.S. VOICE LINE I (CASH WRAP 4 BACK OFFICE) DSL ONLY (CASH WRAP ONLY) DSL PHONE CAT 3 JACK M154-1-1-1-246 (10132112I ) N N w PHONE OUTLET WIRING DETAIL J1 ORANGE PAIR BLUE PAIR &? BLOCK WIRING DETAIL 25 PAIR 66 BLOCK BROWN PAIR GREEN PAIR SURFACE -MOUNT BOX MI04SM5 (4 PORT) M104SMB -4-246 (101952442 ) WIRING MUST BE CLEAN TO INOMERUN WITH OUT ANY CRIMPING AND MUST NOT NAVE ANY ADDITION CONNECTIONS. Yl N fn N r ep r cA FUTURE VOICE LINE 2 (CASH WRAP 4 BACK OFFICE) CABLE TO CASH WRAP CABLE TO BACK OFFICE WIRING DETAIL SCALE: N.T.S. VERIFY WITH TENAT CONSTRUCTION MANAGER THE INSTALL OF THE CAT 3 CABLES. NOTE: DO NOT TERMINATE CABLE NEAR OR ON METAL POLES OR RACKS. 2. LABEL JACK AT MANAGER'S DESK AS 'BACK OFFICE JACK'. 3. INSTALL A CAT 3 CABLE (SEE PART LIST BELOW FOR PART NUMBER) FROM THE CASH WRAP TO THE STORE DEMARC THROUGH DATA CONDUIT, AND TERMINATE CABLE AT CASH WRAP PER WIRING DETAIL (F) 4. LABEL JACK AT CASH WRAP AS 'CASH WRAP JACK'. 5. MAINTAIN A MINIMUM CLEARANCE OF 18 INCHES FROM ALL NOISE EMANATING ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT (e.g. BALLASTS, POWER FEEDER CABLES, ETC.) FOR ENTIRE CABLE RUN. 6. PERFORM A CONTINUITY CHECK FOR EACH CONDUCTOR TERMINATED AT EACH END OF THE INSTALLED CABLES, INCLUDING CABLE SHIELD. 1. LEAVE ONE AS BUILT COPY OF THIS DRAWING WITH STORE MANAGER(S). GENERAL NOTES WIRING DETAIL FOR JACKS. EACH JACK IS TO HAVE ONE CAT 3 CABLE. BLUE PAIR ON PINS 4 AND 5 ON JACK IN OUTLET POSITION +'I ORANGE PAIR ON PINS 4 AND 5 ON JACK IN OUTLET POSTION "2 GREEN PAIR ON PINS 4 AND 5 ON JACK IN OUTLET POSTION "3 BROWN PAIR ON PINS 4 AND 5 ON JACK IN OUTLET POSTION "4 BLUE PAIR FOR DSL ONLY ORANGE PAIR FOR PHONE 4 1 GREEN PAIR FOR PHONE 412 BROWN PAIR FOR FUTURE OUTLET COLOR CODE. BLUE - WHITE PIN 5 ON JACK *1 SOLID BLUE PIN 4 ON JACK "1 ORANGE - WHITE PIN 5 ON JACK c'2 SOLID ORANGE PIN 4 ON JACK M2 GREEN - WHITE PIN 5 ON JACK +'3 SOLID GREEN PIN 4 ON JACK "3 BROWN - WHITE PIN 5 ON JACK 0 4 SOLID BROWN PIN 4 ON JACK *4 MATERIAL LIST: WIRING DETAIL FOR 66 BLOCK CAT 3 CABLE TO CASH WRAP WILL BE TERMINATED FIRST ON THE 66 BLOCK CAT 3 CABLE TO THE BACK OFFICE WILL BE TERMINATED SECOND ON THE 66 BLOCK DSL WILL BE BRIDGED TO THE BLUE PAIR ON THE CASH WRAP CABLE ONLY. PHONE LINE WILL BE BRIDGED TO THE ORANGE PAIR ON THE CASH WRAP CABLE. THEN JUMPERED TO THE BACK OFFICE ORANGE PAIR IF SECOND PHONE LINE IS REQUIRED IT WILL BE BRIDGED TO THE GREEN PAIR ON THE CASH WRAP CABLE THEN JUMPERED TO TI-4E BACK OFFICE CABLE GREEN PAIR 66 BLOCK COLOR CODE CASH WRAP CABLE 66 BLOCK COLOR CODE BACK OFFICE CABLE BLUE - WHITE POSTION SOLID BLUE POSITION 2 ORANGE - WHITE POSITION 3 SOLID ORANGE POSITION 4 GREEN - WHITE POSTION 5 SOLID GREEN POSITION 6 BROWN - WHITE POSITION 1 SOLID BROWN POSITION 8 BLUE - WHITE POSTION SOLID BLUE POSITION 10 ORANGE - WHITE POSITION 11 SOLID ORANGE POSITION 12 GREEN - WHITE POSTION 13 SOLID GREEN POSITION 14 BROWN - WHITE POSITION 15 SOLID BROWN POSITION 16 TYPICAL WOOD 5HELF INSTALL AND PLUG IN PROVIDED LIGHT FIXTURE UNDER WOOD SHELF. LAMINATED MGR DESK QUAD OUTLET RECEPTACLE MANAGER'S DESK BUZZER FOR AUDIO SYSTEM. VERIFY EXACT LOCATION WITH A/V CONTRACTOR 3' GROMMET IN TOP OF COUNTER DEDICATED QUAD OUTLET RECEPTACLE DUPLEX OUTLET FOR PRINTER PHONE OUTLET (SEE WIRING DETAIL F FOR PIN OUT) 40 MANAGER DESK WIRING DETAIL SCALE: N.T.S. FURNISH AND INSTALLFOUR (4) 1' CONDUITS TO WRAPPER: r PRIMARY1 REGISTER el WELL (1) I I 04684) I 1. FOR TELEPHONE 2. FOR SPARE 3. FOR DEDICATEDELECTRICAL OUTLETS 4. FOR GENERAL ELECTRICAL POWER ET ®® ®® 3' GROMMET HOLE (TYP.) = = = = BUZZER RJIIC PHONE, JACK (LINE 1) E C ON DARECONDAR REGISTER' REGISTER WELL WELL 1 (2 ) I (3) 1 (46 ) 1 (4684) 3' GROMMET HOLE (TYP.) ®® ®® F – CO — ND - 741 7 i - REGISTER (4) 1 (4684) 1 O G.G. TO FURNISH AND INSTALL ONE DEDICATED DUPLEX OUTLET, WIRED TO PANEL BOARD. O G.G. TO FURNISH AND INSTALL ONE DEDICATED CIRCUIT WITH ISOLATED GROUND (SEPARATE HOT, NEUTRAL, 120 VOLT, 20 AMP CIRCUIT WITH QUAD OUTLET UNDER EACH WELL, 2 HUBBEL I.G.*5352 OR APPROPRIATE EQUIVALENT, WIRED TO PANEL BOARD FOUR CASk REGISTER WIRING DETAIL SCALE: N.T.S. DATE: 10 -30 -08 JOB NO: 0813130 DRAWN: CHECKED: GROSS AREA: 5,535 SQ. SALES AREA: 3,278 SQ. Emphasis On Excellence M• Retail Engineering, Inc. 750 Brooksedge Blvd. Westerville, Ohio 43081 TEL: 614.818.2323 FAX: 614.818.2337 STORE NO. FT. FT. oo J � 00 Q W N eL U M Q - Z � w U O Q Q O ( � � n Champs: 14498 REVISIONS NO. DESCRIPTION DATE ECE IFr DEC 3 0 2008 PERMIT CENTEi SHEET NUMBER MISCELLANEOUS ELECTRICAL DETAILS fri • E4.0 L LI 2 1 r SECONDARY REGISTER • - •. • 2 L L L . u # CASH WRAP PRIMARY REGISTER ♦ n n J 1 # 3 O i r TO DEMARC C a -1 * • - • v f] O • r n d i r O Y n n - lb 4 r b MANAGER'S DESK L S DSL Line Phone Line to e T a:ac C C C C C F E C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C 25 Pair 66 Block — o 1 1 l • 1 1 C 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 To Cash U rap To Back Office CAT 3 Cable AT4T 2010 (Plenum) 20100004BWN W 1000 (101015388) J CA _ ON C1 N N w 1 ®a MEM IIIEE E 1 • c� BACK OFFICE SURFACE -MOUNT BOX M104SMB (4 PORT) MI04SMB -A -246 (101952442) 4) ' r dJ N 4 :n �4 r Phone DSL CA — ' (P CA —I ON Uc N MET 12 1 • 1 0 • CASH WRAF) Surface -Mount Box M104SMB (4 Port) M1045M5-A -246 (101952442 ) in r cA :n ' r cA CABLE IBLOCK WIRING D IAGRAM SCALE: N.T.S. VOICE LINE I (CASH WRAP 4 BACK OFFICE) DSL ONLY (CASH WRAP ONLY) DSL PHONE CAT 3 JACK M154-1-1-1-246 (10132112I ) N N w PHONE OUTLET WIRING DETAIL J1 ORANGE PAIR BLUE PAIR &? BLOCK WIRING DETAIL 25 PAIR 66 BLOCK BROWN PAIR GREEN PAIR SURFACE -MOUNT BOX MI04SM5 (4 PORT) M104SMB -4-246 (101952442 ) WIRING MUST BE CLEAN TO INOMERUN WITH OUT ANY CRIMPING AND MUST NOT NAVE ANY ADDITION CONNECTIONS. Yl N fn N r ep r cA FUTURE VOICE LINE 2 (CASH WRAP 4 BACK OFFICE) CABLE TO CASH WRAP CABLE TO BACK OFFICE WIRING DETAIL SCALE: N.T.S. VERIFY WITH TENAT CONSTRUCTION MANAGER THE INSTALL OF THE CAT 3 CABLES. NOTE: DO NOT TERMINATE CABLE NEAR OR ON METAL POLES OR RACKS. 2. LABEL JACK AT MANAGER'S DESK AS 'BACK OFFICE JACK'. 3. INSTALL A CAT 3 CABLE (SEE PART LIST BELOW FOR PART NUMBER) FROM THE CASH WRAP TO THE STORE DEMARC THROUGH DATA CONDUIT, AND TERMINATE CABLE AT CASH WRAP PER WIRING DETAIL (F) 4. LABEL JACK AT CASH WRAP AS 'CASH WRAP JACK'. 5. MAINTAIN A MINIMUM CLEARANCE OF 18 INCHES FROM ALL NOISE EMANATING ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT (e.g. BALLASTS, POWER FEEDER CABLES, ETC.) FOR ENTIRE CABLE RUN. 6. PERFORM A CONTINUITY CHECK FOR EACH CONDUCTOR TERMINATED AT EACH END OF THE INSTALLED CABLES, INCLUDING CABLE SHIELD. 1. LEAVE ONE AS BUILT COPY OF THIS DRAWING WITH STORE MANAGER(S). GENERAL NOTES WIRING DETAIL FOR JACKS. EACH JACK IS TO HAVE ONE CAT 3 CABLE. BLUE PAIR ON PINS 4 AND 5 ON JACK IN OUTLET POSITION +'I ORANGE PAIR ON PINS 4 AND 5 ON JACK IN OUTLET POSTION "2 GREEN PAIR ON PINS 4 AND 5 ON JACK IN OUTLET POSTION "3 BROWN PAIR ON PINS 4 AND 5 ON JACK IN OUTLET POSTION "4 BLUE PAIR FOR DSL ONLY ORANGE PAIR FOR PHONE 4 1 GREEN PAIR FOR PHONE 412 BROWN PAIR FOR FUTURE OUTLET COLOR CODE. BLUE - WHITE PIN 5 ON JACK *1 SOLID BLUE PIN 4 ON JACK "1 ORANGE - WHITE PIN 5 ON JACK c'2 SOLID ORANGE PIN 4 ON JACK M2 GREEN - WHITE PIN 5 ON JACK +'3 SOLID GREEN PIN 4 ON JACK "3 BROWN - WHITE PIN 5 ON JACK 0 4 SOLID BROWN PIN 4 ON JACK *4 MATERIAL LIST: WIRING DETAIL FOR 66 BLOCK CAT 3 CABLE TO CASH WRAP WILL BE TERMINATED FIRST ON THE 66 BLOCK CAT 3 CABLE TO THE BACK OFFICE WILL BE TERMINATED SECOND ON THE 66 BLOCK DSL WILL BE BRIDGED TO THE BLUE PAIR ON THE CASH WRAP CABLE ONLY. PHONE LINE WILL BE BRIDGED TO THE ORANGE PAIR ON THE CASH WRAP CABLE. THEN JUMPERED TO THE BACK OFFICE ORANGE PAIR IF SECOND PHONE LINE IS REQUIRED IT WILL BE BRIDGED TO THE GREEN PAIR ON THE CASH WRAP CABLE THEN JUMPERED TO TI-4E BACK OFFICE CABLE GREEN PAIR 66 BLOCK COLOR CODE CASH WRAP CABLE 66 BLOCK COLOR CODE BACK OFFICE CABLE BLUE - WHITE POSTION SOLID BLUE POSITION 2 ORANGE - WHITE POSITION 3 SOLID ORANGE POSITION 4 GREEN - WHITE POSTION 5 SOLID GREEN POSITION 6 BROWN - WHITE POSITION 1 SOLID BROWN POSITION 8 BLUE - WHITE POSTION SOLID BLUE POSITION 10 ORANGE - WHITE POSITION 11 SOLID ORANGE POSITION 12 GREEN - WHITE POSTION 13 SOLID GREEN POSITION 14 BROWN - WHITE POSITION 15 SOLID BROWN POSITION 16 TYPICAL WOOD 5HELF INSTALL AND PLUG IN PROVIDED LIGHT FIXTURE UNDER WOOD SHELF. LAMINATED MGR DESK QUAD OUTLET RECEPTACLE MANAGER'S DESK BUZZER FOR AUDIO SYSTEM. VERIFY EXACT LOCATION WITH A/V CONTRACTOR 3' GROMMET IN TOP OF COUNTER DEDICATED QUAD OUTLET RECEPTACLE DUPLEX OUTLET FOR PRINTER PHONE OUTLET (SEE WIRING DETAIL F FOR PIN OUT) 40 MANAGER DESK WIRING DETAIL SCALE: N.T.S. FURNISH AND INSTALLFOUR (4) 1' CONDUITS TO WRAPPER: r PRIMARY1 REGISTER el WELL (1) I I 04684) I 1. FOR TELEPHONE 2. FOR SPARE 3. FOR DEDICATEDELECTRICAL OUTLETS 4. FOR GENERAL ELECTRICAL POWER ET ®® ®® 3' GROMMET HOLE (TYP.) = = = = BUZZER RJIIC PHONE, JACK (LINE 1) E C ON DARECONDAR REGISTER' REGISTER WELL WELL 1 (2 ) I (3) 1 (46 ) 1 (4684) 3' GROMMET HOLE (TYP.) ®® ®® F – CO — ND - 741 7 i - REGISTER (4) 1 (4684) 1 O G.G. TO FURNISH AND INSTALL ONE DEDICATED DUPLEX OUTLET, WIRED TO PANEL BOARD. O G.G. TO FURNISH AND INSTALL ONE DEDICATED CIRCUIT WITH ISOLATED GROUND (SEPARATE HOT, NEUTRAL, 120 VOLT, 20 AMP CIRCUIT WITH QUAD OUTLET UNDER EACH WELL, 2 HUBBEL I.G.*5352 OR APPROPRIATE EQUIVALENT, WIRED TO PANEL BOARD FOUR CASk REGISTER WIRING DETAIL SCALE: N.T.S. DATE: 10 -30 -08 JOB NO: 0813130 DRAWN: CHECKED: GROSS AREA: 5,535 SQ. SALES AREA: 3,278 SQ. Emphasis On Excellence M• Retail Engineering, Inc. 750 Brooksedge Blvd. Westerville, Ohio 43081 TEL: 614.818.2323 FAX: 614.818.2337 STORE NO. FT. FT. oo J � 00 Q W N eL U M Q - Z � w U O Q Q O ( � � n Champs: 14498 REVISIONS NO. DESCRIPTION DATE ECE IFr DEC 3 0 2008 PERMIT CENTEi SHEET NUMBER MISCELLANEOUS ELECTRICAL DETAILS fri • E4.0 L 3 2 1 r SECONDARY REGISTER • - •. • 2 L L L . u # CASH WRAP PRIMARY REGISTER ♦ n n J 1 # 3 O i r TO DEMARC C a -1 * • - • v f] O • r n d i r O Y n n - lb 4 r b MANAGER'S DESK L S DSL Line Phone Line to e T a:ac C C C C C F E C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C 25 Pair 66 Block — o 1 1 l • 1 1 C 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 To Cash U rap To Back Office CAT 3 Cable AT4T 2010 (Plenum) 20100004BWN W 1000 (101015388) J CA _ ON C1 N N w 1 ®a MEM IIIEE E 1 • c� BACK OFFICE SURFACE -MOUNT BOX M104SMB (4 PORT) MI04SMB -A -246 (101952442) 4) ' r dJ N 4 :n �4 r Phone DSL CA — ' (P CA —I ON Uc N MET 12 1 • 1 0 • CASH WRAF) Surface -Mount Box M104SMB (4 Port) M1045M5-A -246 (101952442 ) in r cA :n ' r cA CABLE IBLOCK WIRING D IAGRAM SCALE: N.T.S. VOICE LINE I (CASH WRAP 4 BACK OFFICE) DSL ONLY (CASH WRAP ONLY) DSL PHONE CAT 3 JACK M154-1-1-1-246 (10132112I ) N N w PHONE OUTLET WIRING DETAIL J1 ORANGE PAIR BLUE PAIR &? BLOCK WIRING DETAIL 25 PAIR 66 BLOCK BROWN PAIR GREEN PAIR SURFACE -MOUNT BOX MI04SM5 (4 PORT) M104SMB -4-246 (101952442 ) WIRING MUST BE CLEAN TO INOMERUN WITH OUT ANY CRIMPING AND MUST NOT NAVE ANY ADDITION CONNECTIONS. Yl N fn N r ep r cA FUTURE VOICE LINE 2 (CASH WRAP 4 BACK OFFICE) CABLE TO CASH WRAP CABLE TO BACK OFFICE WIRING DETAIL SCALE: N.T.S. VERIFY WITH TENAT CONSTRUCTION MANAGER THE INSTALL OF THE CAT 3 CABLES. NOTE: DO NOT TERMINATE CABLE NEAR OR ON METAL POLES OR RACKS. 2. LABEL JACK AT MANAGER'S DESK AS 'BACK OFFICE JACK'. 3. INSTALL A CAT 3 CABLE (SEE PART LIST BELOW FOR PART NUMBER) FROM THE CASH WRAP TO THE STORE DEMARC THROUGH DATA CONDUIT, AND TERMINATE CABLE AT CASH WRAP PER WIRING DETAIL (F) 4. LABEL JACK AT CASH WRAP AS 'CASH WRAP JACK'. 5. MAINTAIN A MINIMUM CLEARANCE OF 18 INCHES FROM ALL NOISE EMANATING ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT (e.g. BALLASTS, POWER FEEDER CABLES, ETC.) FOR ENTIRE CABLE RUN. 6. PERFORM A CONTINUITY CHECK FOR EACH CONDUCTOR TERMINATED AT EACH END OF THE INSTALLED CABLES, INCLUDING CABLE SHIELD. 1. LEAVE ONE AS BUILT COPY OF THIS DRAWING WITH STORE MANAGER(S). GENERAL NOTES WIRING DETAIL FOR JACKS. EACH JACK IS TO HAVE ONE CAT 3 CABLE. BLUE PAIR ON PINS 4 AND 5 ON JACK IN OUTLET POSITION +'I ORANGE PAIR ON PINS 4 AND 5 ON JACK IN OUTLET POSTION "2 GREEN PAIR ON PINS 4 AND 5 ON JACK IN OUTLET POSTION "3 BROWN PAIR ON PINS 4 AND 5 ON JACK IN OUTLET POSTION "4 BLUE PAIR FOR DSL ONLY ORANGE PAIR FOR PHONE 4 1 GREEN PAIR FOR PHONE 412 BROWN PAIR FOR FUTURE OUTLET COLOR CODE. BLUE - WHITE PIN 5 ON JACK *1 SOLID BLUE PIN 4 ON JACK "1 ORANGE - WHITE PIN 5 ON JACK c'2 SOLID ORANGE PIN 4 ON JACK M2 GREEN - WHITE PIN 5 ON JACK +'3 SOLID GREEN PIN 4 ON JACK "3 BROWN - WHITE PIN 5 ON JACK 0 4 SOLID BROWN PIN 4 ON JACK *4 MATERIAL LIST: WIRING DETAIL FOR 66 BLOCK CAT 3 CABLE TO CASH WRAP WILL BE TERMINATED FIRST ON THE 66 BLOCK CAT 3 CABLE TO THE BACK OFFICE WILL BE TERMINATED SECOND ON THE 66 BLOCK DSL WILL BE BRIDGED TO THE BLUE PAIR ON THE CASH WRAP CABLE ONLY. PHONE LINE WILL BE BRIDGED TO THE ORANGE PAIR ON THE CASH WRAP CABLE. THEN JUMPERED TO THE BACK OFFICE ORANGE PAIR IF SECOND PHONE LINE IS REQUIRED IT WILL BE BRIDGED TO THE GREEN PAIR ON THE CASH WRAP CABLE THEN JUMPERED TO TI-4E BACK OFFICE CABLE GREEN PAIR 66 BLOCK COLOR CODE CASH WRAP CABLE 66 BLOCK COLOR CODE BACK OFFICE CABLE BLUE - WHITE POSTION SOLID BLUE POSITION 2 ORANGE - WHITE POSITION 3 SOLID ORANGE POSITION 4 GREEN - WHITE POSTION 5 SOLID GREEN POSITION 6 BROWN - WHITE POSITION 1 SOLID BROWN POSITION 8 BLUE - WHITE POSTION SOLID BLUE POSITION 10 ORANGE - WHITE POSITION 11 SOLID ORANGE POSITION 12 GREEN - WHITE POSTION 13 SOLID GREEN POSITION 14 BROWN - WHITE POSITION 15 SOLID BROWN POSITION 16 TYPICAL WOOD 5HELF INSTALL AND PLUG IN PROVIDED LIGHT FIXTURE UNDER WOOD SHELF. LAMINATED MGR DESK QUAD OUTLET RECEPTACLE MANAGER'S DESK BUZZER FOR AUDIO SYSTEM. VERIFY EXACT LOCATION WITH A/V CONTRACTOR 3' GROMMET IN TOP OF COUNTER DEDICATED QUAD OUTLET RECEPTACLE DUPLEX OUTLET FOR PRINTER PHONE OUTLET (SEE WIRING DETAIL F FOR PIN OUT) 40 MANAGER DESK WIRING DETAIL SCALE: N.T.S. FURNISH AND INSTALLFOUR (4) 1' CONDUITS TO WRAPPER: r PRIMARY1 REGISTER el WELL (1) I I 04684) I 1. FOR TELEPHONE 2. FOR SPARE 3. FOR DEDICATEDELECTRICAL OUTLETS 4. FOR GENERAL ELECTRICAL POWER ET ®® ®® 3' GROMMET HOLE (TYP.) = = = = BUZZER RJIIC PHONE, JACK (LINE 1) E C ON DARECONDAR REGISTER' REGISTER WELL WELL 1 (2 ) I (3) 1 (46 ) 1 (4684) 3' GROMMET HOLE (TYP.) ®® ®® F – CO — ND - 741 7 i - REGISTER (4) 1 (4684) 1 O G.G. TO FURNISH AND INSTALL ONE DEDICATED DUPLEX OUTLET, WIRED TO PANEL BOARD. O G.G. TO FURNISH AND INSTALL ONE DEDICATED CIRCUIT WITH ISOLATED GROUND (SEPARATE HOT, NEUTRAL, 120 VOLT, 20 AMP CIRCUIT WITH QUAD OUTLET UNDER EACH WELL, 2 HUBBEL I.G.*5352 OR APPROPRIATE EQUIVALENT, WIRED TO PANEL BOARD FOUR CASk REGISTER WIRING DETAIL SCALE: N.T.S. DATE: 10 -30 -08 JOB NO: 0813130 DRAWN: CHECKED: GROSS AREA: 5,535 SQ. SALES AREA: 3,278 SQ. Emphasis On Excellence M• Retail Engineering, Inc. 750 Brooksedge Blvd. Westerville, Ohio 43081 TEL: 614.818.2323 FAX: 614.818.2337 STORE NO. FT. FT. oo J � 00 Q W N eL U M Q - Z � w U O Q Q O ( � � n Champs: 14498 REVISIONS NO. DESCRIPTION DATE ECE IFr DEC 3 0 2008 PERMIT CENTEi SHEET NUMBER MISCELLANEOUS ELECTRICAL DETAILS fri • E4.0 L 3 2 T SECONDARY REGISTER • - •. • 2 L L L . u # CASH WRAP PRIMARY REGISTER ♦ n n J 1 # 3 O i r TO DEMARC C a -1 * • - • v f] O • r n d i r O Y n n - lb 4 r b MANAGER'S DESK L S DSL Line Phone Line to e T a:ac C C C C C F E C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C 25 Pair 66 Block — o 1 1 l • 1 1 C 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 To Cash U rap To Back Office CAT 3 Cable AT4T 2010 (Plenum) 20100004BWN W 1000 (101015388) J CA _ ON C1 N N w 1 ®a MEM IIIEE E 1 • c� BACK OFFICE SURFACE -MOUNT BOX M104SMB (4 PORT) MI04SMB -A -246 (101952442) 4) ' r dJ N 4 :n �4 r Phone DSL CA — ' (P CA —I ON Uc N MET 12 1 • 1 0 • CASH WRAF) Surface -Mount Box M104SMB (4 Port) M1045M5-A -246 (101952442 ) in r cA :n ' r cA CABLE IBLOCK WIRING D IAGRAM SCALE: N.T.S. VOICE LINE I (CASH WRAP 4 BACK OFFICE) DSL ONLY (CASH WRAP ONLY) DSL PHONE CAT 3 JACK M154-1-1-1-246 (10132112I ) N N w PHONE OUTLET WIRING DETAIL J1 ORANGE PAIR BLUE PAIR &? BLOCK WIRING DETAIL 25 PAIR 66 BLOCK BROWN PAIR GREEN PAIR SURFACE -MOUNT BOX MI04SM5 (4 PORT) M104SMB -4-246 (101952442 ) WIRING MUST BE CLEAN TO INOMERUN WITH OUT ANY CRIMPING AND MUST NOT NAVE ANY ADDITION CONNECTIONS. Yl N fn N r ep r cA FUTURE VOICE LINE 2 (CASH WRAP 4 BACK OFFICE) CABLE TO CASH WRAP CABLE TO BACK OFFICE WIRING DETAIL SCALE: N.T.S. VERIFY WITH TENAT CONSTRUCTION MANAGER THE INSTALL OF THE CAT 3 CABLES. NOTE: DO NOT TERMINATE CABLE NEAR OR ON METAL POLES OR RACKS. 2. LABEL JACK AT MANAGER'S DESK AS 'BACK OFFICE JACK'. 3. INSTALL A CAT 3 CABLE (SEE PART LIST BELOW FOR PART NUMBER) FROM THE CASH WRAP TO THE STORE DEMARC THROUGH DATA CONDUIT, AND TERMINATE CABLE AT CASH WRAP PER WIRING DETAIL (F) 4. LABEL JACK AT CASH WRAP AS 'CASH WRAP JACK'. 5. MAINTAIN A MINIMUM CLEARANCE OF 18 INCHES FROM ALL NOISE EMANATING ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT (e.g. BALLASTS, POWER FEEDER CABLES, ETC.) FOR ENTIRE CABLE RUN. 6. PERFORM A CONTINUITY CHECK FOR EACH CONDUCTOR TERMINATED AT EACH END OF THE INSTALLED CABLES, INCLUDING CABLE SHIELD. 1. LEAVE ONE AS BUILT COPY OF THIS DRAWING WITH STORE MANAGER(S). GENERAL NOTES WIRING DETAIL FOR JACKS. EACH JACK IS TO HAVE ONE CAT 3 CABLE. BLUE PAIR ON PINS 4 AND 5 ON JACK IN OUTLET POSITION +'I ORANGE PAIR ON PINS 4 AND 5 ON JACK IN OUTLET POSTION "2 GREEN PAIR ON PINS 4 AND 5 ON JACK IN OUTLET POSTION "3 BROWN PAIR ON PINS 4 AND 5 ON JACK IN OUTLET POSTION "4 BLUE PAIR FOR DSL ONLY ORANGE PAIR FOR PHONE 4 1 GREEN PAIR FOR PHONE 412 BROWN PAIR FOR FUTURE OUTLET COLOR CODE. BLUE - WHITE PIN 5 ON JACK *1 SOLID BLUE PIN 4 ON JACK "1 ORANGE - WHITE PIN 5 ON JACK c'2 SOLID ORANGE PIN 4 ON JACK M2 GREEN - WHITE PIN 5 ON JACK +'3 SOLID GREEN PIN 4 ON JACK "3 BROWN - WHITE PIN 5 ON JACK 0 4 SOLID BROWN PIN 4 ON JACK *4 MATERIAL LIST: WIRING DETAIL FOR 66 BLOCK CAT 3 CABLE TO CASH WRAP WILL BE TERMINATED FIRST ON THE 66 BLOCK CAT 3 CABLE TO THE BACK OFFICE WILL BE TERMINATED SECOND ON THE 66 BLOCK DSL WILL BE BRIDGED TO THE BLUE PAIR ON THE CASH WRAP CABLE ONLY. PHONE LINE WILL BE BRIDGED TO THE ORANGE PAIR ON THE CASH WRAP CABLE. THEN JUMPERED TO THE BACK OFFICE ORANGE PAIR IF SECOND PHONE LINE IS REQUIRED IT WILL BE BRIDGED TO THE GREEN PAIR ON THE CASH WRAP CABLE THEN JUMPERED TO TI-4E BACK OFFICE CABLE GREEN PAIR 66 BLOCK COLOR CODE CASH WRAP CABLE 66 BLOCK COLOR CODE BACK OFFICE CABLE BLUE - WHITE POSTION SOLID BLUE POSITION 2 ORANGE - WHITE POSITION 3 SOLID ORANGE POSITION 4 GREEN - WHITE POSTION 5 SOLID GREEN POSITION 6 BROWN - WHITE POSITION 1 SOLID BROWN POSITION 8 BLUE - WHITE POSTION SOLID BLUE POSITION 10 ORANGE - WHITE POSITION 11 SOLID ORANGE POSITION 12 GREEN - WHITE POSTION 13 SOLID GREEN POSITION 14 BROWN - WHITE POSITION 15 SOLID BROWN POSITION 16 TYPICAL WOOD 5HELF INSTALL AND PLUG IN PROVIDED LIGHT FIXTURE UNDER WOOD SHELF. LAMINATED MGR DESK QUAD OUTLET RECEPTACLE MANAGER'S DESK BUZZER FOR AUDIO SYSTEM. VERIFY EXACT LOCATION WITH A/V CONTRACTOR 3' GROMMET IN TOP OF COUNTER DEDICATED QUAD OUTLET RECEPTACLE DUPLEX OUTLET FOR PRINTER PHONE OUTLET (SEE WIRING DETAIL F FOR PIN OUT) 40 MANAGER DESK WIRING DETAIL SCALE: N.T.S. FURNISH AND INSTALLFOUR (4) 1' CONDUITS TO WRAPPER: r PRIMARY1 REGISTER el WELL (1) I I 04684) I 1. FOR TELEPHONE 2. FOR SPARE 3. FOR DEDICATEDELECTRICAL OUTLETS 4. FOR GENERAL ELECTRICAL POWER ET ®® ®® 3' GROMMET HOLE (TYP.) = = = = BUZZER RJIIC PHONE, JACK (LINE 1) E C ON DARECONDAR REGISTER' REGISTER WELL WELL 1 (2 ) I (3) 1 (46 ) 1 (4684) 3' GROMMET HOLE (TYP.) ®® ®® F – CO — ND - 741 7 i - REGISTER (4) 1 (4684) 1 O G.G. TO FURNISH AND INSTALL ONE DEDICATED DUPLEX OUTLET, WIRED TO PANEL BOARD. O G.G. TO FURNISH AND INSTALL ONE DEDICATED CIRCUIT WITH ISOLATED GROUND (SEPARATE HOT, NEUTRAL, 120 VOLT, 20 AMP CIRCUIT WITH QUAD OUTLET UNDER EACH WELL, 2 HUBBEL I.G.*5352 OR APPROPRIATE EQUIVALENT, WIRED TO PANEL BOARD FOUR CASk REGISTER WIRING DETAIL SCALE: N.T.S. DATE: 10 -30 -08 JOB NO: 0813130 DRAWN: CHECKED: GROSS AREA: 5,535 SQ. SALES AREA: 3,278 SQ. Emphasis On Excellence M• Retail Engineering, Inc. 750 Brooksedge Blvd. Westerville, Ohio 43081 TEL: 614.818.2323 FAX: 614.818.2337 STORE NO. FT. FT. oo J � 00 Q W N eL U M Q - Z � w U O Q Q O ( � � n Champs: 14498 REVISIONS NO. DESCRIPTION DATE ECE IFr DEC 3 0 2008 PERMIT CENTEi SHEET NUMBER MISCELLANEOUS ELECTRICAL DETAILS fri • E4.0 L 3 2 r SECONDARY REGISTER • - •. • 2 L L L . u # CASH WRAP PRIMARY REGISTER ♦ n n J 1 # 3 O i r TO DEMARC C a -1 * • - • v f] O • r n d i r O Y n n - lb 4 r b MANAGER'S DESK L S DSL Line Phone Line to e T a:ac C C C C C F E C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C 25 Pair 66 Block — o 1 1 l • 1 1 C 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 To Cash U rap To Back Office CAT 3 Cable AT4T 2010 (Plenum) 20100004BWN W 1000 (101015388) J CA _ ON C1 N N w 1 ®a MEM IIIEE E 1 • c� BACK OFFICE SURFACE -MOUNT BOX M104SMB (4 PORT) MI04SMB -A -246 (101952442) 4) ' r dJ N 4 :n �4 r Phone DSL CA — ' (P CA —I ON Uc N MET 12 1 • 1 0 • CASH WRAF) Surface -Mount Box M104SMB (4 Port) M1045M5-A -246 (101952442 ) in r cA :n ' r cA CABLE IBLOCK WIRING D IAGRAM SCALE: N.T.S. VOICE LINE I (CASH WRAP 4 BACK OFFICE) DSL ONLY (CASH WRAP ONLY) DSL PHONE CAT 3 JACK M154-1-1-1-246 (10132112I ) N N w PHONE OUTLET WIRING DETAIL J1 ORANGE PAIR BLUE PAIR &? BLOCK WIRING DETAIL 25 PAIR 66 BLOCK BROWN PAIR GREEN PAIR SURFACE -MOUNT BOX MI04SM5 (4 PORT) M104SMB -4-246 (101952442 ) WIRING MUST BE CLEAN TO INOMERUN WITH OUT ANY CRIMPING AND MUST NOT NAVE ANY ADDITION CONNECTIONS. Yl N fn N r ep r cA FUTURE VOICE LINE 2 (CASH WRAP 4 BACK OFFICE) CABLE TO CASH WRAP CABLE TO BACK OFFICE WIRING DETAIL SCALE: N.T.S. VERIFY WITH TENAT CONSTRUCTION MANAGER THE INSTALL OF THE CAT 3 CABLES. NOTE: DO NOT TERMINATE CABLE NEAR OR ON METAL POLES OR RACKS. 2. LABEL JACK AT MANAGER'S DESK AS 'BACK OFFICE JACK'. 3. INSTALL A CAT 3 CABLE (SEE PART LIST BELOW FOR PART NUMBER) FROM THE CASH WRAP TO THE STORE DEMARC THROUGH DATA CONDUIT, AND TERMINATE CABLE AT CASH WRAP PER WIRING DETAIL (F) 4. LABEL JACK AT CASH WRAP AS 'CASH WRAP JACK'. 5. MAINTAIN A MINIMUM CLEARANCE OF 18 INCHES FROM ALL NOISE EMANATING ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT (e.g. BALLASTS, POWER FEEDER CABLES, ETC.) FOR ENTIRE CABLE RUN. 6. PERFORM A CONTINUITY CHECK FOR EACH CONDUCTOR TERMINATED AT EACH END OF THE INSTALLED CABLES, INCLUDING CABLE SHIELD. 1. LEAVE ONE AS BUILT COPY OF THIS DRAWING WITH STORE MANAGER(S). GENERAL NOTES WIRING DETAIL FOR JACKS. EACH JACK IS TO HAVE ONE CAT 3 CABLE. BLUE PAIR ON PINS 4 AND 5 ON JACK IN OUTLET POSITION +'I ORANGE PAIR ON PINS 4 AND 5 ON JACK IN OUTLET POSTION "2 GREEN PAIR ON PINS 4 AND 5 ON JACK IN OUTLET POSTION "3 BROWN PAIR ON PINS 4 AND 5 ON JACK IN OUTLET POSTION "4 BLUE PAIR FOR DSL ONLY ORANGE PAIR FOR PHONE 4 1 GREEN PAIR FOR PHONE 412 BROWN PAIR FOR FUTURE OUTLET COLOR CODE. BLUE - WHITE PIN 5 ON JACK *1 SOLID BLUE PIN 4 ON JACK "1 ORANGE - WHITE PIN 5 ON JACK c'2 SOLID ORANGE PIN 4 ON JACK M2 GREEN - WHITE PIN 5 ON JACK +'3 SOLID GREEN PIN 4 ON JACK "3 BROWN - WHITE PIN 5 ON JACK 0 4 SOLID BROWN PIN 4 ON JACK *4 MATERIAL LIST: WIRING DETAIL FOR 66 BLOCK CAT 3 CABLE TO CASH WRAP WILL BE TERMINATED FIRST ON THE 66 BLOCK CAT 3 CABLE TO THE BACK OFFICE WILL BE TERMINATED SECOND ON THE 66 BLOCK DSL WILL BE BRIDGED TO THE BLUE PAIR ON THE CASH WRAP CABLE ONLY. PHONE LINE WILL BE BRIDGED TO THE ORANGE PAIR ON THE CASH WRAP CABLE. THEN JUMPERED TO THE BACK OFFICE ORANGE PAIR IF SECOND PHONE LINE IS REQUIRED IT WILL BE BRIDGED TO THE GREEN PAIR ON THE CASH WRAP CABLE THEN JUMPERED TO TI-4E BACK OFFICE CABLE GREEN PAIR 66 BLOCK COLOR CODE CASH WRAP CABLE 66 BLOCK COLOR CODE BACK OFFICE CABLE BLUE - WHITE POSTION SOLID BLUE POSITION 2 ORANGE - WHITE POSITION 3 SOLID ORANGE POSITION 4 GREEN - WHITE POSTION 5 SOLID GREEN POSITION 6 BROWN - WHITE POSITION 1 SOLID BROWN POSITION 8 BLUE - WHITE POSTION SOLID BLUE POSITION 10 ORANGE - WHITE POSITION 11 SOLID ORANGE POSITION 12 GREEN - WHITE POSTION 13 SOLID GREEN POSITION 14 BROWN - WHITE POSITION 15 SOLID BROWN POSITION 16 TYPICAL WOOD 5HELF INSTALL AND PLUG IN PROVIDED LIGHT FIXTURE UNDER WOOD SHELF. LAMINATED MGR DESK QUAD OUTLET RECEPTACLE MANAGER'S DESK BUZZER FOR AUDIO SYSTEM. VERIFY EXACT LOCATION WITH A/V CONTRACTOR 3' GROMMET IN TOP OF COUNTER DEDICATED QUAD OUTLET RECEPTACLE DUPLEX OUTLET FOR PRINTER PHONE OUTLET (SEE WIRING DETAIL F FOR PIN OUT) 40 MANAGER DESK WIRING DETAIL SCALE: N.T.S. FURNISH AND INSTALLFOUR (4) 1' CONDUITS TO WRAPPER: r PRIMARY1 REGISTER el WELL (1) I I 04684) I 1. FOR TELEPHONE 2. FOR SPARE 3. FOR DEDICATEDELECTRICAL OUTLETS 4. FOR GENERAL ELECTRICAL POWER ET ®® ®® 3' GROMMET HOLE (TYP.) = = = = BUZZER RJIIC PHONE, JACK (LINE 1) E C ON DARECONDAR REGISTER' REGISTER WELL WELL 1 (2 ) I (3) 1 (46 ) 1 (4684) 3' GROMMET HOLE (TYP.) ®® ®® F – CO — ND - 741 7 i - REGISTER (4) 1 (4684) 1 O G.G. TO FURNISH AND INSTALL ONE DEDICATED DUPLEX OUTLET, WIRED TO PANEL BOARD. O G.G. TO FURNISH AND INSTALL ONE DEDICATED CIRCUIT WITH ISOLATED GROUND (SEPARATE HOT, NEUTRAL, 120 VOLT, 20 AMP CIRCUIT WITH QUAD OUTLET UNDER EACH WELL, 2 HUBBEL I.G.*5352 OR APPROPRIATE EQUIVALENT, WIRED TO PANEL BOARD FOUR CASk REGISTER WIRING DETAIL SCALE: N.T.S. DATE: 10 -30 -08 JOB NO: 0813130 DRAWN: CHECKED: GROSS AREA: 5,535 SQ. SALES AREA: 3,278 SQ. Emphasis On Excellence M• Retail Engineering, Inc. 750 Brooksedge Blvd. Westerville, Ohio 43081 TEL: 614.818.2323 FAX: 614.818.2337 STORE NO. FT. FT. oo J � 00 Q W N eL U M Q - Z � w U O Q Q O ( � � n Champs: 14498 REVISIONS NO. DESCRIPTION DATE ECE IFr DEC 3 0 2008 PERMIT CENTEi SHEET NUMBER MISCELLANEOUS ELECTRICAL DETAILS fri • E4.0 L 2 r SECONDARY REGISTER • - •. • 2 L L L . u # CASH WRAP PRIMARY REGISTER ♦ n n J 1 # 3 O i r TO DEMARC C a -1 * • - • v f] O • r n d i r O Y n n - lb 4 r b MANAGER'S DESK L S DSL Line Phone Line to e T a:ac C C C C C F E C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C 25 Pair 66 Block — o 1 1 l • 1 1 C 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 To Cash U rap To Back Office CAT 3 Cable AT4T 2010 (Plenum) 20100004BWN W 1000 (101015388) J CA _ ON C1 N N w 1 ®a MEM IIIEE E 1 • c� BACK OFFICE SURFACE -MOUNT BOX M104SMB (4 PORT) MI04SMB -A -246 (101952442) 4) ' r dJ N 4 :n �4 r Phone DSL CA — ' (P CA —I ON Uc N MET 12 1 • 1 0 • CASH WRAF) Surface -Mount Box M104SMB (4 Port) M1045M5-A -246 (101952442 ) in r cA :n ' r cA CABLE IBLOCK WIRING D IAGRAM SCALE: N.T.S. VOICE LINE I (CASH WRAP 4 BACK OFFICE) DSL ONLY (CASH WRAP ONLY) DSL PHONE CAT 3 JACK M154-1-1-1-246 (10132112I ) N N w PHONE OUTLET WIRING DETAIL J1 ORANGE PAIR BLUE PAIR &? BLOCK WIRING DETAIL 25 PAIR 66 BLOCK BROWN PAIR GREEN PAIR SURFACE -MOUNT BOX MI04SM5 (4 PORT) M104SMB -4-246 (101952442 ) WIRING MUST BE CLEAN TO INOMERUN WITH OUT ANY CRIMPING AND MUST NOT NAVE ANY ADDITION CONNECTIONS. Yl N fn N r ep r cA FUTURE VOICE LINE 2 (CASH WRAP 4 BACK OFFICE) CABLE TO CASH WRAP CABLE TO BACK OFFICE WIRING DETAIL SCALE: N.T.S. VERIFY WITH TENAT CONSTRUCTION MANAGER THE INSTALL OF THE CAT 3 CABLES. NOTE: DO NOT TERMINATE CABLE NEAR OR ON METAL POLES OR RACKS. 2. LABEL JACK AT MANAGER'S DESK AS 'BACK OFFICE JACK'. 3. INSTALL A CAT 3 CABLE (SEE PART LIST BELOW FOR PART NUMBER) FROM THE CASH WRAP TO THE STORE DEMARC THROUGH DATA CONDUIT, AND TERMINATE CABLE AT CASH WRAP PER WIRING DETAIL (F) 4. LABEL JACK AT CASH WRAP AS 'CASH WRAP JACK'. 5. MAINTAIN A MINIMUM CLEARANCE OF 18 INCHES FROM ALL NOISE EMANATING ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT (e.g. BALLASTS, POWER FEEDER CABLES, ETC.) FOR ENTIRE CABLE RUN. 6. PERFORM A CONTINUITY CHECK FOR EACH CONDUCTOR TERMINATED AT EACH END OF THE INSTALLED CABLES, INCLUDING CABLE SHIELD. 1. LEAVE ONE AS BUILT COPY OF THIS DRAWING WITH STORE MANAGER(S). GENERAL NOTES WIRING DETAIL FOR JACKS. EACH JACK IS TO HAVE ONE CAT 3 CABLE. BLUE PAIR ON PINS 4 AND 5 ON JACK IN OUTLET POSITION +'I ORANGE PAIR ON PINS 4 AND 5 ON JACK IN OUTLET POSTION "2 GREEN PAIR ON PINS 4 AND 5 ON JACK IN OUTLET POSTION "3 BROWN PAIR ON PINS 4 AND 5 ON JACK IN OUTLET POSTION "4 BLUE PAIR FOR DSL ONLY ORANGE PAIR FOR PHONE 4 1 GREEN PAIR FOR PHONE 412 BROWN PAIR FOR FUTURE OUTLET COLOR CODE. BLUE - WHITE PIN 5 ON JACK *1 SOLID BLUE PIN 4 ON JACK "1 ORANGE - WHITE PIN 5 ON JACK c'2 SOLID ORANGE PIN 4 ON JACK M2 GREEN - WHITE PIN 5 ON JACK +'3 SOLID GREEN PIN 4 ON JACK "3 BROWN - WHITE PIN 5 ON JACK 0 4 SOLID BROWN PIN 4 ON JACK *4 MATERIAL LIST: WIRING DETAIL FOR 66 BLOCK CAT 3 CABLE TO CASH WRAP WILL BE TERMINATED FIRST ON THE 66 BLOCK CAT 3 CABLE TO THE BACK OFFICE WILL BE TERMINATED SECOND ON THE 66 BLOCK DSL WILL BE BRIDGED TO THE BLUE PAIR ON THE CASH WRAP CABLE ONLY. PHONE LINE WILL BE BRIDGED TO THE ORANGE PAIR ON THE CASH WRAP CABLE. THEN JUMPERED TO THE BACK OFFICE ORANGE PAIR IF SECOND PHONE LINE IS REQUIRED IT WILL BE BRIDGED TO THE GREEN PAIR ON THE CASH WRAP CABLE THEN JUMPERED TO TI-4E BACK OFFICE CABLE GREEN PAIR 66 BLOCK COLOR CODE CASH WRAP CABLE 66 BLOCK COLOR CODE BACK OFFICE CABLE BLUE - WHITE POSTION SOLID BLUE POSITION 2 ORANGE - WHITE POSITION 3 SOLID ORANGE POSITION 4 GREEN - WHITE POSTION 5 SOLID GREEN POSITION 6 BROWN - WHITE POSITION 1 SOLID BROWN POSITION 8 BLUE - WHITE POSTION SOLID BLUE POSITION 10 ORANGE - WHITE POSITION 11 SOLID ORANGE POSITION 12 GREEN - WHITE POSTION 13 SOLID GREEN POSITION 14 BROWN - WHITE POSITION 15 SOLID BROWN POSITION 16 TYPICAL WOOD 5HELF INSTALL AND PLUG IN PROVIDED LIGHT FIXTURE UNDER WOOD SHELF. LAMINATED MGR DESK QUAD OUTLET RECEPTACLE MANAGER'S DESK BUZZER FOR AUDIO SYSTEM. VERIFY EXACT LOCATION WITH A/V CONTRACTOR 3' GROMMET IN TOP OF COUNTER DEDICATED QUAD OUTLET RECEPTACLE DUPLEX OUTLET FOR PRINTER PHONE OUTLET (SEE WIRING DETAIL F FOR PIN OUT) 40 MANAGER DESK WIRING DETAIL SCALE: N.T.S. FURNISH AND INSTALLFOUR (4) 1' CONDUITS TO WRAPPER: r PRIMARY1 REGISTER el WELL (1) I I 04684) I 1. FOR TELEPHONE 2. FOR SPARE 3. FOR DEDICATEDELECTRICAL OUTLETS 4. FOR GENERAL ELECTRICAL POWER ET ®® ®® 3' GROMMET HOLE (TYP.) = = = = BUZZER RJIIC PHONE, JACK (LINE 1) E C ON DARECONDAR REGISTER' REGISTER WELL WELL 1 (2 ) I (3) 1 (46 ) 1 (4684) 3' GROMMET HOLE (TYP.) ®® ®® F – CO — ND - 741 7 i - REGISTER (4) 1 (4684) 1 O G.G. TO FURNISH AND INSTALL ONE DEDICATED DUPLEX OUTLET, WIRED TO PANEL BOARD. O G.G. TO FURNISH AND INSTALL ONE DEDICATED CIRCUIT WITH ISOLATED GROUND (SEPARATE HOT, NEUTRAL, 120 VOLT, 20 AMP CIRCUIT WITH QUAD OUTLET UNDER EACH WELL, 2 HUBBEL I.G.*5352 OR APPROPRIATE EQUIVALENT, WIRED TO PANEL BOARD FOUR CASk REGISTER WIRING DETAIL SCALE: N.T.S. DATE: 10 -30 -08 JOB NO: 0813130 DRAWN: CHECKED: GROSS AREA: 5,535 SQ. SALES AREA: 3,278 SQ. Emphasis On Excellence M• Retail Engineering, Inc. 750 Brooksedge Blvd. Westerville, Ohio 43081 TEL: 614.818.2323 FAX: 614.818.2337 STORE NO. FT. FT. oo J � 00 Q W N eL U M Q - Z � w U O Q Q O ( � � n Champs: 14498 REVISIONS NO. DESCRIPTION DATE ECE IFr DEC 3 0 2008 PERMIT CENTEi SHEET NUMBER MISCELLANEOUS ELECTRICAL DETAILS fri • E4.0 PIN" SIGNAL 1 TD+ TD+ 2 tilW ta TD- 2 3 RD+ 4 NOT USED 5 NOT USED NOT USED 6 RD- -I NOT USED S NOT USED PIN" SIGNAL I TD+ tilW ta TD- 2 RD+ 3 4 NOT USED 5 NOT USED RD- 6 I NOT USED 8 NOT USED 1 ° VGA MON I TOR 0 0 0 0 O T 0 d) w ft z w 1- to 0 -6 z 4 w U } fY 0 0 4 ` ill w c( 0 0 0 APV MONITOR CODED NOTES 01 CAMERA 1 FRONT ENTRANCE PUBLIC VIEW (MINI DOME) ADVANCED PUBLIC VIEW (PENDANT MOUNT) COLOR CAMERA w /4 -S.mm AIVF LENSCOAX WIRE • I 20 I4GA WIRE' I 02 FIXED CAMERA' 2 (MINI DOME) SALES FLOOR FACING THE STORE COLOR CAMERA w /4 -S.0nm AIVF LENSCOAX WIRE' 22C ISGA WIRE r2 03 FIXED CAMERA 3 (MINI DOME) CAMERA ABOVE NE REGISTER COLOR CAMERA w /4 -8.0mm AIVF LENS COAX WIRE' 32C 18GA WIRE' 3 FIXED CAMERA' 4 (MINI DOME) DROP SAFECOLOR CAMERA w /480mm AIVFLENSCOAX WIRE' 420 ISGA WIRE' 4 (VERIFY LOCATION ON SITE) INTEGRAL DVX500 kEADED LAYOUT SCALE: N.T.S. SECURITY WIRING AND CONTACT BY DAT. CONCEALED WIRING TO DOOR CONTACT BY VENDOR TRANSFORMER HEIGHT + 96' AFF. AND MUST BE ON A DEDICATED CIRCUIT FURNISHED BY VENDOR INSTALLED BY TENANT G.C. FLUSH MTD. KEY SWITCH 'SECURITECH' ALARM FURNISHED MD INSTALLED BY VENDOR NOTE :PROVIDE 120V., 1 PH. FOR PANIC EXIT DEVICE. THIS 'SECURITECH' PANIC DEVICETO BE INSTALLED BY THE TENANT'S CONTRACTOR -A POWER SUPPLY FOR ALARM NEEDS TO BE INSTALLED ADJACENT TO THE POOR FRAME (ADJACENT TO THE PANIC BAR). CALL 'SECURITECH' TECHNICAL SERVICE AT 800/6245282 FOR ANY INFORMATION. 1=',41•11C DOOR EXIT DEvICE SCALE: N.T.S. 0 0 0 MU■ TERMINAL BLOCK '`ALARM SYSTEM PANEL (IF REQUIRED) (RJ -45 (MALE)) (MANAGER'S) O(RJIIC /LINE 1) (SALE'S AREA) MANAGER'S DESK MODEM, FAX PHONE (MA•AGER'S) / (RJIIC /LINE 1) BACKWRAP (SALE'S AREA) (RJ1IC /LINE 1) CASHWRAP (SALE'S AREA) NET GATE BOX CASHWRAP (SALE'S AREA) CODED NOTES 2' X 3' X 3/4' TELEPHONE BOARD WITH DEDICATED DOUBLE DUPLEX RECEPTACLE AND CIRCUIT WITH ISOLATED GROUND. VERIFY SYSTEM GROUNDING AND ALL OTHER REQUIREMENTS WITH LOCAL TELEPHONE COMPANY. REUSE EXISTING I' TELEPHONE CONDUIT FROM TENANT'S TELEPHONE SERVICE LOCATION(STOCK RM.) TO TELEPHONE CLOSET. VERIFY EXACT LOCATION IN FIELD. OBTAIN TELEPHONE SERVICE FROM LANDLORD'S TELEPHONE DISTRIBUTION CLOSET. GRD TO BUILDING STEEL OR COLD WATER PIPE PER N.E.C. TELEPHONE OUTLET (VOICE). USE 4' SQUARE JUNCTION BOX WITH PHONE JACK AND COVERPLATE. RN I' EMPTY CONDUIT WITH PULL WIRE INTO WALL, UP WALL TO STRUCTURE ABOVE, BACK TO TELEPHONE BOARD. SUMMARY OF TELEPHONE LINE REQUIREMENTS - (1) LINE REQUIRED AT BACKWRAP FOR HANDSET (I) DEDICATED PHONE LINE AT CASHUIRAP FOR CREDIT VERIFICATION, EQUIPMENT, MODEM, ETC. 0 CAT -3 CABLE IN DATA CONDUIT WITH FULL WIRE. O TELEPHONE CABLE TO BE IN 3/4' CONDUIT WITH FULL WIRE. TELEPHONE RISER DIAGRAM SCALE: N.T.S. HEADEND NOTES: I. ALL FIXED POWER IS 2C ISGA UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 2. ALL VIDEO CABLE 15 RG -59 UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 3. THE 110 VOLTAGE BREAKER FOR THE EQUIPMENT MUST BE LOCKED OUT AT THE ELECTRICAL FUSE POWER PANEL. 4. NOTE TO INSTALLER - PLEASE LABEL ALL WIRES AND ALLOW SERVICE LOOPS FOR FUTURE SERVICE ON THIS INSTALLATION. 5. DIGITAL RECORDERS - ALLOW FOR PROPER VENTILATION. ALLOW 1/2' CLEARANCE ON ALL SIDES OF THE DIGITAL RECORDER AND DO NOT PUT ANYTHING ON TOP OF THE DIGITAL RECORDERS. 6. FOR PELCO SEQUENTIAL SWITCHERS WHEN LOOPING THROUGH - REMOVE LID AND CUT TERMINATION RESISTORS. 24VAC POWER SUPPLY (2 CHANNEL) 24VAC POWER SUPPLY (2 CHANNEL) SURGE PROTECTOR INTEGRAL DVX500 INSTALL PROCEDURE NOTE: BEFORE USING THIS DOCUMENT, PLEASE HAVE THE INTEGRAL DVX500 HARDWARE 4 SOFTWARE QUICK INSTALL GUIDES AND THE DVX500 USER MANUAL READY. ALL PAGE REFERENCES ARE REFERRING TO THE USER MANUAL. 1) PLUG N DEVICES ACCORDING TO QUICK INSTALL GUIDE (PAGE (2) 2) POWER ON UNIT. PUSH LARGE BUTTON ON FRONT RIGHT -MOST SIDE. (BUTTO• ON POWER SUPPLY MUST BE). ON 3) LOGIN. AFTER UNIT BOOTS, MASTERCONTROL SOFTWARE LOADS AND ASKS FOR USER NAME/PASSWORD' 4) CONFIGURE MASTERCONTROL (PAGE 12) A CONFIGURE EASYEVIDENCE (PAGE 11) 1. SELECT WHICH CAMERAS TO BURN II. AMOUNT OF TIME TO RECORD TO CD TO 0 DAY, 0 HOURS, 30 MINUTES 111. CHECK VIDEO BOOKMARK FEATURE B. SETUP TAB: (PAGE 16) 1. SET CAMERA NAMES (PAGE 21) 11. HARDWARE TAB: SET FRAME RATES = 3 IPS , IMAGE QUALITY = HIGH (PAGE 18) 111. USER TAB: ADD USERNAME = SERVICE /PASSWORD = SERVICE. SELECT ADMIN. APPLY (PAGE 23) Iv. MOTION TAB: PAINT MASKS ON CAMERAS, SET PERCENTAGE AREA= 125, SET SENSITIVITY= 325 (PAGE 30) v. OUTPUT TAB (FOR EXTERNAL. VIDEO DISPLAY MONITOR ONLY: (PAGE 31) I. OUTPUT ASSIGNMENT DROPDOWN MENU TO MANUAL 2. CLICK ON THE CIRCULAR SEQUENCE BUTTON a. REMOVE DEFAULTS b. ADD CAMERAS C. SCHEDULE TAB: (PAGE 58) 1. SELECT EVERYDAY DEFAULT. APPLY. II. CHECK 'AUTOMATICALLY RUN THIS SCHEDULE ON STARTUP' 111. CLICK RECORD BUTTON 5) MONITOR TAB: (PAGE 52) A OUTPUTS TAB: (PAGE 55) 1. CLICK 'START TOUR' 6) EXIT MASTERCONTROL 1) FULL POWER PLUG AND RECONNECT TO VERIFY AUTO -BOOT AND STARTUP 8) VERIFY ALL CAMERAS ARE ON MONITOR SCREEN AND THE REC 15 IN THE TRAY (PAGE 14) DEFAULT USERNAME : ADMINISTRATOR/PASSWORD = LETMEIN (MANAGER'S) i� CEILING PROVIDE JUNCTION BOX AT 48' AFF. � - AND 3/4' CONDUIT WITH PULL STRING TO 6' ABOVE FINISHED CEILING. (VIDEO PLAYER) CONTROL CONDUCTORS PLENUM RATED RS-6, SLACK SOLID COPPER WIRE, J NOTE:TENANT E.C. TO FURNISH AND INSTALL CONDUIT AND PULL WIRE TO ALL AN LOCATIONS AS REQUIRED BY AN VENDOR. CONFIRM REQUIREMENTS AND LOCATIONS WITH OUNER PRIOR TO BID. (MONITOR) (MONITOR) (MONITOR) (SALE'S AREA) vISU4L DETAIL TWISTED PAIR 1 2 3 3 2 4 4 RJ -45 MODULAR CONNECTOR RJ -45 MODULAR CONNECTOR CABLE'S SENT ARE TERMINATED, USE ONLY AS A REFERENCE IF CABLE ENDS ARE R FRJ -45 PLUG WIRING D 4G '41 TRANSFORMER SIDE OFREAR DELIVERY DOOR (EDWARDS I20V i ____PUSH SUTTON AT REAR DELIVERY DOOR (EDWARDS .1186C -13) BUZZER IN CORRIDOR BETWEEN SALES AND NON -SALES (EDWARDS '125) ( COMMON BUZZER AT STOCK DOOR (EDWARDS 1 125) (STOCK AREA) BUZZER ABOVE ACT. (EDWARDS 1 125) CASH REGISTER (SALES AREA) REAR DOOR IBUZZE IR SYSTEM SCALE: N.T.S. �o tot HVAC CONTROL TRANSFORMER HVAC EQUIPMENT TERMINAL STRIP 24 VOLT CONTROL(A/C) 8 CONDUCTORS, 18AWG GA. SOLID COPPER WIRE,INSULATED WITH HIGH - DENSITY POLYETHYLENE.CONDUCTORS PARALLEL ENCLOSED M BROWN PVC JACKET. T -STAT /SENSOR LOCATION. PROVIDE JUNCTION SOX AT 48' AFF. AND 3/4' CONDUIT WITH FULL STRING TO 6' ABOVE FINISHED CEILING. NOTE :THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH AND INSTALL A SET BACK THERMOSTAT AT 5 FT. ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION WITH ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR THERMOSTAT SHALL BE A 'LIGHTSTAT' MODEL THE -AVU, AUTOMATIC SETBACK, TWO STAGE HEAT, TWO STAGE COOLING THERMOSTAT. (CONTACT 'LIGHTSTAT INC.' IN BARKHAMSTED, CT AT 800- 292 - 2444) THERMOSTAT SHALL BE FULLY COMPATIBLE WITH HVAC UNIT USED FOR PROJECT, COORDINATE TYPE WITH UNIT MANUFACTURER 1-IvAC UNIT CONTROLS DETAIL SCALE: N.T.S. ALIGN BOTTOM OF FIXTURE WITH TOP OF RTU. GFI DUPLEX RECEPTACLE WITH WEATHERPROOF COVER. 3/4" RIGID GALVANIZED STEEL CONDUIT. n NOTE: COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION OF RECEPTACLE AND LIGHT WITH MECH. CONTR. SO AS NOT TO BLOCK ACCESS PANELS. ACCU LIGHT /RECEPTACLE STANCHION MOUNT LIGHT FIXTURE WITH GLOBE AND GUARD AND 100W. A -21 LAMP 3/4" RIGID GALVANIZED STEEL CONDUIT. TWO GANG CAST DEVICE BOX. MOUNTED TO R.T.U. SINGLE POLE �— TOGGLE SWITCH W /WEATHERPROOF COVER ROUTE CONDUIT UP THRU RTU FINISHED ROOF SURFACE UNISTRUT SUPPORT EAGLE #604 PORCELAIN LAMPHOLDER WITH AN EAGLE 469B METAL LAMP GUARD AND 100A -19 LAMP. IF BUILDING STRUCTURE IS MORE THAN 7' -0" ABOVE FINISHED CEILING, INSTALL JUNCTION BOX AND LAMPHOLDER ON A 3/4" CONDUIT SUPPORT STUB EXTENDED DOWN SO LAMPHOLDER IS NO MORE THAN 7' -0" ,�� ABOVE FINISHED CEILING. � \•/ \•/ LEVITON #5299 —I COMBINATION SINGLE POLE SWITCH AND OUTLET IN SWITCH BOX WP COVER LOCATED BY CEILING ACCESS PANEL /AIR DEVICE. AHU LIGHT /RECEPTACLE JOISTS 3/4" SWITCH CONDUIT 3/4" CONDUIT TO 120 VOLT CIRCUIT. SEE FLOOR PLANS FOR CIRCUIT NUMBER. I-IY4C LIGHT /RECEPTACLE SCALE: N.T.S. (MANAGER'S) CEILING A ,,-- ---- PROVIDE JUNCTION BOX AT 48' AFF. AND 3/4' CONDUIT WITH PULL STRING TO 6' ABOVE FINISHED CEILING. SPEKER CONDUCTORS PLENUM RATED • 16 GA 2- CONDUCTOR, BLACK SOLID COFFER WIRE, NOTE:TENANT E.C. TO FURNISH AND INSTALL CONDUIT AND PULL WIRE TO ALL AN LOCATIONS AS REQUIRED BY AN VENDOR CONFIRM REQUIREMENTS AND LOCATIONS WITH OWNER PRIOR TO BID. (SALE'S AREA) AUDIO DETAIL SCALE: N.T.S. 1. INSTALL AN ETHERNET CABLE (TWISTED SHIELDED CABLE) FROM THE MANAGER'S DESK TO THE SALES AREA FLOOR ABOVE STOCKROOM ENTRANCE DOOR, TYPICALLY BELOW OR ABOVE THE EXIT SIGN. NOTE: DO NOT TERMINATE CABLE NEAR OR ON METAL POLES OR RACKS. 2. LABLE CABLE AT MANAGER'S DESK AS 'ACCESS POINT'. 3. INSTALL CABLE LEAVING ANY AND ALL SLACK COIL IN MANAGER'S AREA 4. MATERIALS TO SE SUPPLIED BY FOOT LOCKER 5. MAINTAIN A MINIMUM CLEARANCE CF 18 INCHES FROM ALL NOISE EMANATING ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT (e.g. BALLASTS, POWER FEEDER CABLES, ETC.) FOR ENTIRE CABLE RUN. 6. PERFORM A CONTINUITY CHECK FOR EACH CONDUCTOR TERMINATED AT EACH END OF THE INSTALLED CABLES, INCLUDING CABLE SHIELD. 1. LEAVE ONE AS BUILT COPY OF THIS DRAWING WITH STORE MANAGER(S). 8. INSTALL (2) SCREWS TO BE USED TO HANG THE ACCESS POINT. THE HEAD OF THE SCREWS MAY NOT TO EXCEED 1/4' IN DIAMETER THERE MUST BE A MINIMUM CLEARANCE OF 8' GENERAL NOTES DATE: 10 -30 -08 JOB NO: 0813130 DRAWN: CHECKED: GROSS AREA: 5,535 SQ. FT. SALES AREA: 3,278 SQ. FT. Emphasis On Excellence M • Retail Engineering, Inc. 750 Brooksedge Blvd. Westerville, Ohio 43081 TEL: 614.818.2323 FAX: 614.818.2337 STORE NO. oo J - � 00 Q z 0 0 LbJ N CL U M Q Z � W ILLJo CL O (.0 D Champs: 14498 c ti REVISIONS SHEET NUMBER NO. DESCRIPTION DATE RECE IFr PERMIT CENTS MISCELLANEOUS ELECTRICAL DETAILS E4.1 il --c°- -E tilW ta 1 ° VGA MON I TOR 0 0 0 0 O T 0 d) w ft z w 1- to 0 -6 z 4 w U } fY 0 0 4 ` ill w c( 0 0 0 APV MONITOR CODED NOTES 01 CAMERA 1 FRONT ENTRANCE PUBLIC VIEW (MINI DOME) ADVANCED PUBLIC VIEW (PENDANT MOUNT) COLOR CAMERA w /4 -S.mm AIVF LENSCOAX WIRE • I 20 I4GA WIRE' I 02 FIXED CAMERA' 2 (MINI DOME) SALES FLOOR FACING THE STORE COLOR CAMERA w /4 -S.0nm AIVF LENSCOAX WIRE' 22C ISGA WIRE r2 03 FIXED CAMERA 3 (MINI DOME) CAMERA ABOVE NE REGISTER COLOR CAMERA w /4 -8.0mm AIVF LENS COAX WIRE' 32C 18GA WIRE' 3 FIXED CAMERA' 4 (MINI DOME) DROP SAFECOLOR CAMERA w /480mm AIVFLENSCOAX WIRE' 420 ISGA WIRE' 4 (VERIFY LOCATION ON SITE) INTEGRAL DVX500 kEADED LAYOUT SCALE: N.T.S. SECURITY WIRING AND CONTACT BY DAT. CONCEALED WIRING TO DOOR CONTACT BY VENDOR TRANSFORMER HEIGHT + 96' AFF. AND MUST BE ON A DEDICATED CIRCUIT FURNISHED BY VENDOR INSTALLED BY TENANT G.C. FLUSH MTD. KEY SWITCH 'SECURITECH' ALARM FURNISHED MD INSTALLED BY VENDOR NOTE :PROVIDE 120V., 1 PH. FOR PANIC EXIT DEVICE. THIS 'SECURITECH' PANIC DEVICETO BE INSTALLED BY THE TENANT'S CONTRACTOR -A POWER SUPPLY FOR ALARM NEEDS TO BE INSTALLED ADJACENT TO THE POOR FRAME (ADJACENT TO THE PANIC BAR). CALL 'SECURITECH' TECHNICAL SERVICE AT 800/6245282 FOR ANY INFORMATION. 1=',41•11C DOOR EXIT DEvICE SCALE: N.T.S. 0 0 0 MU■ TERMINAL BLOCK '`ALARM SYSTEM PANEL (IF REQUIRED) (RJ -45 (MALE)) (MANAGER'S) O(RJIIC /LINE 1) (SALE'S AREA) MANAGER'S DESK MODEM, FAX PHONE (MA•AGER'S) / (RJIIC /LINE 1) BACKWRAP (SALE'S AREA) (RJ1IC /LINE 1) CASHWRAP (SALE'S AREA) NET GATE BOX CASHWRAP (SALE'S AREA) CODED NOTES 2' X 3' X 3/4' TELEPHONE BOARD WITH DEDICATED DOUBLE DUPLEX RECEPTACLE AND CIRCUIT WITH ISOLATED GROUND. VERIFY SYSTEM GROUNDING AND ALL OTHER REQUIREMENTS WITH LOCAL TELEPHONE COMPANY. REUSE EXISTING I' TELEPHONE CONDUIT FROM TENANT'S TELEPHONE SERVICE LOCATION(STOCK RM.) TO TELEPHONE CLOSET. VERIFY EXACT LOCATION IN FIELD. OBTAIN TELEPHONE SERVICE FROM LANDLORD'S TELEPHONE DISTRIBUTION CLOSET. GRD TO BUILDING STEEL OR COLD WATER PIPE PER N.E.C. TELEPHONE OUTLET (VOICE). USE 4' SQUARE JUNCTION BOX WITH PHONE JACK AND COVERPLATE. RN I' EMPTY CONDUIT WITH PULL WIRE INTO WALL, UP WALL TO STRUCTURE ABOVE, BACK TO TELEPHONE BOARD. SUMMARY OF TELEPHONE LINE REQUIREMENTS - (1) LINE REQUIRED AT BACKWRAP FOR HANDSET (I) DEDICATED PHONE LINE AT CASHUIRAP FOR CREDIT VERIFICATION, EQUIPMENT, MODEM, ETC. 0 CAT -3 CABLE IN DATA CONDUIT WITH FULL WIRE. O TELEPHONE CABLE TO BE IN 3/4' CONDUIT WITH FULL WIRE. TELEPHONE RISER DIAGRAM SCALE: N.T.S. HEADEND NOTES: I. ALL FIXED POWER IS 2C ISGA UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 2. ALL VIDEO CABLE 15 RG -59 UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 3. THE 110 VOLTAGE BREAKER FOR THE EQUIPMENT MUST BE LOCKED OUT AT THE ELECTRICAL FUSE POWER PANEL. 4. NOTE TO INSTALLER - PLEASE LABEL ALL WIRES AND ALLOW SERVICE LOOPS FOR FUTURE SERVICE ON THIS INSTALLATION. 5. DIGITAL RECORDERS - ALLOW FOR PROPER VENTILATION. ALLOW 1/2' CLEARANCE ON ALL SIDES OF THE DIGITAL RECORDER AND DO NOT PUT ANYTHING ON TOP OF THE DIGITAL RECORDERS. 6. FOR PELCO SEQUENTIAL SWITCHERS WHEN LOOPING THROUGH - REMOVE LID AND CUT TERMINATION RESISTORS. 24VAC POWER SUPPLY (2 CHANNEL) 24VAC POWER SUPPLY (2 CHANNEL) SURGE PROTECTOR INTEGRAL DVX500 INSTALL PROCEDURE NOTE: BEFORE USING THIS DOCUMENT, PLEASE HAVE THE INTEGRAL DVX500 HARDWARE 4 SOFTWARE QUICK INSTALL GUIDES AND THE DVX500 USER MANUAL READY. ALL PAGE REFERENCES ARE REFERRING TO THE USER MANUAL. 1) PLUG N DEVICES ACCORDING TO QUICK INSTALL GUIDE (PAGE (2) 2) POWER ON UNIT. PUSH LARGE BUTTON ON FRONT RIGHT -MOST SIDE. (BUTTO• ON POWER SUPPLY MUST BE). ON 3) LOGIN. AFTER UNIT BOOTS, MASTERCONTROL SOFTWARE LOADS AND ASKS FOR USER NAME/PASSWORD' 4) CONFIGURE MASTERCONTROL (PAGE 12) A CONFIGURE EASYEVIDENCE (PAGE 11) 1. SELECT WHICH CAMERAS TO BURN II. AMOUNT OF TIME TO RECORD TO CD TO 0 DAY, 0 HOURS, 30 MINUTES 111. CHECK VIDEO BOOKMARK FEATURE B. SETUP TAB: (PAGE 16) 1. SET CAMERA NAMES (PAGE 21) 11. HARDWARE TAB: SET FRAME RATES = 3 IPS , IMAGE QUALITY = HIGH (PAGE 18) 111. USER TAB: ADD USERNAME = SERVICE /PASSWORD = SERVICE. SELECT ADMIN. APPLY (PAGE 23) Iv. MOTION TAB: PAINT MASKS ON CAMERAS, SET PERCENTAGE AREA= 125, SET SENSITIVITY= 325 (PAGE 30) v. OUTPUT TAB (FOR EXTERNAL. VIDEO DISPLAY MONITOR ONLY: (PAGE 31) I. OUTPUT ASSIGNMENT DROPDOWN MENU TO MANUAL 2. CLICK ON THE CIRCULAR SEQUENCE BUTTON a. REMOVE DEFAULTS b. ADD CAMERAS C. SCHEDULE TAB: (PAGE 58) 1. SELECT EVERYDAY DEFAULT. APPLY. II. CHECK 'AUTOMATICALLY RUN THIS SCHEDULE ON STARTUP' 111. CLICK RECORD BUTTON 5) MONITOR TAB: (PAGE 52) A OUTPUTS TAB: (PAGE 55) 1. CLICK 'START TOUR' 6) EXIT MASTERCONTROL 1) FULL POWER PLUG AND RECONNECT TO VERIFY AUTO -BOOT AND STARTUP 8) VERIFY ALL CAMERAS ARE ON MONITOR SCREEN AND THE REC 15 IN THE TRAY (PAGE 14) DEFAULT USERNAME : ADMINISTRATOR/PASSWORD = LETMEIN (MANAGER'S) i� CEILING PROVIDE JUNCTION BOX AT 48' AFF. � - AND 3/4' CONDUIT WITH PULL STRING TO 6' ABOVE FINISHED CEILING. (VIDEO PLAYER) CONTROL CONDUCTORS PLENUM RATED RS-6, SLACK SOLID COPPER WIRE, J NOTE:TENANT E.C. TO FURNISH AND INSTALL CONDUIT AND PULL WIRE TO ALL AN LOCATIONS AS REQUIRED BY AN VENDOR. CONFIRM REQUIREMENTS AND LOCATIONS WITH OUNER PRIOR TO BID. (MONITOR) (MONITOR) (MONITOR) (SALE'S AREA) vISU4L DETAIL TWISTED PAIR 1 2 3 3 2 4 4 RJ -45 MODULAR CONNECTOR RJ -45 MODULAR CONNECTOR CABLE'S SENT ARE TERMINATED, USE ONLY AS A REFERENCE IF CABLE ENDS ARE R FRJ -45 PLUG WIRING D 4G '41 TRANSFORMER SIDE OFREAR DELIVERY DOOR (EDWARDS I20V i ____PUSH SUTTON AT REAR DELIVERY DOOR (EDWARDS .1186C -13) BUZZER IN CORRIDOR BETWEEN SALES AND NON -SALES (EDWARDS '125) ( COMMON BUZZER AT STOCK DOOR (EDWARDS 1 125) (STOCK AREA) BUZZER ABOVE ACT. (EDWARDS 1 125) CASH REGISTER (SALES AREA) REAR DOOR IBUZZE IR SYSTEM SCALE: N.T.S. �o tot HVAC CONTROL TRANSFORMER HVAC EQUIPMENT TERMINAL STRIP 24 VOLT CONTROL(A/C) 8 CONDUCTORS, 18AWG GA. SOLID COPPER WIRE,INSULATED WITH HIGH - DENSITY POLYETHYLENE.CONDUCTORS PARALLEL ENCLOSED M BROWN PVC JACKET. T -STAT /SENSOR LOCATION. PROVIDE JUNCTION SOX AT 48' AFF. AND 3/4' CONDUIT WITH FULL STRING TO 6' ABOVE FINISHED CEILING. NOTE :THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH AND INSTALL A SET BACK THERMOSTAT AT 5 FT. ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION WITH ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR THERMOSTAT SHALL BE A 'LIGHTSTAT' MODEL THE -AVU, AUTOMATIC SETBACK, TWO STAGE HEAT, TWO STAGE COOLING THERMOSTAT. (CONTACT 'LIGHTSTAT INC.' IN BARKHAMSTED, CT AT 800- 292 - 2444) THERMOSTAT SHALL BE FULLY COMPATIBLE WITH HVAC UNIT USED FOR PROJECT, COORDINATE TYPE WITH UNIT MANUFACTURER 1-IvAC UNIT CONTROLS DETAIL SCALE: N.T.S. ALIGN BOTTOM OF FIXTURE WITH TOP OF RTU. GFI DUPLEX RECEPTACLE WITH WEATHERPROOF COVER. 3/4" RIGID GALVANIZED STEEL CONDUIT. n NOTE: COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION OF RECEPTACLE AND LIGHT WITH MECH. CONTR. SO AS NOT TO BLOCK ACCESS PANELS. ACCU LIGHT /RECEPTACLE STANCHION MOUNT LIGHT FIXTURE WITH GLOBE AND GUARD AND 100W. A -21 LAMP 3/4" RIGID GALVANIZED STEEL CONDUIT. TWO GANG CAST DEVICE BOX. MOUNTED TO R.T.U. SINGLE POLE �— TOGGLE SWITCH W /WEATHERPROOF COVER ROUTE CONDUIT UP THRU RTU FINISHED ROOF SURFACE UNISTRUT SUPPORT EAGLE #604 PORCELAIN LAMPHOLDER WITH AN EAGLE 469B METAL LAMP GUARD AND 100A -19 LAMP. IF BUILDING STRUCTURE IS MORE THAN 7' -0" ABOVE FINISHED CEILING, INSTALL JUNCTION BOX AND LAMPHOLDER ON A 3/4" CONDUIT SUPPORT STUB EXTENDED DOWN SO LAMPHOLDER IS NO MORE THAN 7' -0" ,�� ABOVE FINISHED CEILING. � \•/ \•/ LEVITON #5299 —I COMBINATION SINGLE POLE SWITCH AND OUTLET IN SWITCH BOX WP COVER LOCATED BY CEILING ACCESS PANEL /AIR DEVICE. AHU LIGHT /RECEPTACLE JOISTS 3/4" SWITCH CONDUIT 3/4" CONDUIT TO 120 VOLT CIRCUIT. SEE FLOOR PLANS FOR CIRCUIT NUMBER. I-IY4C LIGHT /RECEPTACLE SCALE: N.T.S. (MANAGER'S) CEILING A ,,-- ---- PROVIDE JUNCTION BOX AT 48' AFF. AND 3/4' CONDUIT WITH PULL STRING TO 6' ABOVE FINISHED CEILING. SPEKER CONDUCTORS PLENUM RATED • 16 GA 2- CONDUCTOR, BLACK SOLID COFFER WIRE, NOTE:TENANT E.C. TO FURNISH AND INSTALL CONDUIT AND PULL WIRE TO ALL AN LOCATIONS AS REQUIRED BY AN VENDOR CONFIRM REQUIREMENTS AND LOCATIONS WITH OWNER PRIOR TO BID. (SALE'S AREA) AUDIO DETAIL SCALE: N.T.S. 1. INSTALL AN ETHERNET CABLE (TWISTED SHIELDED CABLE) FROM THE MANAGER'S DESK TO THE SALES AREA FLOOR ABOVE STOCKROOM ENTRANCE DOOR, TYPICALLY BELOW OR ABOVE THE EXIT SIGN. NOTE: DO NOT TERMINATE CABLE NEAR OR ON METAL POLES OR RACKS. 2. LABLE CABLE AT MANAGER'S DESK AS 'ACCESS POINT'. 3. INSTALL CABLE LEAVING ANY AND ALL SLACK COIL IN MANAGER'S AREA 4. MATERIALS TO SE SUPPLIED BY FOOT LOCKER 5. MAINTAIN A MINIMUM CLEARANCE CF 18 INCHES FROM ALL NOISE EMANATING ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT (e.g. BALLASTS, POWER FEEDER CABLES, ETC.) FOR ENTIRE CABLE RUN. 6. PERFORM A CONTINUITY CHECK FOR EACH CONDUCTOR TERMINATED AT EACH END OF THE INSTALLED CABLES, INCLUDING CABLE SHIELD. 1. LEAVE ONE AS BUILT COPY OF THIS DRAWING WITH STORE MANAGER(S). 8. INSTALL (2) SCREWS TO BE USED TO HANG THE ACCESS POINT. THE HEAD OF THE SCREWS MAY NOT TO EXCEED 1/4' IN DIAMETER THERE MUST BE A MINIMUM CLEARANCE OF 8' GENERAL NOTES DATE: 10 -30 -08 JOB NO: 0813130 DRAWN: CHECKED: GROSS AREA: 5,535 SQ. FT. SALES AREA: 3,278 SQ. FT. Emphasis On Excellence M • Retail Engineering, Inc. 750 Brooksedge Blvd. Westerville, Ohio 43081 TEL: 614.818.2323 FAX: 614.818.2337 STORE NO. oo J - � 00 Q z 0 0 LbJ N CL U M Q Z � W ILLJo CL O (.0 D Champs: 14498 c ti REVISIONS SHEET NUMBER NO. DESCRIPTION DATE RECE IFr PERMIT CENTS MISCELLANEOUS ELECTRICAL DETAILS E4.1 INDOOR (0618 -XXX) LUMINAIRE SCHEDULE TYP SYMBOL DESCRIPTION LAMP LUMENS MOUNTING /BALLAST LLF QTY E9 -E MAX /MIN AVE /MIN ASTRALITE MR16- 10W -15' (3) 11 E9" ASQ- R- MR16-- 30 -6 -10- (3) 10W /6V 137 339 1,00 5 E9 -F 1 ASTRALITE MR16 -10W -10.0 (3) "E9" ASQ- R- MR16-- 30 -6 -10- (3) 10W /6V 137 STOCK 1400 1 E9 -G _1 ASTRALITE MR16- 10W -15' (3) "E9" ASQ- R- MR16-- 30 -6 -10- (3) 10W /6V 137 1.05 1.00 2 F1A a SIMKAR 4' STRIP 1510' (1) "F4" CH132B11-B50 (1) FO38/41K 1350 0.87 3 F1B a SIMKAR 4' STRIP 10.0' (1) "F4" CH132B11-B50 (1) FO38/41K 1350 0.87 1 CALCULATION SUMMARY AREA NAME DIMENSIONS GRID / TYPE # PTS SPAC GROUP AVE MAX MIN MAX /MIN AVE /MIN SALES 83100x34180x15185Ft New Grid / H -H 339 1.00 . (x) 3.65 8.60 1.88 7.05 8199 STOCK 65,80x34140x15185Ft New Grid / H -H 312 1.00 ( #) 1.84 10.83 1.05 9173 1.75 J i I L — —� r r-, 0 T LVt t L_ L. 1 J /--- r L 4, ;— I-- I-- L.1 L 1 —I- 3 - t I_ — -_— 1---. — 1---- 1 — __-- __— _- __- - -__ -_ - f,---- _-- __ -____,____ .—_—_.__ ___- -" F1A 113 174 1,10 1. 1 . 1 1.35 .31 .2 17 8 1, 1.85 125 .26 128 131 1.84 87 1,4 . 1. 1, 1 445 l 1,115 .': y 1,16 ,11 1.66 110 13 . 141 1,1 1,16 116 1, 42 2 -. 4 ] 2-16 06- 8_-1 1, Y.2 g3 1, 3-1 6 . 40 I 0 4849 47 ,09.J: . / 160 ,53 .b 3 29 7 1.86 117 03 L42 1,45 1.4 1 8 1.17 118g5 1 l 16 . 111 .14! 15 1 '173 19- 1' 4 188 b 46 L 0 186 32 19 117 116 1 180 182 1 5 x . 88 1A2 144 1 148 09 0 E rr4DINE 3 1 E_ _ -4- - -- _ i ti 1 - ;T - - - -- - - -- - —1 I L ar i IT DXF file created by LitePro 2.025 on 12/3/2008 11:07:49 AM _ — ltd J I B EilA , 4x:46 47 115 142 1, lA 39 1 1, 4 35 4 - . 1 1.24 111 �19 1.18 117 1,8 1.39 1.11 124 1 ~ I32 1. 1 1843 .44q6 1.4 I44r 1.4 143 139 11352 -I, 199 1.41_190 td .83 129 1.5 112 0_.1.18 117 11 1 1.20 -1 3_11_119 1.13 1.16 1.39 .41 1.42 132 1.41 1,38 1.14 / 1,29 1.23 q 1 g g 1 1. q 7 14 4 110 117 . g g 33 189 1 182 119 1.17 116 116 1,17 1.18 180 1.83 x.86 1899 l qq 1 1.84 1.3q 5 136 186 1.85 .82 1.1' 1. i.! t 147 05 112 1.3 115 131 187 1.84 119 1.16 114 114 115 117 1 1.24 1 1. 1 1 1. fx i5 'i r 11 I 6 1.12 1.14 114 \ i i - � I' 1 1- 118 18 1.14 111 � __ �- *_.__- ._I. -.- 2.10 2 381 31 E9 -F h2,32 3,18 cT� 0 210 41 213 334 3.32 311 214 238 21 11.37 2,03 3,49 5. al? 2.98 31 3. 0 1 .9 312 311 235 215 211/ 2 235 Ui4 2 n1 2 2 7 1 a'It 189 136 2 x 13 hx x � x x x x x 1.26 1.81- 2.11 4.3E. 5,L 510 4,05 266 1.85 110 14f 154 1 I L 1 r Q ; 2,34 202 110 - _1 Tr __h_ a r x x Ix t�1x x x x 1.88 274 4.47 977 6,80 634 4,01 ` - �— — — i �C -= -rte__ - t -- 1 Vi I- , 216 331 51 839 1� 219 317 553 7,.' , x x x x x x x 2,9,43 6.27 727 6.88 5,84 - JL / - r \ \� r I _ ----- - _9= L, , I_ E 9- E-1-__ _ __ `- 1 x x x x x i x � x � __ ,_T__ ` x x x �r ^ 7 x x tri�x -~ x x x x x -3 2.22 175 161 1164 ,97 281 412 5.81E-6,8a 636 483 324 2 3 3 3 -175 161 1.65 1,98 2 413 5,82 6,83 637 --414 3,25 224 176 l 165 L99 2.82 4 80 x x x x i x x x x x x x x x Ix xi x x x x x x x x 4.15 865 196 1,71 1,83 226 3 5,4 : 11 2 4.16 265 L97 L15 184 227 340 5 . , 4 417 266 1.98 175 185 227 330 5, x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x 426 2,69 1,99 1,76 1,85 2,29 3,45 5,58 1, 6,49 427 270 200 L7 186 231 346 5 9 7 .. 6$1 428 270 200 177 187 231 346 558 7. - -_ -- x x x x � x x � - x - x x- xr x 1 - -= x - - � - - - x= - �-� =x == x= � - � - - - x x - x = �SS= i x x x 343 234 181 161 168 203 298 449 6,30 728 688 5.26 345 235 L81 163 170;804 00 4.48 630 7,29 690 5 347 235 181 164 170 205 299 448 621 6,81 Cr) t,1 Cr 37 2.49 263 Ih ,214 325318 / 292 3. 7 1 3.98 361 180 231 214 889 238 201 20 220 241 247 291248 219 2 i/ , � x x �t� x x i� - x - x � 634 4.79-3M 21 5 1.63 149 I431,65 228 329 54 51 .2 x x x x x x x x x ._a 410 236 1.84 156 158 1.87 271 4 646 4,21 260 186 15 159 188 215 4.36 6 3 - X 9 -�? 25— � x 1 1 cY6,8B"'�3'�3 t ��4 1 5 145 �65 ,85a5� ��- E65 3,28 389 4111 32 2 23 213 31_3_336 3 x x x x 3.43 239' 141 1.89 2. 147 1 1.7C 204 2106 1.3r 9r 16E1 111' 231 2,4-7/4, 2.89 2,43 x % w 3,04' \ - � \ / \ . \.}/ V,� [L 1 r = ._ li ip j SHEET NUMBER EMERGENCY LIGHTING PLAN DATE: JOB NO: 0813130 DRAWN: CHECKED: GROSS AREA: 5,535 SQ. FT. SALES AREA: 3,278 SQ. FT. 10 -30 -08 Emphasis On Excellence M • Retail Engineering, Inc. 750 Brooksedge Blvd. Westerville, Ohio 43081 TEL: 614.818.2323 FAX: 614.818.2337 STORE NO. Cham p • s. 14498 (457 REVISIONS NO. DESCRIPTION LL COMMENTS /OUJNER CHANGES DATE 12/03/08 RECEIVED DEC 3 0 2008 PERMIT CENTEF O ACCU- I SHOWN HERE FOR INTENT ONLY x GENERAL HVAC NOTES 1 REMOVE ALL EXISTING DUCTWORK, DIFFUSERS, GRILLES, CONTROLS, ETC., AS REQUIRED TO FACILITATE NEW INSTALLATIONS. 2 NEW DUCTS USED TO CONVEY THE CONDITIONED AIR SUPPLY AND VENTILATION AIR ARE TO BE MADE OF CONTINUOUS SHEET METAL. 3 DUCT LININGS (THERMAL AND ACOUSTICAL), FLEXIBLE VIBRATION ISOLATION CONNECTORS, DUCT CONNECTORS, AND DUCT TYPE TO BE APPROVED BY CODE AND LANDLORD. BTM of DUCT TO 13' -6' - 14'X12' 14'X12' 32'X18' 10'X12' AFF TG -1 36'X16' AHU - I T -STAT 24'XI4' 6 13'- 20'X14' 6 I3' -6' AFF 16'XI4_ 13' -6' AFF 13: -6'. AFF 0,114-1 42'x18' DN MECHANICAL. PLAN SG -1 150 SG -I ' 150 10 m 13' -6' AFF UH -1 HVAC SYSTEM IS TO BE NEW, BY MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR, WITH NEW DUCTWORK HVAC SYSTEM IS TO BE NEW, BY LANDLORD'S MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR, DUCTWORK BY THIS CONTRACTOR HVAC SYSTEM IS EXISTING TO REMAIN, MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE NEW DUCTWORK AND PROVIDE SERVICE AND RE- BALANCE AIR -SIDE AND HYDRONICS AS PER LANLORD CRITERIA. HVAC SYSTEM IS EXISTING TO REMAIN. MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS. VERIFY ALL AS -BUILT SITE CONDITIONS PRIOR TO BID AND INCLUDE IN BfD ALL COSTS TO MAKE FIELD COORDINATION AND ADJUSTMENT TO DUCTWORK FOR FIT INTO EXISTING STRUCTURE. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY AND FIELD COORDINATE FINAL LOCATION OF MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT. ALL RECTANGULAR RETURN AIR, RELIEF AIR AND SUPPLY AIR DUCTWORK SHALL BE LINED WITH I' THICK ACOUSTICAL LINER. LINED DUCTWORK DOES NOT REQUIRE EXTERIOR INSULATION. DUCT DIMENSIONS SHOWN ARE INSIDE NET DIMENSIONS, ADD TO SHEET METAL SIZE FOR INSULATION. IN GENERAL, HOLD RETURN AIR DUCT TIGHT TO UNDERSIDE OF STRUCTURE UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED OR REQUIRED BY FIELD CONDITIONS. SUPPLY AIR DUCT SHALL BE MOUNTED JUST ABOVE HIGHEST LIGHTING FIXTURE. COORDINATE EXACT MOUNTING HEIGHT IN FIELD. ROUND RIGID SUPPLY, RETURN, OUTSIDE AIR AND RELIEF AIR DUCTS SHALL BE EXTERNALLY INSULATED WITH 1' THICK, 1.5 LBS. DENSITY FOIL FACED FIBERGLASS INSULATION. FURNISH AND INSTALL ALL LOW VOLTAGE WIRING AND CONDUIT REQUIRED FOR MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT. RESPONSIBLE FOR COORDINATING ALL WIRING AND CONDUIT REQUIRED FOR EQUIPMENT OPERATION AND CONTROL. ALL DUCTWORK SHALL BE SHEET METAL FABRICATED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASHRAE GUIDE AND SMACNA MANUAL LATEST EDITIONS. NO FIBERGLASS OR FIBERBOARD DUCTWORK ALLOWED. FOR EXISTING HVAC TO BE REUSED, PROVIDE ONE- TIME MAINTENANCE ON EXISTING EQUIPMENT, SUCH AS REPLACING FAN BELTS, OILING MOTORS, CLEANING COILS, CHANGING OUT FILTERS, ETC. AS MAY BE REQUIRED. CHECK OUT UNIT AT BEGINNING OF CONSTRUCTION AND REPORT PROBLEMS TO ARCHITECT. G.G. TO PROVIDE IN THEIR CLOSE -OUT DOCUMENTATION, DETAILED EVIDENCE (TICKETS, PARTS LISTS, SUMMARY REPORT, ETC.) THAT THIS WORK HAS BEEN PERFORMED. 9 IF INSTALLATION VARIES FROM THE CONTRACT DRAWINGS, OBTAIN AS- BUILT DRAWINGS AND SUBMIT SAME TO OWNER 10 CONICAL BELLMOUTH FITTINGS WITH MANUAL BALANCING DAMPER TO BE USED FOR ALL ROUND BRANCH TAPS ABOVE ACCESSIBLE LAY -IN CEILINGS. CONICAL BELLMOUTH FITTINGS WITHOUT MANUAL BALANCING DAMPERS TO BE USED FOR ALL ROUND BRANCH TAPS ABOVE INACCESSIBLE DRYWALL CEILINGS WITH BALANCING REQUIRED WITHIN 2 FT. OF DIFFUSER WITH PLASTER FRAME. 11 NO FIBERGLASS OR FIBERBOARD DUCTWORK ALLOWED. 12 FURNISH ALL LABOR, MATERIALS, TOOLS, INCIDENTALS AND DETAILS NECESSARY TO PROVIDE A COMPLETE HEATING, VENTILATING, AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM. INCLUDE ANY LABOR AND MATERIAL NOT SPECIFICALLY MENTIONED, BUT NECESSARY TO PROVIDE A COMPLETE AND OPERATING SYSTEM. ALL WORK SHALL BE INSTALLED IN A PROFESSIONAL MANNER AND SHALL MEET ALL THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE STATE BUILDING CODE, CITY BUILDING CODE, SAFETY AND HEALTH CODES, NFPA CODES AND ALL OTHER APPLICABLE CODES AND REQUIREMENTS. ALL COSTS FOR SAID REQUIREMENTS SHALL BE INCLUDED IN THIS CONTRACTORS BID PRICE. MECHANICAL. GENERAL. NOTES SG -I 150' A1-1U-1 1 6 l 1 42'X18' e 13' -6' AFF SG =I 150 5ODIE 20'X14' 5G -1 10 IEELI SG -I 150 42'x18', DN TO GRILLE (TYP) C MOUNT - 51 13' -6' AFF SG -1 SG -I 150 150 * W 361x16' 13 SECURE AND PAY FOR ALL REQUIRED PERMITS AND INSPECTIONS AND PERFORM ALL TESTS CALLED FOR OR REQUIRED AS A PART OF HIS WORK FURNISHED APPROVED CERTIFICATE OF FINAL INSPECTION, AND TURN OVER TO OWNER AT COMPLETION OF PROJECT. 14 MECHANICAL PLANS ARE DIAGRAMMATIC, NOT SHOWING EVERY ITEM IN EXACT LOCATION OR DETAIL. MEASUREMENTS AND LOCATIONS MUST BE FIELD VERIFIED AND COORDINATED WITH ARCHITECTURAL, HVAC, FIRE PROTECTION, STRUCTURAL, ELECTRICAL AND OTHER BUILDING DRAWINGS. 15 EXISTING SPRINKLER SYSTEM TO BE MODIFIED AS REQUIRED FOR COVERAGE TO MEET LOCAL CODES AND LANDLORD REQUIREMENTS APPROVAL ALSO REQUIRED BY LANDLORD'S INSURER 16 SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR COORDINATION OF ALL TRADES, LANDLORD REQUIREMENTS, CEILING HEIGHTS AND EXISTING STRUCTURAL CONDITIONS PRIOR TO FABRICATION OF ANY DUCTWORK OR ORDERING OF ANY EQUIPMENT. ALL WORK SHALL BE IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH ALL FEDERAL, STATE AND LOCAL CODES AND ORDINANCES. FLEXIBLE INSULATED DUCTS SHALL BE MAXIMUM 5' -0' LONG AND SHALL MEET INSTALLATION AND MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS OF LOCAL CODES. PROVIDE TENANT WITH AS -BUILT DRAWINGS, ALL EQUIPMENT SHOP DRAWINGS, INFORMATION ON THERMOSTATS, CONTROL WIRING DIAGRAMS AND OTHER PERTINENT INFORMATION AT COMPLETION OF PROJECT. 20 ALL BRANCH TAKE -OFFS SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH MANUAL BALANCING DAMPERS. 21 FURNISH AND INSTALL A COMPLETE TEMPERATURE CONTROL SYSTEM TO INCLUDE: PANELS, MODULES, RELAYS, WIRING, THERMOSTATS, SENSORS, DAMPERS, ACTUATORS AND ALL MISCELLANEOUS ITEMS AS REQUIRED TO FULFILL THE DESIGN INTENT AS INDICATED ON THE PLANS AND IN THE CODED NOTES. 22 ALL TEMPERATURE CONTROLS, FIRE ALARM COMPONENTS, EQUIPMENT NAMEPLATES, LABELS, OR COLOR CODED COMPONENTS SHALL BE MASKED DURING PAINTING TO PREVENT DAMAGE FROM OVER -SPRAY OR OBSCURING INFORMATION. 23 PROVIDE AND INSTALL FIRE DAMPERS IN ANY EXISTING OR NEW DUCTWORK THAT PENETRATES A FIRE RATED PARTITION AS REQUIRED BY CODE. 24 ROUND RIGID SUPPLY AIR DUCTS SHALL BE EXTERNALLY INSULATED WITH 1' THICK, 15 LBS. DENSITY FOIL FACED FIBERGLASS INSULATION. O 0 5 r r egaar -- Tamesa aamma raga. amass aka, mad.. mama TG - TG -1 MECHANICAL CODED NOTES 365(16' TRANSFER DUCT , 13' -¢I' MIN. AFF i (TYP) RJ 6G -t 200 200 FURNISH AND INSTALL A 'LIGHT STAT' TMC -AVU PROGRAMMABLE (HEATING AND COOLING) AUTO CHANGE OVER THERMOSTAT WITH SUB -BASE AND CLEAR LOCKING COVER AT 4' -0' AFF. DO NOT MOUNT THERMOSTAT BELOW NIGHT LIGHTS. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION WITH TENANT'S GENERAL CONTRACTOR LIGHT STATS ARE AVAILABLE THRU DYNELCO 6 1 -800- 292 -2444. (FOR RTU'S, SPLIT SYSTEMS AND DX UNITS) O EXISTING TOILET EXHAUST FANS. MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR TO CLEAN, ADJUST AND LEAVE LIKE NEW. UH- 14 2: Q -MARK SERIES MUH UNIT HEATER SHALL BE A HORIZONTAL PROJECTION 208V., 3 PHASE WITH A CAPACITY OF 5 KW. UNIT TO BE COMPLETE WITH HANGERS AND INTEGRAL THERMOSTAT. FIELD COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION. MOUNT TOP OF U.N. AT 6' BELOW CEILING IN NON -SALES AREA, AIM AS SHOWN. CIRCUITING AND DISCONNECT SWITCH BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR INSTALL CONDENSATE DRAIN FROM AHU -I. MINIMUM DRAIN SIZE TO BE 3/4'. CONDENSATE DRAIN TO BE TRAPPED WITH A TRAP DEPTH OF 1.5 X UNITS TOTAL STATIC PRESSURE, MINIMUM 5' DEEP. DRAIN SHALL BE EXTENDED (AT A SLOPE OF 1' PER 40') TO THE MOP BASIN. INTERIOR PIPING SHALL BE COPPER WITH WROUGHT FITTINGS UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. INSULATE ALL INTERIOR CONDENSATE PIPING PER SPECIFICATIONS. SMOKE DETECTOR FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR SMOKE DETECTOR MUST BE IN AN ACCESSIBLE LOCATION IN AIR DUCT. WIRE THE SHUT DOWN SEQUENCE OF THE HVAC UNIT UPON SENSING SMOKE, AND SHALL WIRE THE LANDLORD INTERFACE TO SIGNAL THE MALL'S FIRE /SMOKE ALARM SYSTEM. REFER TO ELECTRICAL PLANS FOR FURTHER INFORMATION. AHU - I: FURNISH AND INSTALL A SPLIT- SYSTEM DX AIR HANDLING COOLING UNIT WITH MATCHING AIR COOLED CONDENSING UNIT. INSTALL WITH PROPER SERVICE CLEANANCE AREA AS RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER UNIT SHALL INCLUDE TWO SETS OF FILTERS. FILTERS IN UNIT TO BE REPLACED PRIOR TO STORE OPENING. MOUNT UNIT AS SHOWN ON PLANS. UNIT IS SUSPENDED FROM STRUCTURE, FURNISH ADDITIONAL STEEL AS REQUIRED TO MAINTAIN LANDLORD'S STRUCTURAL ENGINEER'S SPECIFICATIONS AS TO LOAD BEARING LIMITS. PROVIDE IN -LINE SPRING ISOLATORS AS REQUIRED. SEE 'HVAC UNIT SCHEDULE' ON SHEET M2.0 FOR FURTHER INFORMATION. ACCU- I: FURNISH AND INSTALL AN AIR COOLED DX CONDENSING UNIT. UNIT SHALL BE MOUNTED ON FULL LENGTH MOUNTING CURBS. INSTALL WITH PROPER SERVICE CLEARANCE AREA AS RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER REFER TO 'HVAC UNIT SCHEDULE' ON SHEET M2.0 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. AWARDED CONTRACTOR MUST ARRANGE DELIVERY WITHIN THE FIRST WEEK OF CONSTRUCTION TO SCHEDULE DELIVERY DATE. ALL ROOFING WORK SHALL BE DONE BY THE LANDLORD'S ROOFING CONTRACTOR AT THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR'S EXPENSE. PROVIDE ANY ADDITIONAL STRUCTURAL MEMBERS REQUIRED TO SUPPORT UNIT PER LANDLORDS REQUIREMENTS, COORDINATE WITH LANDLORD. COORDINATE UNIT LOCATION WITH THE LANDLORD AND MAKE ADJUSTMENTS AS REQUIRED AT NO ADDITIONAL CHARGE TO THE TENANT. VERIFY MODEL NUMBERS AND ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. MECHANICAL CODED NOTES SCs -I 200 12)'X14' e AFF (/4 21 - - - - SG -1 215 S 200 P) v -. ---� _ 2 215 SG -1 215 6'X14' m 1 3' -6' AFF SG=1 tFM 200' DUCTWORK IS TO BE INSTALLED AT 13' -6' ABOVE THE FINISHED FLOOR SPRINKLER W-IEAD RETAIN THE SERVICES OF A STATE LICENSED FIRE PROTECTION CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE COMPLETE DESIGN SERVICES AND MODIFICATIONS TO THE EXISTING FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEM. FIRE PROTECTION CONTRACTOR MUST BE LANDLORD APPROVED. SPRINKLER LOCATIONS MUST BE COORDINATED WITH TENANT . REFLECTED CEILING PLAN. ALL MODIFICATIONS TO THE EXISTING SPRINKLER SYSTEM MUST BE COORDINATED AND SCHEDULED IN ADVANCE WITH THE MALL OPERATIONS MANAGER SPRINKLER SYSTEM SHALL BE FULLY CHARGED AND OPERATIONAL WHEN THE CONTRACTOR IS OFF THE JOB SITE. VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS AND LOCAL CODE REQUIREMENTS PRIOR TO BIDDING. ALL SPRINKLER WORK IS BY LANDLORD CONTRACTOR, AT TENANT EXPENSE, AND SHALL BE COORDINATED WITH ON SITE OPERATIONS DIRECTOR ALL SPRINKLER WORK SHALL BE APPROVED BY THE LANDLORD'S INSURER I� GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO UNDER CUT DOOR, 1' FOR AIR FLOW. - r — — — - - -- -- -- - - -- i i /\ , T It l E07—HE O FURNISH AND INSTALL NEW REFRIGERANT LINES FROM THE AIR HANDLING UNIT'S DX COIL TO AIR COOLED DX CONDENSING UNIT AND MAKE FINAL CONNECTIONS. REFER TO MECHANICAL SPECIFICATION, 'REFRIGERANT PIPING' ON SHEET G1.2 FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS. RH -I: (COOK MODEL NO. TR -36) FURNISH AND INSTALL A ROOF MOUNTED RELIEF HOOD. UNIT SHALL HAVE A CAPACITY OF 6100 CFM e MAXIMUM 0.1' PRESSURE DROP. UNIT SHALL BE COMPLETE WITH A GRAVITY BACKDRAFT TYPE DAMPER, INTEGRAL METAL BIRD SCREEN, BEROMETRIC RELIEF PAMPER AND ROOF CURB. ROOF CURB AND RELIEF HOOD SHALL BE MOUNTED BY THE CONTRACTOR REFER TO SHEET G12 FOR SPECIFICATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS. 10 11 -I -1: (COOK MODEL NO. TR -36) FURNISH AND INSTALL A ROOF MOUNTED INTAKE HOOD. INTAKE HOOD SHALL HAVE A CAPACITY OF 6100 CFM m MAXIMUM 0.1' PRESSURE DROP. UNIT SHALL BE COMPLETE WITH INTEGRAL METAL BIRD SCREEN AND ROOF CURB. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL MOUNT ROOF CURB AND INTAKE HOOD. REFER TO SHEET G12 FOR SPECIFICATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS. II FURNISH AND INSTALL A FIRE DAMPER WITH ACCESS DOOR IN DUCT PENETRATING FIRE -RATED PARTITION. LABEL ACCESS DOOR WITH 2' HIGH LETTERS DESIGNATING 'FIRE DAMPER ACCESS.' 12 PROVIDE AN OPENING, SIZE AS NOTED ON PLANS, IN WALL ABOVE CEILING FOR RETURN AIR (FURNISH AND INSTALL A FIRE DAMPER). FURNISH AND INSTALL ZONE DAMPER, TRANSFORMER AND THERMOSTAT. INSTALL 24V/120V 40 VA TRANSFORMER AT J -BOX LOCATION. SEE SHEET E1.0 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. FURNISH AND INSTALL TWO CONDUCTOR, 24V CONTROL WIRE BETWEEN TRANSFORMER, THERMOSTAT AND DAMPER MOTOR PROVIDE 120V POWER TO TRANSFORMER FROM NIGHT LIGHT CIRCUIT. INSTALL THERMOSTAT AT 48' ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR IN LOCATION AS APPROVED BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR 15 MOTORIZED OUTDOOR AIR DAMPER PROVIDE LOW - LEAKAGE DAMPERS SIZED TO MATCH DUCT SHOWN AND MODULATING ACTIVATOR SUPPLY LINKAGE TO MATCH. WIRE DAMPER TO ASSOCIATED UNIT CONTROLS SO DAMPER IS OPEN IN OCCUPIED MODE AND CLOSED IN UNOCCUPIED MODE. ALL WIRING EQUIPMENT AND MISCELLANEOUS CONTROL DEVICES BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR 6Cs -1 200 12'X14' SG -1 215 SG-1 SG -1 200 12'X14' 6 13' -6' AFF YORK NATIONAL AGGOUNTS 1-4VAG EQUIPMENT PAGKA&E YORK NATIONAL ACCOUNTS HVAC EQUIPMENT PACKAGE FOOT LOCKER HAS A NATIONAL HVAC AGREEMENT WITH YORK ALL BIDDING CONTRACTORS ARE DIRECTED TO CONTACT YORK NATIONAL ACCOUNTS 6 800- 481 -9138, FAX 866- 406 -9615 FOR PRICING. FOR ALL OTHER INEQUIERIES, PLEASE CONTACT DAVID BABEY, NATIONAL ACCOUNT SALES MANAGER PHONE: '104- 341 -8492, FAX: I04 -34I -8912, EMAIL: clavld.e.babe9 Jc1.com THE COMPLETE LISTED BILL OF MATERIAL WILL BE PURCHASED AND PROVIDED BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR THE G.C. SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR COORDINATING AND ACCEPTING THE EQUIPMENT, VERIFYING PROPER QUANTITIES AND TYPES OF EQUIPMENT AND PROVIDING TEMPORARY STORAGE OF EQUIPMENT. YORK WILL PROVIDE START -UP AND A ONE YEAR LABOR WARRANTY ON ALL HVAC EQUIPMENT PROVIDED BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR INSTALLING CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR PROVIDING AN NABS AIR BALANCE REPORT ON ALL PROVIDED AND FURNISHED EQUIPMENT. AIR BALANCE MUST BE FURNISHED THROUGH AN INDEPENDENT FIRM, BALANCER MUST NOT BE ON THE STAFF OF THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SYMBOL X t HSW LSW MC. EC. faA 200 SG =I T215 ' g DESCRIPTION SYM 3OL. SCHEDULE ENSURE THAT THE MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT COMPONENTS ARE INSTALLED AT THE LOCATIONS AND ELEVATIONS WHICH MAKE THEM READILY ACCESSIBLE FOR ROUTINE MAINTENANCE WITHOUT REQUIRING ANY EXTRAORDINARY MEASURES. PROVIDE ANY ADDITIONAL STRUCTURE SUPPORT REQUIRED BY TENANT'S EQUIPMENT. VERIFY ALL EXISTING SERVICES AND CONDITIONS AT THE JOB SITE. THE TENANT'S HVAC SYSTEM SHALL BE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH THE LANDLORD'S DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION CRITERIA AND ALL APPLICABLE STATE AND LOCAL CODES. THE MOST STRINGENT REQUIREMENTS SHALL GOVERN. NOTE: THE TENANT'S CONTRACTOR MUST RETAIN THE SERVICES OF A LOCAL. REGISTERED, PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER TO DETERMINE EXISTING ROOF FRAMING CONDITIONS AND PROVIDE COMPLETE DESIGN / SHOP DRAWINGS FOR METHOD OF SUPPORT FOR NEW ROOFTOP A/C UNITS. SHOP DRAWINGS / CALCULATIONS MUST BE SUBMITTED TO THE LANDLORD, FOR APPROVAL, PRIOR TO COMMENCING WORK ALL REQUIRED ROOFING WORK MUST BE PERFORMED BY THE LANDLORD'S DESIGNATED ROOFING CONTRACTOR IN ORDER TO MAINTAIN THE WARRANTY AND INTEGRITY OF THE ROOFING SYSTEM SCALE: 3/16" = DESIGN DRAWINGS ARE SCHEMATIC. VISIT THE SITE PRIOR TO BIDDING OR AWARD OF CONTRACT TO INSPECT EXISTING FIELD CONDITIONS. THIS CONTRACT SHALL INCLUDE ALL LABOR AND MATERIALS NECESSARY FOR FIELD MODIFICATIONS DUE TO EXISTING CONDITIONS. CONTACT THE OWNER PRIOR TO BIDDING FOR INTERPRETATIONS AND CLARIFICATIONS OF THE DESIGN AND INCLUDE IN HIS BID ALL COSTS TO MEET THE DESIGN INTENT. CLARIFICATIONS MADE BY THE OWNER AFTER BIDDING WILL BE FINAL AND SHALL BE IMPLEMENTED AT CONTRACTORS COST. HAVE A WORKING KNOWLEDGE OF LOCAL CODES AND ORDINANCES. INCLUDED IN BIDS, THE COSTS FOR ALL WORK INSTALLED IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH GOVERNING CODES, THE PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS NOT WITHSTANDING. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL ALERT OWNER OF ANY APPARENT DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN GOVERNING CODES AND DESIGN INTENT. ENSURE THAT ALL EQUIPMENT, PIPING AND DUCTWORK, NOT SHOWN TO REMAIN IS FULLY REMOVED AND NOT ABANDONED. FIELD VERIFY ALL CONDITIONS ALL ROOFING WORK SHALL BE PERFORMED BY THE LANDLORD'S CONTRACTOR AT THE TENANT CONTRACTOR'S EXPENSE, IN ORDER TO MAINTAIN THE WARRANTY AND INTEGRITY OF THE ROOF SYSTEM. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL ENSURE THAT ALL EQUIPMENT, PIPING AND DUCTWORK, NOT SHOWN TO REMAIN IS FULLY REMOVED AND NOT ABANDONED. SUPPLY AIR DIFFUSER SHADING DENOTES BLANK -OFF DUCT MOUNTED DIFFUSER RETURN AIR GRILLE OR DUCT SUPPLY AIR DUCT RISE SIMILAR FOR RETURN AIR SUPPLY AIR DUCT PROP SIMILAR FOR RETURN AIR HIGH SIDE WALL LOW SIDE WALL MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SYMBOL ( •_s r - -i J J J J 0 TV DESCRIPTION ROOF MOUNTED EQUIPMENT AS NOTED GROAN MODEL"686 COMBINATION LIGHT/ TOILET EXHAUST FAN THERMOSTAT (S- DENOTES SENSOR) TURNING VANES DUCT TRANSITIONS FD- FIRE DAMPER EX. DUCT TO BE REMOVED DUCT SMOKE DETECTOR 0" DATE: JOB NO: 0813130 DRAWN: CHECKED: GROSS AREA: 5,535 SQ. FT. SALES AREA: 3,278 SQ. FT. STORE NO. 10 -30 -08 Emphasis On Excellence M. Retail Engineering, Inc. 750 Brooksedge Blvd. Westerville, Ohio 43081 TEL: 614.818.2323 FAX: 614.818.2337 Champs: 14498 1°1 EXPIRES 7 111 REVISIONS NO. 2 DESCRIPTION LL COMMENTS /OWNER CHANGES L.L./DOB COMMENTS 4 OWNER CHANGES DATE 12/03/08 12/11/08 RECE WEP DEC 3 02000 PERMIT CENTER SHEET NUMBER MECHANICAL PLAN M1.0 NOTES: 1. SYMBOL KEY- 4. VOLUME DAMPER - FIRST LETTER: S- SUPPLY R- RETURN E -EXH FACTORY FURNISHED. OPPOSED BLADE OR T- TRANSFER BUTTERFLY WHERE AVAILABLE. ADJUSTABLE SECOND LETTER: ID-DIFFUSER R- REGISTER FROM FACE. G- GRILLE 5. BORDER STYLE - 2. PROVIDE OPTIONAL DIRECTIONAL BLOW 'A' SURFACE MOUNTED FEATURE FOR OTHER THAN 4 -WAY. 'B' LAY -IN, PROVIDE WITH PLASTER FRAME FOR DRYWALL CEILING MOUNTING. 3. FINISH- 'C' LAY -IN FRAME FOR T -BAR CEILING. 'A' WHITE. 'B' WHITE - G.G. TO FIELD PAINT TO MATCH 6. PROVIDE BOOT FOR DUCT MOUNTING. CEILING OR WALL WITH ENAMEL FINISH. SYMBOLMANUFACTURER/ (1)(2) CATALOG NUMBER NOMINAL SIZE MOUNTING MATERIAL FINISH (3) DPR (4) BORDER (5) REMARKS MOD. NECK INC - OTHER STEEL ALUM. SD -1 TTMS 12'x12' 6'0 O NO. O I A 0 A R -22 SG -1 300RL TITUS 10'x10' 8'x8' I DUCT 0 e A 0 A DUCT MOUNTED NOTE: TG-1 ;-:1-- U 38'x18' 36'x16' to be provided with field installed spring isolators. DUCT O A A DUCT MOUNTED HG -1 ; 48'x24' 42'x18' O O A A AUXILIARY FLOAT SHUT -OFF SWITCH AUXILIARY DRAIN PAN UNDER A.N.U. MiN. 6' LARGER THAN A.H.U. 4 6' DEEP, SEAL ALL SEAMS WATERTIGHT 3/4' DRAIN FROM PAN MIN. 3/4' COPPER DRAIN TO FLR DRAIN, MOP BASIN OR AS DIRECTED BY CODED NOTES CONDENSATE TRAP DEPTH TO BE 11/2 TIMES UNIT OPERATING STATIC PRES- SURE (MIN. 2') O2 2' SAN y p� 0 SUPPLY AIR TRUNK DUCT SPIN -IN TAP. SEAL JOINTS IN ROUND RIGID DUCT AND AT TAPS W/ MAIN SUPPLY TO SA. MAIN INSULATED ROUND DUCT OLUME DAMPER POSITIONS DAMPER TO BE PLACED PERPENDICULAR TO AIR STREAM THERMAL INSULATING BLANKET WHERE REQUIRED. SUPPLY AiR DIFFUSER . - STRAP CLAMP (TYPICAL) ROUND FLEXIBLE DUCT CONNECTION, SAME SIZE AS DIFFUSER NECK SIZE (MAX. 5 FT.) FIRE DAMPER WHERE REQUIRED CEILING PLASTER FRAME AUXILIARY DRAIN P4• SCHEMATIC DIFFUSER 1" iOUNT iNC SCHEMATIC (NTS) NOTES: I. PROVIDE ACCESS DOOR IN ADJACENT DUCTWORK FOR RESETTING DAMPER 2. DAMPER MUST BE SUPPORTED IN DRAFT STOP BY SLEEVE AND RETAINING ANGLES, DAMPER MUST REMAIN IN PLACE IF DUCT COLLAPSES. SEAL BETWEEN DRAFT STOP AND SLEEVE SHALL BE FIRE RATED MATERIAL, DAMPER SHALL BE ONE SIZE LARGER THAN DUCT SIZE. ATTACH • DAMPER TO SLEEVE AS REQUIRED BY MANUFACTURER AIR FLOW TYPICAL CONNECTION DRAFT STOP CONSTRUCTION DUCT STEEL BLADES RESETTABLE FIE -STAT DUCT MOUNT SLEEVE IN BLDG. CONSTRUCTION. SLEEVE TO BE OF GAUGE AS REC. BY MANUFACTURER FOR U.L. APPROVAL. SMOKE SENSOR BOLT TO SLEEVE (TYP.) RETAINING ANGLE. SIZE AS RECOMENDED BY MANUFACTURER (TYP.) L S— EX -SAN r EX -WC o 00 NOTES: PLUMBING SHALL NOT BE INSTALLED IN THE DEMISING WALLS OF THE LEASE SPACE. ALL WATER PIPING SHALL BE COPPER 'PVC' PIPING NOT ALLOWED AS PER LANDLORD CRITERIA. ALL SANITARY PIPING SHALL BE CAST IRON 'PVC' PIPING NOT ALLOWED AS PER LANDLORD CRITERIA. ALL PIPING SYSTEMS SHALL BE PRESSURE TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH LANDLORD CRITERIA. CONNECTION TO EXISTING UTILITIES MUST BE COORDINATED AND SCHEDULED IN ADVANCE WITH THE MALL OPERATIONS MANAGER ALL VENT PIPING SHALL BE CAST IRON OR GALVANIZED STEEL 'PVC' PIPING NOT ALLOWED AS PER LANDLORD CRITERIA. ®COMIBINATION FIRE/ SMOKE DAMPER SCHEMATIC WATER RISER (NTS) 41-4U SUPPORT SCHEMATIC - SEISMIC L UME3 NC PLAN 10 ALL WATER LINES, VENT LINES, DRAIN LINES, SPRINKLER LINES, ETC. SHALL BE OFFSET BELOW PLATFORM AND CONCEALED IN WALL ABOVE PLATFORM. DO NOT ROUTE PIPING, ETC. THROUGH STORAGE SPACE ABOVE PLATFORM OR ABOVE ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT. O CONNECT NEW SANITARY LINE INTO THE TENANT'S EXISTING SANITARY SERVICE. FIELD VERIFIES EXACT LOCATION. REFER TO STACK DIAGRAM AND PLUMBING SPECIFICATIONS FOR FURTHER INFORMATION. O EXTEND NEW VENT THROUGH ROOF. REFER TO STACK DIAGRAM AND PLUMBING SPECIFICATIONS FOR FURTHER INFORMATION. O CONNECT NEW WATER LINE INTO THE EXISTING WATER LINES. VERIFY EXACT LOCATION OF EXISTING TENANT LINES. REFER TO RISER DIAGRAM AND PLUMBING SPECIFICATIONS FOR FURTHER INFORMATION. O FURNISH AND INSTALL WATER HAMMER ARRESTORS IN THE DOMESTIC COLD AND HOT WATER PiPING AS SHOWN ON THE WATER RISER DIAGRAM. WATER HAMMER ARRESTORS TO BE LOCATED IN AN ACCESSIBLE LOCATION. UNITS AS MANUFACTURED BY SIOUX OR PRECISION PLUMBING PRODUCTS ARE ACCEPTABLE. 0 ALL PLUMBING FIXTURES SHALL BE INSTALLED WITH STOP VALVES TO ISOLATE EACH FIXTURE. REFER TO RISER DIAGRAM AND PLUMBING SPECIFICATIONS FOR FURTHER INFORMATION. 2 5/8'0 A36 ROD, DOUBLE NUT AT C. WELD NUTS TO ROD AFTER UNIT IS SET. (TYP.) 1 J EXIST. BAR JOISTS (TYP.) L A L3 x 3 x 3/16 AT 1/1 SLOPE FROM TOP OF SUSPENSION BRACKET TO BOTTOM OF JOIST USING 3/I6 FILLET WELD ALL AROUND. (TYP.) AHU SUPPORT HANGER SHALL BE SPACED PER AI-1U MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS (4' -0' MAX.) J'L - -DOUBLE NUT AND SPRING ISOLATOR AT AHU'S SUSPENSION BRACKET. WELD NUTS TO ROD AFTER UNIT IS SET. (TYP.) EX -WC WATER CLOSET - EXISTING TO REMAIN. LAY LAVATORY - AMERICAN STANDARD 'COMRADE' MODEL 0 0124.024 WITH AERICAN STANDARD FAUCET 'RELIANT' MODEL *2385.000 WiTH POLISHED CHROME FINISH. EQUALS BY KOHLER OR CRANE. EX -WN WATER HEATER - EXISTING TO REMAIN. FCO FLOOR CLEAN OUT - ZURN MODEL "Z -1400 'LEVEL TROL' ADJUSTABLE, DURA- COATED CAST -IRON BODY, WITH GAS WATERTIGHT ABS TAPERED THREADED PLUG, AND ROUND SCORIATED SECURED TOP ADJUSTABLE TO FINISHED FLOOR EQUALS BY J.R SMITH OR WADE. WHA WATER HAMMER ARRESTER - SIOUX CHEIF 150 SERIES OR EQUAL BY PRECISION PLUMBING PRODUCTS, INC. 1215. MOP BASIN - FIAT 1h1SB -2424 MOLDED STONE MOP BASIN WITH VINYL BUMPERGUARD. FURNISH WITH AMERICAN STANDARD 0 9344.111 FAUCET WiTH INTEGRAL VACUUM BREAKER AND STOPS. EQUALS BY STERN - WILLIAMS OR MUSTEE. DRINKING FOUNTAIN - OASIS WHEELCHAIR MODEL 'PACSL, WALL MOUNTED. FURNISH WALL HANGER PLATE, CHROME P -TRAP AND SUPPLY STOP. MOUNT TO 'ANSI' STANDARD FOR HANDICAPPED AT 34 1/2' MAX. FROM FLOOR TO SPOUT OUTLET. NOT USED PLUMBING FIXTURE SCHEDULE ALL DUCT LINER TRANSVERSE EDGES TO BE COATED W/ ADHESIVE IN ACCORDANCE W/ SMACNA STANDARDS (TYP.) PROVIDE INTERNAL LINER OR EXTERNAL WRAP INSULATION AS SPECIFIED -G II i MAIN DUCT L -- BRANCH DUCT — i FLANGED AND GASKETED JOINT OR DUCT CONNECTION AND RE- INFORCEMENT IN ACCORDANCE W/ SMACNA 2' W CLASS, SEAL NON- GASKETED TRANS - VERSE JOINTS IN ACCORDANCE WI SMACNA CLASS 'C' (TYP.) - VOLUME DAMPER LOCATION WHERE ABOVE LAY -IN CEILING. \ PROVIDE W/ LOCKING QUADRANT LONG ORANGE MARKER TAPE ATTACHED TO DAMPER TO IDENTIFY LOCATION TYPICAL SQUARE DUCT TAKE-OFF (•TS DUCT SIZE OVER 36'X36' DUCT SIZE 36'X36' OR UNDER SQ. ELBOW WITH SINGLE THICKNESS VANES SQ. ELBOW WITH TYPE 'A' DOUBLE THICKNESS VANES VANES PRE - ASSEMBLED ON RUNNER PLATES USE GALVANIZED VANES FOR GALVANIZED OR ALUMINUM DUCTS PLATE SAME GAUGE AS DUCT R =2' TURNING V4•E SCHEMATIC AIR DEVICE SCHEDULE (NTS) 14VAC UNiT SCHEDULE DATE: 10 -30 -08 JOB NO: 0813130 DRAWN: CHECKED: GROSS AREA: 5,535 SQ. SALES AREA: 3,278 SQ. Emphasis On Excellence M • Retail Engineering, Inc. 750 Brooksedge Blvd. Westerville, Ohio 43081 TEL: 614.818.2323 FAX: 614.818.2337 STORE NO. FT. FT. Champs: 14498 35495 NAL t" ff'ir mEs 07 / REVISIONS NO. 2 DESCRIPTION LL COMMENTS /OWNER CHANGES L.L./DOB COMMENTS 4 OWNER CHANGES DATE 12/03/08 12/17/08 /FC IVED DEC 3 n 2000 �l tivil f CENTER SHEET NUMBER MECHANICAL DETAILS AND SCHEDULES r'r2 X1,7 . �, M2.0 CONDENSING UNIT SCHEDULE AIR COOLED lllN'v'fl UNIT NUMBER — 2UANTIrrj UNIT NUMBER YORK MODEL " I SNOT WON COMPRESSOR VOLTAGE/ PHASE CONDENSER FANS CAP. MBH MAXIMUM FUSE SIZE OA. TEMP NOTES REF TYPE WOO WON CAPACITY STEPS NO. HP EACH I ACLU -I E1F15180 15 R -22 1 113 208 -3 2 I 113 • e 0©© 0 NOTE: 1. PROVIDE 2. PROVIDE 3. INSTALLING WITH FIELD INSTALLED LOW AMBIENT CONTROLLER FOR 0 DEGREE OPTERATION PROGRAMMABLE NIGHT SETBACK THERMOSTAT. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL LOW VOLTAGE WiRING. NOTES: AUXILIARY FLOAT SHUT -OFF SWITCH AUXILIARY DRAIN PAN UNDER A.N.U. MiN. 6' LARGER THAN A.H.U. 4 6' DEEP, SEAL ALL SEAMS WATERTIGHT 3/4' DRAIN FROM PAN MIN. 3/4' COPPER DRAIN TO FLR DRAIN, MOP BASIN OR AS DIRECTED BY CODED NOTES CONDENSATE TRAP DEPTH TO BE 11/2 TIMES UNIT OPERATING STATIC PRES- SURE (MIN. 2') O2 2' SAN y p� 0 SUPPLY AIR TRUNK DUCT SPIN -IN TAP. SEAL JOINTS IN ROUND RIGID DUCT AND AT TAPS W/ MAIN SUPPLY TO SA. MAIN INSULATED ROUND DUCT OLUME DAMPER POSITIONS DAMPER TO BE PLACED PERPENDICULAR TO AIR STREAM THERMAL INSULATING BLANKET WHERE REQUIRED. SUPPLY AiR DIFFUSER . - STRAP CLAMP (TYPICAL) ROUND FLEXIBLE DUCT CONNECTION, SAME SIZE AS DIFFUSER NECK SIZE (MAX. 5 FT.) FIRE DAMPER WHERE REQUIRED CEILING PLASTER FRAME AUXILIARY DRAIN P4• SCHEMATIC DIFFUSER 1" iOUNT iNC SCHEMATIC (NTS) NOTES: I. PROVIDE ACCESS DOOR IN ADJACENT DUCTWORK FOR RESETTING DAMPER 2. DAMPER MUST BE SUPPORTED IN DRAFT STOP BY SLEEVE AND RETAINING ANGLES, DAMPER MUST REMAIN IN PLACE IF DUCT COLLAPSES. SEAL BETWEEN DRAFT STOP AND SLEEVE SHALL BE FIRE RATED MATERIAL, DAMPER SHALL BE ONE SIZE LARGER THAN DUCT SIZE. ATTACH • DAMPER TO SLEEVE AS REQUIRED BY MANUFACTURER AIR FLOW TYPICAL CONNECTION DRAFT STOP CONSTRUCTION DUCT STEEL BLADES RESETTABLE FIE -STAT DUCT MOUNT SLEEVE IN BLDG. CONSTRUCTION. SLEEVE TO BE OF GAUGE AS REC. BY MANUFACTURER FOR U.L. APPROVAL. SMOKE SENSOR BOLT TO SLEEVE (TYP.) RETAINING ANGLE. SIZE AS RECOMENDED BY MANUFACTURER (TYP.) L S— EX -SAN r EX -WC o 00 NOTES: PLUMBING SHALL NOT BE INSTALLED IN THE DEMISING WALLS OF THE LEASE SPACE. ALL WATER PIPING SHALL BE COPPER 'PVC' PIPING NOT ALLOWED AS PER LANDLORD CRITERIA. ALL SANITARY PIPING SHALL BE CAST IRON 'PVC' PIPING NOT ALLOWED AS PER LANDLORD CRITERIA. ALL PIPING SYSTEMS SHALL BE PRESSURE TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH LANDLORD CRITERIA. CONNECTION TO EXISTING UTILITIES MUST BE COORDINATED AND SCHEDULED IN ADVANCE WITH THE MALL OPERATIONS MANAGER ALL VENT PIPING SHALL BE CAST IRON OR GALVANIZED STEEL 'PVC' PIPING NOT ALLOWED AS PER LANDLORD CRITERIA. ®COMIBINATION FIRE/ SMOKE DAMPER SCHEMATIC WATER RISER (NTS) 41-4U SUPPORT SCHEMATIC - SEISMIC L UME3 NC PLAN 10 ALL WATER LINES, VENT LINES, DRAIN LINES, SPRINKLER LINES, ETC. SHALL BE OFFSET BELOW PLATFORM AND CONCEALED IN WALL ABOVE PLATFORM. DO NOT ROUTE PIPING, ETC. THROUGH STORAGE SPACE ABOVE PLATFORM OR ABOVE ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT. O CONNECT NEW SANITARY LINE INTO THE TENANT'S EXISTING SANITARY SERVICE. FIELD VERIFIES EXACT LOCATION. REFER TO STACK DIAGRAM AND PLUMBING SPECIFICATIONS FOR FURTHER INFORMATION. O EXTEND NEW VENT THROUGH ROOF. REFER TO STACK DIAGRAM AND PLUMBING SPECIFICATIONS FOR FURTHER INFORMATION. O CONNECT NEW WATER LINE INTO THE EXISTING WATER LINES. VERIFY EXACT LOCATION OF EXISTING TENANT LINES. REFER TO RISER DIAGRAM AND PLUMBING SPECIFICATIONS FOR FURTHER INFORMATION. O FURNISH AND INSTALL WATER HAMMER ARRESTORS IN THE DOMESTIC COLD AND HOT WATER PiPING AS SHOWN ON THE WATER RISER DIAGRAM. WATER HAMMER ARRESTORS TO BE LOCATED IN AN ACCESSIBLE LOCATION. UNITS AS MANUFACTURED BY SIOUX OR PRECISION PLUMBING PRODUCTS ARE ACCEPTABLE. 0 ALL PLUMBING FIXTURES SHALL BE INSTALLED WITH STOP VALVES TO ISOLATE EACH FIXTURE. REFER TO RISER DIAGRAM AND PLUMBING SPECIFICATIONS FOR FURTHER INFORMATION. 2 5/8'0 A36 ROD, DOUBLE NUT AT C. WELD NUTS TO ROD AFTER UNIT IS SET. (TYP.) 1 J EXIST. BAR JOISTS (TYP.) L A L3 x 3 x 3/16 AT 1/1 SLOPE FROM TOP OF SUSPENSION BRACKET TO BOTTOM OF JOIST USING 3/I6 FILLET WELD ALL AROUND. (TYP.) AHU SUPPORT HANGER SHALL BE SPACED PER AI-1U MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS (4' -0' MAX.) J'L - -DOUBLE NUT AND SPRING ISOLATOR AT AHU'S SUSPENSION BRACKET. WELD NUTS TO ROD AFTER UNIT IS SET. (TYP.) EX -WC WATER CLOSET - EXISTING TO REMAIN. LAY LAVATORY - AMERICAN STANDARD 'COMRADE' MODEL 0 0124.024 WITH AERICAN STANDARD FAUCET 'RELIANT' MODEL *2385.000 WiTH POLISHED CHROME FINISH. EQUALS BY KOHLER OR CRANE. EX -WN WATER HEATER - EXISTING TO REMAIN. FCO FLOOR CLEAN OUT - ZURN MODEL "Z -1400 'LEVEL TROL' ADJUSTABLE, DURA- COATED CAST -IRON BODY, WITH GAS WATERTIGHT ABS TAPERED THREADED PLUG, AND ROUND SCORIATED SECURED TOP ADJUSTABLE TO FINISHED FLOOR EQUALS BY J.R SMITH OR WADE. WHA WATER HAMMER ARRESTER - SIOUX CHEIF 150 SERIES OR EQUAL BY PRECISION PLUMBING PRODUCTS, INC. 1215. MOP BASIN - FIAT 1h1SB -2424 MOLDED STONE MOP BASIN WITH VINYL BUMPERGUARD. FURNISH WITH AMERICAN STANDARD 0 9344.111 FAUCET WiTH INTEGRAL VACUUM BREAKER AND STOPS. EQUALS BY STERN - WILLIAMS OR MUSTEE. DRINKING FOUNTAIN - OASIS WHEELCHAIR MODEL 'PACSL, WALL MOUNTED. FURNISH WALL HANGER PLATE, CHROME P -TRAP AND SUPPLY STOP. MOUNT TO 'ANSI' STANDARD FOR HANDICAPPED AT 34 1/2' MAX. FROM FLOOR TO SPOUT OUTLET. NOT USED PLUMBING FIXTURE SCHEDULE ALL DUCT LINER TRANSVERSE EDGES TO BE COATED W/ ADHESIVE IN ACCORDANCE W/ SMACNA STANDARDS (TYP.) PROVIDE INTERNAL LINER OR EXTERNAL WRAP INSULATION AS SPECIFIED -G II i MAIN DUCT L -- BRANCH DUCT — i FLANGED AND GASKETED JOINT OR DUCT CONNECTION AND RE- INFORCEMENT IN ACCORDANCE W/ SMACNA 2' W CLASS, SEAL NON- GASKETED TRANS - VERSE JOINTS IN ACCORDANCE WI SMACNA CLASS 'C' (TYP.) - VOLUME DAMPER LOCATION WHERE ABOVE LAY -IN CEILING. \ PROVIDE W/ LOCKING QUADRANT LONG ORANGE MARKER TAPE ATTACHED TO DAMPER TO IDENTIFY LOCATION TYPICAL SQUARE DUCT TAKE-OFF (•TS DUCT SIZE OVER 36'X36' DUCT SIZE 36'X36' OR UNDER SQ. ELBOW WITH SINGLE THICKNESS VANES SQ. ELBOW WITH TYPE 'A' DOUBLE THICKNESS VANES VANES PRE - ASSEMBLED ON RUNNER PLATES USE GALVANIZED VANES FOR GALVANIZED OR ALUMINUM DUCTS PLATE SAME GAUGE AS DUCT R =2' TURNING V4•E SCHEMATIC AIR DEVICE SCHEDULE (NTS) 14VAC UNiT SCHEDULE DATE: 10 -30 -08 JOB NO: 0813130 DRAWN: CHECKED: GROSS AREA: 5,535 SQ. SALES AREA: 3,278 SQ. Emphasis On Excellence M • Retail Engineering, Inc. 750 Brooksedge Blvd. Westerville, Ohio 43081 TEL: 614.818.2323 FAX: 614.818.2337 STORE NO. FT. FT. Champs: 14498 35495 NAL t" ff'ir mEs 07 / REVISIONS NO. 2 DESCRIPTION LL COMMENTS /OWNER CHANGES L.L./DOB COMMENTS 4 OWNER CHANGES DATE 12/03/08 12/17/08 /FC IVED DEC 3 n 2000 �l tivil f CENTER SHEET NUMBER MECHANICAL DETAILS AND SCHEDULES r'r2 X1,7 . �, M2.0 FAN COIL UNIT SCHEDULE lllN'v'fl UNIT NUMBER YORK MODEL " I SNOT WON SUPPLY FAN VOLTAGE/ PHASE ELECTRIC HEAT TOTAL CLCs. SENS. CLG. MAXIMUM FUSE SIZE O.A. CFM NOTES HP WHO WON SP RPM KW STEPS I AHU -I FIE1-1180 15 3 6100 1.0 803 208 -3 225 2 113 I29 - 1305 0 NOTES: 1. Unit to be provided with field installed spring isolators. AUXILIARY FLOAT SHUT -OFF SWITCH AUXILIARY DRAIN PAN UNDER A.N.U. MiN. 6' LARGER THAN A.H.U. 4 6' DEEP, SEAL ALL SEAMS WATERTIGHT 3/4' DRAIN FROM PAN MIN. 3/4' COPPER DRAIN TO FLR DRAIN, MOP BASIN OR AS DIRECTED BY CODED NOTES CONDENSATE TRAP DEPTH TO BE 11/2 TIMES UNIT OPERATING STATIC PRES- SURE (MIN. 2') O2 2' SAN y p� 0 SUPPLY AIR TRUNK DUCT SPIN -IN TAP. SEAL JOINTS IN ROUND RIGID DUCT AND AT TAPS W/ MAIN SUPPLY TO SA. MAIN INSULATED ROUND DUCT OLUME DAMPER POSITIONS DAMPER TO BE PLACED PERPENDICULAR TO AIR STREAM THERMAL INSULATING BLANKET WHERE REQUIRED. SUPPLY AiR DIFFUSER . - STRAP CLAMP (TYPICAL) ROUND FLEXIBLE DUCT CONNECTION, SAME SIZE AS DIFFUSER NECK SIZE (MAX. 5 FT.) FIRE DAMPER WHERE REQUIRED CEILING PLASTER FRAME AUXILIARY DRAIN P4• SCHEMATIC DIFFUSER 1" iOUNT iNC SCHEMATIC (NTS) NOTES: I. PROVIDE ACCESS DOOR IN ADJACENT DUCTWORK FOR RESETTING DAMPER 2. DAMPER MUST BE SUPPORTED IN DRAFT STOP BY SLEEVE AND RETAINING ANGLES, DAMPER MUST REMAIN IN PLACE IF DUCT COLLAPSES. SEAL BETWEEN DRAFT STOP AND SLEEVE SHALL BE FIRE RATED MATERIAL, DAMPER SHALL BE ONE SIZE LARGER THAN DUCT SIZE. ATTACH • DAMPER TO SLEEVE AS REQUIRED BY MANUFACTURER AIR FLOW TYPICAL CONNECTION DRAFT STOP CONSTRUCTION DUCT STEEL BLADES RESETTABLE FIE -STAT DUCT MOUNT SLEEVE IN BLDG. CONSTRUCTION. SLEEVE TO BE OF GAUGE AS REC. BY MANUFACTURER FOR U.L. APPROVAL. SMOKE SENSOR BOLT TO SLEEVE (TYP.) RETAINING ANGLE. SIZE AS RECOMENDED BY MANUFACTURER (TYP.) L S— EX -SAN r EX -WC o 00 NOTES: PLUMBING SHALL NOT BE INSTALLED IN THE DEMISING WALLS OF THE LEASE SPACE. ALL WATER PIPING SHALL BE COPPER 'PVC' PIPING NOT ALLOWED AS PER LANDLORD CRITERIA. ALL SANITARY PIPING SHALL BE CAST IRON 'PVC' PIPING NOT ALLOWED AS PER LANDLORD CRITERIA. ALL PIPING SYSTEMS SHALL BE PRESSURE TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH LANDLORD CRITERIA. CONNECTION TO EXISTING UTILITIES MUST BE COORDINATED AND SCHEDULED IN ADVANCE WITH THE MALL OPERATIONS MANAGER ALL VENT PIPING SHALL BE CAST IRON OR GALVANIZED STEEL 'PVC' PIPING NOT ALLOWED AS PER LANDLORD CRITERIA. ®COMIBINATION FIRE/ SMOKE DAMPER SCHEMATIC WATER RISER (NTS) 41-4U SUPPORT SCHEMATIC - SEISMIC L UME3 NC PLAN 10 ALL WATER LINES, VENT LINES, DRAIN LINES, SPRINKLER LINES, ETC. SHALL BE OFFSET BELOW PLATFORM AND CONCEALED IN WALL ABOVE PLATFORM. DO NOT ROUTE PIPING, ETC. THROUGH STORAGE SPACE ABOVE PLATFORM OR ABOVE ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT. O CONNECT NEW SANITARY LINE INTO THE TENANT'S EXISTING SANITARY SERVICE. FIELD VERIFIES EXACT LOCATION. REFER TO STACK DIAGRAM AND PLUMBING SPECIFICATIONS FOR FURTHER INFORMATION. O EXTEND NEW VENT THROUGH ROOF. REFER TO STACK DIAGRAM AND PLUMBING SPECIFICATIONS FOR FURTHER INFORMATION. O CONNECT NEW WATER LINE INTO THE EXISTING WATER LINES. VERIFY EXACT LOCATION OF EXISTING TENANT LINES. REFER TO RISER DIAGRAM AND PLUMBING SPECIFICATIONS FOR FURTHER INFORMATION. O FURNISH AND INSTALL WATER HAMMER ARRESTORS IN THE DOMESTIC COLD AND HOT WATER PiPING AS SHOWN ON THE WATER RISER DIAGRAM. WATER HAMMER ARRESTORS TO BE LOCATED IN AN ACCESSIBLE LOCATION. UNITS AS MANUFACTURED BY SIOUX OR PRECISION PLUMBING PRODUCTS ARE ACCEPTABLE. 0 ALL PLUMBING FIXTURES SHALL BE INSTALLED WITH STOP VALVES TO ISOLATE EACH FIXTURE. REFER TO RISER DIAGRAM AND PLUMBING SPECIFICATIONS FOR FURTHER INFORMATION. 2 5/8'0 A36 ROD, DOUBLE NUT AT C. WELD NUTS TO ROD AFTER UNIT IS SET. (TYP.) 1 J EXIST. BAR JOISTS (TYP.) L A L3 x 3 x 3/16 AT 1/1 SLOPE FROM TOP OF SUSPENSION BRACKET TO BOTTOM OF JOIST USING 3/I6 FILLET WELD ALL AROUND. (TYP.) AHU SUPPORT HANGER SHALL BE SPACED PER AI-1U MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS (4' -0' MAX.) J'L - -DOUBLE NUT AND SPRING ISOLATOR AT AHU'S SUSPENSION BRACKET. WELD NUTS TO ROD AFTER UNIT IS SET. (TYP.) EX -WC WATER CLOSET - EXISTING TO REMAIN. LAY LAVATORY - AMERICAN STANDARD 'COMRADE' MODEL 0 0124.024 WITH AERICAN STANDARD FAUCET 'RELIANT' MODEL *2385.000 WiTH POLISHED CHROME FINISH. EQUALS BY KOHLER OR CRANE. EX -WN WATER HEATER - EXISTING TO REMAIN. FCO FLOOR CLEAN OUT - ZURN MODEL "Z -1400 'LEVEL TROL' ADJUSTABLE, DURA- COATED CAST -IRON BODY, WITH GAS WATERTIGHT ABS TAPERED THREADED PLUG, AND ROUND SCORIATED SECURED TOP ADJUSTABLE TO FINISHED FLOOR EQUALS BY J.R SMITH OR WADE. WHA WATER HAMMER ARRESTER - SIOUX CHEIF 150 SERIES OR EQUAL BY PRECISION PLUMBING PRODUCTS, INC. 1215. MOP BASIN - FIAT 1h1SB -2424 MOLDED STONE MOP BASIN WITH VINYL BUMPERGUARD. FURNISH WITH AMERICAN STANDARD 0 9344.111 FAUCET WiTH INTEGRAL VACUUM BREAKER AND STOPS. EQUALS BY STERN - WILLIAMS OR MUSTEE. DRINKING FOUNTAIN - OASIS WHEELCHAIR MODEL 'PACSL, WALL MOUNTED. FURNISH WALL HANGER PLATE, CHROME P -TRAP AND SUPPLY STOP. MOUNT TO 'ANSI' STANDARD FOR HANDICAPPED AT 34 1/2' MAX. FROM FLOOR TO SPOUT OUTLET. NOT USED PLUMBING FIXTURE SCHEDULE ALL DUCT LINER TRANSVERSE EDGES TO BE COATED W/ ADHESIVE IN ACCORDANCE W/ SMACNA STANDARDS (TYP.) PROVIDE INTERNAL LINER OR EXTERNAL WRAP INSULATION AS SPECIFIED -G II i MAIN DUCT L -- BRANCH DUCT — i FLANGED AND GASKETED JOINT OR DUCT CONNECTION AND RE- INFORCEMENT IN ACCORDANCE W/ SMACNA 2' W CLASS, SEAL NON- GASKETED TRANS - VERSE JOINTS IN ACCORDANCE WI SMACNA CLASS 'C' (TYP.) - VOLUME DAMPER LOCATION WHERE ABOVE LAY -IN CEILING. \ PROVIDE W/ LOCKING QUADRANT LONG ORANGE MARKER TAPE ATTACHED TO DAMPER TO IDENTIFY LOCATION TYPICAL SQUARE DUCT TAKE-OFF (•TS DUCT SIZE OVER 36'X36' DUCT SIZE 36'X36' OR UNDER SQ. ELBOW WITH SINGLE THICKNESS VANES SQ. ELBOW WITH TYPE 'A' DOUBLE THICKNESS VANES VANES PRE - ASSEMBLED ON RUNNER PLATES USE GALVANIZED VANES FOR GALVANIZED OR ALUMINUM DUCTS PLATE SAME GAUGE AS DUCT R =2' TURNING V4•E SCHEMATIC AIR DEVICE SCHEDULE (NTS) 14VAC UNiT SCHEDULE DATE: 10 -30 -08 JOB NO: 0813130 DRAWN: CHECKED: GROSS AREA: 5,535 SQ. SALES AREA: 3,278 SQ. Emphasis On Excellence M • Retail Engineering, Inc. 750 Brooksedge Blvd. Westerville, Ohio 43081 TEL: 614.818.2323 FAX: 614.818.2337 STORE NO. FT. FT. Champs: 14498 35495 NAL t" ff'ir mEs 07 / REVISIONS NO. 2 DESCRIPTION LL COMMENTS /OWNER CHANGES L.L./DOB COMMENTS 4 OWNER CHANGES DATE 12/03/08 12/17/08 /FC IVED DEC 3 n 2000 �l tivil f CENTER SHEET NUMBER MECHANICAL DETAILS AND SCHEDULES r'r2 X1,7 . �, M2.0 4'X12' 4'X12' 4' 4'X12' 4'X12' 4 X-12 ' 4'X12' 4'X12' 4'X12' 4'X12' 4'X12' 4'X12' 4' 3'X12' z-' -'X12' 4'X12' L' „ 4'X12' I, 4'X12' 4' T 4'X12' 3'X12' 4'X12' 4'X12' 4' 4'X12' z-' X__12' 4 X-12 ' 4LX_12 ' 4' X__12' J 0_ 2 0 w w U) X D 1/2" = 1' -0" /4 0(o)011 X51.0 L_ T -SHAPE DJ UTILITY 1/4" = 1' -0" L' X 12' 4' X 2' 4' X 2' 4' -0" t = 14 GA 9 4' 4'X12' 4' 4' 4' 4 X 12' 9 L' 4' 4'X12' 4' ' 4'X12' 1 0 - u-CD MAU(0)C ON SECURE WALL SHELVING TO CONT. HORIZ. FURRING @ PERIMETER WALL. COMPOSITE WOOD SHELF W/ METAL EDGE CONNECTED TO UPRIGHT, ADJUSTABLE SHELF HEIGHT (TYP.) �_- METAL SHELVING UNIT "T" UPRIGHT O r c 9 J OM: ' - - J z' 4'X12' 4'X12' 4' UNG APP. HUNG APP. COMPOSITE WOOD SHELF W/ METAL EDGE @ DIAG. BRACE ATTACHMENT LOCATION 3/4" X 16 GA. DIAGONAL BRACE @ EACH VERT. SECTION ON REAR FACE ONLY. ATTACH W/ 1/4" DIA. BOLT EA. END L' ' X12' 4'X12' ' X12' 4'X12' 4'X12' 4'X1 J 0- U w X 7' MIJ \JO 0 t = 14 GA 3' X 12' 2'><12' 4' 4' 4'X12' U 0 J U 0 J H 2 D 1 3/32" 5 5 RCS 4'X12' 4' 4' 0 0 4 I--, 1' -0" = 1' -0" 4'X12' 4 ' X__12' 4' 4' 4' 4' 4' DOUBLE HUNG APP. 4' TYPE 1 - DOUBLE RIVET 03 4' 4'X12' LO N 4' 4' .' X-12' 4' 4'X12' 4' Il 'X12 4'X12' 4' 4'X12' 3' -0" OR 2' -0" 4' 4'X12' DJ 4' 4'X12' 4' 4'X12' 4' 4'X12' 4'X12' 4'X12' 4' 4' 4' X 12' 4'X12' 4' COMPOSITE WOOD SHELF W/ METAL EDGE CONNECTED TO UPRIGHT, ADJUSTABLE SHELF HEIGHT (TYP.) SECURE WALL SHELVING TO CONT. HORIZ. FURRING @ PERIMETER WALL. COMPOSITE WOOD SHELF W/ METAL EDGE @ DIAG. \ BRACE ATTACHMENT 1 LOCATION (TYP.) 3/4" X 16 GA. DIAGONAL BRACE @ EACH VERT. SECTION ON REAR FACE ONLY. ATTACH W/ 1/4" DIA. BOLT EA. END (TYP.) METAL SHELVING UNIT "T" UPRIGHT 6 S1.0 TYPE 2 - DOUBLE RIVET LOW PROFILE 4' 4'X12' TYP. 4' X 12' TYP. 4'X 11' 4'X12' L ' X -12' L'X12' 4' 4' 4' 4' X U w N X 0 4 12' X 12' 4'X12' 12 4'X12' 4'X12' 0 4'X12' 0 I- z U- O 0 0 I -- 12' 4'X12' 4'X12' T -SHAPE POST 4'X12' o� 4' X 12' 4'X12' r . M 4' X 12' 2'X12' 2'X12' 4'X12' 4' X-12' 1/2" 2'X12' 2'X12 4' -0" 2'X12' 3' -2" NOTES: 1. REF. ARCH. FIXTURE PLAN FOR SHELVING PLAN LAYOUT. 2. WHEN SHELVING UNIT IS INSTALLED AGAINST WALL, ANCHOR UNIT TO FLOOR & ATTACH TO WALL @ TOP AND EVERY 4' -0" O.C. A.F.F. 11 2" (0) / I H; QKICCJ( °) N N_ METAL SHELVING UNIT "T" UPRIGHT 14 "x1i "xg" THICK CLIP ANGLE x 3" LONG 1/2" COMPOSITE WOOD SHELF W/ METAL EDGE @ DIAG. BRACE ATTACHMENT LOCATION COMPOSITE WOOD SHELF W/ METAL EDGE CONNECTED TO UPRIGHT, ADJUSTABLE SHELF HEIGHT (TYP.) SECURE WALL SHELVING TO CONT. HORIZ. FURRING @ PERIMETER WALL. 3/4" X 16 GA. DIAGONAL BRACE @ EACH VERT. SECTION ON REAR FACE ONLY. ATTACH W/ 1 /4" DIA. BOLT EA. END SHELVING UNIT UPRIGHT O N "o TEK SCREW (TYP.) 3000 PSI CONCRETE - 4" MINIMUM THICKNESS (2) 1/4" DIA. X 2" EMBED. HILTI KWIK BOLT 3 EXPANSION ANCHOR (ICC# ESR -1385, COLA #RR25577, (SPECIAL INSPECTION NOT REQUIRED) L \E l H I D)I -, ;TQOIL STRUCTURAL NOTES: A. GENERAL 1. THE STRUCTURE IS DESIGNED TO BE SELF - SUPPORTING AND STABLE AFTER THE BUILDING IS FULLY COMPLETED. IT IS SOLELY THE CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY TO DETERMINE ERECTION PROCEDURE AND SEQUENCE AND TO INSURE THE SAFETY OF THE BUILDING AND ITS COMPONENT PARTS DURING ERECTION. THIS INCLUDES THE ADDITION OF WHATEVER SHORING, SHEETING, TEMPORARY BRACING, GUYS OR TIEDOWNS WHICH MIGHT BE NECESSARY. SUCH MATERIAL SHALL REMAIN THE CONTRACTOR'S PROPERTY AFTER THE COMPLETION OF THE PROJECT. 2. IT IS SOLELY THE CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY TO FOLLOW ALL APPLICABLE SAFETY CODES AND REGULATIONS DURING ALL PHASES OF CONSTRUCTION. 3. EQUIPMENT FRAMING LOADS, OPENINGS AND STRUCTURE IN ANY WAY RELATED TO HVAC, PLUMBING, OR ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS ARE SHOWN FOR BIDDING PURPOSES ONLY. CONTRACTOR SHALL OBTAIN APPROVAL OF THE INVOLVED TRADES BEFORE PROCEEDING WITH SUCH PORTION OF THE WORK. EXCESS COST RELATED TO VARIATION IN THESE REQUIREMENTS TO BE BORNE BY THE APPROPRIATE CONTRACTOR. 4. SHOULD ANY OF THE DETAILED INSTRUCTIONS SHOWN ON THE PLANS CONFLICT WITH THESE STRUCTURAL NOTES, THE SPECIFICATIONS, OR WITH EACH OTHER, THE STRICTEST PROVISION SHALL GOVERN. 5. ALL DIMENSIONS AND ELEVATIONS SHOWN ON THE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS SHALL BE VERIFIED BY THE CONTRACTOR AND SHALL CONFORM TO THOSE SHOWN ON THE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS. 6. EXISTING BUILDING: PROVIDE TEMPORY SUPPORTS AND OTHER MEASURES AS REQUIRED TO PREVENT DAMAGE TO THE EXISTING BUILDING DURING CONSTRUCTION. FIELD VERIFY ALL EXISTING DIMENSIONS AND ELEVATIONS WHICH AFFECT THE NEW CONSTRUCTION. B. GOVERNING CODE: 2006 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE 1. EARTHQUAKE DESIGN DATA: A. SEISMIC IMPORTANCE FACTOR = 1.0 B. SEISMIC USE GROUP = 1 C. Ss = 1.473, Si = 0.507 E. SITE CLASS = D F. Sos = .982, SDI = .507 G. SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY = D F. ANALYSIS PROCEDURE: EQUIVALENT LATERAL FORCE 2. INTERIOR LATERAL LOAD = 5 PSF C. STRUCTURAL STEEL 1. MATERIALS: A. SQUARE & RECTANGULAR TUBING: ASTM A500, FY = 46 KSI HIGH STRENGTH BOLTS: ASTM A325 OR A490 ANCHOR BOLTS: ASTM A307 OR A36 EXPANSION ANCHORS: HILTI "KWIK BOLT II's" OR APPROVED EQUA WELDING ELECTRODES: SERIES E70. 2. SPECIFICATIONS: A. WELDING PERSONNEL AND PROCEDURES ARE TO BE QUALIFIED PER AWS D1.1. UNLESS SPECIFICALLY SHOWN OTHERWISE, DESIGN, FABRICATION AND ERECTION TO BE GOVERNED BY: 1. AISC ASD SPECIFICATION FOR STRUCTURAL STEEL BUILDINGS (JUNE 1, 1989). 2. AISC CODE OF STANDARD PRACTICE (MARCH 7, 2000) 3. STRUCTURAL WELDING CODE, AWS D1.1 -2002 OF THE AMERICAN WELDING SOCIETY. 4. SPECIFICATIONS FOR STRUCTURAL JOINTS USING ASTM A325 OR A490 BOLTS (JUNE 23, 2000). 3. CONNECTIONS: A. FOLLOW INSTRUCTIONS ON DRAWINGS FOR GENERAL ARRANGEMENT OR PARTICULAR DETAILS. FIELD CONNECTIONS NOT OTHERWISE NOTED TO BE BOLTED. SHOP CONNECTIONS NOT OTHERWISE NOTED TO BE WELDED OR BOLTED. CONNECTIONS TO BE DESIGNED BY THE FABRICATOR TO DEVELOP FULL STRENGTH OF MEMBER. 4. PAINT: A. ALL STRUCTURAL STEEL SHALL BE SHOP PRIMED; ASPHALTIC PAINTS ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE. 5. GALVANIZING: A. ALL SHELF ANGLES, LINTELS IN EXTERIOR WALLS, AND ALL EXTERIOR STEEL EXPOSED TO THE ELEMENTS SHALL BE GALVANIZED. 0 J (3 0 • M N 0 3' -0" OR 2' -0" I METAL SHELVING UNIT "T" UPRIGHT 3/4" X 16 GA. DIAGONAL BRACE @ EACH VERT. SECTION ON REAR FACE ONLY. ATTACH W/ 1/4" DIA. BOLT EA. END (TYP.) COMPOSITE WOOD SHELF W/ METAL EDGE @ DIAG. BRACE ATTACHMENT LOCATION (TYP.) SECURE WALL SHELVING TO CONT. HORIZ. FURRING @ PERIMETER WALL. COMPOSITE WOOD SHELF W/ METAL EDGE CONNECTED TO UPRIGHT, ADJUSTABLE SHELF HEIGHT (TYP.) INTERMEDIATE SHELF BEAM ATTACH W/ 1/4 "0 BOLTS EACH END 3/4 "X16 GA. FLAT STRAP SHELVING POST ° -SQL °� Q`zrJ't�QC�C�CMII 1� 3" = 1 -0" 6. MISCELLANEOUS: A. PROVIDE HOLES FOR OTHERS. IF OPENING IS NOT SHOWN ON THE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS, OBTAIN PRIOR APPROVAL. B. GROUT UNDER BEARING PLATES, BASE PLATES, AND SETTING PLATES TO BE NON- SHRINKING TYPE. C. STEEL BELOW. GRADE TO BE PROTECTED BY A MINIMUM OF 3 INCHES OF CONCRETE. PROVIDE HEAVY WASHERS AT ALL ANCHOR BOLTS. FINISH ENDS OF ALL COLUMNS, STIFFENERS, AND ALL OTHER MEMBERS IN DIRECT BEARING. F. EMBEDMENT LENGTH OF EXPANSION BOLTS INTO SOLID MASONRY OR CONCRETE SHALL BE AS FOLLOWS: 1/2 INCH DIAMETER BOLTS - -- 2 1/4 INCHES EMBEDMENT 5/8 INCH DIAMETER BOLTS - -- 2 3/4 INCHES EMBEDMENT E. D. LIGHTGAGE METAL FRAMING 1. MATERIALS A. STUDS AND TRACKS: ASTM A446 GRADE D, Fy = 33 KSI. 2. SPECIFICATIONS: A. WELDING PERSONNEL AND PROCEDURES ARE TO BE QUALIFIED PER AWS. DESIGN, FABRICATION, AND ERECTION TO BE GOVERNED BY LATEST REVISIONS OF: 1. AISC SPECIFICATIONS OF THE DESIGN OF COLD FORMED STEEL STRUCTURAL MEMBERS. 2. STRUCTURAL WELDING CODE, AWS D1.3 -98 OF THE AMERICAN WELDING SOCIETY. 3. PROPERTIES: A. LIGHTGAGE FRAMING MEMBERARE BASED ON CSJ (1 5/8" FLANGE) STUDS WITH DIETRICH INDUSTRIES SECTION PROPERTIES AND ALLOWABLE RESISTING MOMENT CAPACITY. ALTERNATE MANUFACTURES'S FRAMING- SIZES SHALL MEET THE MINIMUM SECTION PROPERTIES AND ALLOWABLE RESISTING MOMENT CAPACITY OF THE MEMBERS INDICATED ON THE DESIGN DRAWINGS. 4. CONNECTIONS A. ALL CONNECTIONS TO BE #10 TEK SCREWED OR FIELD WELDED. 5. FINISH: A. ALL MATERIALS TO BE GALVANIZED COATED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM A525 G -6 B. TOUCH UP FIELD WELDS WITH ZINC RICH PAINT. 6. MISCELANEOUS: A. SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS FOR APPROVAL PRIOR TO FABRICATION B. DEFLECTION LIMIT = L/36 C. ALL FIELD CUTTING TO BE PERFORMED WITH A SAW. D. WELD SIZES TO BE 3/32" WITH AWS TYPE 6013 OR 7014 ROD. E. TRACKS TO BE SECURELY ANCHORED TO THE SUPPORTING STRUCTURE. F. PROVIDE CONTINUOUS HORIZONTAL BRIDGING AT 4' -0" O.C. MAXIMUM FOR WALLS G. PROVIDE DOUBLE STUDS UNDER BEAM AND LINTEL BEARING, UNLESS SHOWN E. WELCUrtRWISE. 1. REFERENCES: A. AWS D1.1-2002 - "STRUCTURAL WELDING CODE - STEEL" B. AWS D1.3 -98 - "STRUCTURAL WEDLING CODE - SHEET STEEL" 2. ALL WELDING BY AWS QUALIFIED OPERATORS. F. SPECIAL INSPECTION 1. SPECIAL INSPECTION IS TO BE PROVIDED IN ADDITION TO THE INSPECTIONS CONDUCTED BY THE DEPARTMENT OF BUILDING SAFETY AND SHALL NOT BE CONSTRUED TO RELIEVE THE OWNER OR THEIR AUTHORIZED AGENT FROM REQUESTING THE PERIODIC AND CALLED INSPECTIONS REQUIRED BY THE BUILDING CODE. SPECIAL INSPECTIONS SHALL BE PAID BY THE OWNER. 2. REQUIRED SPECIAL INSPECTIONS: A. IN ADDITION TO THE REGULAR INSPECTIONS, THE FOLLOWING ITEMS WILL ALSO REQUIRE SPECIAL INSPECTIONS IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE BUILDING CODE. 1. FIELD WELDING 2. HIGH STRENGTH BOLTS B. SPECIAL INSPECTOR SHALL MEET THE QUALIFICATIONS AS STATED IN THE BUILDING CODE AND SHALL PERFORM THE DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITITES AS OUTLINED IN THE BUILDING CODE. SH "T" UPRIGHT DOUBLE RIVET DOUBLE RIVET O SHELF MATERIAL (PARTICLE BOARD) NOTE: Install masonite end panels on end shelving units. 3� Rif °QUO ] alM S1.0 NO SCALE HYING \OT Ls 5. EARTHQUAKE DESIGN DATA: A. SEISMIC IMPORTANCE FACTOR I = 1.0 B. Ss = 1.473, Si _ .507 C. SITE CLASS = D (ASSUMED) D. Sos = .982, Soi = .507 E. SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY = D 1/4 NUT MASONITE 1/4 WASHERS 1/4" DIA. BOLT TYP. TYP. EACH CORNER TYP. EACH LEVEL TYP. cos TYP. SHELVING IS 12' HIGH MAX. W/ W/ 8 SHELVES / 7 OPENINGS PARTICLE BOARD SHELVES. �/ OLI�Jc 1. LIGHT DUTY STORAGE UNITS DESIGNED PER THE 2006 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE. 2. STORAGE CAPACITY: 40# PER LEVEL 3. POST LOAD SIGN AT CONSPICUOUS LOCATIONS DEPICTING THE DESIGN CAPACITY OF THE RACK USING PERMANENT PLAQUE NOT LESS THE 50 SQ. INCHES 4. MATERIALS: A. UNIT MEMBERS: ASTM A570, Fy = 36 KSI MIN. B. BOLTS: ASTM A307 C. WELD ELECTRODES: SERIES E70 D. WEDGE ANCHORS: HILTI KWIK BOLT 3 WEDGE ANCHOR (ESR -1385, COLA #RR25577) OR APPROVED EQUAL 6. CONCRETE TO BE MIN. 4" THICK NORMAL - WEIGHT WITH A 28 DAY COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH OF 3000 PSI DATE: JOB NO: DRAWN: CHECKED: GROSS AREA: 5,535 SQ. FT. SALES AREA: 3,278 SQ. FT. ENGINEER: LEWIS ENGINEERING, INC. CONSULTING STRUCTURAL ENGINEERS 2000 W. HENDERSON RD., SUITE 5 Columbus, Ohio 43220 (614) 326 -2806 (PH) (614) 326-2805 (FAX) STORE NO. 10 -30 -08 5857 RCH SMD Ld t;;: ILLJ < I z U r Champs: 14498 ...........=emu-. - EXPIRES Lif .R REVISIONS NO. 1 2 DESCRIPTION LL COMMENTS /OWNER CHANGES LL COMMENTS /OWNER CHANGES /DOB COMMENTS DATE 12/03/08 12 /1 7/ 08 SHEET NUMBER RECEIVED DEC 3 0 2000 PERMIT CENTEF SHELVING SEISMIC DETAILS AND GEN. STR. NOTES ATTACH TRACK /STUD TO TUBE WITH (2) .145" DIA. FASTENERS P 16" O.C. 3g-"x15 GA. STUD FRAMING e 16" O.C. (TYP. U.N.O.) (4) °I0 TEKS SCREWS (TYP.) 0 15 A.E.E. HSS4x4x4 0 I4' - 6 " A.E.E. 13 0 " A.F.F. 10 -0" A,F.F. • 8.. LEASE LINE (2) 1 10 TEKS EACH SIDE ROOF JOIST BEYOND X10 TpK .SRIU. : INTO JOIST A1', `EACH END • SOFFIT,STUD FROM BELOW 0 / 3/4 = 1 —0 HSS2Zx2zx4 e 48" o.c. MAX. 16 GA. FRAMING CLIP. ATTACH TO BEAM UITH (4) .145" DIA. P.A.F. 0 3/4" = 1' 0" Q U z=a ., V LJ • j ' STUD COLUMN -• l2) 3 518 "x18 GA. STUDS BOXED WITH 3 -5 /S "x15 GA. TRACKS. SEE 1/52.0. ' \T SAES HSS4x4x4 6 HS, GA STUD.. (TYP. OF ATTACH TRACK TO TUBE WITH (2) .145" DIA. FASTENERS 9 16" O.C. 1' -10" 1_,;(0)1Rnf' f' 9' -0 I/8" 11 -4 3/5" BOX BEAM: (2) { "x16 GA. STUDS BOXED WITH 3-5/5"x16 GA TRACKS TOP AND BOTTO SEE 1/52.0. ATTACH TO COLUMN BEYOND PER 9/S2.0 16 GA TRACK ATTACHED TO ROOF JOIST WIN (2) 0 10 TEKS TOP 4 BOTTOM. SEE 5/52.0 3g "x18 GA. STUD BRACE e 45" O.C. (4) 4 10 TEKS EXIST'G STRUCTURE BEAMS V.I.F. 'ig' �� ►� u(OJ �`L�JMC��M 23' -3" ST BRACE FROM BELOW 1/2" = 1 - 0" I- ISS4x4x4 COLUMN (TYP. OF 6) SEE DETAIL 2/52.0 FOR BASE A TACHMEN - T - BOX BEAM: (2) 6 " -18 GA STUDS BOXED WITH 3- 5/5 " -I5 GA TRACKS TOP 4 BOTTOM. SEE 1/52.0 FOR BEAM CONSTRUCTION. ATTACH BEAM TO ROOF JOISTS AT EACH END PER DETAIL 5/52.0 16 GA. FRAMING CLIP. ATTACH TO BOX BEAM AND STUD BRACE WITH (4) "I0 TEKS EACH. HSS4x4x4 13 -6" 35' -10 1/2" LEASE DIMENSION 0 15 A.F.F. ATTACH TRACK /STUD TO TUBE WITH (2) .145" DIA. FASTENERS 0 16" O,C, 13' - 0" A.F.F. 2 "xIS GA. STUD FRAMING a 16" O.C, HSS4x4x4 14' - 6 " A.E.E. (4) #10 TEKS SCREWS (TYP.) LEASE LINE 1 -2 1/2" 16 GA. FRAMING CLIP. ATTACH TO BEAM WITH (4) .145" DIA. P.AF. 8 1 -1/2" = 1 -0' 11' -6 5/5" STUB 1-1SS6x2x WELDED TO COLUMN AT SAME ELEVATION AS BOX BEAM.. ATTACH BOX BEAM TO STUB. TYP. EACH SIDE OF ENTRY. A L L J Co J A 3/4" = 1' -0" HSS4x4x HSS4x4x 1 -10" \ I SALES STUD COLUMN - (2) 3 -5/8 "x18 GA, STUDS BOXED WIN 3 -5/8 "x18 GA. TRACKS. SEE 1/52.0. - 1=155 - 4744 - (1-11G1=0 - t BOX BEAM (LOW - SEE SECTIONS) 9' -10 5/5" 11' -5" ATTACH TRACK TO TUBE WITH (2) .145" DIA. FASTENERS 'd 16" O.C. BOX BEAM: (2) "x16 GA. STUDS BOXED WITH 3 -5,8 "x16 GA TRACKS TOP AND BOTTOM. SEE 1/52.0. ATTACH TO COLUMN BEYOND PER 9/52.0 ROOF JOIST (2) "10 TEKS - TYP. TOP 4 BOTTOM 16 GA. TRACK 0 10 TEK SCREWS e 12" O.G. - (3) "I0 TEKS EACH SIDE OF BEAM BOX BEAM 3g "x18 GA. STUD BRACE . 48" O.C. (4) °10 TEKS EXIST'G STRUCTURE BEAMS V.I.F. 38 "x18 GA. STUD FRAMING a 16" O.C. I -1/2" DEEP TRACK - WIDTH AS SPECIFIED. MATCH STUD GA. (TYP. TOP AND BOT.) SIG= ,�LJV(1 (0)IJgJ0 -,- Ca if ' X6 2 "x18 GA. STUD FRAMING 0 16" O.C. I5' -6" A.F.F. HSS4x4x4 0 14' - 3" A.E.E. 0 13 A.F.F. 3g-"x18 GA. STUD FRAMING 16" O.C. (TYP. U.N.O.) (4) X10 TEKS SCREWS (TYP.) REF. SIGN VENDOR LEASE LINE °3C 1 -1/2" = 1 —0" EXISTING TOPPING SLAB (2 -1/2" THICK) EXISTING STRUCTURAL SLAB (9 -1/2" THICK) BOX BEAM STEEL COLUMN OR STUD COLUMN 3g" X 16 GA. X 4" LG. TRACK W /2" LEG. SECURE TO COLUMN W/ (2) ROWS OF (3) #10 TEK SCREWS SECURE TO BEAM WITH (3) 4 '10 TEK SCREWS EACH SIDE. ' ZI\VEY'nLl LJLJ V L.I 16 GA. FRAMING CLIP. ATTACH TO BEAM UITI-1 (4) .145" DIA, 1(0)1 --,M "/LIM 1 -1/2" = 1 -0" 111h, 111 ................ = ii I' - 0" 1 1/4" HSS4x4x4 1 1/2" ATTACH TRACK TO TUBE WITH (2) .145" DIA. FASTENERS 0 16" O.C. HSS4x4x4 1 1/4" 1 ,P. °Co)1M`r (4) *10 TEKS TUBE COLUMN - SEE PLAN 10 "x10 "xi" BASE PLATE (4) 4" DIA. HILTI KWIK BOLT 3 (4) i" DIA. HILTI KWIK 130LT 3 ANCHORS WITH 5? EMBED. INTO EXISTING STRUCTURAL SLAB. (EXISTING SLAB IS 9" THICK) NOTCH EXISTING TOPPING SLAB AS REQUIRED TO RECESS BASEPLATE (W -2 ", IF NECESSARY, NOTCH STRUCTURAL SLAB AS REQUIRED). PROVIDE THIN LAYER OF GROUT FOR A SMOOTH LEVEL SURFACE. INFILL WITH NEW CONCRETE. 3g "xIS GA. STUD BRACE e 45" O.C. EXIST'G STRUCTURE BEAMS V.I.F. 3g "x18 GA. STUD FRAMING 'a 16" O.C. C o(0)U BOX BEAM: (2) 4 "x16 GA. ST DS BOXED WITH 3 -5/5"x16 GA T ACKS TOP AND BOTTOM. SEE 1/S2. . ATTACH TO COLUMN BEYONdPER 9/52.0 \T SAL F S ASE 4 DATE: 10 -30 -08 JOB NO: 5857 DRAWN: RCH CHECKED: SMD GROSS AREA: 5,535 SQ. FT. SALES AREA: 3,278 SQ. FT. LEWIS ENGINEERING, INC. CONSULTING STRUCTURAL ENGINEERS 2000 W. HENDERSON RD., SUITE 5 Columbus, Ohio 43220 (614) 326 -2806 (PH) (614) 326 -2805 (FAX) STORE NO. Champs: 14498 ENGINEER: REVISIONS SHEET NUMBER STOREFRONT FRAMING PLAN AND SECTIONS RECEIVED DEC 3 0 2009 PERMIT CENTER DESCRIPTION LL COMMENTS /OWNER CHANGES LL COMMENTS /OWNER CHANGES /DOB COMMENTS 12/03/08 12/17/08